Index: head/contrib/bmake/ChangeLog =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/ChangeLog (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/ChangeLog (revision 314808) @@ -1,1994 +1,2023 @@ +2017-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170301 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o main.c: use -C arg as is rather than getcwd() + if they identify the same directory. + o parse.c: ensure loadfile buffer is \n terminated in non-mmap case + +2017-02-01 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170201 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o var.c: allow :_=var and avoid use of special context. + +2017-01-30 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170130 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o var.c: add :range and :_ + o main.c: partially initialize Dir_* before MainParseArgs() + can be called. + If -V, skip Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS() + +2017-01-14 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20170114 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o var.c: allow specifying the utc value used by :{gm,local}time + 2016-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20161212 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: look for obj.${MACHINE}-${MACHINE_ARCH} too. 2016-12-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20161209 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: cleanup setting of .OBJDIR o parse.c: avoid coredump from (var)=val 2016-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20161126 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.c: Make_OODate: report src node name if path not set 2016-09-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160926 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o support for .DELETE_ON_ERROR: (remove targets that fail) 2016-09-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile MAN: tweak .Dt to match ${PROG} 2016-08-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160818 its a neater number; pick up whitespace fixes to man page. 2016-08-17 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160817 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: move handling of .MAKE.META.IGNORE_* to meta_ignore() so we can call it before adding entries to missingFiles. Thus we do not track files we have been told to ignore. 2016-08-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160815 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate: apply .MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER (if defined) to pathnames, and skip if the expansion is empty. Useful for dirdeps.mk when checking DIRDEPS_CACHE. 2016-08-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160812 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: remove all missingFiles entries that match a deleted dir. o main.c: set .ERROR_CMD if possible. 2016-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o dir.c: extend mtimes cache to others via cached_stat() 2016-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160604 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: missing filemon data is only relevant if we read a meta file. Also do not return oodate for a missing metafile if gn->path points to .CURDIR 2016-06-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160602 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cached_realpath(): avoid hitting filesystem more than necessary. o meta.c: refactor need_meta decision, add knobs for missing meta file and filemon data wrt out-of-datedness. 2016-05-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160528 * boot-strap, make-bootstrap.sh.in: Makefile now uses _MAKE_VERSION 2016-05-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160512 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: ignore paths that match .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS this is useful for gcov builds. o propagate errors from filemon(4). 2016-05-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160509 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o remove use of non-standard types u_int etc. o meta.c: apply realpath() before matching against metaIgnorePaths 2016-04-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160404 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o allow makefile to set .MAKE.JOBS * Makefile (PROG_NAME): use ${_MAKE_VERSION} 2016-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): 20160315 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix handling of archive members 2016-03-13 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (_MAKE_VERSION): rename variable to avoid interference with checks for ${MAKE_VERSION} 2016-03-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160310 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: treat missing Read file same as Write, incase we Delete it. 2016-03-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160307 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: fix :ts\nnn to be octal by default. o meta.c: meta_finish() to cleanup memory. 2016-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160226 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: allow meta file for makeDepend if makefiles want it. 2016-02-19 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c: default .MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS to FALSE for backwards compatability. * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160220 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: add knob to control handling of '$$' in := 2016-02-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160218 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: add .export-literal allows us to fix sys.clean-env.mk post the changes to Var_Subst. Var_Subst now takes flags, and does not consume '$$' in := 2016-02-17 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20160217 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: preserve '$$' in := o parse.c: add .dinclude for handling included makefile like .depend 2015-12-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151220 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o suff.c: re-initialize suffNull when clearing suffixes. 2015-12-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151201 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cond.c: CondCvtArg: avoid access beyond end of empty buffer. o meta.c: meta_oodate: use lstat(2) for checking link target in case it is a symlink. o var.c: avoid calling brk_string and Var_Export1 with empty strings. 2015-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151126 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: ParseTrackInput don't access beyond end of old value. 2015-10-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151022 * Add support for BSD/OS which lacks inttypes.h and really needs sys/param.h for sys/sysctl.h also 'type' is not a shell builtin. * var.c: eliminate uint32_t and need for inttypes.h * main.c: PrintOnError flush stdout before run .ERROR * parse.c: cope with _SC_PAGESIZE not being defined. 2015-10-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151020 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: fix uninitialized var 2015-10-12 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c: the conditional expressions used with ':?' can be expensive, if already discarding do not evaluate or expand anything. 2015-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151010 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Add Boolean wantit flag to Var_Subst and Var_Parse when FALSE we know we are discarding the result and can skip operations like Cmd_Exec. 2015-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20151009 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: don't check for NULL before free() o meta.c: meta_oodate, do not hard code ignore of makeDependfile 2015-09-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150910 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: with -w print Enter/Leaving messages for objdir too if necessary. o centralize shell metachar handling * FILES: add metachar.[ch] 2015-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.1: document .OBJDIR target 2015-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150505 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cond.c: be strict about lhs of comparison when evaluating .if but less so when called from variable expansion. o unit-tests/cond2.mk: test various error conditions 2015-05-04 Simon J. Gerraty * machine.sh (MACHINE): Add Bitrig patch from joerg@netbsd.org 2015-04-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150418 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o job.c: use memmove() rather than memcpy() * unit-tests/varshell.mk: SunOS cannot handle the TERMINATED_BY_SIGNAL case, so skip it. 2015-04-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150411 bump version - only mk/ changes. 2015-04-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150410 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o document different handling of '-' in jobs mode vs compat o fix jobs mode so that '-' only applies to whole job when shell lacks hasErrCtl o meta.c: use separate vars to track lcwd and latestdir (read) per process 2015-04-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20150401 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: close meta file in child * Makefile: use BINDIR.bmake if set. Same for MANDIR and SHAREDIR Handy for testing release candidates in various environments. 2015-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * move initialization of savederr to block where it is used to avoid spurious warning from gcc5 2014-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20141111 just a cooler number 2014-11-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20141105 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o revert major overhaul of suffix handling and POSIX compliance - too much breakage and impossible to make backwards compatible. o we still have the new unit test structure which is ok. o meta.c ensure "-- filemon" is at start of line. 2014-09-17 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: test that result of getconf PATH_MAX is numeric and discard if not. Apparently needed for Hurd. 2014-08-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140830 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o major overhaul of suffix handling o improved POSIX compliance o overhauled unit-tests 2014-06-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140620 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c return varNoError rather than var_Error for ::= modifiers. 2014-05-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140522 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c detect some parse errors. 2014-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Fix spelling errors - patch from Pedro Giffuni 2014-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140214 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o .INCLUDEFROM* o use Var_Value to get MAKEOBJDIR[PREFIX] o reduced realloc'ign in brk_string. * configure.in: add a check for compiler supporting __func__ 2014-01-03 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: ignore mksrc=none 2014-01-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?): use just ${prefix}/share/mk 2014-01-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140101 * configure.in: set bmake_path_max to min(_SC_PATH_MAX,1024) * Makefile.config: defined BMAKE_PATH_MAX to bmake_path_max * make.h: use BMAKE_PATH_MAX if MAXPATHLEN not defined (needed for Hurd) * configure.in: Add AC_PREREQ and check for sysctl; patch from Andrew Shadura andrewsh at debian.org 2013-10-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20131010 * lose the const from arg to systcl to avoid problems on older BSDs. 2013-10-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20131001 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: for NATIVE build sysctl to get MACHINE_ARCH from hw.machine_arch if necessary. o meta.c: meta_oodate - need to look at src of Link and target of Move as well. * main.c: check that CTL_HW and HW_MACHINE_ARCH exist. provide __arraycount() if needed. 2013-09-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130904 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Add VAR_INTERNAL context, so that internal setting of MAKEFILE does not override value set by makefiles. 2013-09-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130902 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o CompatRunCommand: only apply shellErrFlag when errCheck is true 2013-08-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130828 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Fix VAR :sh = syntax from Will Andrews at freebsd.org o Call Job_SetPrefix() from Job_Init() so makefiles have opportunity to set .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX 2013-07-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130730 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Allow suppression of --- job -- tokens by setting .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX empty. 2013-07-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130716 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o number of gmake compatibility tweaks -w for gmake style entering/leaving messages if .MAKE.LEVEL > 0 indicate it in progname "make[1]" etc. handle MAKEFLAGS containing only letters. o when overriding a GLOBAL variable on the command line, delete it from GLOBAL context so -V doesn't show the wrong value. 2013-07-06 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: We don't need MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE anymore. * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130706 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Shell_Init(): export shellErrFlag if commandShell hasErrCtl is true so that CompatRunCommand() can use it, to ensure consistent behavior with jobs mode. o use MAKE_LEVEL_ENV to define the variable to propagate .MAKE.LEVEL - currently set to MAKELEVEL (same as gmake). o meta.c: use .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS to allow customization of paths to ignore. 2013-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130604 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o job.c: JobCreatePipe: do fcntl() after any tweaking of fd's to avoid leaking descriptors. 2013-05-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130528 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: cleanup some left-overs in VarHash() 2013-05-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130520 generate manifest from component FILES rather than have to update FILES when mk/FILES changes. 2013-05-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130518 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o suff.c: don't skip all processsing for .PHONY targets else wildcard srcs do not get expanded. o var.c: expand name of variable to delete if necessary. 2013-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130330 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: refine the handling of .OODATE in commands. Rather than suppress command comparison for the entire script as though .NOMETA_CMP had been used, only suppress it for the one command line. This allows something like ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} to be used to suppress comparison of a command without otherwise affecting it. o make.1: document that 2013-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130321 yes, not quite right but its a cooler number. Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: fix ParseGmakeExport to be portable and add a unit-test. * meta.c: call meta_init() before makefiles are read and if built with filemon support set .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON to _PATH_FILEMON this let's makefiles test for support. Call meta_mode_init() to process .MAKE.MODE. 2013-03-13 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130305 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o run .STALE: target when a dependency from .depend is missing. o job.c: add Job_RunTarget() for the above and .BEGIN 2013-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130303 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: set .MAKE.OS to utsname.sysname o job.c: more checks for read and poll errors o var.c: lose VarChangeCase() saves 4% time 2013-03-02 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: remove MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX from environment since we want to use MAKEOBJDIR 2013-01-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.1: more info on how shell commands are handled. o job.c,main.c: detect write errors to job pipes. 2013-01-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130123 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: if script uses .OODATE and meta_oodate() decides rebuild is needed, .OODATE will be empty - set it to .ALLSRC. o var.c: in debug output indicate which variabale modifiers apply to. o remove Check_Cwd logic the makefiles have been fixed. 2012-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * makefile.in: add a simple makefile for folk who insist on ./configure; make; make install it just runs boot-strap * include mk/* to accommodate the above * boot-strap: re-work to accommodate the above mksrc defaults to $Mydir/mk allow op={configure,build,install,clean,all} add options to facilitate install * Makefile.config.in: just the bits set by configure * Makefile: bump version to 20121212 abandon Makefile.in (NetBSD Makefile) leverage mk/* instead * configure.in: ensure srcdir is absolute 2012-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121111 fix generation of bmake.cat1 2012-11-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121109 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.c: MakeBuildChild: return 0 so search continues if a .ORDER dependency is detected. o unit-tests/order: test the above 2012-11-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121102 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cond.c: allow cond_state[] to grow. In meta mode with a very large tree, we can hit the limit while processing dirdeps. 2012-10-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: we need to use ${srcdir} not ${.CURDIR} 2012-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121010 o protect syntax that only bmake parses correctly. o remove auto setting of FORCE_MACHINE, use configure's --with-force-machine=whatever if that is desired. 2012-10-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: do not lose history from make.1 when generating bmake.1 2012-10-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121007 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: ignore empty commands - same as jobs mode. o make.1: document meta chars that cause use of shell 2012-09-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120911 * bsd.after-import.mk: include Makefile.inc early and allow it to override PROG 2012-08-31 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120831 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cast sizeof() to int for comparison o minor make.1 tweak 2012-08-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120830 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES knob can control default behavior of -V o debug flag -dV causes -V to show raw value regardless. 2012-07-05 Simon J. Gerraty * bsd.after-import.mk (after-import): ensure unit-tests/Makefile gets SRCTOP set. 2012-07-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120704 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Job_ParseShell should call Shell_Init if it has been previously called. * Makefile.in: set USE_META based on configure result. also .PARSEDIR is safer indicator of bmake. 2012-06-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: bump version to 20120626 ensure CPPFLAGS is in CFLAGS * meta.c: avoid nested externs * bsd.after-import.mk: avoid ${.CURDIR}/Makefile as target 2012-06-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120620 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make_malloc.c: avoid including make_malloc.h again * Makefile.in: avoid bmake only syntax or protect with .if defined(.MAKE.LEVEL) * bsd.after-import.mk: replace .-include with .sinclude ensure? SRCTOP gets a value * configure.in: look for filemon.h in /usr/include/dev/filemon first. 2012-06-19 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120612 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use MAKE_ATTR_* rather than those defined by cdefs.h or compiler for greater portability. o unit-tests/forloop: check that .for works as expected wrt number of times and with "quoted strings". 2012-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: use kill(2) rather than raise(3). * configure.in: look for sys/dev/filemon * bsd.after-import.mk: add a .-include "Makefile.inc" to Makefile and pass BOOTSTRAP_XTRAS to boot-strap. 2012-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120604 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o util.c and var.c share same var for tracking if environ has been reallocated. o util.c provide getenv with setenv. * Add MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE as an alternate means of passing MAKE_LEVEL when the shell actively strips .MAKE.* from the environment. We still refer to the variable always as .MAKE.LEVEL * util.c fix bug in findenv() was finding prefix of name. * compat.c: re-raising SIGINT etc after running .INTERRUPT results in more reliable termination of all activity on many platforms. 2012-06-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120602 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o for.c: handle quoted items in .for list 2012-05-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120530 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: ignore empty command. 2012-05-24 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120524 * FILES: add bsd.after-import.mk: A simple means of integrating bmake into a BSD build system. 2012-05-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120520 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o increased limit for nested conditionals. 2012-05-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120518 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use _exit(2) in signal hanlder o Don't use the [dir] cache when building nodes that might have changed since the last exec. o Avoid nested extern declaration warnings. 2012-04-27 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.c (fgetLine): avoid %z - not portable. * parse.c: Since we moved include of sys/mman.h and def's of MAP_COPY etc. we got dups from a merge. 2012-04-24 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120420 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o restore duplicate supression in .MAKE.MAKEFILES runtime saving can be significant. o Var_Subst() uses Buf_DestroyCompact() to reduce memory consumption up to 20%. 2012-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120420 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o remove duplicate supression in .MAKE.MAKEFILES o improved dir cache behavior o gmake'ish export command 2012-03-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120325 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix parsing of :[#] in conditionals. 2012-02-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: replace use of .Nx in bmake.1 with NetBSD since some systems cannot cope with .Nx 2011-11-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111111 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o debug output for .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE 2011-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111010 2011-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: check for an expected file in the dirs we look for. * make-bootstrap.sh: pass on LDSTATIC 2011-10-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111001 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o ensure .PREFIX is set for .PHONY and .TARGET set for .PHONY run via .END o __dead used consistently 2011-09-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20110909 is a better number ;-) 2011-09-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110905 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate: ignore makeDependfile 2011-08-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110828 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o silent=yes in .MAKE.MODE causes meta mode to mark targets as SILENT if a .meta file is created 2011-08-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110818 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o in meta mode, if target flagged .META a missing .meta file means target is out-of-date o fixes for gcc 4.5 warnings o simplify job printing code 2011-08-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110808 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o do not touch OP_SPECIAL targets when doing make -t 2011-06-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110622 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate detect corrupted .meta file and declare oodate. * configure.in: add check for setsid 2011-06-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o unit-tests/modts now works on MirBSD 2011-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o ApplyModifiers: when we parse a variable which is not the entire modifier string, or not followed by ':', do not consider it as containing modifiers. o loadfile: ensure newline at end of mapped file. 2011-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110505 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK - list of prefixes which define the scope of make's control. In meta mode, any generated file within said bailiwick, which is found to be missing, causes current target to be out-of-date. 2011-04-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110411 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o when long modifiers fail to match, check sysV style. - add a test case 2011-04-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110410 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o :hash - cheap 32bit hash of value o :localtime, :gmtime - use value as format string for strftime. 2011-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110330 mostly because its a cooler version. Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o NetBSD tags for meta.[ch] o job.c call meta_job_finish() after meta_job_error(). o meta_job_error() should call meta_job_finish() to ensure .meta file is closed, and safe to copy - if .ERROR target wants. meta_job_finish() is safe to call repeatedly. 2011-03-29 Simon J. Gerraty * unit-tests/modts: use printf if it is a builtin, to save us from MirBSD * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110329 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for use after free() in CondDoExists(). o meta_oodate() report extra commands and return earlier. 2011-03-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110327 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c, if .MAKE.MODE contains curdirOk=yes allow creating .meta files in .CURDIR * boot-strap (TOOL_DIFF): aparently at least on linux distro formats the output of 'type' differently - so eat any "()" 2011-03-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110306 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c, only do getcwd() once 2011-03-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110305 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o correct sysV substitution handling of empty lhs and variable o correct exists() check for dir with trailing / o correct handling of modifiers for non-existant variables during evaluation of conditionals. o ensure MAP_FILE is defined. o meta.c use curdir[] now exported by main.c 2011-02-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110225 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for incorrect .PARSEDIR when .OBJDIR is re-computed after makefiles have been read. o fix example of :? modifier in man page. 2011-02-13 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110214 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c handle realpath() failing when generating meta file name. * sigcompat.c: convert to ansi so we can use higher warning levels. 2011-02-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110207 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for bug in meta mode. 2011-01-03 Simon J. Gerraty * parse.c: SunOS 5.8 at least does not have MAP_FILE 2011-01-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110101 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use mmap(2) if available, for reading makefiles 2010-12-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101215 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o ensure meta_job_error() does not report a previous .meta file as being culprit. 2010-12-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101210 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate: track cwd per process, and only consider target out-of-date if missing file is outside make's CWD. Ignore files in /tmp/ etc. o to ensure unit-tests results match, need to control LC_ALL as well as LANG. o fix for parsing bug in var.c 2010-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101126 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o if stale dependency is an IMPSRC, search via .PATH o meta_oodate: if a referenced file is missing, target is out-of-date. o meta_oodate: if a target uses .OODATE in its commands, it (.OODATE) needs to be recomputed. o keep a pointer to youngest child node, rather than just its mtime. 2010-11-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101101 2010-10-16 Simon J. Gerraty * machine.sh: like os.sh, allow for uname -p producing useless drivel 2010-09-13 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: document configure knobs for meta and filemon. * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100911 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c - meta mode * make-bootstrap.sh.in: handle meta.c * configure.in: add knobs for use_meta and filemon_h also, look for dirname, str[e]sep and strlcpy * util.c: add simple err[x] and warn[x] 2010-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap (TOOL_DIFF): set this to ensure tests use the same version of diff that configure tested * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100808 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o in jobs mode, when we discover we cannot make something, call PrintOnError before exit. 2010-08-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100806 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o formatting fixes for ignored errors o ensure jobs are cleaned up regardless of where wait() was called. 2010-06-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100618 * os.sh (MACHINE_ARCH): watch out for drivel from uname -p 2010-06-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100616 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o man page update o call PrintOnError from JobFinish when we detect an error we are not ignoring. 2010-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o man page update 2010-06-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100605 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use bmake_signal() which is a wrapper around sigaction() in place of signal() o add .export-env to allow exporting variables to environment without tracking (so no re-export when the internal value is changed). 2010-05-24 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100524 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for .info et al being greedy. 2010-05-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100520 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o back to using realpath on argv[0] but only if contains '/' and does not start with '/'. 2010-05-10 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: use absolute path for bmake when running tests. * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100510 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o revert use of realpath on argv[0] too many corner cases. o print MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR before running .ERROR target. 2010-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100505 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for missed SIGCHLD when compiled with SunPRO actually for bmake, defining FORCE_POSIX_SIGNALS would have done the job. 2010-04-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100430 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fflush stdout before writing to stdout 2010-04-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100423 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o updated unit tests for Haiku (this time for sure). * boot-strap: based on patch from joerg honor --with-default-sys-path better. * boot-strap: remove mention of --with-prefix-sys-path 2010-04-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100422 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for vfork() on Darwin. o fix for bogus $TMPDIR. o set .MAKE.MODE=compat for -B o set .MAKE.JOBS=max_jobs for -j max_jobs o allow unit-tests to run without any *.mk o unit-tests/modmisc be more conservative in dirs presumed to exist. * boot-strap: ignore /usr/share/mk except on NetBSD. * unit-tests/Makefile.in: set LANG=C when running unit-tests to ensure sort(1) behaves as expected. 2010-04-21 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: add FindHereOrAbove so we can use -m .../mk 2010-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100420 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for variable realpath() behavior. we have to stat(2) the result to be sure. o fix for .export (all) when nested vars use :sh 2010-04-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100414 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use realpath to resolve argv[0] (for .MAKE) if needed. o add realpath from libc. o add :tA to resolve variable via realpath(3) if possible. 2010-04-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100408 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o unit tests for .ERROR, .error o fix for .ERROR to ensure it cannot be default target. 2010-04-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100406 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for compat mode "Error code" going to debug_file. o fix for .ALLSRC being populated twice. o support for .info, .warning and .error directives o .MAKE.MODE to control make's operational mode o .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE to control the preferred makefile name(s). o .MAKE.DEPENDFILE to control the name of the depend file o .ERROR target - run on failure. 2010-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * make-bootstrap.sh.in: extract MAKE_VERSION from Makefile * os.sh,arch.c: patch for Haiku from joerg at netbsd 2010-03-17 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o better error msg for .for with mutiple inter vars * boot-strap: o use make-bootstrap.sh from joerg at netbsd to avoid the need for a native make when bootstrapping. o add "" everywhere ;-) o if /usr/share/tmac/andoc.tmac exists install nroff bmake.1 otherwise the pre-formated version. 2010-01-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100102 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for -m .../ 2009-11-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20091118 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o .unexport o report lines that start with '.' and should have ':' (catch typo's of .el*if). 2009-10-30 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: Ensure that srcdir and mksrc are absolute paths. 2009-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): fix version to 20091007 2009-10-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 200910007 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for parsing of :S;...;...; applied to .for loop iterator appearing in a dependency line. 2009-09-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090909 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for -C, .CURDIR and .OBJDIR * boot-strap: o allow share_dir to be set independent of prefix. o select default share_dir better when prefix ends in $HOST_TARGET o if FORCE_BSD_MK etc were set, include them in the suggested install-mk command. 2009-09-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090908 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o .MAKE.LEVEL for recursion tracking o fix for :M scanning \: 2009-09-03 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: Don't -D__EXTENSIONS__ if AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS says "no". 2009-08-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090826 Simplify MAKE_VERSION to just the bare date. * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o -C directory support. o support for SIGINFO o use $TMPDIR for temp files. o child of vfork should be careful about modifying parent's state. 2009-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Appy some patches for MiNT from David Brownlee 2009-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o Possible null pointer de-ref in Var_Set. 2009-02-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090204 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o bmake_malloc et al moved to their own .c o Count both () and {} when looking for the end of a :M pattern o Change 'Buffer' so that it is the actual struct, not a pointer to it. o strlist.c - functions for processing extendable arrays of pointers to strings. o ClientData replaced with void *, so const void * can be used. o New debug flag C for DEBUG_CWD 2008-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081111 Apply patch from Joerg Sonnenberge to configure.in: o remove some redundant checks o check for emlloc etc only in libutil and require the whole family. util.c: o remove [v]asprintf which is no longer used. 2008-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081101 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o util.c: avoid use of putenv() - christos 2008-10-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081030 pick up man page tweaks. 2008-10-29 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: move processing of LIBOBJS to after is definition! thus we'll have getenv.c in SRCS only if needed. * make.1: add examples of how to use :? * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081029 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for .END processing with -j o segfault from Parse_Error when no makefile is open o handle numeric expressions in any variable expansion o debug output now defaults to stderr, -dF to change it - apb o make now uses bmake_malloc etc so that it can build natively on A/UX - wasn't an issue for bmake, but we want to keep in sync. 2008-09-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080808 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for PR/38840: Pierre Pronchery: make crashes while parsing long lines in Makefiles o optimizations for VarQuote by joerg o fix for PR/38756: dominik: make dumps core on invalid makefile 2008-05-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080515 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix skip setting vars in VAR_GLOBAL context, to handle cases where VAR_CMD is used for other than command line vars. 2008-05-14 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap (make_version): we may need to look in $prefix/share/mk for sys.mk * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080514 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o skip setting vars in VAR_GLOBAL context, when already set in VAR_CMD which takes precedence. 2008-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080330 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for ?= when LHS contains variable reference. 2008-02-15 Simon J. Gerraty * merge some patches from NetBSD pkgsrc. * makefile.boot.in (BOOTSTRAP_SYS_PATH): Allow better control of the MAKSYSPATH used during bootstrap. * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080215 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o warn if non-space chars follow 'empty' in a conditional. 2008-01-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080118 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o consider dependencies read from .depend as optional - dsl o remember when buffer for reading makefile grows - dsl o add -dl (aka LOUD) - David O'Brien 2007-10-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071022 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o Allow .PATH to be used for .include "" * boot-strap: source default settings from .bmake-boot-strap.rc 2007-10-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: fix maninstall on various systems provided that our man.mk is used. For non-BSD systems we install the preformatted page into $MANDIR/cat1 2007-10-15 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: make bmake.1 too, so maninstall works. 2007-10-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071014 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o revamped handling of defshell - configure no longer needs to know the content of the shells array - apb o stop Var_Subst modifying its input - apb o avoid calling ParseTrackInput too often - dsl 2007-10-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071011 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix Shell_Init for case that _BASENAME_DEFSHELL is absolute path. * sigcompat.c: some tweaks for HP-UX 11.x based on patch from Tobias Nygren * configure.in: update handling of --with-defshell to match new make behavior. --with-defshell=/usr/xpg4/bin/sh will now do what one might hope - provided the chosen shell behaves enough like sh. 2007-10-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20071008 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX - control the token output before jobs - sjg o .export/.MAKE.EXPORTED - export of variables - sjg o .MAKE.MAKEFILES - track all makefiles read - sjg o performance improvements - dsl o revamp parallel job scheduling - dsl 2006-07-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060728 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o extra debug info during variable and cond processing - sjg o shell definition now covers newline - rillig o minor mem leak in PrintOnError - sjg 2006-05-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060511 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o more memory leaks - coverity o possible overflow in ArchFindMember - coverity o extract variable modifier code out of Var_Parse() so it can be called recursively - sjg o unit-tests/moderrs - sjg 2006-04-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060412 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fixes for some memory leaks - coverity o only read first sys.mk etc when searching sysIncPath - sjg * main.c (ReadMakefile): remove hack for __INTERIX that prevented setting ${MAKEFILE} - OBATA Akio 2006-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060318 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o cleanup of job.c to remove remote handling, distcc is more useful and this code was likely bit-rotting - dsl o fix for :P modifier - sjg * boot-strap: set default prefix to something reasonable (for me anyway). 2006-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060301 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o make .WAIT apply recursively, document and test case - apb o allow variable modifiers in a variable appear anywhere in modifier list, document and test case - sjg 2006-02-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o improved job token handling - dsl o SIG_DFL the correct signal before exec - dsl o more debug info during parsing - dsl o allow variable modifiers to be specified via variable - sjg * boot-strap: explain why we died if no mksrc 2005-11-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051105 * configure.in: always set default_sys_path default is ${prefix}/share/mk - remove prefix_sys_path, anyone wanting more than above needs to set it manually. 2005-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: make this a bit easier for pkgsrc folk. bootstrap still fails on IRIX64 since MACHINE_ARCH gets set to 'mips' while pkgsrc wants 'mipseb' or 'mipsel' 2005-11-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051102 * job.c (JobFinish): fix likely ancient merge lossage fix from Todd Vierling. * boot-strap (srcdir): allow setting mksrc=none 2005-10-31 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051031 * ranlib.h: skip on OSF too. (NetBSD PR 31864) 2005-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051002 fix a silly typo 2005-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051001 support for UnixWare and some other systems, based on patches from pkgsrc/bootstrap 2005-09-03 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050901 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o possible parse error causing us to wander off. 2005-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050606 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o :0x modifier for randomizing a list o fixes for a number of -Wuninitialized issues. 2005-05-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050530 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o Handle dependencies for .BEGIN, .END and .INTERRUPT * README: was seriously out of date. 2005-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Important to use .MAKE rather than MAKE. 2005-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050315 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o don't mistake .elsefoo for .else o use suffix-specific search path correctly o bunch of style nits 2004-05-11 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: o ensure that args to --src and --with-mksrc are resolved before giving them to configure. o add -o "objdir" so that builder can control it, default is $OS as determined by os.sh o add -q to suppress all the install instructions. 2004-05-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Remove __IDSTRING() * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040508 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o posix fixes - remove '-e' from compat mode - add support for '+' command-line prefix. o fix for handling '--' on command-line. o fix include in lst.lib/lstInt.h to simplify '-I's o we also picked up replacement of MAKE_BOOTSTRAP with !MAKE_NATIVE which is a noop, but possibly confusing. 2004-04-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040414 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o allow quoted strings on lhs of conditionals o issue warning when extra .else is seen o print line numer when errors encountered during parsing from string. 2004-02-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040220 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for old :M parsing bug. o re-jigged unit-tests 2004-02-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (accept test): use ${.MAKE:S,^./,${.CURDIR}/,} so that './bmake -f Makefile test' works. 2004-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040214 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o search upwards for *.mk o fix for double free of var substitution buffers o use of getopt replaced with custom code, since the usage (re-scanning) isn't posix compatible. 2004-02-12 Simon J. Gerraty * arch.c: don't include ranlib.h on ELF systems (thanks to Chuck Cranor ). 2004-01-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040118 * boot-strap (while): export vars we assign to on cmdline * unit-test/Makefile.in: ternary is .PHONY 2004-01-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20040108 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for ternary modifier 2004-01-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20040105 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for cond.c to handle compound expressions better o variable expansion within sysV style replacements 2003-12-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Make portable snprintf safer - output to /dev/null first to check space needed. * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20031222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o -dg3 to show input graph when things go wrong. o explicitly look for makefiles in objdir if not found in curdir so that errors in .depend etc will be reported accurarely. o avoid use of -e in shell scripts in jobs mode, use '|| exit $?' instead as it more accurately reflects the expected behavior and is more consistently implemented. o avoid use of asprintf. 2003-09-28 Simon J. Gerraty * util.c: Add asprintf and vasprintf. * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030928 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: :[] modifier - allows picking words from a variable. :tW modifier - allows treating value as one big word. W flag for :C and :S - allows treating value as one big word. 2003-09-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make pick up -de flag to enable printing failed command. don't skip 1st two dir entries (normally . and ..) since coda does not have them. 2003-09-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030909 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: - changes for -V '${VAR}' to print fully expanded value cf. -V VAR - CompatRunCommand now prints the command that failed. - several files got updated 3 clause Berkeley license. 2003-08-02 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: Allow setting configure args on command line. 2003-07-31 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: add --with-defshell to allow sh or ksh to be selected as default shell. * Makefile.in: bump version to 20030731 * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up .SHELL spec for ksh and associate man page changes. Also compat mode now uses the same shell specs. 2003-07-29 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c (Var_Parse): ensure delim is initialized. * unit-tests/Makefile.in: use single quotes to avoid problems from some shells. * makefile.boot.in: Run the unit-tests as part of the bootstrap procedure. 2003-07-28 Simon J. Gerraty * unit-tests/Makefile.in: always force complaints from ${TEST_MAKE} to be from 'make'. * configure.in: add check for 'diff -u' also fix some old autoconf'isms * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030728. if using GCC add -Wno-cast-qual to CFLAGS for var.o * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for :ts parsing error in some cases. Pick unit-tests. 2003-07-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030723. * var.c (Var_Parse): fix bug in :ts modifier, after const correctness fixes, must pass nstr to VarModify. 2003-07-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: BMAKE_VERSION switch to a date based version. We'll generally use the date of last import from NetBSD. * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fixes for const-correctness, now passes WARNS=3 on NetBSD. Pick up :ts modifier, allows controlling the separator used between words in variable expansion. 2003-07-11 Simon J. Gerraty * FILES: include boot-strap and os.sh * Makefile.in: only set WARNS if we are NetBSD, the effect on FreeBSD is known to be bad. * makefile.boot.in (bootstrap): make this the default target. * Makefile.in: bump version to 3.1.19 * machine.sh: avoid A-Z with tr as it is bound to lose. 2003-07-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for PR/19781 - unhelpful error msg on unclosed ${var:foo Plus some doc fixes. 2003-04-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for PR/1523 - don't count a library as built, if there is no way to build it * Bump version to 3.1.18 2003-03-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for ParseDoSpecialSrc - we only use it if .WAIT appears in src list. 2003-03-21 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make (mmm 10th anniversary!) pick up fix for .WAIT in srcs that refer to $@ or $* (PR#20828) pick up -X which tells us to not export VAR=val via setenv if we are already doing so via MAKEFLAGS. This saves valuable env space on systems like Darwin. set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.17 * parse.c: pix up fix for suffix rules 2003-03-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make. pick up fix for propagating -B via MAKEFLAGS. set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.16 * Apply some patches from pkgsrc-bootstrap/bmake Originally by Grant Beattie I may have missed some - since they are based on bmake-3.1.12 2002-12-03 Simon J. Gerraty * makefile.boot.in (bmake): update install targets for those that use them, also clear MAKEFLAGS when invoking bmake.boot to avoid havoc from gmake -w. Thanks to Harlan Stenn . * bmake.cat1: update the pre-formatted man page! 2002-11-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make. pick up fix for premature free of pointer used in call to Dir_InitCur(). set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.15 2002-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: determine suitable value for MKSRC. override using --with-mksrc=PATH. * machine.sh: use `uname -p` for MACHINE_ARCH on modern SunOS systems. configs(8) will use 'sun4' as an alias for 'sparc'. 2002-11-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make. pick up ${.PATH} pick up fix for finding ../cat.c via .PATH when .CURDIR=.. set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.14 add configure checks for killpg and sys/socket.h 2002-09-16 Simon J. Gerraty * tag bmake-3-1-13 * makefile.boot.in (bmake): use install-mk Also setup ./mk before trying to invoke bmake.boot incase we needed install-mk to create a sys.mk for us. * configure.in: If we need to add -I${srcdir}/missing, make it an absolute path so that it works for lst.lib too. * make.h: always include sys/cdefs.h since we provide one if the host does not. * Makefile.in (install-mk): use MKSRC/install-mk which will do the right thing. use uname -p for ARCH if possible. since install-mk will setup links bsd.prog.mk -> prog.mk if needed, just .include bsd.prog.mk * Merge with NetBSD make (NetBSD-1.6) Code is ansi-C only now. Bug in handling of dotLast is fixed. Can now assign .OBJDIR and make will reset its notions of life. New modifiers :tu :tl for toUpper and toLower. Tue Oct 16 12:18:42 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make pick up fix for .END failure in compat mode. pick up fix for extra va_end() in ParseVErrorInternal. Thu Oct 11 13:20:06 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: for systems that have sys/cdefs.h check if it is compatible. If not, include the one under missing, but tell it to include the native one too - necessary on Linux. * missing/sys/cdefs.h: if NEED_HOST_CDEFS_H is defined, use include_next (for gcc) to get the native sys/cdefs.h Tue Aug 21 02:29:34 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * job.c (JobFinish): Fix an earlier merge bug that resulted in leaking descriptors when using -jN. * job.c (JobPrintCommand): See if "curdir" exists before attempting to chdir(). Doing the chdir directly in make (when in compat mode) fails silently, so let the -jN version do the same. This can happen when building kernels in an object tree and playing clever games to reset .CURDIR. * Merged with NetBSD make pick up .USEBEFORE Tue Jun 26 23:45:11 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * makefile.boot.in: Give bmake.boot a MAKESYSPATH that might work. Tue Jun 12 16:48:57 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c (Var_Set): Add 4th (flags) arg so VarLoopExpand can tell us not to export the iterator variable when using VAR_CMD context. Sun Jun 10 21:55:21 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * job.c (Job_CatchChildren): don't call Job_CatchOutput() here, its the wrong "fix". Sat Jun 9 00:11:24 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Redesigned export of VAR_CMD's via MAKEFLAGS. We now simply append the variable names to .MAKEOVERRIDES, and handle duplicate suppression and quoting in ExportMAKEFLAGS using: ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:O:u:@v@$v=${$v:Q}@} Apart from fixing quoting bugs in previous version, this allows us to export vars to the environment by simply doing: .MAKEOVERRIDES+= PATH Merged again with NetBSD make, but the above is the only change. * configure.in: added --disable-pwd-override disable $PWD overriding getcwd() --disable-check-make-chdir disable make trying to guess when it should automatically cd ${.CURDIR} * Merge with NetBSD make, changes include: parse.c (ParseDoDependency): Spot that the syntax error is caused by an unresolved cvs/rcs conflict and say so. var.c: most of Var* functions now take a ctxt as 1st arg. now does variable substituion on rhs of sysv style modifiers. * var.c (Var_Set): exporting of command line variables (VAR_CMD) is now done here. We append the name='value' to .MAKEOVERRIDES rather than directly into MAKEFLAGS as this allows a Makefile to use .MAKEOVERRIDES= to disable this behaviour. GNU make uses a very similar mechanism. Note that in adding name='value' to .MAKEOVERRIDES we do the moral equivalent of: .MAKEOVERRIDES:= ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:Nname=*} name='val' Fri Jun 1 14:08:02 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * make-conf.h (USE_IOVEC): make it conditional on HAVE_SYS_UIO_H * Merged with NetBSD make make -dx can now be used to run commands via sh -x better error messages on exec failures. Thu May 31 01:44:54 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (main.o): depends on ${SRCS} ${MAKEFILE} so that MAKE_VERSION gets updated. Also don't use ?= for MAKE_VERSION, MACHINE etc otherwise they propagate from the previous bmake. * configure.in (machine): allow --with-machine=generic to make configure use machine.sh to set MACHINE. * job.c (JobInterrupt): convert to using WAIT_T and friends. * Makefile.in: mention in bmake.1 that we use autoconf. * make.1: mention MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR. Wed May 30 23:17:18 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * main.c (ReadMakefile): don't set MAKEFILE if reading ".depend" as that rather defeats the usefulness of ${MAKEFILE}. * main.c (MainParseArgs): append command line variable assignments to MAKEFLAGS so that they get propagated to child make's. Apparently this is required POSIX behaviour? Its useful anyway. Tue May 29 02:20:07 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * compat.c (CompatRunCommand): don't use perror() since stdio may cause problems in child of vfork(). * compat.c, main.c: Call PrintOnError() when we are going to bail. This routine prints out the .curdir where we stopped and will also display any vars listed in ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR}. * main.c: add ${.newline} to hold a "\n" - sometimes handy in :@ expansion. * var.c: VarLoopExpand: ignore addSpace if a \n is present. * Added RCSid's for the files we've touched. Thu May 24 15:41:37 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: Thanks to some clues from mdb@juniper.net, added autoconf magic to control setting of MACHINE, MACHINE_ARCH as well as what ends up in _PATH_DEFSYSPATH. We now have: --with-machine=MACHINE explicitly set MACHINE --with-force-machine=MACHINE set FORCE_MACHINE --with-machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH explicitly set MACHINE_ARCH --with-default-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST use an explicit _PATH_DEFSYSPATH --with-prefix-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST prefix _PATH_PREFIX_SYSPATH --with-path-objdirprefix=PATH override _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX If _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX is set to "no" we won't define it. * makefile: added a pathetically simple makefile to drive bootstrapping. Running configure by hand is more useful. * Makefile.in: added MAKE_VERSION, and reworked things to be less dependent on NetBSD bsd.*.mk * pathnames.h: allow NO_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX to stop us defining _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX for those that don't want a default. construct _PATH_DEFSYSPATH from the info we get from configure. * main.c: allow for no _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, set ${MAKE_VERSION} if MAKE_VERSION is defined. * compat.c: when we bail, print out the .CURDIR we were in. Sat May 12 00:34:12 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make * var.c: fixed a bug in the handling of the modifier :P if the node as found but the path was null, we segfault trying to duplicate it. Mon Mar 5 16:20:33 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make * make.c: Make_OODate's test for a library out of date was using cmtime where it should have used mtime (my bug). * compat.c: Use perror() to tell us what really went wrong when we cannot exec a command. Fri Dec 15 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Sat Jun 10 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Thu Jun 1 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Tue May 30 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Thu Apr 27 00:07:47 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * util.c: don't provide signal() since we use sigcompat.c * Makefile.in: added a build target. * var.c (Var_Parse): added ODE modifiers :U, :D, :L, :P, :@ and :! These allow some quite clever magic. * main.c (main): added support for getenv(MAKESYSPATH). Mon Apr 2 16:25:13 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Disable $PWD overriding getcwd() if MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set. This avoids objdir having a different value depending on how a directory was reached (via command line, or subdir.mk). * If FORCE_MACHINE is defined, ignore getenv("MACHINE"). Mon Apr 2 23:15:31 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Do a chdir(${.CURDIR}) before invoking ${.MAKE} or ${.MAKE:T} if MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set and NOCHECKMAKECHDIR is not. I've been testing this in NetBSD's make for some weeks. * Turn Makefile into Makefile.in and make it useful. Tue Feb 29 22:08:00 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Imported NetBSD's -current make(1) and resolve conflicts. * Applied autoconf patches from bmake v2 * Imported clean code base from NetBSD-1.0 Index: head/contrib/bmake/Makefile =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/Makefile (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/Makefile (revision 314808) @@ -1,225 +1,225 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.77 2016/12/12 07:34:19 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: Makefile,v 1.81 2017/03/01 17:01:23 sjg Exp $ # Base version on src date -_MAKE_VERSION= 20161212 +_MAKE_VERSION= 20170301 PROG= bmake SRCS= \ arch.c \ buf.c \ compat.c \ cond.c \ dir.c \ for.c \ hash.c \ job.c \ main.c \ make.c \ make_malloc.c \ meta.c \ metachar.c \ parse.c \ str.c \ strlist.c \ suff.c \ targ.c \ trace.c \ util.c \ var.c # from lst.lib/ SRCS+= \ lstAppend.c \ lstAtEnd.c \ lstAtFront.c \ lstClose.c \ lstConcat.c \ lstDatum.c \ lstDeQueue.c \ lstDestroy.c \ lstDupl.c \ lstEnQueue.c \ lstFind.c \ lstFindFrom.c \ lstFirst.c \ lstForEach.c \ lstForEachFrom.c \ lstInit.c \ lstInsert.c \ lstIsAtEnd.c \ lstIsEmpty.c \ lstLast.c \ lstMember.c \ lstNext.c \ lstOpen.c \ lstPrev.c \ lstRemove.c \ lstReplace.c \ lstSucc.c # this file gets generated by configure .-include "Makefile.config" .if !empty(LIBOBJS) SRCS+= ${LIBOBJS:T:.o=.c} .endif # just in case prefix?= /usr srcdir?= ${.CURDIR} DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?= ${prefix}/share/mk CPPFLAGS+= -DUSE_META CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS} CFLAGS+= -D_PATH_DEFSYSPATH=\"${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}\" CFLAGS+= -I. -I${srcdir} ${XDEFS} -DMAKE_NATIVE CFLAGS+= ${COPTS.${.ALLSRC:M*.c:T:u}} COPTS.main.c+= "-DMAKE_VERSION=\"${_MAKE_VERSION}\"" # meta mode can be useful even without filemon FILEMON_H ?= /usr/include/dev/filemon/filemon.h .if exists(${FILEMON_H}) && ${FILEMON_H:T} == "filemon.h" COPTS.meta.c += -DHAVE_FILEMON_H -I${FILEMON_H:H} .endif .PATH: ${srcdir} .PATH: ${srcdir}/lst.lib .if make(obj) || make(clean) SUBDIR+= unit-tests .endif # start-delete1 for bsd.after-import.mk # we skip a lot of this when building as part of FreeBSD etc. # list of OS's which are derrived from BSD4.4 BSD44_LIST= NetBSD FreeBSD OpenBSD DragonFly MirBSD Bitrig # we are... OS!= uname -s # are we 4.4BSD ? isBSD44:=${BSD44_LIST:M${OS}} .if ${isBSD44} == "" MANTARGET= cat INSTALL?=${srcdir}/install-sh .if (${MACHINE} == "sun386") # even I don't have one of these anymore :-) CFLAGS+= -DPORTAR .elif (${MACHINE} != "sunos") SRCS+= sigcompat.c CFLAGS+= -DSIGNAL_FLAGS=SA_RESTART .endif .else MANTARGET?= man .endif # turn this on by default - ignored if we are root WITH_INSTALL_AS_USER= # suppress with -DWITHOUT_* OPTIONS_DEFAULT_YES+= \ AUTOCONF_MK \ INSTALL_MK \ PROG_LINK OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO+= \ PROG_VERSION # process options now .include .if ${MK_PROG_VERSION} == "yes" PROG_NAME= ${PROG}-${_MAKE_VERSION} .if ${MK_PROG_LINK} == "yes" SYMLINKS+= ${PROG_NAME} ${BINDIR}/${PROG} .endif .endif EXTRACT_MAN=no # end-delete1 MAN= ${PROG}.1 MAN1= ${MAN} .if (${PROG} != "make") CLEANFILES+= my.history .if make(${MAN}) || !exists(${srcdir}/${MAN}) my.history: ${MAKEFILE} @(echo ".Nm"; \ echo "is derived from NetBSD"; \ echo ".Xr make 1 ."; \ echo "It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms."; \ echo ".Pp") > $@ .NOPATH: ${MAN} ${MAN}: make.1 my.history @echo making $@ @sed \ -e '/^.Dt/s/MAKE/${PROG:tu}/' \ -e 's/^.Nx/NetBSD/' \ -e '/^.Nm/s/make/${PROG}/' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/rmy.history' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/,$$s,^.Nm,make,' ${srcdir}/make.1 > $@ all beforeinstall: ${MAN} _mfromdir=. .endif .endif MANTARGET?= cat MANDEST?= ${MANDIR}/${MANTARGET}1 .if ${MANTARGET} == "cat" _mfromdir=${srcdir} .endif .include CPPFLAGS+= -DMAKE_NATIVE -DHAVE_CONFIG_H COPTS.var.c += -Wno-cast-qual COPTS.job.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.parse.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.var.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral # Force these SHAREDIR= ${SHAREDIR.bmake:U${prefix}/share} BINDIR= ${BINDIR.bmake:U${prefix}/bin} MANDIR= ${MANDIR.bmake:U${SHAREDIR}/man} .if !exists(.depend) ${OBJS}: config.h .endif # make sure that MAKE_VERSION gets updated. main.o: ${SRCS} ${MAKEFILE} # start-delete2 for bsd.after-import.mk .if ${MK_AUTOCONF_MK} == "yes" .include .endif SHARE_MK?=${SHAREDIR}/mk MKSRC=${srcdir}/mk INSTALL?=${srcdir}/install-sh .if ${MK_INSTALL_MK} == "yes" install: install-mk .endif beforeinstall: test -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} test -d ${DESTDIR}${MANDEST} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${MANDEST} install-mk: .if exists(${MKSRC}/install-mk) test -d ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} sh ${MKSRC}/install-mk -v -m 644 ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} .else @echo need to unpack mk.tar.gz under ${srcdir} or set MKSRC; false .endif # end-delete2 # A simple unit-test driver to help catch regressions accept test: cd ${.CURDIR}/unit-tests && MAKEFLAGS= ${.MAKE} -r -m / TEST_MAKE=${TEST_MAKE:U${.OBJDIR}/${PROG:T}} ${.TARGET} Index: head/contrib/bmake/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms (revision 314808) @@ -1,3783 +1,3794 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tutorial.ms,v 1.12 2014/09/30 21:33:14 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tutorial.ms,v 1.13 2017/03/01 13:05:11 kre Exp $ .\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by .\" Adam de Boor. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor .\" Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks .\" .\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by .\" Adam de Boor. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software .\" must display the following acknowledgement: .\" This product includes software developed by the University of .\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. .\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" @(#)tutorial.ms 8.1 (Berkeley) 8/18/93 .\" .EH 'PSD:12-%''PMake \*- A Tutorial' .OH 'PMake \*- A Tutorial''PSD:12-%' .\" Ix is an indexing macro similar to .IX but I've disabled it for now .\" Since that would require 2 passes and I am not in the mood for that. .de Ix .. .\" Rd is section (region) define and Rm is region mention? Again disable for .\" now. .de Rd .. .de Rm .. .\" xH is a macro to provide numbered headers that are automatically stuffed .\" into a table-of-contents, properly indented, etc. If the first argument .\" is numeric, it is taken as the depth for numbering (as for .NH), else .\" the default (1) is assumed. .\" .\" @P The initial paragraph distance. .\" @Q The piece of section number to increment (or 0 if none given) .\" @R Section header. .\" @S Indent for toc entry .\" @T Argument to NH (can't use @Q b/c giving 0 to NH resets the counter) .de xH .NH \\$1 \\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 \\$8 \\$9 .nr PD .1v .XS \\n% .ta 0.6i \\*(SN \\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 \\$8 \\$9 .XE .nr PD .3v .. .\" CW is used to place a string in fixed-width or switch to a .\" fixed-width font. .\" C is a typewriter font for a laserwriter. Use something else if .\" you don't have one... .de CW .ie !\\n(.$ .ft C .el \&\\$3\fC\\$1\fP\\$2 .. .\" Anything I put in a display I want to be in fixed-width .am DS .CW .. .\" The stuff in .No produces a little stop sign in the left margin .\" that says NOTE in it. Unfortunately, it does cause a break, but .\" hey. Can't have everything. In case you're wondering how I came .\" up with such weird commands, they came from running grn on a .\" gremlin file... .de No .br .ne 0.5i +.ie n \{\ +.nr g3 \w'NOTE ' +.po -\\n(g3u +.br +NOTE +.br +.po +\\n(g3u +.\} +.el \{\ .po -0.5i .br .mk .nr g3 \\n(.f .nr g4 \\n(.s .sp -1 .\" .st cf \D't 5u' .sp -1 \h'50u' .sp -1 \D't 3u' .sp -1 .sp 7u \h'53u' \d\D'p -0.19i 0.0i 0.0i -0.13i 0.30i 0.0i 0.0i 0.13i' .sp -1 .ft R .ps 6 .nr g8 \\n(.d .ds g9 "NOTE .sp 74u \h'85u'\v'0.85n'\h-\w\\*(g9u/2u\&\\*(g9 .sp |\\n(g8u .sp 166u \D't 3u' .br .po .rt .ft \\n(g3 .ps \\n(g4 +.\} .. .de Bp .ie !\\n(.$ .IP \(bu 2 .el .IP "\&" 2 .. -.po +.3i +.ie n .po +\w'NOTE 'u +.el .po +.3i .TL PMake \*- A Tutorial .AU Adam de Boor .AI Berkeley Softworks 2150 Shattuck Ave, Penthouse Berkeley, CA 94704 adam@bsw.uu.net \&...!uunet!bsw!adam .FS Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies. The University of California, Berkeley Softworks, and Adam de Boor make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. .FE .PP .xH 1 Introduction .LP PMake is a program for creating other programs, or anything else you can think of for it to do. The basic idea behind PMake is that, for any given system, be it a program or a document or whatever, there will be some files that depend on the state of other files (on when they were last modified). PMake takes these dependencies, which you must specify, and uses them to build whatever it is you want it to build. .LP PMake is almost fully-compatible with Make, with which you may already be familiar. PMake's most important feature is its ability to run several different jobs at once, making the creation of systems considerably faster. It also has a great deal more functionality than Make. Throughout the text, whenever something is mentioned that is an important difference between PMake and Make (i.e. something that will cause a makefile to fail if you don't do something about it), or is simply important, it will be flagged with a little sign in the left margin, like this: .No .LP This tutorial is divided into three main sections corresponding to basic, intermediate and advanced PMake usage. If you already know Make well, you will only need to skim chapter 2 (there are some aspects of PMake that I consider basic to its use that didn't exist in Make). Things in chapter 3 make life much easier, while those in chapter 4 are strictly for those who know what they are doing. Chapter 5 has definitions for the jargon I use and chapter 6 contains possible solutions to the problems presented throughout the tutorial. .xH 1 The Basics of PMake .LP PMake takes as input a file that tells a) which files depend on which other files to be complete and b) what to do about files that are ``out-of-date.'' This file is known as a ``makefile'' and is usually .Ix 0 def makefile kept in the top-most directory of the system to be built. While you can call the makefile anything you want, PMake will look for .CW Makefile and .CW makefile (in that order) in the current directory if you don't tell it otherwise. .Ix 0 def makefile default To specify a different makefile, use the .B \-f flag (e.g. .CW "pmake -f program.mk" ''). `` .Ix 0 ref flags -f .Ix 0 ref makefile other .LP A makefile has four different types of lines in it: .RS .IP \(bu 2 File dependency specifications .IP \(bu 2 Creation commands .IP \(bu 2 Variable assignments .IP \(bu 2 Comments, include statements and conditional directives .RE .LP Any line may be continued over multiple lines by ending it with a backslash. .Ix 0 def "continuation line" The backslash, following newline and any initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space before the input line is examined by PMake. .xH 2 Dependency Lines .LP As mentioned in the introduction, in any system, there are dependencies between the files that make up the system. For instance, in a program made up of several C source files and one header file, the C files will need to be re-compiled should the header file be changed. For a document of several chapters and one macro file, the chapters will need to be reprocessed if any of the macros changes. .Ix 0 def "dependency" These are dependencies and are specified by means of dependency lines in the makefile. .LP .Ix 0 def "dependency line" On a dependency line, there are targets and sources, separated by a one- or two-character operator. The targets ``depend'' on the sources and are usually created from them. .Ix 0 def target .Ix 0 def source .Ix 0 ref operator Any number of targets and sources may be specified on a dependency line. All the targets in the line are made to depend on all the sources. Targets and sources need not be actual files, but every source must be either an actual file or another target in the makefile. If you run out of room, use a backslash at the end of the line to continue onto the next one. .LP Any file may be a target and any file may be a source, but the relationship between the two (or however many) is determined by the ``operator'' that separates them. .Ix 0 def operator Three types of operators exist: one specifies that the datedness of a target is determined by the state of its sources, while another specifies other files (the sources) that need to be dealt with before the target can be re-created. The third operator is very similar to the first, with the additional condition that the target is out-of-date if it has no sources. These operations are represented by the colon, the exclamation point and the double-colon, respectively, and are mutually exclusive. Their exact semantics are as follows: .IP ":" .Ix 0 def operator colon .Ix 0 def : If a colon is used, a target on the line is considered to be ``out-of-date'' (and in need of creation) if .RS .IP \(bu 2 any of the sources has been modified more recently than the target, or .IP \(bu 2 the target doesn't exist. .RE .Ix 0 def out-of-date .IP "\&" Under this operation, steps will be taken to re-create the target only if it is found to be out-of-date by using these two rules. .IP "!" .Ix 0 def operator force .Ix 0 def ! If an exclamation point is used, the target will always be re-created, but this will not happen until all of its sources have been examined and re-created, if necessary. .IP "::" .Ix 0 def operator double-colon .Ix 0 def :: If a double-colon is used, a target is out-of-date if: .RS .IP \(bu 2 any of the sources has been modified more recently than the target, or .IP \(bu 2 the target doesn't exist, or .IP \(bu 2 the target has no sources. .RE .IP "\&" If the target is out-of-date according to these rules, it will be re-created. This operator also does something else to the targets, but I'll go into that in the next section (``Shell Commands''). .LP Enough words, now for an example. Take that C program I mentioned earlier. Say there are three C files .CW a.c , ( .CW b.c and .CW c.c ) each of which includes the file .CW defs.h . The dependencies between the files could then be expressed as follows: .DS program : a.o b.o c.o a.o b.o c.o : defs.h a.o : a.c b.o : b.c c.o : c.c .DE .LP You may be wondering at this point, where .CW a.o , .CW b.o and .CW c.o came in and why .I they depend on .CW defs.h and the C files don't. The reason is quite simple: .CW program cannot be made by linking together .c files \*- it must be made from .o files. Likewise, if you change .CW defs.h , it isn't the .c files that need to be re-created, it's the .o files. If you think of dependencies in these terms \*- which files (targets) need to be created from which files (sources) \*- you should have no problems. .LP An important thing to notice about the above example, is that all the \&.o files appear as targets on more than one line. This is perfectly all right: the target is made to depend on all the sources mentioned on all the dependency lines. E.g. .CW a.o depends on both .CW defs.h and .CW a.c . .Ix 0 ref dependency .No .LP The order of the dependency lines in the makefile is important: the first target on the first dependency line in the makefile will be the one that gets made if you don't say otherwise. That's why .CW program comes first in the example makefile, above. .LP Both targets and sources may contain the standard C-Shell wildcard characters .CW { , ( .CW } , .CW * , .CW ? , .CW [ , and .CW ] ), but the non-curly-brace ones may only appear in the final component (the file portion) of the target or source. The characters mean the following things: .IP \fB{}\fP These enclose a comma-separated list of options and cause the pattern to be expanded once for each element of the list. Each expansion contains a different element. For example, .CW src/{whiffle,beep,fish}.c expands to the three words .CW src/whiffle.c , .CW src/beep.c , and .CW src/fish.c . These braces may be nested and, unlike the other wildcard characters, the resulting words need not be actual files. All other wildcard characters are expanded using the files that exist when PMake is started. .IP \fB*\fP This matches zero or more characters of any sort. .CW src/*.c will expand to the same three words as above as long as .CW src contains those three files (and no other files that end in .CW .c ). .IP \fB?\fP Matches any single character. .IP \fB[]\fP This is known as a character class and contains either a list of single characters, or a series of character ranges .CW a-z , ( for example means all characters between a and z), or both. It matches any single character contained in the list. E.g. .CW [A-Za-z] will match all letters, while .CW [0123456789] will match all numbers. .xH 2 Shell Commands .LP ``Isn't that nice,'' you say to yourself, ``but how are files actually `re-created,' as he likes to spell it?'' The re-creation is accomplished by commands you place in the makefile. These commands are passed to the Bourne shell (better known as ``/bin/sh'') to be executed and are .Ix 0 ref shell .Ix 0 ref re-creation .Ix 0 ref update expected to do what's necessary to update the target file (PMake doesn't actually check to see if the target was created. It just assumes it's there). .Ix 0 ref target .LP Shell commands in a makefile look a lot like shell commands you would type at a terminal, with one important exception: each command in a makefile .I must be preceded by at least one tab. .LP Each target has associated with it a shell script made up of one or more of these shell commands. The creation script for a target should immediately follow the dependency line for that target. While any given target may appear on more than one dependency line, only one of these dependency lines may be followed by a creation script, unless the `::' operator was used on the dependency line. .Ix 0 ref operator double-colon .Ix 0 ref :: .No .LP If the double-colon was used, each dependency line for the target may be followed by a shell script. That script will only be executed if the target on the associated dependency line is out-of-date with respect to the sources on that line, according to the rules I gave earlier. I'll give you a good example of this later on. .LP To expand on the earlier makefile, you might add commands as follows: .DS program : a.o b.o c.o cc a.o b.o c.o \-o program a.o b.o c.o : defs.h a.o : a.c cc \-c a.c b.o : b.c cc \-c b.c c.o : c.c cc \-c c.c .DE .LP Something you should remember when writing a makefile is, the commands will be executed if the .I target on the dependency line is out-of-date, not the sources. .Ix 0 ref target .Ix 0 ref source .Ix 0 ref out-of-date In this example, the command .CW "cc \-c a.c" '' `` will be executed if .CW a.o is out-of-date. Because of the `:' operator, .Ix 0 ref : .Ix 0 ref operator colon this means that should .CW a.c .I or .CW defs.h have been modified more recently than .CW a.o , the command will be executed .CW a.o "\&" ( will be considered out-of-date). .Ix 0 ref out-of-date .LP Remember how I said the only difference between a makefile shell command and a regular shell command was the leading tab? I lied. There is another way in which makefile commands differ from regular ones. The first two characters after the initial whitespace are treated specially. If they are any combination of `@' and `\-', they cause PMake to do different things. .LP In most cases, shell commands are printed before they're actually executed. This is to keep you informed of what's going on. If an `@' appears, however, this echoing is suppressed. In the case of an .CW echo command, say .CW "echo Linking index" ,'' `` it would be rather silly to see .DS echo Linking index Linking index .DE .LP so PMake allows you to place an `@' before the command .CW "@echo Linking index" '') (`` to prevent the command from being printed. .LP The other special character is the `\-'. In case you didn't know, shell commands finish with a certain ``exit status.'' This status is made available by the operating system to whatever program invoked the command. Normally this status will be 0 if everything went ok and non-zero if something went wrong. For this reason, PMake will consider an error to have occurred if one of the shells it invokes returns a non-zero status. When it detects an error, PMake's usual action is to abort whatever it's doing and exit with a non-zero status itself (any other targets that were being created will continue being made, but nothing new will be started. PMake will exit after the last job finishes). This behavior can be altered, however, by placing a `\-' at the front of a command .CW "\-mv index index.old" ''), (`` certain command-line arguments, or doing other things, to be detailed later. In such a case, the non-zero status is simply ignored and PMake keeps chugging along. .No .LP Because all the commands are given to a single shell to execute, such things as setting shell variables, changing directories, etc., last beyond the command in which they are found. This also allows shell compound commands (like .CW for loops) to be entered in a natural manner. Since this could cause problems for some makefiles that depend on each command being executed by a single shell, PMake has a .B \-B .Ix 0 ref compatibility .Ix 0 ref flags -B flag (it stands for backwards-compatible) that forces each command to be given to a separate shell. It also does several other things, all of which I discourage since they are now old-fashioned.\|.\|.\|. .No .LP A target's shell script is fed to the shell on its (the shell's) input stream. This means that any commands, such as .CW ci that need to get input from the terminal won't work right \*- they'll get the shell's input, something they probably won't find to their liking. A simple way around this is to give a command like this: .DS ci $(SRCS) < /dev/tty .DE This would force the program's input to come from the terminal. If you can't do this for some reason, your only other alternative is to use PMake in its fullest compatibility mode. See .B Compatibility in chapter 4. .Ix 0 ref compatibility .LP .xH 2 Variables .LP PMake, like Make before it, has the ability to save text in variables to be recalled later at your convenience. Variables in PMake are used much like variables in the shell and, by tradition, consist of all upper-case letters (you don't .I have to use all upper-case letters. In fact there's nothing to stop you from calling a variable .CW @^&$%$ . Just tradition). Variables are assigned-to using lines of the form .Ix 0 def variable assignment .DS VARIABLE = value .DE .Ix 0 def variable assignment appended-to by .DS VARIABLE += value .DE .Ix 0 def variable appending .Ix 0 def variable assignment appended .Ix 0 def += conditionally assigned-to (if the variable isn't already defined) by .DS VARIABLE ?= value .DE .Ix 0 def variable assignment conditional .Ix 0 def ?= and assigned-to with expansion (i.e. the value is expanded (see below) before being assigned to the variable\*-useful for placing a value at the beginning of a variable, or other things) by .DS VARIABLE := value .DE .Ix 0 def variable assignment expanded .Ix 0 def := .LP Any whitespace before .I value is stripped off. When appending, a space is placed between the old value and the stuff being appended. .LP The final way a variable may be assigned to is using .DS VARIABLE != shell-command .DE .Ix 0 def variable assignment shell-output .Ix 0 def != In this case, .I shell-command has all its variables expanded (see below) and is passed off to a shell to execute. The output of the shell is then placed in the variable. Any newlines (other than the final one) are replaced by spaces before the assignment is made. This is typically used to find the current directory via a line like: .DS CWD != pwd .DE .LP .B Note: this is intended to be used to execute commands that produce small amounts of output (e.g. ``pwd''). The implementation is less than intelligent and will likely freeze if you execute something that produces thousands of bytes of output (8 Kb is the limit on many UNIX systems). .LP The value of a variable may be retrieved by enclosing the variable name in parentheses or curly braces and preceding the whole thing with a dollar sign. .LP For example, to set the variable CFLAGS to the string .CW "\-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O" ,'' `` you would place a line .DS CFLAGS = \-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O .DE in the makefile and use the word .CW "$(CFLAGS)" wherever you would like the string .CW "\-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O" to appear. This is called variable expansion. .Ix 0 def variable expansion .No .LP Unlike Make, PMake will not expand a variable unless it knows the variable exists. E.g. if you have a .CW "${i}" in a shell command and you have not assigned a value to the variable .CW i (the empty string is considered a value, by the way), where Make would have substituted the empty string, PMake will leave the .CW "${i}" alone. To keep PMake from substituting for a variable it knows, precede the dollar sign with another dollar sign. (e.g. to pass .CW "${HOME}" to the shell, use .CW "$${HOME}" ). This causes PMake, in effect, to expand the .CW $ macro, which expands to a single .CW $ . For compatibility, Make's style of variable expansion will be used if you invoke PMake with any of the compatibility flags (\c .B \-V , .B \-B or .B \-M . The .B \-V flag alters just the variable expansion). .Ix 0 ref flags -V .Ix 0 ref flags -B .Ix 0 ref flags -M .Ix 0 ref compatibility .LP .Ix 0 ref variable expansion There are two different times at which variable expansion occurs: When parsing a dependency line, the expansion occurs immediately upon reading the line. If any variable used on a dependency line is undefined, PMake will print a message and exit. Variables in shell commands are expanded when the command is executed. Variables used inside another variable are expanded whenever the outer variable is expanded (the expansion of an inner variable has no effect on the outer variable. I.e. if the outer variable is used on a dependency line and in a shell command, and the inner variable changes value between when the dependency line is read and the shell command is executed, two different values will be substituted for the outer variable). .Ix 0 def variable types .LP Variables come in four flavors, though they are all expanded the same and all look about the same. They are (in order of expanding scope): .RS .IP \(bu 2 Local variables. .Ix 0 ref variable local .IP \(bu 2 Command-line variables. .Ix 0 ref variable command-line .IP \(bu 2 Global variables. .Ix 0 ref variable global .IP \(bu 2 Environment variables. .Ix 0 ref variable environment .RE .LP The classification of variables doesn't matter much, except that the classes are searched from the top (local) to the bottom (environment) when looking up a variable. The first one found wins. .xH 3 Local Variables .LP .Ix 0 def variable local Each target can have as many as seven local variables. These are variables that are only ``visible'' within that target's shell script and contain such things as the target's name, all of its sources (from all its dependency lines), those sources that were out-of-date, etc. Four local variables are defined for all targets. They are: .RS .IP ".TARGET" .Ix 0 def variable local .TARGET .Ix 0 def .TARGET The name of the target. .IP ".OODATE" .Ix 0 def variable local .OODATE .Ix 0 def .OODATE The list of the sources for the target that were considered out-of-date. The order in the list is not guaranteed to be the same as the order in which the dependencies were given. .IP ".ALLSRC" .Ix 0 def variable local .ALLSRC .Ix 0 def .ALLSRC The list of all sources for this target in the order in which they were given. .IP ".PREFIX" .Ix 0 def variable local .PREFIX .Ix 0 def .PREFIX The target without its suffix and without any leading path. E.g. for the target .CW ../../lib/compat/fsRead.c , this variable would contain .CW fsRead . .RE .LP Three other local variables are set only for certain targets under special circumstances. These are the ``.IMPSRC,'' .Ix 0 ref variable local .IMPSRC .Ix 0 ref .IMPSRC ``.ARCHIVE,'' .Ix 0 ref variable local .ARCHIVE .Ix 0 ref .ARCHIVE and ``.MEMBER'' .Ix 0 ref variable local .MEMBER .Ix 0 ref .MEMBER variables. When they are set and how they are used is described later. .LP Four of these variables may be used in sources as well as in shell scripts. .Ix 0 def "dynamic source" .Ix 0 def source dynamic These are ``.TARGET'', ``.PREFIX'', ``.ARCHIVE'' and ``.MEMBER''. The variables in the sources are expanded once for each target on the dependency line, providing what is known as a ``dynamic source,'' .Rd 0 allowing you to specify several dependency lines at once. For example, .DS $(OBJS) : $(.PREFIX).c .DE will create a dependency between each object file and its corresponding C source file. .xH 3 Command-line Variables .LP .Ix 0 def variable command-line Command-line variables are set when PMake is first invoked by giving a variable assignment as one of the arguments. For example, .DS pmake "CFLAGS = -I/sprite/src/lib/libc -O" .DE would make .CW CFLAGS be a command-line variable with the given value. Any assignments to .CW CFLAGS in the makefile will have no effect, because once it is set, there is (almost) nothing you can do to change a command-line variable (the search order, you see). Command-line variables may be set using any of the four assignment operators, though only .CW = and .CW ?= behave as you would expect them to, mostly because assignments to command-line variables are performed before the makefile is read, thus the values set in the makefile are unavailable at the time. .CW += .Ix 0 ref += .Ix 0 ref variable assignment appended is the same as .CW = , because the old value of the variable is sought only in the scope in which the assignment is taking place (for reasons of efficiency that I won't get into here). .CW := and .CW ?= .Ix 0 ref := .Ix 0 ref ?= .Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded .Ix 0 ref variable assignment conditional will work if the only variables used are in the environment. .CW != is sort of pointless to use from the command line, since the same effect can no doubt be accomplished using the shell's own command substitution mechanisms (backquotes and all that). .xH 3 Global Variables .LP .Ix 0 def variable global Global variables are those set or appended-to in the makefile. There are two classes of global variables: those you set and those PMake sets. As I said before, the ones you set can have any name you want them to have, except they may not contain a colon or an exclamation point. The variables PMake sets (almost) always begin with a period and always contain upper-case letters, only. The variables are as follows: .RS .IP .PMAKE .Ix 0 def variable global .PMAKE .Ix 0 def .PMAKE .Ix 0 def variable global MAKE .Ix 0 def MAKE The name by which PMake was invoked is stored in this variable. For compatibility, the name is also stored in the MAKE variable. .IP .MAKEFLAGS .Ix 0 def variable global .MAKEFLAGS .Ix 0 def .MAKEFLAGS variable .Ix 0 def variable global MFLAGS .Ix 0 def MFLAGS All the relevant flags with which PMake was invoked. This does not include such things as .B \-f or variable assignments. Again for compatibility, this value is stored in the MFLAGS variable as well. .RE .LP Two other variables, ``.INCLUDES'' and ``.LIBS,'' are covered in the section on special targets in chapter 3. .Ix 0 ref variable global .INCLUDES .Ix 0 ref variable global .LIBS .LP Global variables may be deleted using lines of the form: .Ix 0 def #undef .Ix 0 def variable deletion .DS #undef \fIvariable\fP .DE The .CW # ' ` must be the first character on the line. Note that this may only be done on global variables. .xH 3 Environment Variables .LP .Ix 0 def variable environment Environment variables are passed by the shell that invoked PMake and are given by PMake to each shell it invokes. They are expanded like any other variable, but they cannot be altered in any way. .LP One special environment variable, .CW PMAKE , .Ix 0 def variable environment PMAKE is examined by PMake for command-line flags, variable assignments, etc., it should always use. This variable is examined before the actual arguments to PMake are. In addition, all flags given to PMake, either through the .CW PMAKE variable or on the command line, are placed in this environment variable and exported to each shell PMake executes. Thus recursive invocations of PMake automatically receive the same flags as the top-most one. .LP Using all these variables, you can compress the sample makefile even more: .DS OBJS = a.o b.o c.o program : $(OBJS) cc $(.ALLSRC) \-o $(.TARGET) $(OBJS) : defs.h a.o : a.c cc \-c a.c b.o : b.c cc \-c b.c c.o : c.c cc \-c c.c .DE .Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC .Ix 0 ref .ALLSRC .Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET .Ix 0 ref .TARGET .Rd 3 .xH 2 Comments .LP .Ix 0 def comments Comments in a makefile start with a `#' character and extend to the end of the line. They may appear anywhere you want them, except in a shell command (though the shell will treat it as a comment, too). If, for some reason, you need to use the `#' in a variable or on a dependency line, put a backslash in front of it. PMake will compress the two into a single `#' (Note: this isn't true if PMake is operating in full-compatibility mode). .Ix 0 ref flags -M .Ix 0 ref compatibility .xH 2 Parallelism .No .LP PMake was specifically designed to re-create several targets at once, when possible. You do not have to do anything special to cause this to happen (unless PMake was configured to not act in parallel, in which case you will have to make use of the .B \-L and .B \-J flags (see below)), .Ix 0 ref flags -L .Ix 0 ref flags -J but you do have to be careful at times. .LP There are several problems you are likely to encounter. One is that some makefiles (and programs) are written in such a way that it is impossible for two targets to be made at once. The program .CW xstr , for example, always modifies the files .CW strings and .CW x.c . There is no way to change it. Thus you cannot run two of them at once without something being trashed. Similarly, if you have commands in the makefile that always send output to the same file, you will not be able to make more than one target at once unless you change the file you use. You can, for instance, add a .CW $$$$ to the end of the file name to tack on the process ID of the shell executing the command (each .CW $$ expands to a single .CW $ , thus giving you the shell variable .CW $$ ). Since only one shell is used for all the commands, you'll get the same file name for each command in the script. .LP The other problem comes from improperly-specified dependencies that worked in Make because of its sequential, depth-first way of examining them. While I don't want to go into depth on how PMake works (look in chapter 4 if you're interested), I will warn you that files in two different ``levels'' of the dependency tree may be examined in a different order in PMake than they were in Make. For example, given the makefile .DS a : b c b : d .DE PMake will examine the targets in the order .CW c , .CW d , .CW b , .CW a . If the makefile's author expected PMake to abort before making .CW c if an error occurred while making .CW b , or if .CW b needed to exist before .CW c was made, s/he will be sorely disappointed. The dependencies are incomplete, since in both these cases, .CW c would depend on .CW b . So watch out. .LP Another problem you may face is that, while PMake is set up to handle the output from multiple jobs in a graceful fashion, the same is not so for input. It has no way to regulate input to different jobs, so if you use the redirection from .CW /dev/tty I mentioned earlier, you must be careful not to run two of the jobs at once. .xH 2 Writing and Debugging a Makefile .LP Now you know most of what's in a makefile, what do you do next? There are two choices: (1) use one of the uncommonly-available makefile generators or (2) write your own makefile (I leave out the third choice of ignoring PMake and doing everything by hand as being beyond the bounds of common sense). .LP When faced with the writing of a makefile, it is usually best to start from first principles: just what .I are you trying to do? What do you want the makefile finally to produce? .LP To begin with a somewhat traditional example, let's say you need to write a makefile to create a program, .CW expr , that takes standard infix expressions and converts them to prefix form (for no readily apparent reason). You've got three source files, in C, that make up the program: .CW main.c , .CW parse.c , and .CW output.c . Harking back to my pithy advice about dependency lines, you write the first line of the file: .DS expr : main.o parse.o output.o .DE because you remember .CW expr is made from .CW .o files, not .CW .c files. Similarly for the .CW .o files you produce the lines: .DS main.o : main.c parse.o : parse.c output.o : output.c main.o parse.o output.o : defs.h .DE .LP Great. You've now got the dependencies specified. What you need now is commands. These commands, remember, must produce the target on the dependency line, usually by using the sources you've listed. You remember about local variables? Good, so it should come to you as no surprise when you write .DS expr : main.o parse.o output.o cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC) .DE Why use the variables? If your program grows to produce postfix expressions too (which, of course, requires a name change or two), it is one fewer place you have to change the file. You cannot do this for the object files, however, because they depend on their corresponding source files .I and .CW defs.h , thus if you said .DS cc -c $(.ALLSRC) .DE you'd get (for .CW main.o ): .DS cc -c main.c defs.h .DE which is wrong. So you round out the makefile with these lines: .DS main.o : main.c cc -c main.c parse.o : parse.c cc -c parse.c output.o : output.c cc -c output.c .DE .LP The makefile is now complete and will, in fact, create the program you want it to without unnecessary compilations or excessive typing on your part. There are two things wrong with it, however (aside from it being altogether too long, something I'll address in chapter 3): .IP 1) The string .CW "main.o parse.o output.o" '' `` is repeated twice, necessitating two changes when you add postfix (you were planning on that, weren't you?). This is in direct violation of de Boor's First Rule of writing makefiles: .QP .I Anything that needs to be written more than once should be placed in a variable. .IP "\&" I cannot emphasize this enough as being very important to the maintenance of a makefile and its program. .IP 2) There is no way to alter the way compilations are performed short of editing the makefile and making the change in all places. This is evil and violates de Boor's Second Rule, which follows directly from the first: .QP .I Any flags or programs used inside a makefile should be placed in a variable so they may be changed, temporarily or permanently, with the greatest ease. .LP The makefile should more properly read: .DS OBJS = main.o parse.o output.o expr : $(OBJS) $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC) main.o : main.c $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c main.c parse.o : parse.c $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c parse.c output.o : output.c $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c output.c $(OBJS) : defs.h .DE Alternatively, if you like the idea of dynamic sources mentioned in section 2.3.1, .Rm 0 2.3.1 .Rd 4 .Ix 0 ref "dynamic source" .Ix 0 ref source dynamic you could write it like this: .DS OBJS = main.o parse.o output.o expr : $(OBJS) $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC) $(OBJS) : $(.PREFIX).c defs.h $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $(.PREFIX).c .DE These two rules and examples lead to de Boor's First Corollary: .QP .I Variables are your friends. .LP Once you've written the makefile comes the sometimes-difficult task of .Ix 0 ref debugging making sure the darn thing works. Your most helpful tool to make sure the makefile is at least syntactically correct is the .B \-n .Ix 0 ref flags -n flag, which allows you to see if PMake will choke on the makefile. The second thing the .B \-n flag lets you do is see what PMake would do without it actually doing it, thus you can make sure the right commands would be executed were you to give PMake its head. .LP When you find your makefile isn't behaving as you hoped, the first question that comes to mind (after ``What time is it, anyway?'') is ``Why not?'' In answering this, two flags will serve you well: .CW "-d m" '' `` .Ix 0 ref flags -d and .CW "-p 2" .'' `` .Ix 0 ref flags -p The first causes PMake to tell you as it examines each target in the makefile and indicate why it is deciding whatever it is deciding. You can then use the information printed for other targets to see where you went wrong. The .CW "-p 2" '' `` flag makes PMake print out its internal state when it is done, allowing you to see that you forgot to make that one chapter depend on that file of macros you just got a new version of. The output from .CW "-p 2" '' `` is intended to resemble closely a real makefile, but with additional information provided and with variables expanded in those commands PMake actually printed or executed. .LP Something to be especially careful about is circular dependencies. .Ix 0 def dependency circular E.g. .DS a : b b : c d d : a .DE In this case, because of how PMake works, .CW c is the only thing PMake will examine, because .CW d and .CW a will effectively fall off the edge of the universe, making it impossible to examine .CW b (or them, for that matter). PMake will tell you (if run in its normal mode) all the targets involved in any cycle it looked at (i.e. if you have two cycles in the graph (naughty, naughty), but only try to make a target in one of them, PMake will only tell you about that one. You'll have to try to make the other to find the second cycle). When run as Make, it will only print the first target in the cycle. .xH 2 Invoking PMake .LP .Ix 0 ref flags .Ix 0 ref arguments .Ix 0 ref usage PMake comes with a wide variety of flags to choose from. They may appear in any order, interspersed with command-line variable assignments and targets to create. The flags are as follows: .IP "\fB\-d\fP \fIwhat\fP" .Ix 0 def flags -d .Ix 0 ref debugging This causes PMake to spew out debugging information that may prove useful to you. If you can't figure out why PMake is doing what it's doing, you might try using this flag. The .I what parameter is a string of single characters that tell PMake what aspects you are interested in. Most of what I describe will make little sense to you, unless you've dealt with Make before. Just remember where this table is and come back to it as you read on. The characters and the information they produce are as follows: .RS .IP a Archive searching and caching. .IP c Conditional evaluation. .IP d The searching and caching of directories. .IP j Various snippets of information related to the running of the multiple shells. Not particularly interesting. .IP m The making of each target: what target is being examined; when it was last modified; whether it is out-of-date; etc. .IP p Makefile parsing. .IP r Remote execution. .IP s The application of suffix-transformation rules. (See chapter 3) .IP t The maintenance of the list of targets. .IP v Variable assignment. .RE .IP "\&" Of these all, the .CW m and .CW s letters will be most useful to you. If the .B \-d is the final argument or the argument from which it would get these key letters (see below for a note about which argument would be used) begins with a .B \- , all of these debugging flags will be set, resulting in massive amounts of output. .IP "\fB\-f\fP \fImakefile\fP" .Ix 0 def flags -f Specify a makefile to read different from the standard makefiles .CW Makefile "\&" ( or .CW makefile ). .Ix 0 ref makefile default .Ix 0 ref makefile other If .I makefile is ``\-'', PMake uses the standard input. This is useful for making quick and dirty makefiles.\|.\|. .Ix 0 ref makefile "quick and dirty" .IP \fB\-h\fP .Ix 0 def flags -h Prints out a summary of the various flags PMake accepts. It can also be used to find out what level of concurrency was compiled into the version of PMake you are using (look at .B \-J and .B \-L ) and various other information on how PMake was configured. .Ix 0 ref configuration .Ix 0 ref makefile system .IP \fB\-i\fP .Ix 0 def flags -i If you give this flag, PMake will ignore non-zero status returned by any of its shells. It's like placing a `\-' before all the commands in the makefile. .IP \fB\-k\fP .Ix 0 def flags -k This is similar to .B \-i in that it allows PMake to continue when it sees an error, but unlike .B \-i , where PMake continues blithely as if nothing went wrong, .B \-k causes it to recognize the error and only continue work on those things that don't depend on the target, either directly or indirectly (through depending on something that depends on it), whose creation returned the error. The `k' is for ``keep going''.\|.\|. .Ix 0 ref target .IP \fB\-l\fP .Ix 0 def flags -l PMake has the ability to lock a directory against other people executing it in the same directory (by means of a file called ``LOCK.make'' that it creates and checks for in the directory). This is a Good Thing because two people doing the same thing in the same place can be disastrous for the final product (too many cooks and all that). Whether this locking is the default is up to your system administrator. If locking is on, .B \-l will turn it off, and vice versa. Note that this locking will not prevent \fIyou\fP from invoking PMake twice in the same place \*- if you own the lock file, PMake will warn you about it but continue to execute. .IP "\fB\-m\fP \fIdirectory\fP" .Ix 0 def flags -m Tells PMake another place to search for included makefiles via the <...> style. Several .B \-m options can be given to form a search path. If this construct is used the default system makefile search path is completely overridden. To be explained in chapter 3, section 3.2. .Rm 2 3.2 .IP \fB\-n\fP .Ix 0 def flags -n This flag tells PMake not to execute the commands needed to update the out-of-date targets in the makefile. Rather, PMake will simply print the commands it would have executed and exit. This is particularly useful for checking the correctness of a makefile. If PMake doesn't do what you expect it to, it's a good chance the makefile is wrong. .IP "\fB\-p\fP \fInumber\fP" .Ix 0 def flags -p .Ix 0 ref debugging This causes PMake to print its input in a reasonable form, though not necessarily one that would make immediate sense to anyone but me. The .I number is a bitwise-or of 1 and 2 where 1 means it should print the input before doing any processing and 2 says it should print it after everything has been re-created. Thus .CW "\-p 3" would print it twice\*-once before processing and once after (you might find the difference between the two interesting). This is mostly useful to me, but you may find it informative in some bizarre circumstances. .IP \fB\-q\fP .Ix 0 def flags -q If you give PMake this flag, it will not try to re-create anything. It will just see if anything is out-of-date and exit non-zero if so. .IP \fB\-r\fP .Ix 0 def flags -r When PMake starts up, it reads a default makefile that tells it what sort of system it's on and gives it some idea of what to do if you don't tell it anything. I'll tell you about it in chapter 3. If you give this flag, PMake won't read the default makefile. .IP \fB\-s\fP .Ix 0 def flags -s This causes PMake to not print commands before they're executed. It is the equivalent of putting an `@' before every command in the makefile. .IP \fB\-t\fP .Ix 0 def flags -t Rather than try to re-create a target, PMake will simply ``touch'' it so as to make it appear up-to-date. If the target didn't exist before, it will when PMake finishes, but if the target did exist, it will appear to have been updated. .IP \fB\-v\fP .Ix 0 def flags -v This is a mixed-compatibility flag intended to mimic the System V version of Make. It is the same as giving .B \-B , and .B \-V as well as turning off directory locking. Targets can still be created in parallel, however. This is the mode PMake will enter if it is invoked either as .CW smake '' `` or .CW vmake ''. `` .IP \fB\-x\fP .Ix 0 def flags -x This tells PMake it's ok to export jobs to other machines, if they're available. It is used when running in Make mode, as exporting in this mode tends to make things run slower than if the commands were just executed locally. .IP \fB\-B\fP .Ix 0 ref compatibility .Ix 0 def flags -B Forces PMake to be as backwards-compatible with Make as possible while still being itself. This includes: .RS .IP \(bu 2 Executing one shell per shell command .IP \(bu 2 Expanding anything that looks even vaguely like a variable, with the empty string replacing any variable PMake doesn't know. .IP \(bu 2 Refusing to allow you to escape a `#' with a backslash. .IP \(bu 2 Permitting undefined variables on dependency lines and conditionals (see below). Normally this causes PMake to abort. .RE .IP \fB\-C\fP .Ix 0 def flags -C This nullifies any and all compatibility mode flags you may have given or implied up to the time the .B \-C is encountered. It is useful mostly in a makefile that you wrote for PMake to avoid bad things happening when someone runs PMake as .CW make '' `` or has things set in the environment that tell it to be compatible. .B \-C is .I not placed in the .CW PMAKE environment variable or the .CW .MAKEFLAGS or .CW MFLAGS global variables. .Ix 0 ref variable environment PMAKE .Ix 0 ref variable global .MAKEFLAGS .Ix 0 ref variable global MFLAGS .Ix 0 ref .MAKEFLAGS variable .Ix 0 ref MFLAGS .IP "\fB\-D\fP \fIvariable\fP" .Ix 0 def flags -D Allows you to define a variable to have .CW 1 '' `` as its value. The variable is a global variable, not a command-line variable. This is useful mostly for people who are used to the C compiler arguments and those using conditionals, which I'll get into in section 4.3 .Rm 1 4.3 .IP "\fB\-I\fP \fIdirectory\fP" .Ix 0 def flags -I Tells PMake another place to search for included makefiles. Yet another thing to be explained in chapter 3 (section 3.2, to be precise). .Rm 2 3.2 .IP "\fB\-J\fP \fInumber\fP" .Ix 0 def flags -J Gives the absolute maximum number of targets to create at once on both local and remote machines. .IP "\fB\-L\fP \fInumber\fP" .Ix 0 def flags -L This specifies the maximum number of targets to create on the local machine at once. This may be 0, though you should be wary of doing this, as PMake may hang until a remote machine becomes available, if one is not available when it is started. .IP \fB\-M\fP .Ix 0 ref compatibility .Ix 0 def flags -M This is the flag that provides absolute, complete, full compatibility with Make. It still allows you to use all but a few of the features of PMake, but it is non-parallel. This is the mode PMake enters if you call it .CW make .'' `` .IP \fB\-P\fP .Ix 0 def flags -P .Ix 0 ref "output control" When creating targets in parallel, several shells are executing at once, each wanting to write its own two cent's-worth to the screen. This output must be captured by PMake in some way in order to prevent the screen from being filled with garbage even more indecipherable than you usually see. PMake has two ways of doing this, one of which provides for much cleaner output and a clear separation between the output of different jobs, the other of which provides a more immediate response so one can tell what is really happening. The former is done by notifying you when the creation of a target starts, capturing the output and transferring it to the screen all at once when the job finishes. The latter is done by catching the output of the shell (and its children) and buffering it until an entire line is received, then printing that line preceded by an indication of which job produced the output. Since I prefer this second method, it is the one used by default. The first method will be used if you give the .B \-P flag to PMake. .IP \fB\-V\fP .Ix 0 def flags -V As mentioned before, the .B \-V flag tells PMake to use Make's style of expanding variables, substituting the empty string for any variable it doesn't know. .IP \fB\-W\fP .Ix 0 def flags -W There are several times when PMake will print a message at you that is only a warning, i.e. it can continue to work in spite of your having done something silly (such as forgotten a leading tab for a shell command). Sometimes you are well aware of silly things you have done and would like PMake to stop bothering you. This flag tells it to shut up about anything non-fatal. .IP \fB\-X\fP .Ix 0 def flags -X This flag causes PMake to not attempt to export any jobs to another machine. .LP Several flags may follow a single `\-'. Those flags that require arguments take them from successive parameters. E.g. .DS pmake -fDnI server.mk DEBUG /chip2/X/server/include .DE will cause PMake to read .CW server.mk as the input makefile, define the variable .CW DEBUG as a global variable and look for included makefiles in the directory .CW /chip2/X/server/include . .xH 2 Summary .LP A makefile is made of four types of lines: .RS .IP \(bu 2 Dependency lines .IP \(bu 2 Creation commands .IP \(bu 2 Variable assignments .IP \(bu 2 Comments, include statements and conditional directives .RE .LP A dependency line is a list of one or more targets, an operator .CW : ', (` .CW :: ', ` or .CW ! '), ` and a list of zero or more sources. Sources may contain wildcards and certain local variables. .LP A creation command is a regular shell command preceded by a tab. In addition, if the first two characters after the tab (and other whitespace) are a combination of .CW @ ' ` or .CW - ', ` PMake will cause the command to not be printed (if the character is .CW @ ') ` or errors from it to be ignored (if .CW - '). ` A blank line, dependency line or variable assignment terminates a creation script. There may be only one creation script for each target with a .CW : ' ` or .CW ! ' ` operator. .LP Variables are places to store text. They may be unconditionally assigned-to using the .CW = ' ` .Ix 0 ref = .Ix 0 ref variable assignment operator, appended-to using the .CW += ' ` .Ix 0 ref += .Ix 0 ref variable assignment appended operator, conditionally (if the variable is undefined) assigned-to with the .CW ?= ' ` .Ix 0 ref ?= .Ix 0 ref variable assignment conditional operator, and assigned-to with variable expansion with the .CW := ' ` .Ix 0 ref := .Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded operator. The output of a shell command may be assigned to a variable using the .CW != ' ` .Ix 0 ref != .Ix 0 ref variable assignment shell-output operator. Variables may be expanded (their value inserted) by enclosing their name in parentheses or curly braces, preceded by a dollar sign. A dollar sign may be escaped with another dollar sign. Variables are not expanded if PMake doesn't know about them. There are seven local variables: .CW .TARGET , .CW .ALLSRC , .CW .OODATE , .CW .PREFIX , .CW .IMPSRC , .CW .ARCHIVE , and .CW .MEMBER . Four of them .CW .TARGET , ( .CW .PREFIX , .CW .ARCHIVE , and .CW .MEMBER ) may be used to specify ``dynamic sources.'' .Ix 0 ref "dynamic source" .Ix 0 ref source dynamic Variables are good. Know them. Love them. Live them. .LP Debugging of makefiles is best accomplished using the .B \-n , .B "\-d m" , and .B "\-p 2" flags. .xH 2 Exercises .ce \s+4\fBTBA\fP\s0 .xH 1 Short-cuts and Other Nice Things .LP Based on what I've told you so far, you may have gotten the impression that PMake is just a way of storing away commands and making sure you don't forget to compile something. Good. That's just what it is. However, the ways I've described have been inelegant, at best, and painful, at worst. This chapter contains things that make the writing of makefiles easier and the makefiles themselves shorter and easier to modify (and, occasionally, simpler). In this chapter, I assume you are somewhat more familiar with Sprite (or UNIX, if that's what you're using) than I did in chapter 2, just so you're on your toes. So without further ado... .xH 2 Transformation Rules .LP As you know, a file's name consists of two parts: a base name, which gives some hint as to the contents of the file, and a suffix, which usually indicates the format of the file. Over the years, as .UX has developed, naming conventions, with regard to suffixes, have also developed that have become almost as incontrovertible as Law. E.g. a file ending in .CW .c is assumed to contain C source code; one with a .CW .o suffix is assumed to be a compiled, relocatable object file that may be linked into any program; a file with a .CW .ms suffix is usually a text file to be processed by Troff with the \-ms macro package, and so on. One of the best aspects of both Make and PMake comes from their understanding of how the suffix of a file pertains to its contents and their ability to do things with a file based solely on its suffix. This ability comes from something known as a transformation rule. A transformation rule specifies how to change a file with one suffix into a file with another suffix. .LP A transformation rule looks much like a dependency line, except the target is made of two known suffixes stuck together. Suffixes are made known to PMake by placing them as sources on a dependency line whose target is the special target .CW .SUFFIXES . E.g. .DS \&.SUFFIXES : .o .c \&.c.o : $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $(.IMPSRC) .DE The creation script attached to the target is used to transform a file with the first suffix (in this case, .CW .c ) into a file with the second suffix (here, .CW .o ). In addition, the target inherits whatever attributes have been applied to the transformation rule. The simple rule given above says that to transform a C source file into an object file, you compile it using .CW cc with the .CW \-c flag. This rule is taken straight from the system makefile. Many transformation rules (and suffixes) are defined there, and I refer you to it for more examples (type .CW "pmake -h" '' `` to find out where it is). .LP There are several things to note about the transformation rule given above: .RS .IP 1) The .CW .IMPSRC variable. .Ix 0 def variable local .IMPSRC .Ix 0 def .IMPSRC This variable is set to the ``implied source'' (the file from which the target is being created; the one with the first suffix), which, in this case, is the .c file. .IP 2) The .CW CFLAGS variable. Almost all of the transformation rules in the system makefile are set up using variables that you can alter in your makefile to tailor the rule to your needs. In this case, if you want all your C files to be compiled with the .B \-g flag, to provide information for .CW dbx , you would set the .CW CFLAGS variable to contain .CW -g .CW "CFLAGS = -g" '') (`` and PMake would take care of the rest. .RE .LP To give you a quick example, the makefile in 2.3.4 .Rm 3 2.3.4 could be changed to this: .DS OBJS = a.o b.o c.o program : $(OBJS) $(CC) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC) $(OBJS) : defs.h .DE The transformation rule I gave above takes the place of the 6 lines\** .FS This is also somewhat cleaner, I think, than the dynamic source solution presented in 2.6 .FE .Rm 4 2.6 .DS a.o : a.c cc -c a.c b.o : b.c cc -c b.c c.o : c.c cc -c c.c .DE .LP Now you may be wondering about the dependency between the .CW .o and .CW .c files \*- it's not mentioned anywhere in the new makefile. This is because it isn't needed: one of the effects of applying a transformation rule is the target comes to depend on the implied source. That's why it's called the implied .I source . .LP For a more detailed example. Say you have a makefile like this: .DS a.out : a.o b.o $(CC) $(.ALLSRC) .DE and a directory set up like this: .DS total 4 -rw-rw-r-- 1 deboor 34 Sep 7 00:43 Makefile -rw-rw-r-- 1 deboor 119 Oct 3 19:39 a.c -rw-rw-r-- 1 deboor 201 Sep 7 00:43 a.o -rw-rw-r-- 1 deboor 69 Sep 7 00:43 b.c .DE While just typing .CW pmake '' `` will do the right thing, it's much more informative to type .CW "pmake -d s" ''. `` This will show you what PMake is up to as it processes the files. In this case, PMake prints the following: .DS Suff_FindDeps (a.out) using existing source a.o applying .o -> .out to "a.o" Suff_FindDeps (a.o) trying a.c...got it applying .c -> .o to "a.c" Suff_FindDeps (b.o) trying b.c...got it applying .c -> .o to "b.c" Suff_FindDeps (a.c) trying a.y...not there trying a.l...not there trying a.c,v...not there trying a.y,v...not there trying a.l,v...not there Suff_FindDeps (b.c) trying b.y...not there trying b.l...not there trying b.c,v...not there trying b.y,v...not there trying b.l,v...not there --- a.o --- cc -c a.c --- b.o --- cc -c b.c --- a.out --- cc a.o b.o .DE .LP .CW Suff_FindDeps is the name of a function in PMake that is called to check for implied sources for a target using transformation rules. The transformations it tries are, naturally enough, limited to the ones that have been defined (a transformation may be defined multiple times, by the way, but only the most recent one will be used). You will notice, however, that there is a definite order to the suffixes that are tried. This order is set by the relative positions of the suffixes on the .CW .SUFFIXES line \*- the earlier a suffix appears, the earlier it is checked as the source of a transformation. Once a suffix has been defined, the only way to change its position in the pecking order is to remove all the suffixes (by having a .CW .SUFFIXES dependency line with no sources) and redefine them in the order you want. (Previously-defined transformation rules will be automatically redefined as the suffixes they involve are re-entered.) .LP Another way to affect the search order is to make the dependency explicit. In the above example, .CW a.out depends on .CW a.o and .CW b.o . Since a transformation exists from .CW .o to .CW .out , PMake uses that, as indicated by the .CW "using existing source a.o" '' `` message. .LP The search for a transformation starts from the suffix of the target and continues through all the defined transformations, in the order dictated by the suffix ranking, until an existing file with the same base (the target name minus the suffix and any leading directories) is found. At that point, one or more transformation rules will have been found to change the one existing file into the target. .LP For example, ignoring what's in the system makefile for now, say you have a makefile like this: .DS \&.SUFFIXES : .out .o .c .y .l \&.l.c : lex $(.IMPSRC) mv lex.yy.c $(.TARGET) \&.y.c : yacc $(.IMPSRC) mv y.tab.c $(.TARGET) \&.c.o : cc -c $(.IMPSRC) \&.o.out : cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC) .DE and the single file .CW jive.l . If you were to type .CW "pmake -rd ms jive.out" ,'' `` you would get the following output for .CW jive.out : .DS Suff_FindDeps (jive.out) trying jive.o...not there trying jive.c...not there trying jive.y...not there trying jive.l...got it applying .l -> .c to "jive.l" applying .c -> .o to "jive.c" applying .o -> .out to "jive.o" .DE and this is why: PMake starts with the target .CW jive.out , figures out its suffix .CW .out ) ( and looks for things it can transform to a .CW .out file. In this case, it only finds .CW .o , so it looks for the file .CW jive.o . It fails to find it, so it looks for transformations into a .CW .o file. Again it has only one choice: .CW .c . So it looks for .CW jive.c and, as you know, fails to find it. At this point it has two choices: it can create the .CW .c file from either a .CW .y file or a .CW .l file. Since .CW .y came first on the .CW .SUFFIXES line, it checks for .CW jive.y first, but can't find it, so it looks for .CW jive.l and, lo and behold, there it is. At this point, it has defined a transformation path as follows: .CW .l \(-> .CW .c \(-> .CW .o \(-> .CW .out and applies the transformation rules accordingly. For completeness, and to give you a better idea of what PMake actually did with this three-step transformation, this is what PMake printed for the rest of the process: .DS Suff_FindDeps (jive.o) using existing source jive.c applying .c -> .o to "jive.c" Suff_FindDeps (jive.c) using existing source jive.l applying .l -> .c to "jive.l" Suff_FindDeps (jive.l) Examining jive.l...modified 17:16:01 Oct 4, 1987...up-to-date Examining jive.c...non-existent...out-of-date --- jive.c --- lex jive.l \&.\|.\|. meaningless lex output deleted .\|.\|. mv lex.yy.c jive.c Examining jive.o...non-existent...out-of-date --- jive.o --- cc -c jive.c Examining jive.out...non-existent...out-of-date --- jive.out --- cc -o jive.out jive.o .DE .LP One final question remains: what does PMake do with targets that have no known suffix? PMake simply pretends it actually has a known suffix and searches for transformations accordingly. The suffix it chooses is the source for the .CW .NULL .Ix 0 ref .NULL target mentioned later. In the system makefile, .CW .out is chosen as the ``null suffix'' .Ix 0 def suffix null .Ix 0 def "null suffix" because most people use PMake to create programs. You are, however, free and welcome to change it to a suffix of your own choosing. The null suffix is ignored, however, when PMake is in compatibility mode (see chapter 4). .xH 2 Including Other Makefiles .Ix 0 def makefile inclusion .Rd 2 .LP Just as for programs, it is often useful to extract certain parts of a makefile into another file and just include it in other makefiles somehow. Many compilers allow you say something like .DS #include "defs.h" .DE to include the contents of .CW defs.h in the source file. PMake allows you to do the same thing for makefiles, with the added ability to use variables in the filenames. An include directive in a makefile looks either like this: .DS #include .DE or this .DS #include "file" .DE The difference between the two is where PMake searches for the file: the first way, PMake will look for the file only in the system makefile directory (or directories) (to find out what that directory is, give PMake the .B \-h flag). .Ix 0 ref flags -h The system makefile directory search path can be overridden via the .B \-m option. .Ix 0 ref flags -m For files in double-quotes, the search is more complex: .RS .IP 1) The directory of the makefile that's including the file. .IP 2) The current directory (the one in which you invoked PMake). .IP 3) The directories given by you using .B \-I flags, in the order in which you gave them. .IP 4) Directories given by .CW .PATH dependency lines (see chapter 4). .IP 5) The system makefile directory. .RE .LP in that order. .LP You are free to use PMake variables in the filename\*-PMake will expand them before searching for the file. You must specify the searching method with either angle brackets or double-quotes .I outside of a variable expansion. I.e. the following .DS SYSTEM = #include $(SYSTEM) .DE won't work. .xH 2 Saving Commands .LP .Ix 0 def ... There may come a time when you will want to save certain commands to be executed when everything else is done. For instance: you're making several different libraries at one time and you want to create the members in parallel. Problem is, .CW ranlib is another one of those programs that can't be run more than once in the same directory at the same time (each one creates a file called .CW __.SYMDEF into which it stuffs information for the linker to use. Two of them running at once will overwrite each other's file and the result will be garbage for both parties). You might want a way to save the ranlib commands til the end so they can be run one after the other, thus keeping them from trashing each other's file. PMake allows you to do this by inserting an ellipsis (``.\|.\|.'') as a command between commands to be run at once and those to be run later. .LP So for the .CW ranlib case above, you might do this: .Rd 5 .DS lib1.a : $(LIB1OBJS) rm -f $(.TARGET) ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC) ... ranlib $(.TARGET) lib2.a : $(LIB2OBJS) rm -f $(.TARGET) ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC) ... ranlib $(.TARGET) .DE .Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET .Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC This would save both .DS ranlib $(.TARGET) .DE commands until the end, when they would run one after the other (using the correct value for the .CW .TARGET variable, of course). .LP Commands saved in this manner are only executed if PMake manages to re-create everything without an error. .xH 2 Target Attributes .LP PMake allows you to give attributes to targets by means of special sources. Like everything else PMake uses, these sources begin with a period and are made up of all upper-case letters. There are various reasons for using them, and I will try to give examples for most of them. Others you'll have to find uses for yourself. Think of it as ``an exercise for the reader.'' By placing one (or more) of these as a source on a dependency line, you are ``marking the target(s) with that attribute.'' That's just the way I phrase it, so you know. .LP Any attributes given as sources for a transformation rule are applied to the target of the transformation rule when the rule is applied. .Ix 0 def attributes .Ix 0 ref source .Ix 0 ref target .nr pw 12 .IP .DONTCARE \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .DONTCARE .Ix 0 def .DONTCARE If a target is marked with this attribute and PMake can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't really needed or actually exists and PMake just can't find it. This may prove wrong, but the error will be noted later on, not when PMake tries to create the target so marked. This attribute also prevents PMake from attempting to touch the target if it is given the .B \-t flag. .Ix 0 ref flags -t .IP .EXEC \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .EXEC .Ix 0 def .EXEC This attribute causes its shell script to be executed while having no effect on targets that depend on it. This makes the target into a sort of subroutine. An example. Say you have some LISP files that need to be compiled and loaded into a LISP process. To do this, you echo LISP commands into a file and execute a LISP with this file as its input when everything's done. Say also that you have to load other files from another system before you can compile your files and further, that you don't want to go through the loading and dumping unless one of .I your files has changed. Your makefile might look a little bit like this (remember, this is an educational example, and don't worry about the .CW COMPILE rule, all will soon become clear, grasshopper): .DS system : init a.fasl b.fasl c.fasl for i in $(.ALLSRC); do echo -n '(load "' >> input echo -n ${i} >> input echo '")' >> input done echo '(dump "$(.TARGET)")' >> input lisp < input a.fasl : a.l init COMPILE b.fasl : b.l init COMPILE c.fasl : c.l init COMPILE COMPILE : .USE echo '(compile "$(.ALLSRC)")' >> input init : .EXEC echo '(load-system)' > input .DE .Ix 0 ref .USE .Ix 0 ref attributes .USE .Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC .IP "\&" .CW .EXEC sources, don't appear in the local variables of targets that depend on them (nor are they touched if PMake is given the .B \-t flag). .Ix 0 ref flags -t Note that all the rules, not just that for .CW system , include .CW init as a source. This is because none of the other targets can be made until .CW init has been made, thus they depend on it. .IP .EXPORT \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .EXPORT .Ix 0 def .EXPORT This is used to mark those targets whose creation should be sent to another machine if at all possible. This may be used by some exportation schemes if the exportation is expensive. You should ask your system administrator if it is necessary. .IP .EXPORTSAME \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .EXPORTSAME .Ix 0 def .EXPORTSAME Tells the export system that the job should be exported to a machine of the same architecture as the current one. Certain operations (e.g. running text through .CW nroff ) can be performed the same on any architecture (CPU and operating system type), while others (e.g. compiling a program with .CW cc ) must be performed on a machine with the same architecture. Not all export systems will support this attribute. .IP .IGNORE \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .IGNORE .Ix 0 def .IGNORE attribute Giving a target the .CW .IGNORE attribute causes PMake to ignore errors from any of the target's commands, as if they all had `\-' before them. .IP .INVISIBLE \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .INVISIBLE .Ix 0 def .INVISIBLE This allows you to specify one target as a source for another without the one affecting the other's local variables. Useful if, say, you have a makefile that creates two programs, one of which is used to create the other, so it must exist before the other is created. You could say .DS prog1 : $(PROG1OBJS) prog2 MAKEINSTALL prog2 : $(PROG2OBJS) .INVISIBLE MAKEINSTALL .DE where .CW MAKEINSTALL is some complex .USE rule (see below) that depends on the .Ix 0 ref .USE .CW .ALLSRC variable containing the right things. Without the .CW .INVISIBLE attribute for .CW prog2 , the .CW MAKEINSTALL rule couldn't be applied. This is not as useful as it should be, and the semantics may change (or the whole thing go away) in the not-too-distant future. .IP .JOIN \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .JOIN .Ix 0 def .JOIN This is another way to avoid performing some operations in parallel while permitting everything else to be done so. Specifically it forces the target's shell script to be executed only if one or more of the sources was out-of-date. In addition, the target's name, in both its .CW .TARGET variable and all the local variables of any target that depends on it, is replaced by the value of its .CW .ALLSRC variable. As an example, suppose you have a program that has four libraries that compile in the same directory along with, and at the same time as, the program. You again have the problem with .CW ranlib that I mentioned earlier, only this time it's more severe: you can't just put the ranlib off to the end since the program will need those libraries before it can be re-created. You can do something like this: .DS program : $(OBJS) libraries cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC) libraries : lib1.a lib2.a lib3.a lib4.a .JOIN ranlib $(.OODATE) .DE .Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET .Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC .Ix 0 ref variable local .OODATE .Ix 0 ref .TARGET .Ix 0 ref .ALLSRC .Ix 0 ref .OODATE In this case, PMake will re-create the .CW $(OBJS) as necessary, along with .CW lib1.a , .CW lib2.a , .CW lib3.a and .CW lib4.a . It will then execute .CW ranlib on any library that was changed and set .CW program 's .CW .ALLSRC variable to contain what's in .CW $(OBJS) followed by .CW "lib1.a lib2.a lib3.a lib4.a" .'' `` In case you're wondering, it's called .CW .JOIN because it joins together different threads of the ``input graph'' at the target marked with the attribute. Another aspect of the .JOIN attribute is it keeps the target from being created if the .B \-t flag was given. .Ix 0 ref flags -t .IP .MAKE \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .MAKE .Ix 0 def .MAKE The .CW .MAKE attribute marks its target as being a recursive invocation of PMake. This forces PMake to execute the script associated with the target (if it's out-of-date) even if you gave the .B \-n or .B \-t flag. By doing this, you can start at the top of a system and type .DS pmake -n .DE and have it descend the directory tree (if your makefiles are set up correctly), printing what it would have executed if you hadn't included the .B \-n flag. .IP .NOEXPORT \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .NOEXPORT .Ix 0 def .NOEXPORT attribute If possible, PMake will attempt to export the creation of all targets to another machine (this depends on how PMake was configured). Sometimes, the creation is so simple, it is pointless to send it to another machine. If you give the target the .CW .NOEXPORT attribute, it will be run locally, even if you've given PMake the .B "\-L 0" flag. .IP .NOTMAIN \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .NOTMAIN .Ix 0 def .NOTMAIN Normally, if you do not specify a target to make in any other way, PMake will take the first target on the first dependency line of a makefile as the target to create. That target is known as the ``Main Target'' and is labeled as such if you print the dependencies out using the .B \-p flag. .Ix 0 ref flags -p Giving a target this attribute tells PMake that the target is definitely .I not the Main Target. This allows you to place targets in an included makefile and have PMake create something else by default. .IP .PRECIOUS \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .PRECIOUS .Ix 0 def .PRECIOUS attribute When PMake is interrupted (you type control-C at the keyboard), it will attempt to clean up after itself by removing any half-made targets. If a target has the .CW .PRECIOUS attribute, however, PMake will leave it alone. An additional side effect of the `::' operator is to mark the targets as .CW .PRECIOUS . .Ix 0 ref operator double-colon .Ix 0 ref :: .IP .SILENT \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .SILENT .Ix 0 def .SILENT attribute Marking a target with this attribute keeps its commands from being printed when they're executed, just as if they had an `@' in front of them. .IP .USE \n(pw .Ix 0 def attributes .USE .Ix 0 def .USE By giving a target this attribute, you turn it into PMake's equivalent of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources and attributes (except .CW .USE ) of the source. If the target already has commands, the .CW .USE target's commands are added to the end. If more than one .USE-marked source is given to a target, the rules are applied sequentially. .IP "\&" \n(pw The typical .USE rule (as I call them) will use the sources of the target to which it is applied (as stored in the .CW .ALLSRC variable for the target) as its ``arguments,'' if you will. For example, you probably noticed that the commands for creating .CW lib1.a and .CW lib2.a in the example in section 3.3 .Rm 5 3.3 were exactly the same. You can use the .CW .USE attribute to eliminate the repetition, like so: .DS lib1.a : $(LIB1OBJS) MAKELIB lib2.a : $(LIB2OBJS) MAKELIB MAKELIB : .USE rm -f $(.TARGET) ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC) ... ranlib $(.TARGET) .DE .Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET .Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC .IP "\&" \n(pw Several system makefiles (not to be confused with The System Makefile) make use of these .USE rules to make your life easier (they're in the default, system makefile directory...take a look). Note that the .USE rule source itself .CW MAKELIB ) ( does not appear in any of the targets's local variables. There is no limit to the number of times I could use the .CW MAKELIB rule. If there were more libraries, I could continue with .CW "lib3.a : $(LIB3OBJS) MAKELIB" '' `` and so on and so forth. .xH 2 Special Targets .LP As there were in Make, so there are certain targets that have special meaning to PMake. When you use one on a dependency line, it is the only target that may appear on the left-hand-side of the operator. .Ix 0 ref target .Ix 0 ref operator As for the attributes and variables, all the special targets begin with a period and consist of upper-case letters only. I won't describe them all in detail because some of them are rather complex and I'll describe them in more detail than you'll want in chapter 4. The targets are as follows: .nr pw 10 .IP .BEGIN \n(pw .Ix 0 def .BEGIN Any commands attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. You can use it for any initialization that needs doing. .IP .DEFAULT \n(pw .Ix 0 def .DEFAULT This is sort of a .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that PMake can't figure out any other way to create. It's only ``sort of'' a .USE rule because only the shell script attached to the .CW .DEFAULT target is used. The .CW .IMPSRC variable of a target that inherits .CW .DEFAULT 's commands is set to the target's own name. .Ix 0 ref .IMPSRC .Ix 0 ref variable local .IMPSRC .IP .END \n(pw .Ix 0 def .END This serves a function similar to .CW .BEGIN , in that commands attached to it are executed once everything has been re-created (so long as no errors occurred). It also serves the extra function of being a place on which PMake can hang commands you put off to the end. Thus the script for this target will be executed before any of the commands you save with the ``.\|.\|.''. .Ix 0 ref ... .IP .EXPORT \n(pw The sources for this target are passed to the exportation system compiled into PMake. Some systems will use these sources to configure themselves. You should ask your system administrator about this. .IP .IGNORE \n(pw .Ix 0 def .IGNORE target .Ix 0 ref .IGNORE attribute .Ix 0 ref attributes .IGNORE This target marks each of its sources with the .CW .IGNORE attribute. If you don't give it any sources, then it is like giving the .B \-i flag when you invoke PMake \*- errors are ignored for all commands. .Ix 0 ref flags -i .IP .INCLUDES \n(pw .Ix 0 def .INCLUDES target .Ix 0 def variable global .INCLUDES .Ix 0 def .INCLUDES variable The sources for this target are taken to be suffixes that indicate a file that can be included in a program source file. The suffix must have already been declared with .CW .SUFFIXES (see below). Any suffix so marked will have the directories on its search path (see .CW .PATH , below) placed in the .CW .INCLUDES variable, each preceded by a .B \-I flag. This variable can then be used as an argument for the compiler in the normal fashion. The .CW .h suffix is already marked in this way in the system makefile. .Ix 0 ref makefile system E.g. if you have .DS \&.SUFFIXES : .bitmap \&.PATH.bitmap : /usr/local/X/lib/bitmaps \&.INCLUDES : .bitmap .DE PMake will place .CW "-I/usr/local/X/lib/bitmaps" '' `` in the .CW .INCLUDES variable and you can then say .DS cc $(.INCLUDES) -c xprogram.c .DE (Note: the .CW .INCLUDES variable is not actually filled in until the entire makefile has been read.) .IP .INTERRUPT \n(pw .Ix 0 def .INTERRUPT When PMake is interrupted, it will execute the commands in the script for this target, if it exists. .IP .LIBS \n(pw .Ix 0 def .LIBS target .Ix 0 def .LIBS variable .Ix 0 def variable global .LIBS This does for libraries what .CW .INCLUDES does for include files, except the flag used is .B \-L , as required by those linkers that allow you to tell them where to find libraries. The variable used is .CW .LIBS . Be forewarned that PMake may not have been compiled to do this if the linker on your system doesn't accept the .B \-L flag, though the .CW .LIBS variable will always be defined once the makefile has been read. .IP .MAIN \n(pw .Ix 0 def .MAIN If you didn't give a target (or targets) to create when you invoked PMake, it will take the sources of this target as the targets to create. .IP .MAKEFLAGS \n(pw .Ix 0 def .MAKEFLAGS target This target provides a way for you to always specify flags for PMake when the makefile is used. The flags are just as they would be typed to the shell (except you can't use shell variables unless they're in the environment), though the .B \-f and .B \-r flags have no effect. .IP .NULL \n(pw .Ix 0 def .NULL .Ix 0 ref suffix null .Ix 0 ref "null suffix" This allows you to specify what suffix PMake should pretend a file has if, in fact, it has no known suffix. Only one suffix may be so designated. The last source on the dependency line is the suffix that is used (you should, however, only give one suffix.\|.\|.). .IP .PATH \n(pw .Ix 0 def .PATH If you give sources for this target, PMake will take them as directories in which to search for files it cannot find in the current directory. If you give no sources, it will clear out any directories added to the search path before. Since the effects of this all get very complex, I'll leave it til chapter four to give you a complete explanation. .IP .PATH\fIsuffix\fP \n(pw .Ix 0 ref .PATH This does a similar thing to .CW .PATH , but it does it only for files with the given suffix. The suffix must have been defined already. Look at .B "Search Paths" (section 4.1) .Rm 6 4.1 for more information. .IP .PRECIOUS \n(pw .Ix 0 def .PRECIOUS target .Ix 0 ref .PRECIOUS attribute .Ix 0 ref attributes .PRECIOUS Similar to .CW .IGNORE , this gives the .CW .PRECIOUS attribute to each source on the dependency line, unless there are no sources, in which case the .CW .PRECIOUS attribute is given to every target in the file. .IP .RECURSIVE \n(pw .Ix 0 def .RECURSIVE .Ix 0 ref attributes .MAKE .Ix 0 ref .MAKE This target applies the .CW .MAKE attribute to all its sources. It does nothing if you don't give it any sources. .IP .SHELL \n(pw .Ix 0 def .SHELL PMake is not constrained to only using the Bourne shell to execute the commands you put in the makefile. You can tell it some other shell to use with this target. Check out .B "A Shell is a Shell is a Shell" (section 4.4) .Rm 7 4.4 for more information. .IP .SILENT \n(pw .Ix 0 def .SILENT target .Ix 0 ref .SILENT attribute .Ix 0 ref attributes .SILENT When you use .CW .SILENT as a target, it applies the .CW .SILENT attribute to each of its sources. If there are no sources on the dependency line, then it is as if you gave PMake the .B \-s flag and no commands will be echoed. .IP .SUFFIXES \n(pw .Ix 0 def .SUFFIXES This is used to give new file suffixes for PMake to handle. Each source is a suffix PMake should recognize. If you give a .CW .SUFFIXES dependency line with no sources, PMake will forget about all the suffixes it knew (this also nukes the null suffix). For those targets that need to have suffixes defined, this is how you do it. .LP In addition to these targets, a line of the form .DS \fIattribute\fP : \fIsources\fP .DE applies the .I attribute to all the targets listed as .I sources . .xH 2 Modifying Variable Expansion .LP .Ix 0 def variable expansion modified .Ix 0 ref variable expansion .Ix 0 def variable modifiers Variables need not always be expanded verbatim. PMake defines several modifiers that may be applied to a variable's value before it is expanded. You apply a modifier by placing it after the variable name with a colon between the two, like so: .DS ${\fIVARIABLE\fP:\fImodifier\fP} .DE Each modifier is a single character followed by something specific to the modifier itself. You may apply as many modifiers as you want \*- each one is applied to the result of the previous and is separated from the previous by another colon. .LP There are seven ways to modify a variable's expansion, most of which come from the C shell variable modification characters: .RS .IP "M\fIpattern\fP" .Ix 0 def :M .Ix 0 def modifier match This is used to select only those words (a word is a series of characters that are neither spaces nor tabs) that match the given .I pattern . The pattern is a wildcard pattern like that used by the shell, where .CW * means 0 or more characters of any sort; .CW ? is any single character; .CW [abcd] matches any single character that is either `a', `b', `c' or `d' (there may be any number of characters between the brackets); .CW [0-9] matches any single character that is between `0' and `9' (i.e. any digit. This form may be freely mixed with the other bracket form), and `\\' is used to escape any of the characters `*', `?', `[' or `:', leaving them as regular characters to match themselves in a word. For example, the system makefile .CW uses .CW "$(CFLAGS:M-[ID]*)" '' `` to extract all the .CW \-I and .CW \-D flags that would be passed to the C compiler. This allows it to properly locate include files and generate the correct dependencies. .IP "N\fIpattern\fP" .Ix 0 def :N .Ix 0 def modifier nomatch This is identical to .CW :M except it substitutes all words that don't match the given pattern. .IP "S/\fIsearch-string\fP/\fIreplacement-string\fP/[g]" .Ix 0 def :S .Ix 0 def modifier substitute Causes the first occurrence of .I search-string in the variable to be replaced by .I replacement-string , unless the .CW g flag is given at the end, in which case all occurrences of the string are replaced. The substitution is performed on each word in the variable in turn. If .I search-string begins with a .CW ^ , the string must match starting at the beginning of the word. If .I search-string ends with a .CW $ , the string must match to the end of the word (these two may be combined to force an exact match). If a backslash precedes these two characters, however, they lose their special meaning. Variable expansion also occurs in the normal fashion inside both the .I search-string and the .I replacement-string , .B except that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a .CW $ , not another dollar sign, as is usual. Note that .I search-string is just a string, not a pattern, so none of the usual regular-expression/wildcard characters have any special meaning save .CW ^ and .CW $ . In the replacement string, the .CW & character is replaced by the .I search-string unless it is preceded by a backslash. You are allowed to use any character except colon or exclamation point to separate the two strings. This so-called delimiter character may be placed in either string by preceding it with a backslash. .IP T .Ix 0 def :T .Ix 0 def modifier tail Replaces each word in the variable expansion by its last component (its ``tail''). For example, given .DS OBJS = ../lib/a.o b /usr/lib/libm.a TAILS = $(OBJS:T) .DE the variable .CW TAILS would expand to .CW "a.o b libm.a" .'' `` .IP H .Ix 0 def :H .Ix 0 def modifier head This is similar to .CW :T , except that every word is replaced by everything but the tail (the ``head''). Using the same definition of .CW OBJS , the string .CW "$(OBJS:H)" '' `` would expand to .CW "../lib /usr/lib" .'' `` Note that the final slash on the heads is removed and anything without a head is replaced by the empty string. .IP E .Ix 0 def :E .Ix 0 def modifier extension .Ix 0 def modifier suffix .Ix 0 ref suffix "variable modifier" .CW :E replaces each word by its suffix (``extension''). So .CW "$(OBJS:E)" '' `` would give you .CW ".o .a" .'' `` .IP R .Ix 0 def :R .Ix 0 def modifier root .Ix 0 def modifier base This replaces each word by everything but the suffix (the ``root'' of the word). .CW "$(OBJS:R)" '' `` expands to `` .CW "../lib/a b /usr/lib/libm" .'' .RE .LP In addition, the System V style of substitution is also supported. This looks like: .DS $(\fIVARIABLE\fP:\fIsearch-string\fP=\fIreplacement\fP) .DE It must be the last modifier in the chain. The search is anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or whole words may be replaced. .xH 2 More on Debugging .xH 2 More Exercises .IP (3.1) You've got a set programs, each of which is created from its own assembly-language source file (suffix .CW .asm ). Each program can be assembled into two versions, one with error-checking code assembled in and one without. You could assemble them into files with different suffixes .CW .eobj \& ( and .CW .obj , for instance), but your linker only understands files that end in .CW .obj . To top it all off, the final executables .I must have the suffix .CW .exe . How can you still use transformation rules to make your life easier (Hint: assume the error-checking versions have .CW ec tacked onto their prefix)? .IP (3.2) Assume, for a moment or two, you want to perform a sort of ``indirection'' by placing the name of a variable into another one, then you want to get the value of the first by expanding the second somehow. Unfortunately, PMake doesn't allow constructs like .DS I $($(FOO)) .DE What do you do? Hint: no further variable expansion is performed after modifiers are applied, thus if you cause a $ to occur in the expansion, that's what will be in the result. .xH 1 PMake for Gods .LP This chapter is devoted to those facilities in PMake that allow you to do a great deal in a makefile with very little work, as well as do some things you couldn't do in Make without a great deal of work (and perhaps the use of other programs). The problem with these features, is they must be handled with care, or you will end up with a mess. .LP Once more, I assume a greater familiarity with .UX or Sprite than I did in the previous two chapters. .xH 2 Search Paths .Rd 6 .LP PMake supports the dispersal of files into multiple directories by allowing you to specify places to look for sources with .CW .PATH targets in the makefile. The directories you give as sources for these targets make up a ``search path.'' Only those files used exclusively as sources are actually sought on a search path, the assumption being that anything listed as a target in the makefile can be created by the makefile and thus should be in the current directory. .LP There are two types of search paths in PMake: one is used for all types of files (including included makefiles) and is specified with a plain .CW .PATH target (e.g. .CW ".PATH : RCS" ''), `` while the other is specific to a certain type of file, as indicated by the file's suffix. A specific search path is indicated by immediately following the .CW .PATH with the suffix of the file. For instance .DS \&.PATH.h : /sprite/lib/include /sprite/att/lib/include .DE would tell PMake to look in the directories .CW /sprite/lib/include and .CW /sprite/att/lib/include for any files whose suffix is .CW .h . .LP The current directory is always consulted first to see if a file exists. Only if it cannot be found there are the directories in the specific search path, followed by those in the general search path, consulted. .LP A search path is also used when expanding wildcard characters. If the pattern has a recognizable suffix on it, the path for that suffix will be used for the expansion. Otherwise the default search path is employed. .LP When a file is found in some directory other than the current one, all local variables that would have contained the target's name .CW .ALLSRC , ( and .CW .IMPSRC ) will instead contain the path to the file, as found by PMake. Thus if you have a file .CW ../lib/mumble.c and a makefile .DS \&.PATH.c : ../lib mumble : mumble.c $(CC) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC) .DE the command executed to create .CW mumble would be .CW "cc -o mumble ../lib/mumble.c" .'' `` (As an aside, the command in this case isn't strictly necessary, since it will be found using transformation rules if it isn't given. This is because .CW .out is the null suffix by default and a transformation exists from .CW .c to .CW .out . Just thought I'd throw that in.) .LP If a file exists in two directories on the same search path, the file in the first directory on the path will be the one PMake uses. So if you have a large system spread over many directories, it would behoove you to follow a naming convention that avoids such conflicts. .LP Something you should know about the way search paths are implemented is that each directory is read, and its contents cached, exactly once \&\*- when it is first encountered \*- so any changes to the directories while PMake is running will not be noted when searching for implicit sources, nor will they be found when PMake attempts to discover when the file was last modified, unless the file was created in the current directory. While people have suggested that PMake should read the directories each time, my experience suggests that the caching seldom causes problems. In addition, not caching the directories slows things down enormously because of PMake's attempts to apply transformation rules through non-existent files \*- the number of extra file-system searches is truly staggering, especially if many files without suffixes are used and the null suffix isn't changed from .CW .out . .xH 2 Archives and Libraries .LP .UX and Sprite allow you to merge files into an archive using the .CW ar command. Further, if the files are relocatable object files, you can run .CW ranlib on the archive and get yourself a library that you can link into any program you want. The main problem with archives is they double the space you need to store the archived files, since there's one copy in the archive and one copy out by itself. The problem with libraries is you usually think of them as .CW -lm rather than .CW /usr/lib/libm.a and the linker thinks they're out-of-date if you so much as look at them. .LP PMake solves the problem with archives by allowing you to tell it to examine the files in the archives (so you can remove the individual files without having to regenerate them later). To handle the problem with libraries, PMake adds an additional way of deciding if a library is out-of-date: .IP \(bu 2 If the table of contents is older than the library, or is missing, the library is out-of-date. .LP A library is any target that looks like .CW \-l name'' `` or that ends in a suffix that was marked as a library using the .CW .LIBS target. .CW .a is so marked in the system makefile. .LP Members of an archive are specified as ``\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP[ \fImember\fP...])''. Thus .CW libdix.a(window.o) '' ``' specifies the file .CW window.o in the archive .CW libdix.a . You may also use wildcards to specify the members of the archive. Just remember that most the wildcard characters will only find .I existing files. .LP A file that is a member of an archive is treated specially. If the file doesn't exist, but it is in the archive, the modification time recorded in the archive is used for the file when determining if the file is out-of-date. When figuring out how to make an archived member target (not the file itself, but the file in the archive \*- the \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target), special care is taken with the transformation rules, as follows: .IP \(bu 2 \&\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) is made to depend on \fImember\fP. .IP \(bu 2 The transformation from the \fImember\fP's suffix to the \fIarchive\fP's suffix is applied to the \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target. .IP \(bu 2 The \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP)'s .CW .TARGET variable is set to the name of the \fImember\fP if \fImember\fP is actually a target, or the path to the member file if \fImember\fP is only a source. .IP \(bu 2 The .CW .ARCHIVE variable for the \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target is set to the name of the \fIarchive\fP. .Ix 0 def variable local .ARCHIVE .Ix 0 def .ARCHIVE .IP \(bu 2 The .CW .MEMBER variable is set to the actual string inside the parentheses. In most cases, this will be the same as the .CW .TARGET variable. .Ix 0 def variable local .MEMBER .Ix 0 def .MEMBER .IP \(bu 2 The \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP)'s place in the local variables of the targets that depend on it is taken by the value of its .CW .TARGET variable. .LP Thus, a program library could be created with the following makefile: .DS \&.o.a : ... rm -f $(.TARGET:T) OBJS = obj1.o obj2.o obj3.o libprog.a : libprog.a($(OBJS)) ar cru $(.TARGET) $(.OODATE) ranlib $(.TARGET) .DE This will cause the three object files to be compiled (if the corresponding source files were modified after the object file or, if that doesn't exist, the archived object file), the out-of-date ones archived in .CW libprog.a , a table of contents placed in the archive and the newly-archived object files to be removed. .LP All this is used in the .CW makelib.mk system makefile to create a single library with ease. This makefile looks like this: .DS .SM # # Rules for making libraries. The object files that make up the library # are removed once they are archived. # # To make several libraries in parallel, you should define the variable # "many_libraries". This will serialize the invocations of ranlib. # # To use, do something like this: # # OBJECTS = # # fish.a: fish.a($(OBJECTS)) MAKELIB # # #ifndef _MAKELIB_MK _MAKELIB_MK = #include \&.po.a .o.a : ... rm -f $(.MEMBER) ARFLAGS ?= crl # # Re-archive the out-of-date members and recreate the library's table of # contents using ranlib. If many_libraries is defined, put the ranlib # off til the end so many libraries can be made at once. # MAKELIB : .USE .PRECIOUS ar $(ARFLAGS) $(.TARGET) $(.OODATE) #ifndef no_ranlib # ifdef many_libraries ... # endif /* many_libraries */ ranlib $(.TARGET) #endif /* no_ranlib */ #endif /* _MAKELIB_MK */ .DE .xH 2 On the Condition... .Rd 1 .LP Like the C compiler before it, PMake allows you to configure the makefile, based on the current environment, using conditional statements. A conditional looks like this: .DS #if \fIboolean expression\fP \fIlines\fP #elif \fIanother boolean expression\fP \fImore lines\fP #else \fIstill more lines\fP #endif .DE They may be nested to a maximum depth of 30 and may occur anywhere (except in a comment, of course). The .CW # '' `` must the very first character on the line. .LP Each .I "boolean expression" is made up of terms that look like function calls, the standard C boolean operators .CW && , .CW || , and .CW ! , and the standard relational operators .CW == , .CW != , .CW > , .CW >= , .CW < , and .CW <= , with .CW == and .CW != being overloaded to allow string comparisons as well. .CW && represents logical AND; .CW || is logical OR and .CW ! is logical NOT. The arithmetic and string operators take precedence over all three of these operators, while NOT takes precedence over AND, which takes precedence over OR. This precedence may be overridden with parentheses, and an expression may be parenthesized to your heart's content. Each term looks like a call on one of four functions: .nr pw 9 .Ix 0 def make .Ix 0 def conditional make .Ix 0 def if make .IP make \n(pw The syntax is .CW make( \fItarget\fP\c .CW ) where .I target is a target in the makefile. This is true if the given target was specified on the command line, or as the source for a .CW .MAIN target (note that the sources for .CW .MAIN are only used if no targets were given on the command line). .IP defined \n(pw .Ix 0 def defined .Ix 0 def conditional defined .Ix 0 def if defined The syntax is .CW defined( \fIvariable\fP\c .CW ) and is true if .I variable is defined. Certain variables are defined in the system makefile that identify the system on which PMake is being run. .IP exists \n(pw .Ix 0 def exists .Ix 0 def conditional exists .Ix 0 def if exists The syntax is .CW exists( \fIfile\fP\c .CW ) and is true if the file can be found on the global search path (i.e. that defined by .CW .PATH targets, not by .CW .PATH \fIsuffix\fP targets). .IP empty \n(pw .Ix 0 def empty .Ix 0 def conditional empty .Ix 0 def if empty This syntax is much like the others, except the string inside the parentheses is of the same form as you would put between parentheses when expanding a variable, complete with modifiers and everything. The function returns true if the resulting string is empty (NOTE: an undefined variable in this context will cause at the very least a warning message about a malformed conditional, and at the worst will cause the process to stop once it has read the makefile. If you want to check for a variable being defined or empty, use the expression .CW !defined( \fIvar\fP\c `` .CW ") || empty(" \fIvar\fP\c .CW ) '' as the definition of .CW || will prevent the .CW empty() from being evaluated and causing an error, if the variable is undefined). This can be used to see if a variable contains a given word, for example: .DS #if !empty(\fIvar\fP:M\fIword\fP) .DE .LP The arithmetic and string operators may only be used to test the value of a variable. The lefthand side must contain the variable expansion, while the righthand side contains either a string, enclosed in double-quotes, or a number. The standard C numeric conventions (except for specifying an octal number) apply to both sides. E.g. .DS #if $(OS) == 4.3 #if $(MACHINE) == "sun3" #if $(LOAD_ADDR) < 0xc000 .DE are all valid conditionals. In addition, the numeric value of a variable can be tested as a boolean as follows: .DS #if $(LOAD) .DE would see if .CW LOAD contains a non-zero value and .DS #if !$(LOAD) .DE would test if .CW LOAD contains a zero value. .LP In addition to the bare .CW #if ,'' `` there are other forms that apply one of the first two functions to each term. They are as follows: .DS ifdef \fRdefined\fP ifndef \fR!defined\fP ifmake \fRmake\fP ifnmake \fR!make\fP .DE There are also the ``else if'' forms: .CW elif , .CW elifdef , .CW elifndef , .CW elifmake , and .CW elifnmake . .LP For instance, if you wish to create two versions of a program, one of which is optimized (the production version) and the other of which is for debugging (has symbols for dbx), you have two choices: you can create two makefiles, one of which uses the .CW \-g flag for the compilation, while the other uses the .CW \-O flag, or you can use another target (call it .CW debug ) to create the debug version. The construct below will take care of this for you. I have also made it so defining the variable .CW DEBUG (say with .CW "pmake -D DEBUG" ) will also cause the debug version to be made. .DS #if defined(DEBUG) || make(debug) CFLAGS += -g #else CFLAGS += -O #endif .DE There are, of course, problems with this approach. The most glaring annoyance is that if you want to go from making a debug version to making a production version, you have to remove all the object files, or you will get some optimized and some debug versions in the same program. Another annoyance is you have to be careful not to make two targets that ``conflict'' because of some conditionals in the makefile. For instance .DS #if make(print) FORMATTER = ditroff -Plaser_printer #endif #if make(draft) FORMATTER = nroff -Pdot_matrix_printer #endif .DE would wreak havoc if you tried .CW "pmake draft print" '' `` since you would use the same formatter for each target. As I said, this all gets somewhat complicated. .xH 2 A Shell is a Shell is a Shell .Rd 7 .LP In normal operation, the Bourne Shell (better known as .CW sh '') `` is used to execute the commands to re-create targets. PMake also allows you to specify a different shell for it to use when executing these commands. There are several things PMake must know about the shell you wish to use. These things are specified as the sources for the .CW .SHELL .Ix 0 ref .SHELL .Ix 0 ref target .SHELL target by keyword, as follows: .IP "\fBpath=\fP\fIpath\fP" PMake needs to know where the shell actually resides, so it can execute it. If you specify this and nothing else, PMake will use the last component of the path and look in its table of the shells it knows and use the specification it finds, if any. Use this if you just want to use a different version of the Bourne or C Shell (yes, PMake knows how to use the C Shell too). .IP "\fBname=\fP\fIname\fP" This is the name by which the shell is to be known. It is a single word and, if no other keywords are specified (other than .B path ), it is the name by which PMake attempts to find a specification for it (as mentioned above). You can use this if you would just rather use the C Shell than the Bourne Shell .CW ".SHELL: name=csh" '' (`` will do it). .IP "\fBquiet=\fP\fIecho-off command\fP" As mentioned before, PMake actually controls whether commands are printed by introducing commands into the shell's input stream. This keyword, and the next two, control what those commands are. The .B quiet keyword is the command used to turn echoing off. Once it is turned off, echoing is expected to remain off until the echo-on command is given. .IP "\fBecho=\fP\fIecho-on command\fP" The command PMake should give to turn echoing back on again. .IP "\fBfilter=\fP\fIprinted echo-off command\fP" Many shells will echo the echo-off command when it is given. This keyword tells PMake in what format the shell actually prints the echo-off command. Wherever PMake sees this string in the shell's output, it will delete it and any following whitespace, up to and including the next newline. See the example at the end of this section for more details. .IP "\fBechoFlag=\fP\fIflag to turn echoing on\fP" Unless a target has been marked .CW .SILENT , PMake wants to start the shell running with echoing on. To do this, it passes this flag to the shell as one of its arguments. If either this or the next flag begins with a `\-', the flags will be passed to the shell as separate arguments. Otherwise, the two will be concatenated (if they are used at the same time, of course). .IP "\fBerrFlag=\fP\fIflag to turn error checking on\fP" Likewise, unless a target is marked .CW .IGNORE , PMake wishes error-checking to be on from the very start. To this end, it will pass this flag to the shell as an argument. The same rules for an initial `\-' apply as for the .B echoFlag . .IP "\fBcheck=\fP\fIcommand to turn error checking on\fP" Just as for echo-control, error-control is achieved by inserting commands into the shell's input stream. This is the command to make the shell check for errors. It also serves another purpose if the shell doesn't have error-control as commands, but I'll get into that in a minute. Again, once error checking has been turned on, it is expected to remain on until it is turned off again. .IP "\fBignore=\fP\fIcommand to turn error checking off\fP" This is the command PMake uses to turn error checking off. It has another use if the shell doesn't do error-control, but I'll tell you about that.\|.\|.\|now. .IP "\fBhasErrCtl=\fP\fIyes or no\fP" This takes a value that is either .B yes or .B no . Now you might think that the existence of the .B check and .B ignore keywords would be enough to tell PMake if the shell can do error-control, but you'd be wrong. If .B hasErrCtl is .B yes , PMake uses the check and ignore commands in a straight-forward manner. If this is .B no , however, their use is rather different. In this case, the check command is used as a template, in which the string .B %s is replaced by the command that's about to be executed, to produce a command for the shell that will echo the command to be executed. The ignore command is also used as a template, again with .B %s replaced by the command to be executed, to produce a command that will execute the command to be executed and ignore any error it returns. When these strings are used as templates, you must provide newline(s) .CW \en '') (`` in the appropriate place(s). .LP The strings that follow these keywords may be enclosed in single or double quotes (the quotes will be stripped off) and may contain the usual C backslash-characters (\en is newline, \er is return, \eb is backspace, \e' escapes a single-quote inside single-quotes, \e" escapes a double-quote inside double-quotes). Now for an example. .LP This is actually the contents of the .CW system makefile, and causes PMake to use the Bourne Shell in such a way that each command is printed as it is executed. That is, if more than one command is given on a line, each will be printed separately. Similarly, each time the body of a loop is executed, the commands within that loop will be printed, etc. The specification runs like this: .DS # # This is a shell specification to have the Bourne shell echo # the commands just before executing them, rather than when it reads # them. Useful if you want to see how variables are being expanded, etc. # \&.SHELL : path=/bin/sh \e quiet="set -" \e echo="set -x" \e filter="+ set - " \e echoFlag=x \e errFlag=e \e hasErrCtl=yes \e check="set -e" \e ignore="set +e" .DE .LP It tells PMake the following: .Bp The shell is located in the file .CW /bin/sh . It need not tell PMake that the name of the shell is .CW sh as PMake can figure that out for itself (it's the last component of the path). .Bp The command to stop echoing is .CW "set -" . .Bp The command to start echoing is .CW "set -x" . .Bp When the echo off command is executed, the shell will print .CW "+ set - " (The `+' comes from using the .CW \-x flag (rather than the .CW \-v flag PMake usually uses)). PMake will remove all occurrences of this string from the output, so you don't notice extra commands you didn't put there. .Bp The flag the Bourne Shell will take to start echoing in this way is the .CW \-x flag. The Bourne Shell will only take its flag arguments concatenated as its first argument, so neither this nor the .B errFlag specification begins with a \-. .Bp The flag to use to turn error-checking on from the start is .CW \-e . .Bp The shell can turn error-checking on and off, and the commands to do so are .CW "set +e" and .CW "set -e" , respectively. .LP I should note that this specification is for Bourne Shells that are not part of Berkeley .UX , as shells from Berkeley don't do error control. You can get a similar effect, however, by changing the last three lines to be: .DS hasErrCtl=no \e check="echo \e"+ %s\e"\en" \e ignore="sh -c '%s || exit 0\en" .DE .LP This will cause PMake to execute the two commands .DS echo "+ \fIcmd\fP" sh -c '\fIcmd\fP || true' .DE for each command for which errors are to be ignored. (In case you are wondering, the thing for .CW ignore tells the shell to execute another shell without error checking on and always exit 0, since the .B || causes the .CW "exit 0" to be executed only if the first command exited non-zero, and if the first command exited zero, the shell will also exit zero, since that's the last command it executed). .xH 2 Compatibility .Ix 0 ref compatibility .LP There are three (well, 3 \(12) levels of backwards-compatibility built into PMake. Most makefiles will need none at all. Some may need a little bit of work to operate correctly when run in parallel. Each level encompasses the previous levels (e.g. .B \-B (one shell per command) implies .B \-V ) The three levels are described in the following three sections. .xH 3 DEFCON 3 \*- Variable Expansion .Ix 0 ref compatibility .LP As noted before, PMake will not expand a variable unless it knows of a value for it. This can cause problems for makefiles that expect to leave variables undefined except in special circumstances (e.g. if more flags need to be passed to the C compiler or the output from a text processor should be sent to a different printer). If the variables are enclosed in curly braces .CW ${PRINTER} ''), (`` the shell will let them pass. If they are enclosed in parentheses, however, the shell will declare a syntax error and the make will come to a grinding halt. .LP You have two choices: change the makefile to define the variables (their values can be overridden on the command line, since that's where they would have been set if you used Make, anyway) or always give the .B \-V flag (this can be done with the .CW .MAKEFLAGS target, if you want). .xH 3 DEFCON 2 \*- The Number of the Beast .Ix 0 ref compatibility .LP Then there are the makefiles that expect certain commands, such as changing to a different directory, to not affect other commands in a target's creation script. You can solve this is either by going back to executing one shell per command (which is what the .B \-B flag forces PMake to do), which slows the process down a good bit and requires you to use semicolons and escaped newlines for shell constructs, or by changing the makefile to execute the offending command(s) in a subshell (by placing the line inside parentheses), like so: .DS install :: .MAKE (cd src; $(.PMAKE) install) (cd lib; $(.PMAKE) install) (cd man; $(.PMAKE) install) .DE .Ix 0 ref operator double-colon .Ix 0 ref variable global .PMAKE .Ix 0 ref .PMAKE .Ix 0 ref .MAKE .Ix 0 ref attribute .MAKE This will always execute the three makes (even if the .B \-n flag was given) because of the combination of the ``::'' operator and the .CW .MAKE attribute. Each command will change to the proper directory to perform the install, leaving the main shell in the directory in which it started. .xH 3 "DEFCON 1 \*- Imitation is the Not the Highest Form of Flattery" .Ix 0 ref compatibility .LP The final category of makefile is the one where every command requires input, the dependencies are incompletely specified, or you simply cannot create more than one target at a time, as mentioned earlier. In addition, you may not have the time or desire to upgrade the makefile to run smoothly with PMake. If you are the conservative sort, this is the compatibility mode for you. It is entered either by giving PMake the .B \-M flag (for Make), or by executing PMake as .CW make .'' `` In either case, PMake performs things exactly like Make (while still supporting most of the nice new features PMake provides). This includes: .IP \(bu 2 No parallel execution. .IP \(bu 2 Targets are made in the exact order specified by the makefile. The sources for each target are made in strict left-to-right order, etc. .IP \(bu 2 A single Bourne shell is used to execute each command, thus the shell's .CW $$ variable is useless, changing directories doesn't work across command lines, etc. .IP \(bu 2 If no special characters exist in a command line, PMake will break the command into words itself and execute the command directly, without executing a shell first. The characters that cause PMake to execute a shell are: .CW # , .CW = , .CW | , .CW ^ , .CW ( , .CW ) , .CW { , .CW } , .CW ; , .CW & , .CW < , .CW > , .CW * , .CW ? , .CW [ , .CW ] , .CW : , .CW $ , .CW ` , and .CW \e . You should notice that these are all the characters that are given special meaning by the shell (except .CW ' and .CW " , which PMake deals with all by its lonesome). .IP \(bu 2 The use of the null suffix is turned off. .Ix 0 ref "null suffix" .Ix 0 ref suffix null .xH 2 The Way Things Work .LP When PMake reads the makefile, it parses sources and targets into nodes in a graph. The graph is directed only in the sense that PMake knows which way is up. Each node contains not only links to all its parents and children (the nodes that depend on it and those on which it depends, respectively), but also a count of the number of its children that have already been processed. .LP The most important thing to know about how PMake uses this graph is that the traversal is breadth-first and occurs in two passes. .LP After PMake has parsed the makefile, it begins with the nodes the user has told it to make (either on the command line, or via a .CW .MAIN target, or by the target being the first in the file not labeled with the .CW .NOTMAIN attribute) placed in a queue. It continues to take the node off the front of the queue, mark it as something that needs to be made, pass the node to .CW Suff_FindDeps (mentioned earlier) to find any implicit sources for the node, and place all the node's children that have yet to be marked at the end of the queue. If any of the children is a .CW .USE rule, its attributes are applied to the parent, then its commands are appended to the parent's list of commands and its children are linked to its parent. The parent's unmade children counter is then decremented (since the .CW .USE node has been processed). You will note that this allows a .CW .USE node to have children that are .CW .USE nodes and the rules will be applied in sequence. If the node has no children, it is placed at the end of another queue to be examined in the second pass. This process continues until the first queue is empty. .LP At this point, all the leaves of the graph are in the examination queue. PMake removes the node at the head of the queue and sees if it is out-of-date. If it is, it is passed to a function that will execute the commands for the node asynchronously. When the commands have completed, all the node's parents have their unmade children counter decremented and, if the counter is then 0, they are placed on the examination queue. Likewise, if the node is up-to-date. Only those parents that were marked on the downward pass are processed in this way. Thus PMake traverses the graph back up to the nodes the user instructed it to create. When the examination queue is empty and no shells are running to create a target, PMake is finished. .LP Once all targets have been processed, PMake executes the commands attached to the .CW .END target, either explicitly or through the use of an ellipsis in a shell script. If there were no errors during the entire process but there are still some targets unmade (PMake keeps a running count of how many targets are left to be made), there is a cycle in the graph. PMake does a depth-first traversal of the graph to find all the targets that weren't made and prints them out one by one. .xH 1 Answers to Exercises .IP (3.1) This is something of a trick question, for which I apologize. The trick comes from the UNIX definition of a suffix, which PMake doesn't necessarily share. You will have noticed that all the suffixes used in this tutorial (and in UNIX in general) begin with a period .CW .ms , ( .CW .c , etc.). Now, PMake's idea of a suffix is more like English's: it's the characters at the end of a word. With this in mind, one possible .Ix 0 def suffix solution to this problem goes as follows: .DS I \&.SUFFIXES : ec.exe .exe ec.obj .obj .asm ec.objec.exe .obj.exe : link -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC) \&.asmec.obj : asm -o $(.TARGET) -DDO_ERROR_CHECKING $(.IMPSRC) \&.asm.obj : asm -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC) .DE .IP (3.2) The trick to this one lies in the ``:='' variable-assignment operator and the ``:S'' variable-expansion modifier. .Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded .Ix 0 ref variable expansion modified .Ix 0 ref modifier substitute .Ix 0 ref :S .Ix 0 ref := Basically what you want is to take the pointer variable, so to speak, and transform it into an invocation of the variable at which it points. You might try something like .DS I $(PTR:S/^/\e$(/:S/$/)) .DE which places .CW $( '' `` at the front of the variable name and .CW ) '' `` at the end, thus transforming .CW VAR ,'' `` for example, into .CW $(VAR) ,'' `` which is just what we want. Unfortunately (as you know if you've tried it), since, as it says in the hint, PMake does no further substitution on the result of a modified expansion, that's \fIall\fP you get. The solution is to make use of ``:='' to place that string into yet another variable, then invoke the other variable directly: .DS I *PTR := $(PTR:S/^/\e$(/:S/$/)/) .DE You can then use .CW $(*PTR) '' `` to your heart's content. .de Gp .XP \&\fB\\$1:\fP .. .xH 1 Glossary of Jargon .Gp "attribute" A property given to a target that causes PMake to treat it differently. .Gp "command script" The lines immediately following a dependency line that specify commands to execute to create each of the targets on the dependency line. Each line in the command script must begin with a tab. .Gp "command-line variable" A variable defined in an argument when PMake is first executed. Overrides all assignments to the same variable name in the makefile. .Gp "conditional" A construct much like that used in C that allows a makefile to be configured on the fly based on the local environment, or on what is being made by that invocation of PMake. .Gp "creation script" Commands used to create a target. See ``command script.'' .Gp "dependency" The relationship between a source and a target. This comes in three flavors, as indicated by the operator between the target and the source. `:' gives a straight time-wise dependency (if the target is older than the source, the target is out-of-date), while `!' provides simply an ordering and always considers the target out-of-date. `::' is much like `:', save it creates multiple instances of a target each of which depends on its own list of sources. .Gp "dynamic source" This refers to a source that has a local variable invocation in it. It allows a single dependency line to specify a different source for each target on the line. .Gp "global variable" Any variable defined in a makefile. Takes precedence over variables defined in the environment, but not over command-line or local variables. .Gp "input graph" What PMake constructs from a makefile. Consists of nodes made of the targets in the makefile, and the links between them (the dependencies). The links are directed (from source to target) and there may not be any cycles (loops) in the graph. .Gp "local variable" A variable defined by PMake visible only in a target's shell script. There are seven local variables, not all of which are defined for every target: .CW .TARGET , .CW .ALLSRC , .CW .OODATE , .CW .PREFIX , .CW .IMPSRC , .CW .ARCHIVE , and .CW .MEMBER . .CW .TARGET , .CW .PREFIX , .CW .ARCHIVE , and .CW .MEMBER may be used on dependency lines to create ``dynamic sources.'' .Gp "makefile" A file that describes how a system is built. If you don't know what it is after reading this tutorial.\|.\|.\|. .Gp "modifier" A letter, following a colon, used to alter how a variable is expanded. It has no effect on the variable itself. .Gp "operator" What separates a source from a target (on a dependency line) and specifies the relationship between the two. There are three: .CW : ', ` .CW :: ', ` and .CW ! '. ` .Gp "search path" A list of directories in which a file should be sought. PMake's view of the contents of directories in a search path does not change once the makefile has been read. A file is sought on a search path only if it is exclusively a source. .Gp "shell" A program to which commands are passed in order to create targets. .Gp "source" Anything to the right of an operator on a dependency line. Targets on the dependency line are usually created from the sources. .Gp "special target" A target that causes PMake to do special things when it's encountered. .Gp "suffix" The tail end of a file name. Usually begins with a period, .CW .c or .CW .ms , e.g. .Gp "target" A word to the left of the operator on a dependency line. More generally, any file that PMake might create. A file may be (and often is) both a target and a source (what it is depends on how PMake is looking at it at the time \*- sort of like the wave/particle duality of light, you know). .Gp "transformation rule" A special construct in a makefile that specifies how to create a file of one type from a file of another, as indicated by their suffixes. .Gp "variable expansion" The process of substituting the value of a variable for a reference to it. Expansion may be altered by means of modifiers. .Gp "variable" A place in which to store text that may be retrieved later. Also used to define the local environment. Conditionals exist that test whether a variable is defined or not. .bp .\" Output table of contents last, with an entry for the index, making .\" sure to save and restore the last real page number for the index... .nr @n \n(PN+1 .\" We are not generating an index .\" .XS \n(@n .\" Index .\" .XE .nr %% \n% .PX .nr % \n(%% Index: head/contrib/bmake/bmake.1 =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/bmake.1 (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/bmake.1 (revision 314808) @@ -1,2354 +1,2385 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.263 2016/08/26 23:37:54 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.266 2017/02/01 18:39:27 sjg Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)make.1 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94 .\" -.Dd August 26, 2016 +.Dd February 1, 2017 .Dt BMAKE 1 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm bmake .Nd maintain program dependencies .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl BeikNnqrstWwX .Op Fl C Ar directory .Op Fl D Ar variable .Op Fl d Ar flags .Op Fl f Ar makefile .Op Fl I Ar directory .Op Fl J Ar private .Op Fl j Ar max_jobs .Op Fl m Ar directory .Op Fl T Ar file .Op Fl V Ar variable .Op Ar variable=value .Op Ar target ... .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs. Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs and other files depend. If no .Fl f Ar makefile makefile option is given, .Nm will try to open .Ql Pa makefile then .Ql Pa Makefile in order to find the specifications. If the file .Ql Pa .depend exists, it is read (see .Xr mkdep 1 ) . .Pp This manual page is intended as a reference document only. For a more thorough description of .Nm and makefiles, please refer to .%T "PMake \- A Tutorial" . .Pp .Nm will prepend the contents of the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them. .Pp The options are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Fl B Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence. .It Fl C Ar directory Change to .Ar directory before reading the makefiles or doing anything else. If multiple .Fl C options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one: .Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc is equivalent to .Fl C Pa /etc . .It Fl D Ar variable Define .Ar variable to be 1, in the global context. .It Fl d Ar [-]flags Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of .Nm are to print debugging information. Unless the flags are preceded by .Ql \- they are added to the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes. By default, debugging information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed using the .Ar F debugging flag. The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output, then the standard output is line buffered. .Ar Flags is one or more of the following: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ar A Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags. .It Ar a Print debugging information about archive searching and caching. .It Ar C Print debugging information about current working directory. .It Ar c Print debugging information about conditional evaluation. .It Ar d Print debugging information about directory searching and caching. .It Ar e Print debugging information about failed commands and targets. .It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename Specify where debugging output is written. This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the argument. If the character immediately after the .Ql F flag is .Ql \&+ , then the file will be opened in append mode; otherwise the file will be overwritten. If the file name is .Ql stdout or .Ql stderr then debugging output will be written to the standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively (and the .Ql \&+ option has no effect). Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file. If the file name ends .Ql .%d then the .Ql %d is replaced by the pid. .It Ar f Print debugging information about loop evaluation. .It Ar "g1" Print the input graph before making anything. .It Ar "g2" Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting on error. .It Ar "g3" Print the input graph before exiting on error. .It Ar j Print debugging information about running multiple shells. .It Ar l Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by .Ql @ or other "quiet" flags. Also known as "loud" behavior. .It Ar M Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets. .It Ar m Print debugging information about making targets, including modification dates. .It Ar n Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands. These temporary scripts are created in the directory referred to by the .Ev TMPDIR environment variable, or in .Pa /tmp if .Ev TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty string. The temporary scripts are created by .Xr mkstemp 3 , and have names of the form .Pa makeXXXXXX . .Em NOTE : This can create many files in .Ev TMPDIR or .Pa /tmp , so use with care. .It Ar p Print debugging information about makefile parsing. .It Ar s Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules. .It Ar t Print debugging information about target list maintenance. .It Ar V Force the .Fl V option to print raw values of variables. .It Ar v Print debugging information about variable assignment. .It Ar x Run shell commands with .Fl x so the actual commands are printed as they are executed. .El .It Fl e Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within makefiles. .It Fl f Ar makefile Specify a makefile to read instead of the default .Ql Pa makefile . If .Ar makefile is .Ql Fl , standard input is read. Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified. .It Fl I Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles. The system makefile directory (or directories, see the .Fl m option) is automatically included as part of this list. .It Fl i Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Fl before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl J Ar private This option should .Em not be specified by the user. .Pp When the .Ar j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system. .It Fl j Ar max_jobs Specify the maximum number of jobs that .Nm may have running at any one time. The value is saved in .Va .MAKE.JOBS . Turns compatibility mode off, unless the .Ar B flag is also specified. When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the traditional one shell invocation per line. This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line. It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on. .It Fl k Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error. .It Fl m Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included via the .Ao Ar file Ac Ns -style include statement. The .Fl m option can be used multiple times to form a search path. This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk. Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used for .Qo Ar file Qc Ns -style include statements (see the .Fl I option). .Pp If a file or directory name in the .Fl m argument (or the .Ev MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string .Qq \&.../ then .Nm will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part of the argument string. The search starts with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the file system. If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the .Qq \&.../ specification in the .Fl m argument. If used, this feature allows .Nm to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files (e.g., by using .Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk as an argument). .It Fl n Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special source (see below). .It Fl N Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles without descending into subdirectories. .It Fl q Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are up-to-date and 1, otherwise. .It Fl r Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile. .It Fl s Do not echo any commands as they are executed. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Ic @ before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl T Ar tracefile When used with the .Fl j flag, append a trace record to .Ar tracefile for each job started and completed. .It Fl t Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date. .It Fl V Ar variable Print .Nm Ns 's idea of the value of .Ar variable , in the global context. Do not build any targets. Multiple instances of this option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable. If .Ar variable contains a .Ql \&$ then the value will be expanded before printing. .It Fl W Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors. .It Fl w Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post processing. .It Fl X Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment individually. Variables passed on the command line are still exported via the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable. This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the size of command arguments. .It Ar variable=value Set the value of the variable .Ar variable to .Ar value . Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes in the environment. The .Fl X flag disables this behavior. Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility but no ordering is enforced. .El .Pp There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements, conditional directives, for loops, and comments. .Pp In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending them with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space. .Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or more sources. This creates a relationship where the targets .Dq depend on the sources and are usually created from them. The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined by the operator that separates them. The three operators are as follows: .Bl -tag -width flag .It Ic \&: A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than those of any of its sources. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&! Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been examined and re-created as necessary. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&:: If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created. Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has been modified more recently than the target. Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target will not be removed if .Nm is interrupted. .El .Pp Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , .Ql [] , and .Ql {} . The values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , and .Ql [] may only be used as part of the final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing files. The value .Ql {} need not necessarily be used to describe existing files. Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell. .Sh SHELL COMMANDS Each target may have associated with it one or more lines of shell commands, normally used to create the target. Each of the lines in this script .Em must be preceded by a tab. (For historical reasons, spaces are not accepted.) While targets can appear in many dependency lines if desired, by default only one of these rules may be followed by a creation script. If the .Ql Ic \&:: operator is used, however, all rules may include scripts and the scripts are executed in the order found. .Pp Each line is treated as a separate shell command, unless the end of line is escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e in which case that line and the next are combined. .\" The escaped newline is retained and passed to the shell, which .\" normally ignores it. .\" However, the tab at the beginning of the following line is removed. If the first characters of the command are any combination of .Ql Ic @ , .Ql Ic + , or .Ql Ic \- , the command is treated specially. A .Ql Ic @ causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed. A .Ql Ic + causes the command to be executed even when .Fl n is given. This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script. A .Ql Ic \- in compatibility mode causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored. .Pp When .Nm is run in jobs mode with .Fl j Ar max_jobs , the entire script for the target is fed to a single instance of the shell. In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process. If the command contains any shell meta characters .Pq Ql #=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\e\en it will be passed to the shell; otherwise .Nm will attempt direct execution. If a line starts with .Ql Ic \- and the shell has ErrCtl enabled then failure of the command line will be ignored as in compatibility mode. Otherwise .Ql Ic \- affects the entire job; the script will stop at the first command line that fails, but the target will not be deemed to have failed. .Pp Makefiles should be written so that the mode of .Nm operation does not change their behavior. For example, any command which needs to use .Dq cd or .Dq chdir without potentially changing the directory for subsequent commands should be put in parentheses so it executes in a subshell. To force the use of one shell, escape the line breaks so as to make the whole script one command. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent avoid-chdir-side-effects: @echo Building $@ in `pwd` @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@) @echo Back in `pwd` ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode: @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \e (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@); \e echo Back in `pwd` .Ed .Pp Since .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to .Ql Va .OBJDIR before executing any targets, each child process starts with that as its current working directory. .Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition, consist of all upper-case letters. .Ss Variable assignment modifiers The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic \&= Assign the value to the variable. Any previous value is overridden. .It Ic \&+= Append the value to the current value of the variable. .It Ic \&?= Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined. .It Ic \&:= Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it to the variable. Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced. .Em NOTE : References to undefined variables are .Em not expanded. This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used. .It Ic \&!= Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign the result to the variable. Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces. .El .Pp Any white-space before the assigned .Ar value is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value. .Pp Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly braces .Pq Ql {} or parentheses .Pq Ql () and preceding it with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ . If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding braces or parentheses are not required. This shorter form is not recommended. .Pp If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first. This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided! .Pp If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ the string is expanded again. .Pp Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where the variable is being used. .Bl -enum .It Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read. .It Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is executed. .It .Dq .for loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration. Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the following example code: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Dv .for i in 1 2 3 a+= ${i} j= ${i} b+= ${j} .Dv .endfor all: @echo ${a} @echo ${b} .Ed will print: .Bd -literal -offset indent 1 2 3 3 3 3 .Ed Because while ${a} contains .Dq 1 2 3 after the loop is executed, ${b} contains .Dq ${j} ${j} ${j} which expands to .Dq 3 3 3 since after the loop completes ${j} contains .Dq 3 . .El .Ss Variable classes The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence) are: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Environment variables Variables defined as part of .Nm Ns 's environment. .It Global variables Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles. .It Command line variables Variables defined as part of the command line. .It Local variables Variables that are defined specific to a certain target. .El .Pp Local variables are all built in and their values vary magically from target to target. It is not currently possible to define new local variables. The seven local variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE" -offset indent .It Va .ALLSRC The list of all sources for this target; also known as .Ql Va \&\*[Gt] . .It Va .ARCHIVE The name of the archive file; also known as .Ql Va \&! . .It Va .IMPSRC In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the .Dq implied source); also known as .Ql Va \&\*[Lt] . It is not defined in explicit rules. .It Va .MEMBER The name of the archive member; also known as .Ql Va % . .It Va .OODATE The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also known as .Ql Va \&? . .It Va .PREFIX The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix or preceding directory components; also known as .Ql Va * . The suffix must be one of the known suffixes declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES or it will not be recognized. .It Va .TARGET The name of the target; also known as .Ql Va @ . For compatibility with other makes this is an alias for .Ic .ARCHIVE in archive member rules. .El .Pp The shorter forms .Ql ( Va \*[Gt] , .Ql Va \&! , .Ql Va \*[Lt] , .Ql Va % , .Ql Va \&? , .Ql Va * , and .Ql Va @ ) are permitted for backward compatibility with historical makefiles and legacy POSIX make and are not recommended. .Pp Variants of these variables with the punctuation followed immediately by .Ql D or .Ql F , e.g. .Ql Va $(@D) , are legacy forms equivalent to using the .Ql :H and .Ql :T modifiers. These forms are accepted for compatibility with .At V makefiles and POSIX but are not recommended. .Pp Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line. These variables are .Ql Va .TARGET , .Ql Va .PREFIX , .Ql Va .ARCHIVE , and .Ql Va .MEMBER . .Ss Additional built-in variables In addition, .Nm sets or knows about the following variables: .Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES .It Va \&$ A single dollar sign .Ql \&$ , i.e. .Ql \&$$ expands to a single dollar sign. .It Va .ALLTARGETS The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile. If evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far. .It Va .CURDIR A path to the directory where .Nm was executed. Refer to the description of .Ql Ev PWD for more details. .It Va .INCLUDEDFROMDIR The directory of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Va .INCLUDEDFROMFILE The filename of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Ev MAKE The name that .Nm was executed with .Pq Va argv[0] . For compatibility .Nm also sets .Va .MAKE with the same value. The preferred variable to use is the environment variable .Ev MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of .Nm and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name. .It Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Names the makefile (default .Ql Pa .depend ) from which generated dependencies are read. .It Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES A boolean that controls the default behavior of the .Fl V option. .It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED The list of variables exported by .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.JOBS The argument to the .Fl j option. .It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX If .Nm is run with .Ar j then output for each target is prefixed with a token .Ql --- target --- the first part of which can be controlled via .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX . If .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX is empty, no token is printed. .br For example: .Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}] would produce tokens like .Ql ---make[1234] target --- making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved. .It Ev MAKEFLAGS The environment variable .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS may contain anything that may be specified on .Nm Ns 's command line. Anything specified on .Nm Ns 's command line is appended to the .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS variable which is then entered into the environment for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Va .MAKE.LEVEL The recursion depth of .Nm . The initial instance of .Nm will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment to be seen by the next generation. This allows tests like: .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE The ordered list of makefile names (default .Ql Pa makefile , .Ql Pa Makefile ) that .Nm will look for. .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES The list of makefiles read by .Nm , which is useful for tracking dependencies. Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read. .It Va .MAKE.MODE Processed after reading all makefiles. Can affect the mode that .Nm runs in. It can contain a number of keywords: .Bl -hang -width missing-filemon=bf. .It Pa compat Like .Fl B , puts .Nm into "compat" mode. .It Pa meta Puts .Nm into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target to capture the command run, the output generated and if .Xr filemon 4 is available, the system calls which are of interest to .Nm . The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors. .It Pa curdirOk= Ar bf Normally .Nm will not create .meta files in .Ql Va .CURDIR . This can be overridden by setting .Va bf to a value which represents True. .It Pa missing-meta= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, then a missing .meta file makes the target out-of-date. .It Pa missing-filemon= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, then missing filemon data makes the target out-of-date. .It Pa nofilemon Do not use .Xr filemon 4 . .It Pa env For debugging, it can be useful to include the environment in the .meta file. .It Pa verbose If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built. This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently. The message printed the value of: .Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX . .It Pa ignore-cmd Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable. This keyword causes them to be ignored for determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode. See also .Ic .NOMETA_CMP . .It Pa silent= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target .Ic .SILENT . .El .It Va .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match the directories controlled by .Nm . If a file that was generated outside of .Va .OBJDIR but within said bailiwick is missing, the current target is considered out-of-date. .It Va .MAKE.META.CREATED In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files updated. If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of .Va .MAKE.META.FILES . .It Va .MAKE.META.FILES In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files used (updated or not). This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency information. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored; because the contents are expected to change over time. The default list includes: .Ql Pa /dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS Provides a list of patterns to match against pathnames. Ignore any that match. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER Provides a list of variable modifiers to apply to each pathname. Ignore if the expansion is an empty string. .It Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode. The default value is: .Dl Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T} .It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS . This behavior can be disabled by assigning an empty value to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES within a makefile. Extra variables can be exported from a makefile by appending their names to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES . .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS is re-exported whenever .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES is modified. .It Va .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON If .Nm was built with .Xr filemon 4 support, this is set to the path of the device node. This allows makefiles to test for this support. .It Va .MAKE.PID The process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.PPID The parent process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS value should be a boolean that controls whether .Ql $$ are preserved when doing .Ql := assignments. The default is false, for backwards compatibility. Set to true for compatability with other makes. If set to false, .Ql $$ becomes .Ql $ per normal evaluation rules. .It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR When .Nm stops due to an error, it sets .Ql Va .ERROR_TARGET to the name of the target that failed, .Ql Va .ERROR_CMD to the commands of the failed target, and in "meta" mode, it also sets .Ql Va .ERROR_CWD to the .Xr getcwd 3 , and .Ql Va .ERROR_META_FILE to the path of the meta file (if any) describing the failed target. It then prints its name and the value of .Ql Va .CURDIR as well as the value of any variables named in .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Va .newline This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value. This allows expansions using the .Cm \&:@ modifier to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather than a space. For example, the printing of .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}. .It Va .OBJDIR A path to the directory where the targets are built. Its value is determined by trying to .Xr chdir 2 to the following directories in order and using the first match: .Bl -enum .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj .It .Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} .El .Pp Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used, so expressions such as .Dl ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,} may be used. This is especially useful with .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR . .Pp .Ql Va .OBJDIR may be modified in the makefile via the special target .Ql Ic .OBJDIR . In all cases, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to the specified directory if it exists, and set .Ql Va .OBJDIR and .Ql Ev PWD to that directory before executing any targets. . .It Va .PARSEDIR A path to the directory of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. .It Va .PARSEFILE The basename of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. This variable and .Ql Va .PARSEDIR are both set only while the .Ql Pa Makefiles are being parsed. If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable using assignment with expansion: .Pq Ql Cm \&:= . .It Va .PATH A variable that represents the list of directories that .Nm will search for files. The search list should be updated using the target .Ql Va .PATH rather than the variable. .It Ev PWD Alternate path to the current directory. .Nm normally sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the canonical path given by .Xr getcwd 3 . However, if the environment variable .Ql Ev PWD is set and gives a path to the current directory, then .Nm sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the value of .Ql Ev PWD instead. This behavior is disabled if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR contains a variable transform. .Ql Ev PWD is set to the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Ev .TARGETS The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any. .It Ev VPATH Colon-separated .Pq Dq \&: lists of directories that .Nm will search for files. The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only, use .Ql Va .PATH instead. .El .Ss Variable modifiers Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the variable (where a .Dq word is white-space delimited sequence of characters). The general format of a variable expansion is as follows: .Pp .Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]} .Pp Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows: .Pp .Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...] .Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]} .Pp In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable. If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign .Pq Ql $ , these must be doubled to avoid early expansion. .Pp The supported modifiers are: .Bl -tag -width EEE .It Cm \&:E Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix. .It Cm \&:H Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component. .It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern Select only those words that match .Ar pattern . The standard shell wildcard characters .Pf ( Ql * , .Ql \&? , and .Ql Oo Oc ) may be used. The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . As a consequence of the way values are split into words, matched, and then joined, a construct like .Dl ${VAR:M*} will normalize the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces to single spaces. . .It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern This is identical to .Ql Cm \&:M , but selects all words which do not match .Ar pattern . .It Cm \&:O Order every word in variable alphabetically. To sort words in reverse order use the .Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1] combination of modifiers. .It Cm \&:Ox Randomize words in variable. The results will be different each time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment with expansion .Pq Ql Cm \&:= to prevent such behavior. For example, .Bd -literal -offset indent LIST= uno due tre quattro RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox} STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox} all: @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" .Ed may produce output similar to: .Bd -literal -offset indent quattro due tre uno tre due quattro uno due uno quattro tre due uno quattro tre .Ed .It Cm \&:Q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed safely through recursive invocations of .Nm . .It Cm \&:R Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix. -.It Cm \&:gmtime +.It Cm \&:range[=count] +The value is an integer sequence representing the words of the original +value, or the supplied +.Va count . +.It Cm \&:gmtime[=utc] The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , -using the current +using .Xr gmtime 3 . +If a +.Va utc +value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. .It Cm \&:hash Compute a 32-bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits. -.It Cm \&:localtime +.It Cm \&:localtime[=utc] The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , -using the current +using .Xr localtime 3 . +If a +.Va utc +value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. .It Cm \&:tA Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using .Xr realpath 3 , if that fails, the value is unchanged. .It Cm \&:tl Converts variable to lower-case letters. .It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion. This modifier sets the separator to the character .Ar c . If .Ar c is omitted, then no separator is used. The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected. .It Cm \&:tu Converts variable to upper-case letters. .It Cm \&:tW Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). See also .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .It Cm \&:tw Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. See also .Ql Cm \&:[@] . .Sm off .It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on Modify the first occurrence of .Ar old_string in the variable's value, replacing it with .Ar new_string . If a .Ql g is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced. If a .Ql 1 is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word is affected. If a .Ql W is appended to the last slash of the pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). If .Ar old_string begins with a caret .Pq Ql ^ , .Ar old_string is anchored at the beginning of each word. If .Ar old_string ends with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside .Ar new_string , an ampersand .Pq Ql \*[Am] is replaced by .Ar old_string (without any .Ql ^ or .Ql \&$ ) . Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier string. The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on The .Cm \&:C modifier is just like the .Cm \&:S modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being simple strings, are an extended regular expression (see .Xr regex 3 ) string .Ar pattern and an .Xr ed 1 Ns \-style string .Ar replacement . Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern .Ar pattern in each word of the value is substituted with .Ar replacement . The .Ql 1 modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the .Ql g modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the search pattern .Ar pattern as occur in the word or words it is found in; the .Ql W modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Note that .Ql 1 and .Ql g are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can potentially occur within each affected word. .Pp As for the .Cm \&:S modifier, the .Ar pattern and .Ar replacement are subjected to variable expansion before being parsed as regular expressions. .It Cm \&:T Replaces each word in the variable with its last component. .It Cm \&:u Remove adjacent duplicate words (like .Xr uniq 1 ) . .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string .Sm on If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the .Ar true_string , otherwise return the .Ar false_string . Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain variable expansions. A common error is trying to use expressions like .Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no} which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like: .Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != \&"\&":?match:no} . .It Ar :old_string=new_string This is the .At V style variable substitution. It must be the last modifier specified. If .Ar old_string or .Ar new_string do not contain the pattern matching character .Ar % then it is assumed that they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire words may be replaced. Otherwise .Ar % is the substring of .Ar old_string to be replaced in .Ar new_string . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @ .Sm on This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Environment (ODE) make. Unlike .Cm \&.for loops expansion occurs at the time of reference. Assign .Ar temp to each word in the variable and evaluate .Ar string . The ODE convention is that .Ar temp should start and end with a period. For example. .Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@} .Pp However a single character variable is often more readable: .Dl ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@} +.It Cm \&:_[=var] +Save the current variable value in +.Ql $_ +or the named +.Va var +for later reference. +Example usage: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000 +M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \&\\ +\\* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh + +.Dv .if ${VERSION:${M_cmpv}} < ${3.1.12:L:${M_cmpv}} + +.Ed +Here +.Ql $_ +is used to save the result of the +.Ql :S +modifier which is later referenced using the index values from +.Ql :range . .It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval If the variable is undefined .Ar newval is the value. If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned. This is another ODE make feature. It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance: .Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}} If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use: .Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval} .It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval If the variable is defined .Ar newval is the value. .It Cm \&:L The name of the variable is the value. .It Cm \&:P The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the value. If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of the variable is used. In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency. .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&! .Sm on The output of running .Ar cmd is the value. .It Cm \&:sh If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output becomes the new value. .It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str The variable is assigned the value .Ar str after substitution. This modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed. These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep .Nm happy. .Pp The .Ql Cm \&:: helps avoid false matches with the .At V style .Cm \&:= modifier and since substitution always occurs the .Cm \&::= form is vaguely appropriate. .It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str As for .Cm \&::= but only if the variable does not already have a value. .It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str Append .Ar str to the variable. .It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd Assign the output of .Ar cmd to the variable. .It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&] Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other operations related to the way in which the value is divided into words. .Pp Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Some modifiers suppress this behavior, causing a value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space, is treated as a single word. For the purposes of the .Ql Cm \&:[] modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards using negative integers (where index \-1 represents the last word). .Pp The .Ar range is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is then interpreted as follows: .Bl -tag -width index .\" :[n] .It Ar index Selects a single word from the value. .\" :[start..end] .It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end Selects all words from .Ar start to .Ar end , inclusive. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[2..-1] selects all words from the second word to the last word. If .Ar start is greater than .Ar end , then the words are output in reverse order. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[-1..1] selects all the words from last to first. .\" :[*] .It Cm \&* Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Analogous to the effect of \&"$*\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[0] .It 0 Means the same as .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .\" :[*] .It Cm \&@ Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Analogous to the effect of \&"$@\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[#] .It Cm \&# Returns the number of words in the value. .El \" :[range] .El .Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent of the C programming language are provided in .Nm . All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single dot .Pq Ql \&. character. Files are included with either .Cm \&.include Aq Ar file or .Cm \&.include Pf \*q Ar file Ns \*q . Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file name. If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in the system makefile directory. If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the .Fl I option are searched before the system makefile directory. For compatibility with other versions of .Nm .Ql include file ... is also accepted. .Pp If the include statement is written as .Cm .-include or as .Cm .sinclude then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored. .Pp If the include statement is written as .Cm .dinclude not only are errors locating and/or opening include files ignored, but stale dependencies within the included file will be ignored just like .Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE . .Pp Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first character of a line. The possible conditionals are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic .error Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number, then .Nm will exit. .It Ic .export Ar variable ... Export the specified global variable. If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables (those that start with .Ql \&. ) . This is not affected by the .Fl X flag, so should be used with caution. For compatibility with other .Nm programs .Ql export variable=value is also accepted. .Pp Appending a variable name to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED is equivalent to exporting a variable. .It Ic .export-env Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export , except that the variable is not appended to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . This allows exporting a value to the environment which is different from that used by .Nm internally. .It Ic .export-literal Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export-env , except that variables in the value are not expanded. .It Ic .info Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic .undef Ar variable Un-define the specified global variable. Only global variables may be un-defined. .It Ic .unexport Ar variable ... The opposite of .Ql .export . The specified global .Va variable will be removed from .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported, and .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED deleted. .It Ic .unexport-env Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environment inherited from the parent. This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment, so should be used sparingly. Testing for .Va .MAKE.LEVEL being 0, would make sense. Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment should be explicitly preserved if desired. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 PATH := ${PATH} .Li .unexport-env .Li .export PATH .Li .endif .Pp .Ed Would result in an environment containing only .Ql Ev PATH , which is the minimal useful environment. Actually .Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL will also be pushed into the new environment. .It Ic .warning Ar message The message prefixed by .Ql Pa warning: is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... Test the value of an expression. .It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .else Reverse the sense of the last conditional. .It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .if . .It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifdef . .It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifndef . .It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifmake . .It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifnmake . .It Ic .endif End the body of the conditional. .El .Pp The .Ar operator may be any one of the following: .Bl -tag -width "Cm XX" .It Cm \&|\&| Logical OR. .It Cm \&\*[Am]\*[Am] Logical .Tn AND ; of higher precedence than .Dq \&|\&| . .El .Pp As in C, .Nm will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine its value. Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation. The boolean operator .Ql Ic \&! may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than .Ql Ic \&\*[Am]\*[Am] . .Pp The value of .Ar expression may be any of the following: .Bl -tag -width defined .It Ic defined Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable has been defined. .It Ic make Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target was specified as part of .Nm Ns 's command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly, see .Va .MAIN ) before the line containing the conditional. .It Ic empty Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string. .It Ic exists Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists. The file is searched for on the system search path (see .Va .PATH ) . .It Ic target Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined. .It Ic commands Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined and has commands associated with it. .El .Pp .Ar Expression may also be an arithmetic or string comparison. Variable expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral values are compared. A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported. The standard C relational operators are all supported. If after variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a .Ql Ic == or .Ql Ic "!=" operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed between the expanded variables. If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case of a string comparison. .Pp When .Nm is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the .Dq make or .Dq defined expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional. If the form is .Ql Ic .ifdef , .Ql Ic .ifndef , or .Ql Ic .if the .Dq defined expression is applied. Similarly, if the form is .Ql Ic .ifmake or .Ql Ic .ifnmake , the .Dq make expression is applied. .Pp If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a .Ql Ic .else or .Ql Ic .endif is found. .Pp For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files. The syntax of a for loop is: .Pp .Bl -tag -compact -width Ds .It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression .It Aq make-rules .It Ic \&.endfor .El .Pp After the for .Ic expression is evaluated, it is split into words. On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each .Ic variable , in order, and these .Ic variables are substituted into the .Ic make-rules inside the body of the for loop. The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple of three. .Sh COMMENTS Comments begin with a hash .Pq Ql \&# character, anywhere but in a shell command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line. .Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES) .Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx .It Ic .EXEC Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway. .It Ic .IGNORE Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash .Pq Ql \- . .\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE .\" XXX .\" .It Ic .JOIN .\" XXX .It Ic .MADE Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date. .It Ic .MAKE Execute the commands associated with this target even if the .Fl n or .Fl t options were specified. Normally used to mark recursive .Nm Ns s . .It Ic .META Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL . Usage in conjunction with .Ic .MAKE is the most likely case. In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-date if the meta file is missing. .It Ic .NOMETA Do not create a meta file for the target. Meta files are also not created for .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL targets. .It Ic .NOMETA_CMP Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date. This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes. If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date. The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable .Va .OODATE , which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired: .Bd -literal -offset indent skip-compare-for-some: @echo this will be compared @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} @echo this will also be compared .Ed The .Cm \&:M pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted variable. .It Ic .NOPATH Do not search for the target in the directories specified by .Ic .PATH . .It Ic .NOTMAIN Normally .Nm selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built if no target was specified. This source prevents this target from being selected. .It Ic .OPTIONAL If a target is marked with this attribute and .Nm can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't needed or already exists. .It Ic .PHONY The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the .Fl t option. Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to .Ic .PHONY targets. .It Ic .PRECIOUS When .Nm is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets. This source prevents the target from being removed. .It Ic .RECURSIVE Synonym for .Ic .MAKE . .It Ic .SILENT Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign .Pq Ql @ . .It Ic .USE Turn the target into .Nm Ns 's version of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for .Ic .USE ) of the source. If the target already has commands, the .Ic .USE target's commands are appended to them. .It Ic .USEBEFORE Exactly like .Ic .USE , but prepend the .Ic .USEBEFORE target commands to the target. .It Ic .WAIT If .Ic .WAIT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line. Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they are needed for another branch of the dependency tree. So given: .Bd -literal x: a .WAIT b echo x a: echo a b: b1 echo b b1: echo b1 .Ed the output is always .Ql a , .Ql b1 , .Ql b , .Ql x . .br The ordering imposed by .Ic .WAIT is only relevant for parallel makes. .El .Sh SPECIAL TARGETS Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be the only target specified. .Bl -tag -width .BEGINx .It Ic .BEGIN Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. .It Ic .DEFAULT This is sort of a .Ic .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that .Nm can't figure out any other way to create. Only the shell script is used. The .Ic .IMPSRC variable of a target that inherits .Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's commands is set to the target's own name. .It Ic .DELETE_ON_ERROR If this target is present in the makefile, it globally causes make to delete targets whose commands fail. (By default, only targets whose commands are interrupted during execution are deleted. This is the historical behavior.) This setting can be used to help prevent half-finished or malformed targets from being left around and corrupting future rebuilds. .It Ic .END Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything else is done. .It Ic .ERROR Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails. The .Ic .ERROR_TARGET variable is set to the target that failed. See also .Ic MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Ic .IGNORE Mark each of the sources with the .Ic .IGNORE attribute. If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the .Fl i option. .It Ic .INTERRUPT If .Nm is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed. .It Ic .MAIN If no target is specified when .Nm is invoked, this target will be built. .It Ic .MAKEFLAGS This target provides a way to specify flags for .Nm when the makefile is used. The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the .Fl f option will have no effect. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode. .It Ic .NOPATH Apply the .Ic .NOPATH attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL Disable parallel mode. .It Ic .NO_PARALLEL Synonym for .Ic .NOTPARALLEL , for compatibility with other pmake variants. .It Ic .OBJDIR The source is a new value for .Ql Va .OBJDIR . If it exists, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to it and update the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR . .It Ic .ORDER The named targets are made in sequence. This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made. Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself could be built, unless .Ql a is built by another part of the dependency graph, the following is a dependency loop: .Bd -literal \&.ORDER: b a b: a .Ed .Pp The ordering imposed by .Ic .ORDER is only relevant for parallel makes. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .PARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode. .It Ic .PATH The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not found in the current directory. If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are deleted. If the source is the special .Ic .DOTLAST target, then the current working directory is searched last. .It Ic .PATH. Ns Va suffix Like .Ic .PATH but applies only to files with a particular suffix. The suffix must have been previously declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Ic .PHONY Apply the .Ic .PHONY attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .PRECIOUS Apply the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute is applied to every target in the file. .It Ic .SHELL Sets the shell that .Nm will use to execute commands. The sources are a set of .Ar field=value pairs. .Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls .It Ar name This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the built-in shell specs; .Ar sh , .Ar ksh , and .Ar csh . .It Ar path Specifies the path to the shell. .It Ar hasErrCtl Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error. .It Ar check The command to turn on error checking. .It Ar ignore The command to disable error checking. .It Ar echo The command to turn on echoing of commands executed. .It Ar quiet The command to turn off echoing of commands executed. .It Ar filter The output to filter after issuing the .Ar quiet command. It is typically identical to .Ar quiet . .It Ar errFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking. .It Ar echoFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing. .It Ar newline The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline character when used outside of any quoting characters. .El Example: .Bd -literal \&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \e check="set \-e" ignore="set +e" \e echo="set \-v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \e echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\en'" .Ed .It Ic .SILENT Apply the .Ic .SILENT attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .SILENT attribute is applied to every command in the file. .It Ic .STALE This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having .Va .ALLSRC set to the name of that dependency file. .It Ic .SUFFIXES Each source specifies a suffix to .Nm . If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted. It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules. .Pp Example: .Bd -literal \&.SUFFIXES: .o \&.c.o: cc \-o ${.TARGET} \-c ${.IMPSRC} .Ed .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT .Nm uses the following environment variables, if they exist: .Ev MACHINE , .Ev MACHINE_ARCH , .Ev MAKE , .Ev MAKEFLAGS , .Ev MAKEOBJDIR , .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX , .Ev MAKESYSPATH , .Ev PWD , and .Ev TMPDIR . .Pp .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and .Ev MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on the command line to .Nm and not as makefile variables; see the description of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for more details. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/mk -compact .It .depend list of dependencies .It Makefile list of dependencies .It makefile list of dependencies .It sys.mk system makefile .It /usr/share/mk system makefile directory .El .Sh COMPATIBILITY The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make; however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not. .Ss Older versions An incomplete list of changes in older versions of .Nm : .Pp The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after NetBSD 5.0 so that they still appear to be variable expansions. In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems using them in .if statements. .Pp The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in NetBSD 4.0 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes. The algorithms used may change again in the future. .Ss Other make dialects Other make dialects (GNU make, SVR4 make, POSIX make, etc.) do not support most of the features of .Nm as described in this manual. Most notably: .Bl -bullet -offset indent .It The .Ic .WAIT and .Ic .ORDER declarations and most functionality pertaining to parallelization. (GNU make supports parallelization but lacks these features needed to control it effectively.) .It Directives, including for loops and conditionals and most of the forms of include files. (GNU make has its own incompatible and less powerful syntax for conditionals.) .It All built-in variables that begin with a dot. .It Most of the special sources and targets that begin with a dot, with the notable exception of .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .PRECIOUS , and .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Variable modifiers, except for the .Dl :old=new string substitution, which does not portably support globbing with .Ql % and historically only works on declared suffixes. .It The .Ic $> variable even in its short form; most makes support this functionality but its name varies. .El .Pp Some features are somewhat more portable, such as assignment with .Ic += , .Ic ?= , and .Ic != . The .Ic .PATH functionality is based on an older feature .Ic VPATH found in GNU make and many versions of SVR4 make; however, historically its behavior is too ill-defined (and too buggy) to rely upon. .Pp The .Ic $@ and .Ic $< variables are more or less universally portable, as is the .Ic $(MAKE) variable. Basic use of suffix rules (for files only in the current directory, not trying to chain transformations together, etc.) is also reasonably portable. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mkdep 1 .Sh HISTORY .Nm is derived from NetBSD .Xr make 1 . It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms. .Pp A make command appeared in .At v7 . This make implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at Berkeley. It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different machines using a daemon called .Dq customs . .Pp Historically the target/dependency .Dq FRC has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency does not exist... unless someone creates an .Dq FRC file). .Sh BUGS The make syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data. For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field. In many places make just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion. .Pp There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename. Index: head/contrib/bmake/bmake.cat1 =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/bmake.cat1 (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/bmake.cat1 (revision 314808) @@ -1,1509 +1,1526 @@ BMAKE(1) NetBSD General Commands Manual BMAKE(1) NNAAMMEE bbmmaakkee -- maintain program dependencies SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS bbmmaakkee [--BBeeiikkNNnnqqrrssttWWwwXX] [--CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [--dd _f_l_a_g_s] [--ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e] [--II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e] [--jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s] [--mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--TT _f_i_l_e] [--VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e] [_t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN bbmmaakkee is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other pro- grams. Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs and other files depend. If no --ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e makefile option is given, bbmmaakkee will try to open `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' then `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' in order to find the specifications. If the file `_._d_e_p_e_n_d' exists, it is read (see mkdep(1)). This manual page is intended as a reference document only. For a more thorough description of bbmmaakkee and makefiles, please refer to _P_M_a_k_e _- _A _T_u_t_o_r_i_a_l. bbmmaakkee will prepend the contents of the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them. The options are as follows: --BB Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence. --CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y Change to _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y before reading the makefiles or doing any- thing else. If multiple --CC options are specified, each is inter- preted relative to the previous one: --CC _/ --CC _e_t_c is equivalent to --CC _/_e_t_c. --DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e Define _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to be 1, in the global context. --dd _[_-_]_f_l_a_g_s Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of bbmmaakkee are to print debugging information. Unless the flags are preceded by `-' they are added to the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes. By default, debugging information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed using the _F debugging flag. The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output, then the standard out- put is line buffered. _F_l_a_g_s is one or more of the following: _A Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags. _a Print debugging information about archive searching and caching. _C Print debugging information about current working direc- tory. _c Print debugging information about conditional evaluation. _d Print debugging information about directory searching and caching. _e Print debugging information about failed commands and targets. _F[++]_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e Specify where debugging output is written. This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the argument. If the character immediately after the `F' flag is `+', then the file will be opened in append mode; otherwise the file will be overwritten. If the file name is `stdout' or `stderr' then debugging output will be written to the standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively (and the `+' option has no effect). Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file. If the file name ends `.%d' then the `%d' is replaced by the pid. _f Print debugging information about loop evaluation. _g_1 Print the input graph before making anything. _g_2 Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting on error. _g_3 Print the input graph before exiting on error. _j Print debugging information about running multiple shells. _l Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by `@' or other "quiet" flags. Also known as "loud" behavior. _M Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets. _m Print debugging information about making targets, includ- ing modification dates. _n Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands. These temporary scripts are created in the directory referred to by the TMPDIR environment vari- able, or in _/_t_m_p if TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty string. The temporary scripts are created by mkstemp(3), and have names of the form _m_a_k_e_X_X_X_X_X_X. _N_O_T_E: This can create many files in TMPDIR or _/_t_m_p, so use with care. _p Print debugging information about makefile parsing. _s Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules. _t Print debugging information about target list mainte- nance. _V Force the --VV option to print raw values of variables. _v Print debugging information about variable assignment. _x Run shell commands with --xx so the actual commands are printed as they are executed. --ee Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within makefiles. --ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e Specify a makefile to read instead of the default `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e'. If _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e is `--', standard input is read. Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified. --II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles. The system makefile directory (or directories, see the --mm option) is automatically included as part of this list. --ii Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile. Equiva- lent to specifying `--' before each command line in the makefile. --JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e This option should _n_o_t be specified by the user. When the _j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system. --jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s Specify the maximum number of jobs that bbmmaakkee may have running at any one time. The value is saved in _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_S. Turns compati- bility mode off, unless the _B flag is also specified. When com- patibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the tradi- tional one shell invocation per line. This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line. It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on. --kk Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error. --mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included via the <_f_i_l_e>-style include statement. The --mm option can be used multiple times to form a search path. This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk. Fur- thermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used for "_f_i_l_e"-style include statements (see the --II option). If a file or directory name in the --mm argument (or the MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string ".../" then bbmmaakkee will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part of the argument string. The search starts with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the file system. If the search is success- ful, then the resulting directory replaces the ".../" specifica- tion in the --mm argument. If used, this feature allows bbmmaakkee to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files (e.g., by using ".../mk/sys.mk" as an argument). --nn Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE spe- cial source (see below). --NN Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles without descending into subdirectories. --qq Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are up-to-date and 1, otherwise. --rr Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile. --ss Do not echo any commands as they are executed. Equivalent to specifying `@@' before each command line in the makefile. --TT _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e When used with the --jj flag, append a trace record to _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e for each job started and completed. --tt Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it or update its modification time to make it appear up- to-date. --VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e Print bbmmaakkee's idea of the value of _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e, in the global con- text. Do not build any targets. Multiple instances of this option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable. If _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e contains a `$' then the value will be expanded before printing. --WW Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors. --ww Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post pro- cessing. --XX Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environ- ment individually. Variables passed on the command line are still exported via the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable. This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the size of command arguments. _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e Set the value of the variable _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to _v_a_l_u_e. Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes in the environment. The --XX flag disables this behavior. Vari- able assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility but no ordering is enforced. There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements, conditional directives, for loops, and comments. In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending them with a backslash (`\'). The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space. FFIILLEE DDEEPPEENNDDEENNCCYY SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or more sources. This creates a relationship where the targets ``depend'' on the sources and are usually created from them. The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined by the operator that sep- arates them. The three operators are as follows: :: A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than those of any of its sources. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if bbmmaakkee is interrupted. !! Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been examined and re-created as necessary. Sources for a target accumu- late over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if bbmmaakkee is interrupted. :::: If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created. Oth- erwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has been modified more recently than the target. Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target will not be removed if bbmmaakkee is interrupted. Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values `?', `*', `[]', and `{}'. The values `?', `*', and `[]' may only be used as part of the final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing files. The value `{}' need not necessarily be used to describe existing files. Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell. SSHHEELLLL CCOOMMMMAANNDDSS Each target may have associated with it one or more lines of shell com- mands, normally used to create the target. Each of the lines in this script _m_u_s_t be preceded by a tab. (For historical reasons, spaces are not accepted.) While targets can appear in many dependency lines if desired, by default only one of these rules may be followed by a creation script. If the `::::' operator is used, however, all rules may include scripts and the scripts are executed in the order found. Each line is treated as a separate shell command, unless the end of line is escaped with a backslash (`\') in which case that line and the next are combined. If the first characters of the command are any combination of `@@', `++', or `--', the command is treated specially. A `@@' causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed. A `++' causes the command to be executed even when --nn is given. This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a sin- gle line of a script. A `--' in compatibility mode causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored. When bbmmaakkee is run in jobs mode with --jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s, the entire script for the target is fed to a single instance of the shell. In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process. If the com- mand contains any shell meta characters (`#=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\\n') it will be passed to the shell; otherwise bbmmaakkee will attempt direct execu- tion. If a line starts with `--' and the shell has ErrCtl enabled then failure of the command line will be ignored as in compatibility mode. Otherwise `--' affects the entire job; the script will stop at the first command line that fails, but the target will not be deemed to have failed. Makefiles should be written so that the mode of bbmmaakkee operation does not change their behavior. For example, any command which needs to use ``cd'' or ``chdir'' without potentially changing the directory for subse- quent commands should be put in parentheses so it executes in a subshell. To force the use of one shell, escape the line breaks so as to make the whole script one command. For example: avoid-chdir-side-effects: @echo Building $@ in `pwd` @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@) @echo Back in `pwd` ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode: @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \ (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@); \ echo Back in `pwd` Since bbmmaakkee will chdir(2) to `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' before executing any targets, each child process starts with that as its current working directory. VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradi- tion, consist of all upper-case letters. VVaarriiaabbllee aassssiiggnnmmeenntt mmooddiiffiieerrss The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as follows: == Assign the value to the variable. Any previous value is overrid- den. ++== Append the value to the current value of the variable. ??== Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined. ::== Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it to the variable. Normally, expansion is not done until the vari- able is referenced. _N_O_T_E: References to undefined variables are _n_o_t expanded. This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used. !!== Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign the result to the variable. Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces. Any white-space before the assigned _v_a_l_u_e is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value. Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly braces (`{}') or parentheses (`()') and preceding it with a dollar sign (`$'). If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surround- ing braces or parentheses are not required. This shorter form is not recommended. If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first. This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names con- taining dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided! If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign (`$') the string is expanded again. Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where the variable is being used. 1. Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read. 2. Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is executed. 3. ``.for'' loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration. Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the fol- lowing example code: .for i in 1 2 3 a+= ${i} j= ${i} b+= ${j} .endfor all: @echo ${a} @echo ${b} will print: 1 2 3 3 3 3 Because while ${a} contains ``1 2 3'' after the loop is executed, ${b} contains ``${j} ${j} ${j}'' which expands to ``3 3 3'' since after the loop completes ${j} contains ``3''. VVaarriiaabbllee ccllaasssseess The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing prece- dence) are: Environment variables Variables defined as part of bbmmaakkee's environment. Global variables Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles. Command line variables Variables defined as part of the command line. Local variables Variables that are defined specific to a certain target. Local variables are all built in and their values vary magically from target to target. It is not currently possible to define new local vari- ables. The seven local variables are as follows: _._A_L_L_S_R_C The list of all sources for this target; also known as `_>'. _._A_R_C_H_I_V_E The name of the archive file; also known as `_!'. _._I_M_P_S_R_C In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the ``implied'' source); also known as `_<'. It is not defined in explicit rules. _._M_E_M_B_E_R The name of the archive member; also known as `_%'. _._O_O_D_A_T_E The list of sources for this target that were deemed out- of-date; also known as `_?'. _._P_R_E_F_I_X The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix or preceding directory components; also known as `_*'. The suffix must be one of the known suffixes declared with ..SSUUFFFFIIXXEESS or it will not be recog- nized. _._T_A_R_G_E_T The name of the target; also known as `_@'. For compati- bility with other makes this is an alias for ..AARRCCHHIIVVEE in archive member rules. The shorter forms (`_>', `_!', `_<', `_%', `_?', `_*', and `_@') are permitted for backward compatibility with historical makefiles and legacy POSIX make and are not recommended. Variants of these variables with the punctuation followed immediately by `D' or `F', e.g. `_$_(_@_D_)', are legacy forms equivalent to using the `:H' and `:T' modifiers. These forms are accepted for compatibility with AT&T System V UNIX makefiles and POSIX but are not recommended. Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line. These variables are `_._T_A_R_G_E_T', `_._P_R_E_F_I_X', `_._A_R_C_H_I_V_E', and `_._M_E_M_B_E_R'. AAddddiittiioonnaall bbuuiilltt--iinn vvaarriiaabblleess In addition, bbmmaakkee sets or knows about the following variables: _$ A single dollar sign `$', i.e. `$$' expands to a single dollar sign. _._A_L_L_T_A_R_G_E_T_S The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile. If evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those tar- gets encountered thus far. _._C_U_R_D_I_R A path to the directory where bbmmaakkee was executed. Refer to the description of `PWD' for more details. _._I_N_C_L_U_D_E_D_F_R_O_M_D_I_R The directory of the file this Makefile was included from. _._I_N_C_L_U_D_E_D_F_R_O_M_F_I_L_E The filename of the file this Makefile was included from. MAKE The name that bbmmaakkee was executed with (_a_r_g_v_[_0_]). For compatibility bbmmaakkee also sets _._M_A_K_E with the same value. The preferred variable to use is the environment variable MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of bbmmaakkee and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name. _._M_A_K_E_._D_E_P_E_N_D_F_I_L_E Names the makefile (default `_._d_e_p_e_n_d') from which gener- ated dependencies are read. _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_A_N_D___V_A_R_I_A_B_L_E_S A boolean that controls the default behavior of the --VV option. _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D The list of variables exported by bbmmaakkee. _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_S The argument to the --jj option. _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X If bbmmaakkee is run with _j then output for each target is prefixed with a token `--- target ---' the first part of which can be controlled via _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X. If _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X is empty, no token is printed. For example: .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}] would produce tokens like `---make[1234] target ---' mak- ing it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved. MAKEFLAGS The environment variable `MAKEFLAGS' may contain anything that may be specified on bbmmaakkee's command line. Anything specified on bbmmaakkee's command line is appended to the `MAKEFLAGS' variable which is then entered into the envi- ronment for all programs which bbmmaakkee executes. _._M_A_K_E_._L_E_V_E_L The recursion depth of bbmmaakkee. The initial instance of bbmmaakkee will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment to be seen by the next generation. This allows tests like: .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of bbmmaakkee. _._M_A_K_E_._M_A_K_E_F_I_L_E___P_R_E_F_E_R_E_N_C_E The ordered list of makefile names (default `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e', `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e') that bbmmaakkee will look for. _._M_A_K_E_._M_A_K_E_F_I_L_E_S The list of makefiles read by bbmmaakkee, which is useful for tracking dependencies. Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read. _._M_A_K_E_._M_O_D_E Processed after reading all makefiles. Can affect the mode that bbmmaakkee runs in. It can contain a number of key- words: _c_o_m_p_a_t Like --BB, puts bbmmaakkee into "compat" mode. _m_e_t_a Puts bbmmaakkee into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each tar- get to capture the command run, the output generated and if filemon(4) is available, the system calls which are of interest to bbmmaakkee. The cap- tured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors. _c_u_r_d_i_r_O_k_= _b_f Normally bbmmaakkee will not create .meta files in `_._C_U_R_D_I_R'. This can be overridden by setting _b_f to a value which represents True. _m_i_s_s_i_n_g_-_m_e_t_a_= _b_f If _b_f is True, then a missing .meta file makes the target out-of-date. _m_i_s_s_i_n_g_-_f_i_l_e_m_o_n_= _b_f If _b_f is True, then missing filemon data makes the target out-of-date. _n_o_f_i_l_e_m_o_n Do not use filemon(4). _e_n_v For debugging, it can be useful to include the environment in the .meta file. _v_e_r_b_o_s_e If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built. This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently. The message printed the value of: _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._P_R_E_F_I_X. _i_g_n_o_r_e_-_c_m_d Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable. This keyword causes them to be ignored for deter- mining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode. See also ..NNOOMMEETTAA__CCMMPP. _s_i_l_e_n_t_= _b_f If _b_f is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target ..SSIILLEENNTT. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._B_A_I_L_I_W_I_C_K In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match the directories controlled by bbmmaakkee. If a file that was generated outside of _._O_B_J_D_I_R but within said bailiwick is missing, the current target is considered out-of-date. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._C_R_E_A_T_E_D In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files updated. If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._F_I_L_E_S. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._F_I_L_E_S In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files used (updated or not). This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency informa- tion. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._I_G_N_O_R_E___P_A_T_H_S Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored; because the contents are expected to change over time. The default list includes: `_/_d_e_v _/_e_t_c _/_p_r_o_c _/_t_m_p _/_v_a_r_/_r_u_n _/_v_a_r_/_t_m_p' _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._I_G_N_O_R_E___P_A_T_T_E_R_N_S Provides a list of patterns to match against pathnames. Ignore any that match. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._I_G_N_O_R_E___F_I_L_T_E_R Provides a list of variable modifiers to apply to each pathname. Ignore if the expansion is an empty string. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._P_R_E_F_I_X Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode. The default value is: Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T} _._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of `MAKEFLAGS'. This behavior can be disabled by assigning an empty value to `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S' within a makefile. Extra variables can be exported from a makefile by appending their names to `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S'. `MAKEFLAGS' is re-exported whenever `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S' is modified. _._M_A_K_E_._P_A_T_H___F_I_L_E_M_O_N If bbmmaakkee was built with filemon(4) support, this is set to the path of the device node. This allows makefiles to test for this support. _._M_A_K_E_._P_I_D The process-id of bbmmaakkee. _._M_A_K_E_._P_P_I_D The parent process-id of bbmmaakkee. _._M_A_K_E_._S_A_V_E___D_O_L_L_A_R_S value should be a boolean that controls whether `$$' are preserved when doing `:=' assignments. The default is false, for backwards compatibility. Set to true for com- patability with other makes. If set to false, `$$' becomes `$' per normal evaluation rules. _M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R When bbmmaakkee stops due to an error, it sets `_._E_R_R_O_R___T_A_R_G_E_T' to the name of the target that failed, `_._E_R_R_O_R___C_M_D' to the commands of the failed target, and in "meta" mode, it also sets `_._E_R_R_O_R___C_W_D' to the getcwd(3), and `_._E_R_R_O_R___M_E_T_A___F_I_L_E' to the path of the meta file (if any) describing the failed target. It then prints its name and the value of `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' as well as the value of any variables named in `_M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R'. _._n_e_w_l_i_n_e This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value. This allows expansions using the ::@@ modifier to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather than a space. For example, the printing of `_M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R' could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}. _._O_B_J_D_I_R A path to the directory where the targets are built. Its value is determined by trying to chdir(2) to the follow- ing directories in order and using the first match: 1. ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR} (Only if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set in the environ- ment or on the command line.) 2. ${MAKEOBJDIR} (Only if `MAKEOBJDIR' is set in the environment or on the command line.) 3. ${.CURDIR}_/_o_b_j_.${MACHINE} 4. ${.CURDIR}_/_o_b_j 5. _/_u_s_r_/_o_b_j_/${.CURDIR} 6. ${.CURDIR} Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used, so expressions such as ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,} may be used. This is especially useful with `MAKEOBJDIR'. `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' may be modified in the makefile via the special target `..OOBBJJDDIIRR'. In all cases, bbmmaakkee will chdir(2) to the specified directory if it exists, and set `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' and `PWD' to that directory before executing any targets. _._P_A_R_S_E_D_I_R A path to the directory of the current `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' being parsed. _._P_A_R_S_E_F_I_L_E The basename of the current `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' being parsed. This variable and `_._P_A_R_S_E_D_I_R' are both set only while the `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e_s' are being parsed. If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable using assignment with expansion: (`::=='). _._P_A_T_H A variable that represents the list of directories that bbmmaakkee will search for files. The search list should be updated using the target `_._P_A_T_H' rather than the vari- able. PWD Alternate path to the current directory. bbmmaakkee normally sets `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' to the canonical path given by getcwd(3). However, if the environment variable `PWD' is set and gives a path to the current directory, then bbmmaakkee sets `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' to the value of `PWD' instead. This behavior is disabled if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set or `MAKEOBJDIR' contains a variable transform. `PWD' is set to the value of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' for all programs which bbmmaakkee executes. .TARGETS The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any. VPATH Colon-separated (``:'') lists of directories that bbmmaakkee will search for files. The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only, use `_._P_A_T_H' instead. VVaarriiaabbllee mmooddiiffiieerrss Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the variable (where a ``word'' is white-space delimited sequence of charac- ters). The general format of a variable expansion is as follows: ${variable[:modifier[:...]]} Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows: modifier_variable=modifier[:...] ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]} In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable. If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign (`$'), these must be doubled to avoid early expansion. The supported modifiers are: ::EE Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix. ::HH Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last com- ponent. ::MM_p_a_t_t_e_r_n Select only those words that match _p_a_t_t_e_r_n. The standard shell wildcard characters (`*', `?', and `[]') may be used. The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). As a consequence of the way values are split into words, matched, and then joined, a construct like ${VAR:M*} will normalize the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces to single spaces. ::NN_p_a_t_t_e_r_n This is identical to `::MM', but selects all words which do not match _p_a_t_t_e_r_n. ::OO Order every word in variable alphabetically. To sort words in reverse order use the `::OO::[[--11....11]]' combination of modifiers. ::OOxx Randomize words in variable. The results will be different each time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment with expansion (`::==') to prevent such behavior. For example, LIST= uno due tre quattro RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox} STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox} all: @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" may produce output similar to: quattro due tre uno tre due quattro uno due uno quattro tre due uno quattro tre ::QQ Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed safely through recursive invocations of bbmmaakkee. ::RR Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix. - ::ggmmttiimmee - The value is a format string for strftime(3), using the current - gmtime(3). + ::rraannggee[[==ccoouunntt]] + The value is an integer sequence representing the words of the orig- + inal value, or the supplied _c_o_u_n_t. + ::ggmmttiimmee[[==uuttcc]] + The value is a format string for strftime(3), using gmtime(3). If a + _u_t_c value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. + ::hhaasshh Compute a 32-bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits. - ::llooccaallttiimmee - The value is a format string for strftime(3), using the current - localtime(3). + ::llooccaallttiimmee[[==uuttcc]] + The value is a format string for strftime(3), using localtime(3). + If a _u_t_c value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. ::ttAA Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using realpath(3), if that fails, the value is unchanged. ::ttll Converts variable to lower-case letters. ::ttss_c Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expan- sion. This modifier sets the separator to the character _c. If _c is omitted, then no separator is used. The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected. ::ttuu Converts variable to upper-case letters. ::ttWW Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). See also `::[[**]]'. ::ttww Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. See also `::[[@@]]'. ::SS/_o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g/_n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g/[11ggWW] Modify the first occurrence of _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g in the variable's value, replacing it with _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g. If a `g' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced. If a `1' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word is affected. If a `W' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly con- taining embedded white space). If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g begins with a caret (`^'), _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g is anchored at the beginning of each word. If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g ends with a dollar sign (`$'), it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g, an ampersand (`&') is replaced by _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g (without any `^' or `$'). Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier string. The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g and _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre- ceding dollar sign as is usual. ::CC/_p_a_t_t_e_r_n/_r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t/[11ggWW] The ::CC modifier is just like the ::SS modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being simple strings, are an extended regu- lar expression (see regex(3)) string _p_a_t_t_e_r_n and an ed(1)-style string _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t. Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern _p_a_t_t_e_r_n in each word of the value is substituted with _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t. The `1' modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the `g' modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the search pattern _p_a_t_t_e_r_n as occur in the word or words it is found in; the `W' modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Note that `1' and `g' are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can potentially occur within each affected word. As for the ::SS modifier, the _p_a_t_t_e_r_n and _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t are subjected to variable expansion before being parsed as regular expressions. ::TT Replaces each word in the variable with its last component. ::uu Remove adjacent duplicate words (like uniq(1)). ::??_t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g::_f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if condi- tional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the _t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g, otherwise return the _f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g. Since the variable name is used as the expression, :? must be the first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain variable expansions. A common error is trying to use expressions like ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no} which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like: ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != "":?match:no}. _:_o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g_=_n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g This is the AT&T System V UNIX style variable substitution. It must be the last modifier specified. If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g or _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g do not contain the pattern matching character _% then it is assumed that they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire words may be replaced. Otherwise _% is the substring of _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g to be replaced in _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g. Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g and _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre- ceding dollar sign as is usual. ::@@_t_e_m_p@@_s_t_r_i_n_g@@ This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Envi- ronment (ODE) make. Unlike ..ffoorr loops expansion occurs at the time of reference. Assign _t_e_m_p to each word in the variable and evaluate _s_t_r_i_n_g. The ODE convention is that _t_e_m_p should start and end with a period. For example. ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@} However a single character variable is often more readable: ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@} + ::__[[==vvaarr]] + Save the current variable value in `$_' or the named _v_a_r for later + reference. Example usage: + + M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000 + M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \ + \* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh + + .if ${VERSION:${M_cmpv}} < ${3.1.12:L:${M_cmpv}} + + Here `$_' is used to save the result of the `:S' modifier which is + later referenced using the index values from `:range'. + ::UU_n_e_w_v_a_l If the variable is undefined _n_e_w_v_a_l is the value. If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned. This is another ODE make feature. It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance: ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}} If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use: ${VAR:D:Unewval} ::DD_n_e_w_v_a_l If the variable is defined _n_e_w_v_a_l is the value. ::LL The name of the variable is the value. ::PP The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the value. If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of the variable is used. In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency. ::!!_c_m_d!! The output of running _c_m_d is the value. ::sshh If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output becomes the new value. ::::==_s_t_r The variable is assigned the value _s_t_r after substitution. This modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed. These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep bbmmaakkee happy. The `::::' helps avoid false matches with the AT&T System V UNIX style ::== modifier and since substitution always occurs the ::::== form is vaguely appropriate. ::::??==_s_t_r As for ::::== but only if the variable does not already have a value. ::::++==_s_t_r Append _s_t_r to the variable. ::::!!==_c_m_d Assign the output of _c_m_d to the variable. ::[[_r_a_n_g_e]] Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other opera- tions related to the way in which the value is divided into words. Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Some modifiers suppress this behavior, causing a value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white- space, is treated as a single word. For the purposes of the `::[[]]' modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive inte- gers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards using negative integers (where index -1 represents the last word). The _r_a_n_g_e is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is then interpreted as follows: _i_n_d_e_x Selects a single word from the value. _s_t_a_r_t...._e_n_d Selects all words from _s_t_a_r_t to _e_n_d, inclusive. For example, `::[[22....--11]]' selects all words from the second word to the last word. If _s_t_a_r_t is greater than _e_n_d, then the words are out- put in reverse order. For example, `::[[--11....11]]' selects all the words from last to first. ** Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Analogous to the effect of "$*" in Bourne shell. 0 Means the same as `::[[**]]'. @@ Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Analogous to the effect of "$@" in Bourne shell. ## Returns the number of words in the value. IINNCCLLUUDDEE SSTTAATTEEMMEENNTTSS,, CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNAALLSS AANNDD FFOORR LLOOOOPPSS Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent of the C programming language are provided in bbmmaakkee. All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single dot (`.') character. Files are included with either ..iinncclluuddee <_f_i_l_e> or ..iinncclluuddee "_f_i_l_e". Vari- ables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file name. If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in the system makefile directory. If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the --II option are searched before the system makefile directory. For compatibility with other versions of bbmmaakkee `include file ...' is also accepted. If the include statement is written as ..--iinncclluuddee or as ..ssiinncclluuddee then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored. If the include statement is written as ..ddiinncclluuddee not only are errors locating and/or opening include files ignored, but stale dependencies within the included file will be ignored just like _._M_A_K_E_._D_E_P_E_N_D_F_I_L_E. Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first character of a line. The possible conditionals are as follows: ..eerrrroorr _m_e_s_s_a_g_e The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number, then bbmmaakkee will exit. ..eexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._. Export the specified global variable. If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables (those that start with `.'). This is not affected by the --XX flag, so should be used with caution. For compatibility with other bbmmaakkee programs `export variable=value' is also accepted. Appending a variable name to _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D is equivalent to exporting a variable. ..eexxppoorrtt--eennvv _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._. The same as `.export', except that the variable is not appended to _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D. This allows exporting a value to the environ- ment which is different from that used by bbmmaakkee internally. ..eexxppoorrtt--lliitteerraall _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._. The same as `.export-env', except that variables in the value are not expanded. ..iinnffoo _m_e_s_s_a_g_e The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. ..uunnddeeff _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e Un-define the specified global variable. Only global variables may be un-defined. ..uunneexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._. The opposite of `.export'. The specified global _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e will be removed from _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D. If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported, and _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D deleted. ..uunneexxppoorrtt--eennvv Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environ- ment inherited from the parent. This operation will cause a mem- ory leak of the original environment, so should be used spar- ingly. Testing for _._M_A_K_E_._L_E_V_E_L being 0, would make sense. Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environ- ment should be explicitly preserved if desired. For example: .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 PATH := ${PATH} .unexport-env .export PATH .endif Would result in an environment containing only `PATH', which is the minimal useful environment. Actually `.MAKE.LEVEL' will also be pushed into the new environment. ..wwaarrnniinngg _m_e_s_s_a_g_e The message prefixed by `_w_a_r_n_i_n_g_:' is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. ..iiff [!]_e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n _._._.] Test the value of an expression. ..iiffddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] Test the value of a variable. ..iiffnnddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] Test the value of a variable. ..iiffmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] Test the target being built. ..iiffnnmmaakkee [!] _t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] Test the target being built. ..eellssee Reverse the sense of the last conditional. ..eelliiff [!] _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiff'. ..eelliiffddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffddeeff'. ..eelliiffnnddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffnnddeeff'. ..eelliiffmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffmmaakkee'. ..eelliiffnnmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffnnmmaakkee'. ..eennddiiff End the body of the conditional. The _o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r may be any one of the following: |||| Logical OR. &&&& Logical AND; of higher precedence than ``||''. As in C, bbmmaakkee will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine its value. Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation. The boolean operator `!!' may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than `&&&&'. The value of _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n may be any of the following: ddeeffiinneedd Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable has been defined. mmaakkee Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target was specified as part of bbmmaakkee's command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly, see _._M_A_I_N) before the line containing the conditional. eemmppttyy Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string. eexxiissttss Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists. The file is searched for on the system search path (see _._P_A_T_H). ttaarrggeett Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined. ccoommmmaannddss Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined and has commands associated with it. _E_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n may also be an arithmetic or string comparison. Variable expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral values are compared. A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not sup- ported. The standard C relational operators are all supported. If after variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a `====' or `!!==' operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed between the expanded variables. If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case of a string comparison. When bbmmaakkee is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the ``make'' or ``defined'' expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional. If the form is `..iiffddeeff', `..iiffnnddeeff', or `..iiff' the ``defined'' expression is applied. Similarly, if the form is `..iiffmmaakkee' or `..iiffnnmmaakkee, tthhee' ``make'' expression is applied. If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile contin- ues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a `..eellssee' or `..eennddiiff' is found. For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files. The syntax of a for loop is: ..ffoorr _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] iinn _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n ..eennddffoorr After the for eexxpprreessssiioonn is evaluated, it is split into words. On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each vvaarriiaabbllee, in order, and these vvaarriiaabblleess are substituted into the mmaakkee--rruulleess inside the body of the for loop. The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple of three. CCOOMMMMEENNTTSS Comments begin with a hash (`#') character, anywhere but in a shell com- mand line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line. SSPPEECCIIAALL SSOOUURRCCEESS ((AATTTTRRIIBBUUTTEESS)) ..EEXXEECC Target is never out of date, but always execute commands any- way. ..IIGGNNOORREE Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this tar- get, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash (`-'). ..MMAADDEE Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date. ..MMAAKKEE Execute the commands associated with this target even if the --nn or --tt options were specified. Normally used to mark recursive bbmmaakkees. ..MMEETTAA Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as ..PPHHOONNYY, ..MMAAKKEE, or ..SSPPEECCIIAALL. Usage in conjunction with ..MMAAKKEE is the most likely case. In "meta" mode, the target is out-of- date if the meta file is missing. ..NNOOMMEETTAA Do not create a meta file for the target. Meta files are also not created for ..PPHHOONNYY, ..MMAAKKEE, or ..SSPPEECCIIAALL targets. ..NNOOMMEETTAA__CCMMPP Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date. This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes. If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date. The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable _._O_O_D_A_T_E, which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired: skip-compare-for-some: @echo this will be compared @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} @echo this will also be compared The ::MM pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted vari- able. ..NNOOPPAATTHH Do not search for the target in the directories specified by ..PPAATTHH. ..NNOOTTMMAAIINN Normally bbmmaakkee selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built if no target was specified. This source prevents this target from being selected. ..OOPPTTIIOONNAALL If a target is marked with this attribute and bbmmaakkee can't fig- ure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't needed or already exists. ..PPHHOONNYY The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the --tt option. Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to ..PPHHOONNYY targets. ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS When bbmmaakkee is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets. This source prevents the target from being removed. ..RREECCUURRSSIIVVEE Synonym for ..MMAAKKEE. ..SSIILLEENNTT Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign (`@'). ..UUSSEE Turn the target into bbmmaakkee's version of a macro. When the tar- get is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for ..UUSSEE) of the source. If the target already has commands, the ..UUSSEE target's commands are appended to them. ..UUSSEEBBEEFFOORREE Exactly like ..UUSSEE, but prepend the ..UUSSEEBBEEFFOORREE target commands to the target. ..WWAAIITT If ..WWAAIITT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line. Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they are needed for another branch of the depen- dency tree. So given: x: a .WAIT b echo x a: echo a b: b1 echo b b1: echo b1 the output is always `a', `b1', `b', `x'. The ordering imposed by ..WWAAIITT is only relevant for parallel makes. SSPPEECCIIAALL TTAARRGGEETTSS Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be the only target specified. ..BBEEGGIINN Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. ..DDEEFFAAUULLTT This is sort of a ..UUSSEE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that bbmmaakkee can't figure out any other way to cre- ate. Only the shell script is used. The ..IIMMPPSSRRCC variable of a target that inherits ..DDEEFFAAUULLTT's commands is set to the target's own name. ..DDEELLEETTEE__OONN__EERRRROORR If this target is present in the makefile, it globally causes make to delete targets whose commands fail. (By default, only targets whose commands are interrupted during execution are deleted. This is the historical behavior.) This setting can be used to help prevent half-finished or malformed targets from being left around and corrupting future rebuilds. ..EENNDD Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything else is done. ..EERRRROORR Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails. The ..EERRRROORR__TTAARRGGEETT variable is set to the target that failed. See also MMAAKKEE__PPRRIINNTT__VVAARR__OONN__EERRRROORR. ..IIGGNNOORREE Mark each of the sources with the ..IIGGNNOORREE attribute. If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the --ii option. ..IINNTTEERRRRUUPPTT If bbmmaakkee is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed. ..MMAAIINN If no target is specified when bbmmaakkee is invoked, this target will be built. ..MMAAKKEEFFLLAAGGSS This target provides a way to specify flags for bbmmaakkee when the makefile is used. The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the --ff option will have no effect. ..NNOOPPAATTHH Apply the ..NNOOPPAATTHH attribute to any specified sources. ..NNOOTTPPAARRAALLLLEELL Disable parallel mode. ..NNOO__PPAARRAALLLLEELL Synonym for ..NNOOTTPPAARRAALLLLEELL, for compatibility with other pmake variants. ..OOBBJJDDIIRR The source is a new value for `_._O_B_J_D_I_R'. If it exists, bbmmaakkee will chdir(2) to it and update the value of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R'. ..OORRDDEERR The named targets are made in sequence. This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made. Since the depen- dents of a target do not get built until the target itself could be built, unless `a' is built by another part of the dependency graph, the following is a dependency loop: .ORDER: b a b: a The ordering imposed by ..OORRDDEERR is only relevant for parallel makes. ..PPAATTHH The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not found in the current directory. If no sources are speci- fied, any previously specified directories are deleted. If the source is the special ..DDOOTTLLAASSTT target, then the current working directory is searched last. ..PPAATTHH.._s_u_f_f_i_x Like ..PPAATTHH but applies only to files with a particular suffix. The suffix must have been previously declared with ..SSUUFFFFIIXXEESS. ..PPHHOONNYY Apply the ..PPHHOONNYY attribute to any specified sources. ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS Apply the ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS attribute is applied to every target in the file. ..SSHHEELLLL Sets the shell that bbmmaakkee will use to execute commands. The sources are a set of _f_i_e_l_d_=_v_a_l_u_e pairs. _n_a_m_e This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the built-in shell specs; _s_h, _k_s_h, and _c_s_h. _p_a_t_h Specifies the path to the shell. _h_a_s_E_r_r_C_t_l Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error. _c_h_e_c_k The command to turn on error checking. _i_g_n_o_r_e The command to disable error checking. _e_c_h_o The command to turn on echoing of commands executed. _q_u_i_e_t The command to turn off echoing of commands exe- cuted. _f_i_l_t_e_r The output to filter after issuing the _q_u_i_e_t com- mand. It is typically identical to _q_u_i_e_t. _e_r_r_F_l_a_g The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking. _e_c_h_o_F_l_a_g The flag to pass the shell to enable command echo- ing. _n_e_w_l_i_n_e The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline character when used outside of any quoting characters. Example: .SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \ check="set -e" ignore="set +e" \ echo="set -v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \ echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\n'" ..SSIILLEENNTT Apply the ..SSIILLEENNTT attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the ..SSIILLEENNTT attribute is applied to every command in the file. ..SSTTAALLEE This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having _._A_L_L_S_R_C set to the name of that dependency file. ..SSUUFFFFIIXXEESS Each source specifies a suffix to bbmmaakkee. If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted. It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules. Example: .SUFFIXES: .o .c.o: cc -o ${.TARGET} -c ${.IMPSRC} EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT bbmmaakkee uses the following environment variables, if they exist: MACHINE, MACHINE_ARCH, MAKE, MAKEFLAGS, MAKEOBJDIR, MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, MAKESYSPATH, PWD, and TMPDIR. MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on the command line to bbmmaakkee and not as makefile variables; see the descrip- tion of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' for more details. FFIILLEESS .depend list of dependencies Makefile list of dependencies makefile list of dependencies sys.mk system makefile /usr/share/mk system makefile directory CCOOMMPPAATTIIBBIILLIITTYY The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make; however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not. OOllddeerr vveerrssiioonnss An incomplete list of changes in older versions of bbmmaakkee: The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after NetBSD 5.0 so that they still appear to be variable expansions. In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems using them in .if statements. The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in NetBSD 4.0 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes. The algo- rithms used may change again in the future. OOtthheerr mmaakkee ddiiaalleeccttss Other make dialects (GNU make, SVR4 make, POSIX make, etc.) do not sup- port most of the features of bbmmaakkee as described in this manual. Most notably: ++oo The ..WWAAIITT and ..OORRDDEERR declarations and most functionality per- taining to parallelization. (GNU make supports parallelization but lacks these features needed to control it effectively.) ++oo Directives, including for loops and conditionals and most of the forms of include files. (GNU make has its own incompatible and less powerful syntax for conditionals.) ++oo All built-in variables that begin with a dot. ++oo Most of the special sources and targets that begin with a dot, with the notable exception of ..PPHHOONNYY, ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS, and ..SSUUFFFFIIXXEESS. ++oo Variable modifiers, except for the :old=new string substitution, which does not portably support globbing with `%' and historically only works on declared suffixes. ++oo The $$>> variable even in its short form; most makes support this functionality but its name varies. Some features are somewhat more portable, such as assignment with ++==, ??==, and !!==. The ..PPAATTHH functionality is based on an older feature VVPPAATTHH found in GNU make and many versions of SVR4 make; however, historically its behavior is too ill-defined (and too buggy) to rely upon. The $$@@ and $$<< variables are more or less universally portable, as is the $$((MMAAKKEE)) variable. Basic use of suffix rules (for files only in the cur- rent directory, not trying to chain transformations together, etc.) is also reasonably portable. SSEEEE AALLSSOO mkdep(1) HHIISSTTOORRYY bbmmaakkee is derived from NetBSD make(1). It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms. A make command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX. This make implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at Berkeley. It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different machines using a daemon called ``customs''. Historically the target/dependency ``FRC'' has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency does not exist... unless someone creates an ``FRC'' file). BBUUGGSS The make syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data. For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field. In many places make just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion. There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename. -NetBSD 5.1 August 26, 2016 NetBSD 5.1 +NetBSD 7.1_RC1 February 1, 2017 NetBSD 7.1_RC1 Index: head/contrib/bmake/dir.c =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/dir.c (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/dir.c (revision 314808) @@ -1,1862 +1,1864 @@ -/* $NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.68 2016/06/07 00:40:00 sjg Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.69 2017/01/31 06:54:23 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California. * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.68 2016/06/07 00:40:00 sjg Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.69 2017/01/31 06:54:23 sjg Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dir.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.68 2016/06/07 00:40:00 sjg Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.69 2017/01/31 06:54:23 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * dir.c -- * Directory searching using wildcards and/or normal names... * Used both for source wildcarding in the Makefile and for finding * implicit sources. * * The interface for this module is: * Dir_Init Initialize the module. * * Dir_InitCur Set the cur Path. * * Dir_InitDot Set the dot Path. * * Dir_End Cleanup the module. * * Dir_SetPATH Set ${.PATH} to reflect state of dirSearchPath. * * Dir_HasWildcards Returns TRUE if the name given it needs to * be wildcard-expanded. * * Dir_Expand Given a pattern and a path, return a Lst of names * which match the pattern on the search path. * * Dir_FindFile Searches for a file on a given search path. * If it exists, the entire path is returned. * Otherwise NULL is returned. * * Dir_FindHereOrAbove Search for a path in the current directory and * then all the directories above it in turn until * the path is found or we reach the root ("/"). * * Dir_MTime Return the modification time of a node. The file * is searched for along the default search path. * The path and mtime fields of the node are filled * in. * * Dir_AddDir Add a directory to a search path. * * Dir_MakeFlags Given a search path and a command flag, create * a string with each of the directories in the path * preceded by the command flag and all of them * separated by a space. * * Dir_Destroy Destroy an element of a search path. Frees up all * things that can be freed for the element as long * as the element is no longer referenced by any other * search path. * Dir_ClearPath Resets a search path to the empty list. * * For debugging: * Dir_PrintDirectories Print stats about the directory cache. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "hash.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" /* * A search path consists of a Lst of Path structures. A Path structure * has in it the name of the directory and a hash table of all the files * in the directory. This is used to cut down on the number of system * calls necessary to find implicit dependents and their like. Since * these searches are made before any actions are taken, we need not * worry about the directory changing due to creation commands. If this * hampers the style of some makefiles, they must be changed. * * A list of all previously-read directories is kept in the * openDirectories Lst. This list is checked first before a directory * is opened. * * The need for the caching of whole directories is brought about by * the multi-level transformation code in suff.c, which tends to search * for far more files than regular make does. In the initial * implementation, the amount of time spent performing "stat" calls was * truly astronomical. The problem with hashing at the start is, * of course, that pmake doesn't then detect changes to these directories * during the course of the make. Three possibilities suggest themselves: * * 1) just use stat to test for a file's existence. As mentioned * above, this is very inefficient due to the number of checks * engendered by the multi-level transformation code. * 2) use readdir() and company to search the directories, keeping * them open between checks. I have tried this and while it * didn't slow down the process too much, it could severely * affect the amount of parallelism available as each directory * open would take another file descriptor out of play for * handling I/O for another job. Given that it is only recently * that UNIX OS's have taken to allowing more than 20 or 32 * file descriptors for a process, this doesn't seem acceptable * to me. * 3) record the mtime of the directory in the Path structure and * verify the directory hasn't changed since the contents were * hashed. This will catch the creation or deletion of files, * but not the updating of files. However, since it is the * creation and deletion that is the problem, this could be * a good thing to do. Unfortunately, if the directory (say ".") * were fairly large and changed fairly frequently, the constant * rehashing could seriously degrade performance. It might be * good in such cases to keep track of the number of rehashes * and if the number goes over a (small) limit, resort to using * stat in its place. * * An additional thing to consider is that pmake is used primarily * to create C programs and until recently pcc-based compilers refused * to allow you to specify where the resulting object file should be * placed. This forced all objects to be created in the current * directory. This isn't meant as a full excuse, just an explanation of * some of the reasons for the caching used here. * * One more note: the location of a target's file is only performed * on the downward traversal of the graph and then only for terminal * nodes in the graph. This could be construed as wrong in some cases, * but prevents inadvertent modification of files when the "installed" * directory for a file is provided in the search path. * * Another data structure maintained by this module is an mtime * cache used when the searching of cached directories fails to find * a file. In the past, Dir_FindFile would simply perform an access() * call in such a case to determine if the file could be found using * just the name given. When this hit, however, all that was gained * was the knowledge that the file existed. Given that an access() is * essentially a stat() without the copyout() call, and that the same * filesystem overhead would have to be incurred in Dir_MTime, it made * sense to replace the access() with a stat() and record the mtime * in a cache for when Dir_MTime was actually called. */ Lst dirSearchPath; /* main search path */ static Lst openDirectories; /* the list of all open directories */ /* * Variables for gathering statistics on the efficiency of the hashing * mechanism. */ static int hits, /* Found in directory cache */ misses, /* Sad, but not evil misses */ nearmisses, /* Found under search path */ bigmisses; /* Sought by itself */ static Path *dot; /* contents of current directory */ static Path *cur; /* contents of current directory, if not dot */ static Path *dotLast; /* a fake path entry indicating we need to * look for . last */ static Hash_Table mtimes; /* Results of doing a last-resort stat in * Dir_FindFile -- if we have to go to the * system to find the file, we might as well * have its mtime on record. XXX: If this is done * way early, there's a chance other rules will * have already updated the file, in which case * we'll update it again. Generally, there won't * be two rules to update a single file, so this * should be ok, but... */ static Hash_Table lmtimes; /* same as mtimes but for lstat */ static int DirFindName(const void *, const void *); static int DirMatchFiles(const char *, Path *, Lst); static void DirExpandCurly(const char *, const char *, Lst, Lst); static void DirExpandInt(const char *, Lst, Lst); static int DirPrintWord(void *, void *); static int DirPrintDir(void *, void *); static char *DirLookup(Path *, const char *, const char *, Boolean); static char *DirLookupSubdir(Path *, const char *); static char *DirFindDot(Boolean, const char *, const char *); static char *DirLookupAbs(Path *, const char *, const char *); /* * We use stat(2) a lot, cache the results * mtime and mode are all we care about. */ struct cache_st { time_t mtime; mode_t mode; }; /* minimize changes below */ static time_t Hash_GetTimeValue(Hash_Entry *entry) { struct cache_st *cst; cst = entry->clientPtr; return cst->mtime; } #define CST_LSTAT 1 #define CST_UPDATE 2 static int cached_stats(Hash_Table *htp, const char *pathname, struct stat *st, int flags) { Hash_Entry *entry; struct cache_st *cst; int rc; if (!pathname || !pathname[0]) return -1; entry = Hash_FindEntry(htp, pathname); if (entry && (flags & CST_UPDATE) == 0) { cst = entry->clientPtr; memset(st, 0, sizeof(*st)); st->st_mtime = cst->mtime; st->st_mode = cst->mode; return 0; } rc = (flags & CST_LSTAT) ? lstat(pathname, st) : stat(pathname, st); if (rc == -1) return -1; if (st->st_mtime == 0) st->st_mtime = 1; /* avoid confusion with missing file */ if (!entry) entry = Hash_CreateEntry(htp, pathname, NULL); if (!entry->clientPtr) entry->clientPtr = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*cst)); cst = entry->clientPtr; cst->mtime = st->st_mtime; cst->mode = st->st_mode; return 0; } int cached_stat(const char *pathname, void *st) { return cached_stats(&mtimes, pathname, st, 0); } int cached_lstat(const char *pathname, void *st) { return cached_stats(&lmtimes, pathname, st, CST_LSTAT); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_Init -- * initialize things for this module * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * some directories may be opened. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_Init(const char *cdname) { - dirSearchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); - openDirectories = Lst_Init(FALSE); - Hash_InitTable(&mtimes, 0); - Hash_InitTable(&lmtimes, 0); - + if (!cdname) { + dirSearchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); + openDirectories = Lst_Init(FALSE); + Hash_InitTable(&mtimes, 0); + Hash_InitTable(&lmtimes, 0); + return; + } Dir_InitCur(cdname); dotLast = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path)); dotLast->refCount = 1; dotLast->hits = 0; dotLast->name = bmake_strdup(".DOTLAST"); Hash_InitTable(&dotLast->files, -1); } /* * Called by Dir_Init() and whenever .CURDIR is assigned to. */ void Dir_InitCur(const char *cdname) { Path *p; if (cdname != NULL) { /* * Our build directory is not the same as our source directory. * Keep this one around too. */ if ((p = Dir_AddDir(NULL, cdname))) { p->refCount += 1; if (cur && cur != p) { /* * We've been here before, cleanup. */ cur->refCount -= 1; Dir_Destroy(cur); } cur = p; } } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_InitDot -- * (re)initialize "dot" (current/object directory) path hash * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * some directories may be opened. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_InitDot(void) { if (dot != NULL) { LstNode ln; /* Remove old entry from openDirectories, but do not destroy. */ ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, dot); (void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln); } dot = Dir_AddDir(NULL, "."); if (dot == NULL) { Error("Cannot open `.' (%s)", strerror(errno)); exit(1); } /* * We always need to have dot around, so we increment its reference count * to make sure it's not destroyed. */ dot->refCount += 1; Dir_SetPATH(); /* initialize */ } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_End -- * cleanup things for this module * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * none *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_End(void) { #ifdef CLEANUP if (cur) { cur->refCount -= 1; Dir_Destroy(cur); } dot->refCount -= 1; dotLast->refCount -= 1; Dir_Destroy(dotLast); Dir_Destroy(dot); Dir_ClearPath(dirSearchPath); Lst_Destroy(dirSearchPath, NULL); Dir_ClearPath(openDirectories); Lst_Destroy(openDirectories, NULL); Hash_DeleteTable(&mtimes); #endif } /* * We want ${.PATH} to indicate the order in which we will actually * search, so we rebuild it after any .PATH: target. * This is the simplest way to deal with the effect of .DOTLAST. */ void Dir_SetPATH(void) { LstNode ln; /* a list element */ Path *p; Boolean hasLastDot = FALSE; /* true we should search dot last */ Var_Delete(".PATH", VAR_GLOBAL); if (Lst_Open(dirSearchPath) == SUCCESS) { if ((ln = Lst_First(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) { hasLastDot = TRUE; Var_Append(".PATH", dotLast->name, VAR_GLOBAL); } } if (!hasLastDot) { if (dot) Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL); if (cur) Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL); } while ((ln = Lst_Next(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) continue; if (p == dot && hasLastDot) continue; Var_Append(".PATH", p->name, VAR_GLOBAL); } if (hasLastDot) { if (dot) Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL); if (cur) Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL); } Lst_Close(dirSearchPath); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirFindName -- * See if the Path structure describes the same directory as the * given one by comparing their names. Called from Dir_AddDir via * Lst_Find when searching the list of open directories. * * Input: * p Current name * dname Desired name * * Results: * 0 if it is the same. Non-zero otherwise * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int DirFindName(const void *p, const void *dname) { return (strcmp(((const Path *)p)->name, dname)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_HasWildcards -- * see if the given name has any wildcard characters in it * be careful not to expand unmatching brackets or braces. * XXX: This code is not 100% correct. ([^]] fails etc.) * I really don't think that make(1) should be expanding * patterns, because then you have to set a mechanism for * escaping the expansion! * * Input: * name name to check * * Results: * returns TRUE if the word should be expanded, FALSE otherwise * * Side Effects: * none *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Boolean Dir_HasWildcards(char *name) { char *cp; int wild = 0, brace = 0, bracket = 0; for (cp = name; *cp; cp++) { switch(*cp) { case '{': brace++; wild = 1; break; case '}': brace--; break; case '[': bracket++; wild = 1; break; case ']': bracket--; break; case '?': case '*': wild = 1; break; default: break; } } return wild && bracket == 0 && brace == 0; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirMatchFiles -- * Given a pattern and a Path structure, see if any files * match the pattern and add their names to the 'expansions' list if * any do. This is incomplete -- it doesn't take care of patterns like * src / *src / *.c properly (just *.c on any of the directories), but it * will do for now. * * Input: * pattern Pattern to look for * p Directory to search * expansion Place to store the results * * Results: * Always returns 0 * * Side Effects: * File names are added to the expansions lst. The directory will be * fully hashed when this is done. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int DirMatchFiles(const char *pattern, Path *p, Lst expansions) { Hash_Search search; /* Index into the directory's table */ Hash_Entry *entry; /* Current entry in the table */ Boolean isDot; /* TRUE if the directory being searched is . */ isDot = (*p->name == '.' && p->name[1] == '\0'); for (entry = Hash_EnumFirst(&p->files, &search); entry != NULL; entry = Hash_EnumNext(&search)) { /* * See if the file matches the given pattern. Note we follow the UNIX * convention that dot files will only be found if the pattern * begins with a dot (note also that as a side effect of the hashing * scheme, .* won't match . or .. since they aren't hashed). */ if (Str_Match(entry->name, pattern) && ((entry->name[0] != '.') || (pattern[0] == '.'))) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions, (isDot ? bmake_strdup(entry->name) : str_concat(p->name, entry->name, STR_ADDSLASH))); } } return (0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirExpandCurly -- * Expand curly braces like the C shell. Does this recursively. * Note the special case: if after the piece of the curly brace is * done there are no wildcard characters in the result, the result is * placed on the list WITHOUT CHECKING FOR ITS EXISTENCE. * * Input: * word Entire word to expand * brace First curly brace in it * path Search path to use * expansions Place to store the expansions * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The given list is filled with the expansions... * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DirExpandCurly(const char *word, const char *brace, Lst path, Lst expansions) { const char *end; /* Character after the closing brace */ const char *cp; /* Current position in brace clause */ const char *start; /* Start of current piece of brace clause */ int bracelevel; /* Number of braces we've seen. If we see a * right brace when this is 0, we've hit the * end of the clause. */ char *file; /* Current expansion */ int otherLen; /* The length of the other pieces of the * expansion (chars before and after the * clause in 'word') */ char *cp2; /* Pointer for checking for wildcards in * expansion before calling Dir_Expand */ start = brace+1; /* * Find the end of the brace clause first, being wary of nested brace * clauses. */ for (end = start, bracelevel = 0; *end != '\0'; end++) { if (*end == '{') { bracelevel++; } else if ((*end == '}') && (bracelevel-- == 0)) { break; } } if (*end == '\0') { Error("Unterminated {} clause \"%s\"", start); return; } else { end++; } otherLen = brace - word + strlen(end); for (cp = start; cp < end; cp++) { /* * Find the end of this piece of the clause. */ bracelevel = 0; while (*cp != ',') { if (*cp == '{') { bracelevel++; } else if ((*cp == '}') && (bracelevel-- <= 0)) { break; } cp++; } /* * Allocate room for the combination and install the three pieces. */ file = bmake_malloc(otherLen + cp - start + 1); if (brace != word) { strncpy(file, word, brace-word); } if (cp != start) { strncpy(&file[brace-word], start, cp-start); } strcpy(&file[(brace-word)+(cp-start)], end); /* * See if the result has any wildcards in it. If we find one, call * Dir_Expand right away, telling it to place the result on our list * of expansions. */ for (cp2 = file; *cp2 != '\0'; cp2++) { switch(*cp2) { case '*': case '?': case '{': case '[': Dir_Expand(file, path, expansions); goto next; } } if (*cp2 == '\0') { /* * Hit the end w/o finding any wildcards, so stick the expansion * on the end of the list. */ (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions, file); } else { next: free(file); } start = cp+1; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirExpandInt -- * Internal expand routine. Passes through the directories in the * path one by one, calling DirMatchFiles for each. NOTE: This still * doesn't handle patterns in directories... * * Input: * word Word to expand * path Path on which to look * expansions Place to store the result * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * Things are added to the expansions list. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DirExpandInt(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions) { LstNode ln; /* Current node */ Path *p; /* Directory in the node */ if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) { while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); DirMatchFiles(word, p, expansions); } Lst_Close(path); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirPrintWord -- * Print a word in the list of expansions. Callback for Dir_Expand * when DEBUG(DIR), via Lst_ForEach. * * Results: * === 0 * * Side Effects: * The passed word is printed, followed by a space. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int DirPrintWord(void *word, void *dummy) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", (char *)word); return(dummy ? 0 : 0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_Expand -- * Expand the given word into a list of words by globbing it looking * in the directories on the given search path. * * Input: * word the word to expand * path the list of directories in which to find the * resulting files * expansions the list on which to place the results * * Results: * A list of words consisting of the files which exist along the search * path matching the given pattern. * * Side Effects: * Directories may be opened. Who knows? *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_Expand(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions) { const char *cp; if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Expanding \"%s\"... ", word); } cp = strchr(word, '{'); if (cp) { DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions); } else { cp = strchr(word, '/'); if (cp) { /* * The thing has a directory component -- find the first wildcard * in the string. */ for (cp = word; *cp; cp++) { if (*cp == '?' || *cp == '[' || *cp == '*' || *cp == '{') { break; } } if (*cp == '{') { /* * This one will be fun. */ DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions); return; } else if (*cp != '\0') { /* * Back up to the start of the component */ char *dirpath; while (cp > word && *cp != '/') { cp--; } if (cp != word) { char sc; /* * If the glob isn't in the first component, try and find * all the components up to the one with a wildcard. */ sc = cp[1]; ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = '\0'; dirpath = Dir_FindFile(word, path); ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = sc; /* * dirpath is null if can't find the leading component * XXX: Dir_FindFile won't find internal components. * i.e. if the path contains ../Etc/Object and we're * looking for Etc, it won't be found. Ah well. * Probably not important. */ if (dirpath != NULL) { char *dp = &dirpath[strlen(dirpath) - 1]; if (*dp == '/') *dp = '\0'; path = Lst_Init(FALSE); (void)Dir_AddDir(path, dirpath); DirExpandInt(cp+1, path, expansions); Lst_Destroy(path, NULL); } } else { /* * Start the search from the local directory */ DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions); } } else { /* * Return the file -- this should never happen. */ DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions); } } else { /* * First the files in dot */ DirMatchFiles(word, dot, expansions); /* * Then the files in every other directory on the path. */ DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions); } } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { Lst_ForEach(expansions, DirPrintWord, NULL); fprintf(debug_file, "\n"); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirLookup -- * Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path. * * Results: * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * None. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * DirLookup(Path *p, const char *name MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *cp, Boolean hasSlash MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { char *file; /* the current filename to check */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " %s ...\n", p->name); } if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL) return NULL; file = str_concat(p->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH); if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " returning %s\n", file); } p->hits += 1; hits += 1; return file; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirLookupSubdir -- * Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path. * * Results: * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * If the file is found, it is added in the modification times hash * table. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * DirLookupSubdir(Path *p, const char *name) { struct stat stb; /* Buffer for stat, if necessary */ char *file; /* the current filename to check */ if (p != dot) { file = str_concat(p->name, name, STR_ADDSLASH); } else { /* * Checking in dot -- DON'T put a leading ./ on the thing. */ file = bmake_strdup(name); } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "checking %s ...\n", file); } if (cached_stat(file, &stb) == 0) { /* * Save the modification time so if it's needed, we don't have * to fetch it again. */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Caching %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(stb.st_mtime), file); } nearmisses += 1; return (file); } free(file); return NULL; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirLookupAbs -- * Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path. * * Results: * The path to the file, the empty string or NULL. If the file is * the empty string, the search should be terminated. * This path is guaranteed to be in a different part of memory * than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * None. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * DirLookupAbs(Path *p, const char *name, const char *cp) { char *p1; /* pointer into p->name */ const char *p2; /* pointer into name */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " %s ...\n", p->name); } /* * If the file has a leading path component and that component * exactly matches the entire name of the current search * directory, we can attempt another cache lookup. And if we don't * have a hit, we can safely assume the file does not exist at all. */ for (p1 = p->name, p2 = name; *p1 && *p1 == *p2; p1++, p2++) { continue; } if (*p1 != '\0' || p2 != cp - 1) { return NULL; } if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " must be here but isn't -- returning\n"); } /* Return empty string: terminates search */ return bmake_strdup(""); } p->hits += 1; hits += 1; if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " returning %s\n", name); } return (bmake_strdup(name)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * DirFindDot -- * Find the file given on "." or curdir * * Results: * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * Hit counts change *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * DirFindDot(Boolean hasSlash MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *name, const char *cp) { if (Hash_FindEntry(&dot->files, cp) != NULL) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " in '.'\n"); } hits += 1; dot->hits += 1; return (bmake_strdup(name)); } if (cur && Hash_FindEntry(&cur->files, cp) != NULL) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " in ${.CURDIR} = %s\n", cur->name); } hits += 1; cur->hits += 1; return str_concat(cur->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH); } return NULL; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_FindFile -- * Find the file with the given name along the given search path. * * Input: * name the file to find * path the Lst of directories to search * * Results: * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd. * * Side Effects: * If the file is found in a directory which is not on the path * already (either 'name' is absolute or it is a relative path * [ dir1/.../dirn/file ] which exists below one of the directories * already on the search path), its directory is added to the end * of the path on the assumption that there will be more files in * that directory later on. Sometimes this is true. Sometimes not. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path) { LstNode ln; /* a list element */ char *file; /* the current filename to check */ Path *p; /* current path member */ const char *cp; /* Terminal name of file */ Boolean hasLastDot = FALSE; /* true we should search dot last */ Boolean hasSlash; /* true if 'name' contains a / */ struct stat stb; /* Buffer for stat, if necessary */ Hash_Entry *entry; /* Entry for mtimes table */ const char *trailing_dot = "."; /* * Find the final component of the name and note whether it has a * slash in it (the name, I mean) */ cp = strrchr(name, '/'); if (cp) { hasSlash = TRUE; cp += 1; } else { hasSlash = FALSE; cp = name; } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Searching for %s ...", name); } if (Lst_Open(path) == FAILURE) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "couldn't open path, file not found\n"); } misses += 1; return NULL; } if ((ln = Lst_First(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) { hasLastDot = TRUE; if (DEBUG(DIR)) fprintf(debug_file, "[dot last]..."); } } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "\n"); } /* * If there's no leading directory components or if the leading * directory component is exactly `./', consult the cached contents * of each of the directories on the search path. */ if (!hasSlash || (cp - name == 2 && *name == '.')) { /* * We look through all the directories on the path seeking one which * contains the final component of the given name. If such a beast * is found, we concatenate the directory name and the final * component and return the resulting string. If we don't find any * such thing, we go on to phase two... * * No matter what, we always look for the file in the current * directory before anywhere else (unless we found the magic * DOTLAST path, in which case we search it last) and we *do not* * add the ./ to it if it exists. * This is so there are no conflicts between what the user * specifies (fish.c) and what pmake finds (./fish.c). */ if (!hasLastDot && (file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); return file; } while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) continue; if ((file = DirLookup(p, name, cp, hasSlash)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); return file; } } if (hasLastDot && (file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); return file; } } Lst_Close(path); /* * We didn't find the file on any directory in the search path. * If the name doesn't contain a slash, that means it doesn't exist. * If it *does* contain a slash, however, there is still hope: it * could be in a subdirectory of one of the members of the search * path. (eg. /usr/include and sys/types.h. The above search would * fail to turn up types.h in /usr/include, but it *is* in * /usr/include/sys/types.h). * [ This no longer applies: If we find such a beast, we assume there * will be more (what else can we assume?) and add all but the last * component of the resulting name onto the search path (at the * end).] * This phase is only performed if the file is *not* absolute. */ if (!hasSlash) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " failed.\n"); } misses += 1; return NULL; } if (*cp == '\0') { /* we were given a trailing "/" */ cp = trailing_dot; } if (name[0] != '/') { Boolean checkedDot = FALSE; if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Trying subdirectories...\n"); } if (!hasLastDot) { if (dot) { checkedDot = TRUE; if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL) return file; } if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL) return file; } (void)Lst_Open(path); while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) continue; if (p == dot) { if (checkedDot) continue; checkedDot = TRUE; } if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(p, name)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); return file; } } Lst_Close(path); if (hasLastDot) { if (dot && !checkedDot) { checkedDot = TRUE; if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL) return file; } if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL) return file; } if (checkedDot) { /* * Already checked by the given name, since . was in the path, * so no point in proceeding... */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Checked . already, returning NULL\n"); } return NULL; } } else { /* name[0] == '/' */ /* * For absolute names, compare directory path prefix against the * the directory path of each member on the search path for an exact * match. If we have an exact match on any member of the search path, * use the cached contents of that member to lookup the final file * component. If that lookup fails we can safely assume that the * file does not exist at all. This is signified by DirLookupAbs() * returning an empty string. */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Trying exact path matches...\n"); } if (!hasLastDot && cur && (file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp)) != NULL) return *file?file:NULL; (void)Lst_Open(path); while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (p == dotLast) continue; if ((file = DirLookupAbs(p, name, cp)) != NULL) { Lst_Close(path); return *file?file:NULL; } } Lst_Close(path); if (hasLastDot && cur && (file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp)) != NULL) return *file?file:NULL; } /* * Didn't find it that way, either. Sigh. Phase 3. Add its directory * onto the search path in any case, just in case, then look for the * thing in the hash table. If we find it, grand. We return a new * copy of the name. Otherwise we sadly return a NULL pointer. Sigh. * Note that if the directory holding the file doesn't exist, this will * do an extra search of the final directory on the path. Unless something * weird happens, this search won't succeed and life will be groovy. * * Sigh. We cannot add the directory onto the search path because * of this amusing case: * $(INSTALLDIR)/$(FILE): $(FILE) * * $(FILE) exists in $(INSTALLDIR) but not in the current one. * When searching for $(FILE), we will find it in $(INSTALLDIR) * b/c we added it here. This is not good... */ #ifdef notdef if (cp == traling_dot) { cp = strrchr(name, '/'); cp += 1; } cp[-1] = '\0'; (void)Dir_AddDir(path, name); cp[-1] = '/'; bigmisses += 1; ln = Lst_Last(path); if (ln == NULL) { return NULL; } else { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); } if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) != NULL) { return (bmake_strdup(name)); } else { return NULL; } #else /* !notdef */ if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Looking for \"%s\" ...\n", name); } bigmisses += 1; entry = Hash_FindEntry(&mtimes, name); if (entry != NULL) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " got it (in mtime cache)\n"); } return(bmake_strdup(name)); } else if (cached_stat(name, &stb) == 0) { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " Caching %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(stb.st_mtime), name); } return (bmake_strdup(name)); } else { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, " failed. Returning NULL\n"); } return NULL; } #endif /* notdef */ } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_FindHereOrAbove -- * search for a path starting at a given directory and then working * our way up towards the root. * * Input: * here starting directory * search_path the path we are looking for * result the result of a successful search is placed here * rlen the length of the result buffer * (typically MAXPATHLEN + 1) * * Results: * 0 on failure, 1 on success [in which case the found path is put * in the result buffer]. * * Side Effects: *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Dir_FindHereOrAbove(char *here, char *search_path, char *result, int rlen) { struct stat st; char dirbase[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *db_end; char try[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *try_end; /* copy out our starting point */ snprintf(dirbase, sizeof(dirbase), "%s", here); db_end = dirbase + strlen(dirbase); /* loop until we determine a result */ while (1) { /* try and stat(2) it ... */ snprintf(try, sizeof(try), "%s/%s", dirbase, search_path); if (cached_stat(try, &st) != -1) { /* * success! if we found a file, chop off * the filename so we return a directory. */ if ((st.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFDIR) { try_end = try + strlen(try); while (try_end > try && *try_end != '/') try_end--; if (try_end > try) *try_end = 0; /* chop! */ } /* * done! */ snprintf(result, rlen, "%s", try); return(1); } /* * nope, we didn't find it. if we used up dirbase we've * reached the root and failed. */ if (db_end == dirbase) break; /* failed! */ /* * truncate dirbase from the end to move up a dir */ while (db_end > dirbase && *db_end != '/') db_end--; *db_end = 0; /* chop! */ } /* while (1) */ /* * we failed... */ return(0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_MTime -- * Find the modification time of the file described by gn along the * search path dirSearchPath. * * Input: * gn the file whose modification time is desired * * Results: * The modification time or 0 if it doesn't exist * * Side Effects: * The modification time is placed in the node's mtime slot. * If the node didn't have a path entry before, and Dir_FindFile * found one for it, the full name is placed in the path slot. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Dir_MTime(GNode *gn, Boolean recheck) { char *fullName; /* the full pathname of name */ struct stat stb; /* buffer for finding the mod time */ Hash_Entry *entry; if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) { return Arch_MTime(gn); } else if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) { gn->mtime = 0; return 0; } else if (gn->path == NULL) { if (gn->type & OP_NOPATH) fullName = NULL; else { fullName = Dir_FindFile(gn->name, Suff_FindPath(gn)); if (fullName == NULL && gn->flags & FROM_DEPEND && !Lst_IsEmpty(gn->iParents)) { char *cp; cp = strrchr(gn->name, '/'); if (cp) { /* * This is an implied source, and it may have moved, * see if we can find it via the current .PATH */ cp++; fullName = Dir_FindFile(cp, Suff_FindPath(gn)); if (fullName) { /* * Put the found file in gn->path * so that we give that to the compiler. */ gn->path = bmake_strdup(fullName); if (!Job_RunTarget(".STALE", gn->fname)) fprintf(stdout, "%s: %s, %d: ignoring stale %s for %s, " "found %s\n", progname, gn->fname, gn->lineno, makeDependfile, gn->name, fullName); } } } if (DEBUG(DIR)) fprintf(debug_file, "Found '%s' as '%s'\n", gn->name, fullName ? fullName : "(not found)" ); } } else { fullName = gn->path; } if (fullName == NULL) { fullName = bmake_strdup(gn->name); } if (!recheck) entry = Hash_FindEntry(&mtimes, fullName); else entry = NULL; if (entry != NULL) { stb.st_mtime = Hash_GetTimeValue(entry); if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Using cached time %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(stb.st_mtime), fullName); } } else if (cached_stats(&mtimes, fullName, &stb, recheck ? CST_UPDATE : 0) < 0) { if (gn->type & OP_MEMBER) { if (fullName != gn->path) free(fullName); return Arch_MemMTime(gn); } else { stb.st_mtime = 0; } } if (fullName && gn->path == NULL) { gn->path = fullName; } gn->mtime = stb.st_mtime; return (gn->mtime); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_AddDir -- * Add the given name to the end of the given path. The order of * the arguments is backwards so ParseDoDependency can do a * Lst_ForEach of its list of paths... * * Input: * path the path to which the directory should be * added * name the name of the directory to add * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * A structure is added to the list and the directory is * read and hashed. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Path * Dir_AddDir(Lst path, const char *name) { LstNode ln = NULL; /* node in case Path structure is found */ Path *p = NULL; /* pointer to new Path structure */ DIR *d; /* for reading directory */ struct dirent *dp; /* entry in directory */ if (strcmp(name, ".DOTLAST") == 0) { ln = Lst_Find(path, name, DirFindName); if (ln != NULL) return (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); else { dotLast->refCount += 1; (void)Lst_AtFront(path, dotLast); } } if (path) ln = Lst_Find(openDirectories, name, DirFindName); if (ln != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (path && Lst_Member(path, p) == NULL) { p->refCount += 1; (void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p); } } else { if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Caching %s ...", name); } if ((d = opendir(name)) != NULL) { p = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path)); p->name = bmake_strdup(name); p->hits = 0; p->refCount = 1; Hash_InitTable(&p->files, -1); while ((dp = readdir(d)) != NULL) { #if defined(sun) && defined(d_ino) /* d_ino is a sunos4 #define for d_fileno */ /* * The sun directory library doesn't check for a 0 inode * (0-inode slots just take up space), so we have to do * it ourselves. */ if (dp->d_fileno == 0) { continue; } #endif /* sun && d_ino */ (void)Hash_CreateEntry(&p->files, dp->d_name, NULL); } (void)closedir(d); (void)Lst_AtEnd(openDirectories, p); if (path != NULL) (void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p); } if (DEBUG(DIR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "done\n"); } } return p; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_CopyDir -- * Callback function for duplicating a search path via Lst_Duplicate. * Ups the reference count for the directory. * * Results: * Returns the Path it was given. * * Side Effects: * The refCount of the path is incremented. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void * Dir_CopyDir(void *p) { ((Path *)p)->refCount += 1; return (p); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_MakeFlags -- * Make a string by taking all the directories in the given search * path and preceding them by the given flag. Used by the suffix * module to create variables for compilers based on suffix search * paths. * * Input: * flag flag which should precede each directory * path list of directories * * Results: * The string mentioned above. Note that there is no space between * the given flag and each directory. The empty string is returned if * Things don't go well. * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Dir_MakeFlags(const char *flag, Lst path) { char *str; /* the string which will be returned */ char *s1, *s2;/* the current directory preceded by 'flag' */ LstNode ln; /* the node of the current directory */ Path *p; /* the structure describing the current directory */ str = bmake_strdup(""); if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) { while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); s2 = str_concat(flag, p->name, 0); str = str_concat(s1 = str, s2, STR_ADDSPACE); free(s1); free(s2); } Lst_Close(path); } return (str); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_Destroy -- * Nuke a directory descriptor, if possible. Callback procedure * for the suffixes module when destroying a search path. * * Input: * pp The directory descriptor to nuke * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * If no other path references this directory (refCount == 0), * the Path and all its data are freed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_Destroy(void *pp) { Path *p = (Path *)pp; p->refCount -= 1; if (p->refCount == 0) { LstNode ln; ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, p); (void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln); Hash_DeleteTable(&p->files); free(p->name); free(p); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_ClearPath -- * Clear out all elements of the given search path. This is different * from destroying the list, notice. * * Input: * path Path to clear * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The path is set to the empty list. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_ClearPath(Lst path) { Path *p; while (!Lst_IsEmpty(path)) { p = (Path *)Lst_DeQueue(path); Dir_Destroy(p); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Dir_Concat -- * Concatenate two paths, adding the second to the end of the first. * Makes sure to avoid duplicates. * * Input: * path1 Dest * path2 Source * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * Reference counts for added dirs are upped. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Dir_Concat(Lst path1, Lst path2) { LstNode ln; Path *p; for (ln = Lst_First(path2); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); if (Lst_Member(path1, p) == NULL) { p->refCount += 1; (void)Lst_AtEnd(path1, p); } } } /********** DEBUG INFO **********/ void Dir_PrintDirectories(void) { LstNode ln; Path *p; fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Directory Cache:\n"); fprintf(debug_file, "# Stats: %d hits %d misses %d near misses %d losers (%d%%)\n", hits, misses, nearmisses, bigmisses, (hits+bigmisses+nearmisses ? hits * 100 / (hits + bigmisses + nearmisses) : 0)); fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s referenced\thits\n", "directory"); if (Lst_Open(openDirectories) == SUCCESS) { while ((ln = Lst_Next(openDirectories)) != NULL) { p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln); fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s %10d\t%4d\n", p->name, p->refCount, p->hits); } Lst_Close(openDirectories); } } static int DirPrintDir(void *p, void *dummy) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Path *)p)->name); return (dummy ? 0 : 0); } void Dir_PrintPath(Lst path) { Lst_ForEach(path, DirPrintDir, NULL); } Index: head/contrib/bmake/main.c =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/main.c (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/main.c (revision 314808) @@ -1,2123 +1,2132 @@ -/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.254 2016/12/10 23:12:39 christos Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.257 2017/02/08 17:47:36 christos Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.254 2016/12/10 23:12:39 christos Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.257 2017/02/08 17:47:36 christos Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint __COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993\ The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved."); #endif /* not lint */ #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.254 2016/12/10 23:12:39 christos Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.257 2017/02/08 17:47:36 christos Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * main.c -- * The main file for this entire program. Exit routines etc * reside here. * * Utility functions defined in this file: * Main_ParseArgLine Takes a line of arguments, breaks them and * treats them as if they were given when first * invoked. Used by the parse module to implement * the .MFLAGS target. * * Error Print a tagged error message. The global * MAKE variable must have been defined. This * takes a format string and optional arguments * for it. * * Fatal Print an error message and exit. Also takes * a format string and arguments for it. * * Punt Aborts all jobs and exits with a message. Also * takes a format string and arguments for it. * * Finish Finish things up by printing the number of * errors which occurred, as passed to it, and * exiting. */ #include #include #include #include #include #if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && defined(HAVE_SYSCTL) #include #endif #include #include "wait.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "hash.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" #include "pathnames.h" #include "trace.h" #ifdef USE_IOVEC #include #endif #ifndef DEFMAXLOCAL #define DEFMAXLOCAL DEFMAXJOBS #endif /* DEFMAXLOCAL */ #ifndef __arraycount # define __arraycount(__x) (sizeof(__x) / sizeof(__x[0])) #endif Lst create; /* Targets to be made */ time_t now; /* Time at start of make */ GNode *DEFAULT; /* .DEFAULT node */ Boolean allPrecious; /* .PRECIOUS given on line by itself */ Boolean deleteOnError; /* .DELETE_ON_ERROR: set */ static Boolean noBuiltins; /* -r flag */ static Lst makefiles; /* ordered list of makefiles to read */ static Boolean printVars; /* print value of one or more vars */ static Lst variables; /* list of variables to print */ int maxJobs; /* -j argument */ static int maxJobTokens; /* -j argument */ Boolean compatMake; /* -B argument */ int debug; /* -d argument */ Boolean debugVflag; /* -dV */ Boolean noExecute; /* -n flag */ Boolean noRecursiveExecute; /* -N flag */ Boolean keepgoing; /* -k flag */ Boolean queryFlag; /* -q flag */ Boolean touchFlag; /* -t flag */ Boolean enterFlag; /* -w flag */ Boolean enterFlagObj; /* -w and objdir != srcdir */ Boolean ignoreErrors; /* -i flag */ Boolean beSilent; /* -s flag */ Boolean oldVars; /* variable substitution style */ Boolean checkEnvFirst; /* -e flag */ Boolean parseWarnFatal; /* -W flag */ Boolean jobServer; /* -J flag */ static int jp_0 = -1, jp_1 = -1; /* ends of parent job pipe */ Boolean varNoExportEnv; /* -X flag */ Boolean doing_depend; /* Set while reading .depend */ static Boolean jobsRunning; /* TRUE if the jobs might be running */ static const char * tracefile; static void MainParseArgs(int, char **); static int ReadMakefile(const void *, const void *); static void usage(void) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD; static Boolean ignorePWD; /* if we use -C, PWD is meaningless */ static char objdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* where we chdir'ed to */ char curdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* Startup directory */ char *progname; /* the program name */ char *makeDependfile; pid_t myPid; int makelevel; Boolean forceJobs = FALSE; /* * On some systems MACHINE is defined as something other than * what we want. */ #ifdef FORCE_MACHINE # undef MACHINE # define MACHINE FORCE_MACHINE #endif extern Lst parseIncPath; /* * For compatibility with the POSIX version of MAKEFLAGS that includes * all the options with out -, convert flags to -f -l -a -g -s. */ static char * explode(const char *flags) { size_t len; char *nf, *st; const char *f; if (flags == NULL) return NULL; for (f = flags; *f; f++) if (!isalpha((unsigned char)*f)) break; if (*f) return bmake_strdup(flags); len = strlen(flags); st = nf = bmake_malloc(len * 3 + 1); while (*flags) { *nf++ = '-'; *nf++ = *flags++; *nf++ = ' '; } *nf = '\0'; return st; } static void parse_debug_options(const char *argvalue) { const char *modules; const char *mode; char *fname; int len; for (modules = argvalue; *modules; ++modules) { switch (*modules) { case 'A': debug = ~0; break; case 'a': debug |= DEBUG_ARCH; break; case 'C': debug |= DEBUG_CWD; break; case 'c': debug |= DEBUG_COND; break; case 'd': debug |= DEBUG_DIR; break; case 'e': debug |= DEBUG_ERROR; break; case 'f': debug |= DEBUG_FOR; break; case 'g': if (modules[1] == '1') { debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH1; ++modules; } else if (modules[1] == '2') { debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH2; ++modules; } else if (modules[1] == '3') { debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH3; ++modules; } break; case 'j': debug |= DEBUG_JOB; break; case 'l': debug |= DEBUG_LOUD; break; case 'M': debug |= DEBUG_META; break; case 'm': debug |= DEBUG_MAKE; break; case 'n': debug |= DEBUG_SCRIPT; break; case 'p': debug |= DEBUG_PARSE; break; case 's': debug |= DEBUG_SUFF; break; case 't': debug |= DEBUG_TARG; break; case 'V': debugVflag = TRUE; break; case 'v': debug |= DEBUG_VAR; break; case 'x': debug |= DEBUG_SHELL; break; case 'F': if (debug_file != stdout && debug_file != stderr) fclose(debug_file); if (*++modules == '+') { modules++; mode = "a"; } else mode = "w"; if (strcmp(modules, "stdout") == 0) { debug_file = stdout; goto debug_setbuf; } if (strcmp(modules, "stderr") == 0) { debug_file = stderr; goto debug_setbuf; } len = strlen(modules); fname = malloc(len + 20); memcpy(fname, modules, len + 1); /* Let the filename be modified by the pid */ if (strcmp(fname + len - 3, ".%d") == 0) snprintf(fname + len - 2, 20, "%d", getpid()); debug_file = fopen(fname, mode); if (!debug_file) { fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open debug file %s\n", fname); usage(); } free(fname); goto debug_setbuf; default: (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal argument to d option -- %c\n", progname, *modules); usage(); } } debug_setbuf: /* * Make the debug_file unbuffered, and make * stdout line buffered (unless debugfile == stdout). */ setvbuf(debug_file, NULL, _IONBF, 0); if (debug_file != stdout) { setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IOLBF, 0); } } /*- * MainParseArgs -- * Parse a given argument vector. Called from main() and from * Main_ParseArgLine() when the .MAKEFLAGS target is used. * * XXX: Deal with command line overriding .MAKEFLAGS in makefile * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * Various global and local flags will be set depending on the flags * given */ static void MainParseArgs(int argc, char **argv) { char *p; int c = '?'; int arginc; char *argvalue; const char *getopt_def; + struct stat sa, sb; char *optscan; Boolean inOption, dashDash = FALSE; char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* for searching for sys.mk */ #define OPTFLAGS "BC:D:I:J:NST:V:WXd:ef:ij:km:nqrstw" /* Can't actually use getopt(3) because rescanning is not portable */ getopt_def = OPTFLAGS; rearg: inOption = FALSE; optscan = NULL; while(argc > 1) { char *getopt_spec; if(!inOption) optscan = argv[1]; c = *optscan++; arginc = 0; if(inOption) { if(c == '\0') { ++argv; --argc; inOption = FALSE; continue; } } else { if (c != '-' || dashDash) break; inOption = TRUE; c = *optscan++; } /* '-' found at some earlier point */ getopt_spec = strchr(getopt_def, c); if(c != '\0' && getopt_spec != NULL && getopt_spec[1] == ':') { /* - found, and should have an arg */ inOption = FALSE; arginc = 1; argvalue = optscan; if(*argvalue == '\0') { if (argc < 3) goto noarg; argvalue = argv[2]; arginc = 2; } } else { argvalue = NULL; } switch(c) { case '\0': arginc = 1; inOption = FALSE; break; case 'B': compatMake = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-B", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Set(MAKE_MODE, "compat", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); break; case 'C': if (chdir(argvalue) == -1) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: chdir %s: %s\n", progname, argvalue, strerror(errno)); exit(1); } if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } + if (stat(argvalue, &sa) != -1 && + stat(curdir, &sb) != -1 && + sa.st_ino == sb.st_ino && + sa.st_dev == sb.st_dev) + strncpy(curdir, argvalue, MAXPATHLEN); ignorePWD = TRUE; break; case 'D': if (argvalue == NULL || argvalue[0] == 0) goto noarg; Var_Set(argvalue, "1", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-D", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'I': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; Parse_AddIncludeDir(argvalue); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-I", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'J': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; if (sscanf(argvalue, "%d,%d", &jp_0, &jp_1) != 2) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: internal error -- J option malformed (%s)\n", progname, argvalue); usage(); } if ((fcntl(jp_0, F_GETFD, 0) < 0) || (fcntl(jp_1, F_GETFD, 0) < 0)) { #if 0 (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ###### warning -- J descriptors were closed!\n", progname); exit(2); #endif jp_0 = -1; jp_1 = -1; compatMake = TRUE; } else { Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-J", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); jobServer = TRUE; } break; case 'N': noExecute = TRUE; noRecursiveExecute = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-N", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'S': keepgoing = FALSE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-S", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'T': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; tracefile = bmake_strdup(argvalue); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-T", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'V': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; printVars = TRUE; (void)Lst_AtEnd(variables, argvalue); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-V", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'W': parseWarnFatal = TRUE; break; case 'X': varNoExportEnv = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-X", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'd': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; /* If '-d-opts' don't pass to children */ if (argvalue[0] == '-') argvalue++; else { Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-d", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); } parse_debug_options(argvalue); break; case 'e': checkEnvFirst = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-e", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'f': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; (void)Lst_AtEnd(makefiles, argvalue); break; case 'i': ignoreErrors = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-i", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'j': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; forceJobs = TRUE; maxJobs = strtol(argvalue, &p, 0); if (*p != '\0' || maxJobs < 1) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal argument to -j -- must be positive integer!\n", progname); exit(1); } Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-j", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Set(".MAKE.JOBS", argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); maxJobTokens = maxJobs; break; case 'k': keepgoing = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-k", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'm': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; /* look for magic parent directory search string */ if (strncmp(".../", argvalue, 4) == 0) { if (!Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, argvalue+4, found_path, sizeof(found_path))) break; /* nothing doing */ (void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, found_path); } else { (void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, argvalue); } Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-m", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'n': noExecute = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-n", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'q': queryFlag = TRUE; /* Kind of nonsensical, wot? */ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-q", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'r': noBuiltins = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-r", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 's': beSilent = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-s", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 't': touchFlag = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-t", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'w': enterFlag = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-w", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case '-': dashDash = TRUE; break; default: case '?': #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE fprintf(stderr, "getopt(%s) -> %d (%c)\n", OPTFLAGS, c, c); #endif usage(); } argv += arginc; argc -= arginc; } oldVars = TRUE; /* * See if the rest of the arguments are variable assignments and * perform them if so. Else take them to be targets and stuff them * on the end of the "create" list. */ for (; argc > 1; ++argv, --argc) if (Parse_IsVar(argv[1])) { Parse_DoVar(argv[1], VAR_CMD); } else { if (!*argv[1]) Punt("illegal (null) argument."); if (*argv[1] == '-' && !dashDash) goto rearg; (void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(argv[1])); } return; noarg: (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n", progname, c); usage(); } /*- * Main_ParseArgLine -- * Used by the parse module when a .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS target * is encountered and by main() when reading the .MAKEFLAGS envariable. * Takes a line of arguments and breaks it into its * component words and passes those words and the number of them to the * MainParseArgs function. * The line should have all its leading whitespace removed. * * Input: * line Line to fracture * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * Only those that come from the various arguments. */ void Main_ParseArgLine(const char *line) { char **argv; /* Manufactured argument vector */ int argc; /* Number of arguments in argv */ char *args; /* Space used by the args */ char *buf, *p1; char *argv0 = Var_Value(".MAKE", VAR_GLOBAL, &p1); size_t len; if (line == NULL) return; for (; *line == ' '; ++line) continue; if (!*line) return; #ifndef POSIX { /* * $MAKE may simply be naming the make(1) binary */ char *cp; if (!(cp = strrchr(line, '/'))) cp = line; if ((cp = strstr(cp, "make")) && strcmp(cp, "make") == 0) return; } #endif buf = bmake_malloc(len = strlen(line) + strlen(argv0) + 2); (void)snprintf(buf, len, "%s %s", argv0, line); free(p1); argv = brk_string(buf, &argc, TRUE, &args); if (argv == NULL) { Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", buf); free(buf); return; } free(buf); MainParseArgs(argc, argv); free(args); free(argv); } Boolean Main_SetObjdir(const char *fmt, ...) { struct stat sb; char *p, *path; char buf[MAXPATHLEN + 1], pbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; Boolean rc = FALSE; va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); vsnprintf(path = pbuf, MAXPATHLEN, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); /* expand variable substitutions */ if (strchr(path, '$') != 0) { snprintf(buf, MAXPATHLEN, "%s", path); path = p = Var_Subst(NULL, buf, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); } else p = NULL; if (path[0] != '/') { snprintf(buf, MAXPATHLEN, "%s/%s", curdir, path); path = buf; } /* look for the directory and try to chdir there */ if (stat(path, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) { if (chdir(path)) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "make warning: %s: %s.\n", path, strerror(errno)); } else { strncpy(objdir, path, MAXPATHLEN); Var_Set(".OBJDIR", objdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); setenv("PWD", objdir, 1); Dir_InitDot(); rc = TRUE; if (enterFlag && strcmp(objdir, curdir) != 0) enterFlagObj = TRUE; } } free(p); return rc; } static Boolean Main_SetVarObjdir(const char *var, const char *suffix) { char *p1, *path; if ((path = Var_Value(var, VAR_CMD, &p1)) == NULL) return FALSE; (void)Main_SetObjdir("%s%s", path, suffix); free(p1); return TRUE; } /*- * ReadAllMakefiles -- * wrapper around ReadMakefile() to read all. * * Results: * TRUE if ok, FALSE on error */ static int ReadAllMakefiles(const void *p, const void *q) { return (ReadMakefile(p, q) == 0); } int str2Lst_Append(Lst lp, char *str, const char *sep) { char *cp; int n; if (!sep) sep = " \t"; for (n = 0, cp = strtok(str, sep); cp; cp = strtok(NULL, sep)) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(lp, cp); n++; } return (n); } #ifdef SIGINFO /*ARGSUSED*/ static void siginfo(int signo MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { char dir[MAXPATHLEN]; char str[2 * MAXPATHLEN]; int len; if (getcwd(dir, sizeof(dir)) == NULL) return; len = snprintf(str, sizeof(str), "%s: Working in: %s\n", progname, dir); if (len > 0) (void)write(STDERR_FILENO, str, (size_t)len); } #endif /* * Allow makefiles some control over the mode we run in. */ void MakeMode(const char *mode) { char *mp = NULL; if (!mode) mode = mp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_MODE ":tl}", VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (mode && *mode) { if (strstr(mode, "compat")) { compatMake = TRUE; forceJobs = FALSE; } #if USE_META if (strstr(mode, "meta")) meta_mode_init(mode); #endif } free(mp); } /*- * main -- * The main function, for obvious reasons. Initializes variables * and a few modules, then parses the arguments give it in the * environment and on the command line. Reads the system makefile * followed by either Makefile, makefile or the file given by the * -f argument. Sets the .MAKEFLAGS PMake variable based on all the * flags it has received by then uses either the Make or the Compat * module to create the initial list of targets. * * Results: * If -q was given, exits -1 if anything was out-of-date. Else it exits * 0. * * Side Effects: * The program exits when done. Targets are created. etc. etc. etc. */ int main(int argc, char **argv) { Lst targs; /* target nodes to create -- passed to Make_Init */ Boolean outOfDate = FALSE; /* FALSE if all targets up to date */ struct stat sb, sa; char *p1, *path; char mdpath[MAXPATHLEN]; #ifdef FORCE_MACHINE const char *machine = FORCE_MACHINE; #else const char *machine = getenv("MACHINE"); #endif const char *machine_arch = getenv("MACHINE_ARCH"); char *syspath = getenv("MAKESYSPATH"); Lst sysMkPath; /* Path of sys.mk */ char *cp = NULL, *start; /* avoid faults on read-only strings */ static char defsyspath[] = _PATH_DEFSYSPATH; char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* for searching for sys.mk */ struct timeval rightnow; /* to initialize random seed */ struct utsname utsname; /* default to writing debug to stderr */ debug_file = stderr; #ifdef SIGINFO (void)bmake_signal(SIGINFO, siginfo); #endif /* * Set the seed to produce a different random sequence * on each program execution. */ gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL); srandom(rightnow.tv_sec + rightnow.tv_usec); if ((progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) != NULL) progname++; else progname = argv[0]; #if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) || (defined(HAVE_SETRLIMIT) && defined(RLIMIT_NOFILE)) /* * get rid of resource limit on file descriptors */ { struct rlimit rl; if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) != -1 && rl.rlim_cur != rl.rlim_max) { rl.rlim_cur = rl.rlim_max; (void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl); } } #endif if (uname(&utsname) == -1) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: uname failed (%s).\n", progname, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } /* * Get the name of this type of MACHINE from utsname * so we can share an executable for similar machines. * (i.e. m68k: amiga hp300, mac68k, sun3, ...) * * Note that both MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH are decided at * run-time. */ if (!machine) { #ifdef MAKE_NATIVE machine = utsname.machine; #else #ifdef MAKE_MACHINE machine = MAKE_MACHINE; #else machine = "unknown"; #endif #endif } if (!machine_arch) { #if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && defined(HAVE_SYSCTL) && defined(CTL_HW) && defined(HW_MACHINE_ARCH) static char machine_arch_buf[sizeof(utsname.machine)]; int mib[2] = { CTL_HW, HW_MACHINE_ARCH }; size_t len = sizeof(machine_arch_buf); if (sysctl(mib, __arraycount(mib), machine_arch_buf, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: sysctl failed (%s).\n", progname, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } machine_arch = machine_arch_buf; #else #ifndef MACHINE_ARCH #ifdef MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH machine_arch = MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH; #else machine_arch = "unknown"; #endif #else machine_arch = MACHINE_ARCH; #endif #endif } myPid = getpid(); /* remember this for vFork() */ /* * Just in case MAKEOBJDIR wants us to do something tricky. */ Var_Init(); /* Initialize the lists of variables for * parsing arguments */ Var_Set(".MAKE.OS", utsname.sysname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set("MACHINE", machine, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set("MACHINE_ARCH", machine_arch, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); #ifdef MAKE_VERSION Var_Set("MAKE_VERSION", MAKE_VERSION, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); #endif Var_Set(".newline", "\n", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* handy for :@ loops */ /* * This is the traditional preference for makefiles. */ #ifndef MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST # define MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST "makefile Makefile" #endif Var_Set(MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE, MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(MAKE_DEPENDFILE, ".depend", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); create = Lst_Init(FALSE); makefiles = Lst_Init(FALSE); printVars = FALSE; debugVflag = FALSE; variables = Lst_Init(FALSE); beSilent = FALSE; /* Print commands as executed */ ignoreErrors = FALSE; /* Pay attention to non-zero returns */ noExecute = FALSE; /* Execute all commands */ noRecursiveExecute = FALSE; /* Execute all .MAKE targets */ keepgoing = FALSE; /* Stop on error */ allPrecious = FALSE; /* Remove targets when interrupted */ deleteOnError = FALSE; /* Historical default behavior */ queryFlag = FALSE; /* This is not just a check-run */ noBuiltins = FALSE; /* Read the built-in rules */ touchFlag = FALSE; /* Actually update targets */ debug = 0; /* No debug verbosity, please. */ jobsRunning = FALSE; maxJobs = DEFMAXLOCAL; /* Set default local max concurrency */ maxJobTokens = maxJobs; compatMake = FALSE; /* No compat mode */ ignorePWD = FALSE; /* * Initialize the parsing, directory and variable modules to prepare * for the reading of inclusion paths and variable settings on the * command line */ /* * Initialize various variables. * MAKE also gets this name, for compatibility * .MAKEFLAGS gets set to the empty string just in case. * MFLAGS also gets initialized empty, for compatibility. */ Parse_Init(); if (argv[0][0] == '/' || strchr(argv[0], '/') == NULL) { /* * Leave alone if it is an absolute path, or if it does * not contain a '/' in which case we need to find it in * the path, like execvp(3) and the shells do. */ p1 = argv[0]; } else { /* * A relative path, canonicalize it. */ p1 = cached_realpath(argv[0], mdpath); if (!p1 || *p1 != '/' || stat(p1, &sb) < 0) { p1 = argv[0]; /* realpath failed */ } } Var_Set("MAKE", p1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(".MAKE", p1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(MAKEFLAGS, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(MAKEOVERRIDES, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set("MFLAGS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(".ALLTARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* some makefiles need to know this */ Var_Set(MAKE_LEVEL ".ENV", MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, VAR_CMD, 0); /* * Set some other useful macros */ { char tmp[64], *ep; makelevel = ((ep = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV)) && *ep) ? atoi(ep) : 0; if (makelevel < 0) makelevel = 0; snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", makelevel); Var_Set(MAKE_LEVEL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", myPid); Var_Set(".MAKE.PID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", getppid()); Var_Set(".MAKE.PPID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } if (makelevel > 0) { char pn[1024]; snprintf(pn, sizeof(pn), "%s[%d]", progname, makelevel); progname = bmake_strdup(pn); } #ifdef USE_META meta_init(); #endif + Dir_Init(NULL); /* Dir_* safe to call from MainParseArgs */ + /* * First snag any flags out of the MAKE environment variable. * (Note this is *not* MAKEFLAGS since /bin/make uses that and it's * in a different format). */ #ifdef POSIX p1 = explode(getenv("MAKEFLAGS")); Main_ParseArgLine(p1); free(p1); #else Main_ParseArgLine(getenv("MAKE")); #endif /* * Find where we are (now). * We take care of PWD for the automounter below... */ if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: getcwd: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } MainParseArgs(argc, argv); if (enterFlag) printf("%s: Entering directory `%s'\n", progname, curdir); /* * Verify that cwd is sane. */ if (stat(curdir, &sa) == -1) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s: %s.\n", progname, curdir, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } /* * All this code is so that we know where we are when we start up * on a different machine with pmake. * Overriding getcwd() with $PWD totally breaks MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX * since the value of curdir can vary depending on how we got * here. Ie sitting at a shell prompt (shell that provides $PWD) * or via subdir.mk in which case its likely a shell which does * not provide it. * So, to stop it breaking this case only, we ignore PWD if * MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or MAKEOBJDIR contains a transform. */ #ifndef NO_PWD_OVERRIDE if (!ignorePWD) { char *pwd, *ptmp1 = NULL, *ptmp2 = NULL; if ((pwd = getenv("PWD")) != NULL && Var_Value("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX", VAR_CMD, &ptmp1) == NULL) { const char *makeobjdir = Var_Value("MAKEOBJDIR", VAR_CMD, &ptmp2); if (makeobjdir == NULL || !strchr(makeobjdir, '$')) { if (stat(pwd, &sb) == 0 && sa.st_ino == sb.st_ino && sa.st_dev == sb.st_dev) (void)strncpy(curdir, pwd, MAXPATHLEN); } } free(ptmp1); free(ptmp2); } #endif Var_Set(".CURDIR", curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* * Find the .OBJDIR. If MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, or failing that, * MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment, try only that value * and fall back to .CURDIR if it does not exist. * * Otherwise, try _PATH_OBJDIR.MACHINE-MACHINE_ARCH, _PATH_OBJDIR.MACHINE, * and * finally _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX`pwd`, in that order. If none * of these paths exist, just use .CURDIR. */ Dir_Init(curdir); (void)Main_SetObjdir("%s", curdir); if (!Main_SetVarObjdir("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX", curdir) && !Main_SetVarObjdir("MAKEOBJDIR", "") && !Main_SetObjdir("%s.%s-%s", _PATH_OBJDIR, machine, machine_arch) && !Main_SetObjdir("%s.%s", _PATH_OBJDIR, machine) && !Main_SetObjdir("%s", _PATH_OBJDIR)) (void)Main_SetObjdir("%s%s", _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, curdir); /* * Initialize archive, target and suffix modules in preparation for * parsing the makefile(s) */ Arch_Init(); Targ_Init(); Suff_Init(); Trace_Init(tracefile); DEFAULT = NULL; (void)time(&now); Trace_Log(MAKESTART, NULL); /* * Set up the .TARGETS variable to contain the list of targets to be * created. If none specified, make the variable empty -- the parser * will fill the thing in with the default or .MAIN target. */ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) { LstNode ln; for (ln = Lst_First(create); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) { char *name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln); Var_Append(".TARGETS", name, VAR_GLOBAL); } } else Var_Set(".TARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* * If no user-supplied system path was given (through the -m option) * add the directories from the DEFSYSPATH (more than one may be given * as dir1:...:dirn) to the system include path. */ if (syspath == NULL || *syspath == '\0') syspath = defsyspath; else syspath = bmake_strdup(syspath); for (start = syspath; *start != '\0'; start = cp) { for (cp = start; *cp != '\0' && *cp != ':'; cp++) continue; if (*cp == ':') { *cp++ = '\0'; } /* look for magic parent directory search string */ if (strncmp(".../", start, 4) != 0) { (void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, start); } else { if (Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, start+4, found_path, sizeof(found_path))) { (void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, found_path); } } } if (syspath != defsyspath) free(syspath); /* * Read in the built-in rules first, followed by the specified * makefile, if it was (makefile != NULL), or the default * makefile and Makefile, in that order, if it wasn't. */ if (!noBuiltins) { LstNode ln; sysMkPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); Dir_Expand(_PATH_DEFSYSMK, Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath, sysMkPath); if (Lst_IsEmpty(sysMkPath)) Fatal("%s: no system rules (%s).", progname, _PATH_DEFSYSMK); ln = Lst_Find(sysMkPath, NULL, ReadMakefile); if (ln == NULL) Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname, (char *)Lst_Datum(ln)); } if (!Lst_IsEmpty(makefiles)) { LstNode ln; ln = Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadAllMakefiles); if (ln != NULL) Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname, (char *)Lst_Datum(ln)); } else { p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE "}", VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES); if (p1) { (void)str2Lst_Append(makefiles, p1, NULL); (void)Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadMakefile); free(p1); } } /* In particular suppress .depend for '-r -V .OBJDIR -f /dev/null' */ if (!noBuiltins || !printVars) { makeDependfile = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}", VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES); doing_depend = TRUE; (void)ReadMakefile(makeDependfile, NULL); doing_depend = FALSE; } if (enterFlagObj) printf("%s: Entering directory `%s'\n", progname, objdir); MakeMode(NULL); Var_Append("MFLAGS", Var_Value(MAKEFLAGS, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1), VAR_GLOBAL); free(p1); if (!forceJobs && !compatMake && Var_Exists(".MAKE.JOBS", VAR_GLOBAL)) { char *value; int n; value = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.JOBS}", VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); n = strtol(value, NULL, 0); if (n < 1) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal value for .MAKE.JOBS -- must be positive integer!\n", progname); exit(1); } if (n != maxJobs) { Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-j", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, value, VAR_GLOBAL); } maxJobs = n; maxJobTokens = maxJobs; forceJobs = TRUE; free(value); } /* * Be compatible if user did not specify -j and did not explicitly * turned compatibility on */ if (!compatMake && !forceJobs) { compatMake = TRUE; } if (!compatMake) Job_ServerStart(maxJobTokens, jp_0, jp_1); if (DEBUG(JOB)) fprintf(debug_file, "job_pipe %d %d, maxjobs %d, tokens %d, compat %d\n", jp_0, jp_1, maxJobs, maxJobTokens, compatMake); - Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(TRUE); /* initial export */ - + if (!printVars) + Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(TRUE); /* initial export */ + /* * For compatibility, look at the directories in the VPATH variable * and add them to the search path, if the variable is defined. The * variable's value is in the same format as the PATH envariable, i.e. * ::... */ if (Var_Exists("VPATH", VAR_CMD)) { char *vpath, savec; /* * GCC stores string constants in read-only memory, but * Var_Subst will want to write this thing, so store it * in an array */ static char VPATH[] = "${VPATH}"; vpath = Var_Subst(NULL, VPATH, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES); path = vpath; do { /* skip to end of directory */ for (cp = path; *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0'; cp++) continue; /* Save terminator character so know when to stop */ savec = *cp; *cp = '\0'; /* Add directory to search path */ (void)Dir_AddDir(dirSearchPath, path); *cp = savec; path = cp + 1; } while (savec == ':'); free(vpath); } /* * Now that all search paths have been read for suffixes et al, it's * time to add the default search path to their lists... */ Suff_DoPaths(); /* * Propagate attributes through :: dependency lists. */ Targ_Propagate(); /* print the initial graph, if the user requested it */ if (DEBUG(GRAPH1)) Targ_PrintGraph(1); /* print the values of any variables requested by the user */ if (printVars) { LstNode ln; Boolean expandVars; if (debugVflag) expandVars = FALSE; else expandVars = getBoolean(".MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES", FALSE); for (ln = Lst_First(variables); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) { char *var = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln); char *value; if (strchr(var, '$')) { value = p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, var, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); } else if (expandVars) { char tmp[128]; if (snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", var) >= (int)(sizeof(tmp))) Fatal("%s: variable name too big: %s", progname, var); value = p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); } else { value = Var_Value(var, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1); } printf("%s\n", value ? value : ""); free(p1); } } else { /* * Have now read the entire graph and need to make a list of * targets to create. If none was given on the command line, * we consult the parsing module to find the main target(s) * to create. */ if (Lst_IsEmpty(create)) targs = Parse_MainName(); else targs = Targ_FindList(create, TARG_CREATE); if (!compatMake) { /* * Initialize job module before traversing the graph * now that any .BEGIN and .END targets have been read. * This is done only if the -q flag wasn't given * (to prevent the .BEGIN from being executed should * it exist). */ if (!queryFlag) { Job_Init(); jobsRunning = TRUE; } /* Traverse the graph, checking on all the targets */ outOfDate = Make_Run(targs); } else { /* * Compat_Init will take care of creating all the * targets as well as initializing the module. */ Compat_Run(targs); } } #ifdef CLEANUP Lst_Destroy(targs, NULL); Lst_Destroy(variables, NULL); Lst_Destroy(makefiles, NULL); Lst_Destroy(create, (FreeProc *)free); #endif /* print the graph now it's been processed if the user requested it */ if (DEBUG(GRAPH2)) Targ_PrintGraph(2); Trace_Log(MAKEEND, 0); if (enterFlagObj) printf("%s: Leaving directory `%s'\n", progname, objdir); if (enterFlag) printf("%s: Leaving directory `%s'\n", progname, curdir); #ifdef USE_META meta_finish(); #endif Suff_End(); Targ_End(); Arch_End(); Var_End(); Parse_End(); Dir_End(); Job_End(); Trace_End(); return outOfDate ? 1 : 0; } /*- * ReadMakefile -- * Open and parse the given makefile. * * Results: * 0 if ok. -1 if couldn't open file. * * Side Effects: * lots */ static int ReadMakefile(const void *p, const void *q MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { const char *fname = p; /* makefile to read */ int fd; size_t len = MAXPATHLEN; char *name, *path = bmake_malloc(len); if (!strcmp(fname, "-")) { Parse_File(NULL /*stdin*/, -1); Var_Set("MAKEFILE", "", VAR_INTERNAL, 0); } else { /* if we've chdir'd, rebuild the path name */ if (strcmp(curdir, objdir) && *fname != '/') { size_t plen = strlen(curdir) + strlen(fname) + 2; if (len < plen) path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen); (void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", curdir, fname); fd = open(path, O_RDONLY); if (fd != -1) { fname = path; goto found; } /* If curdir failed, try objdir (ala .depend) */ plen = strlen(objdir) + strlen(fname) + 2; if (len < plen) path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen); (void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", objdir, fname); fd = open(path, O_RDONLY); if (fd != -1) { fname = path; goto found; } } else { fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY); if (fd != -1) goto found; } /* look in -I and system include directories. */ name = Dir_FindFile(fname, parseIncPath); if (!name) name = Dir_FindFile(fname, Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath); if (!name || (fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1) { free(name); free(path); return(-1); } fname = name; /* * set the MAKEFILE variable desired by System V fans -- the * placement of the setting here means it gets set to the last * makefile specified, as it is set by SysV make. */ found: if (!doing_depend) Var_Set("MAKEFILE", fname, VAR_INTERNAL, 0); Parse_File(fname, fd); } free(path); return(0); } /*- * Cmd_Exec -- * Execute the command in cmd, and return the output of that command * in a string. * * Results: * A string containing the output of the command, or the empty string * If errnum is not NULL, it contains the reason for the command failure * * Side Effects: * The string must be freed by the caller. */ char * Cmd_Exec(const char *cmd, const char **errnum) { const char *args[4]; /* Args for invoking the shell */ int fds[2]; /* Pipe streams */ int cpid; /* Child PID */ int pid; /* PID from wait() */ char *res; /* result */ WAIT_T status; /* command exit status */ Buffer buf; /* buffer to store the result */ char *cp; int cc; /* bytes read, or -1 */ int savederr; /* saved errno */ *errnum = NULL; if (!shellName) Shell_Init(); /* * Set up arguments for shell */ args[0] = shellName; args[1] = "-c"; args[2] = cmd; args[3] = NULL; /* * Open a pipe for fetching its output */ if (pipe(fds) == -1) { *errnum = "Couldn't create pipe for \"%s\""; goto bad; } /* * Fork */ switch (cpid = vFork()) { case 0: /* * Close input side of pipe */ (void)close(fds[0]); /* * Duplicate the output stream to the shell's output, then * shut the extra thing down. Note we don't fetch the error * stream...why not? Why? */ (void)dup2(fds[1], 1); (void)close(fds[1]); Var_ExportVars(); (void)execv(shellPath, UNCONST(args)); _exit(1); /*NOTREACHED*/ case -1: *errnum = "Couldn't exec \"%s\""; goto bad; default: /* * No need for the writing half */ (void)close(fds[1]); savederr = 0; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); do { char result[BUFSIZ]; cc = read(fds[0], result, sizeof(result)); if (cc > 0) Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cc, result); } while (cc > 0 || (cc == -1 && errno == EINTR)); if (cc == -1) savederr = errno; /* * Close the input side of the pipe. */ (void)close(fds[0]); /* * Wait for the process to exit. */ while(((pid = waitpid(cpid, &status, 0)) != cpid) && (pid >= 0)) { JobReapChild(pid, status, FALSE); continue; } cc = Buf_Size(&buf); res = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); if (savederr != 0) *errnum = "Couldn't read shell's output for \"%s\""; if (WIFSIGNALED(status)) *errnum = "\"%s\" exited on a signal"; else if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0) *errnum = "\"%s\" returned non-zero status"; /* * Null-terminate the result, convert newlines to spaces and * install it in the variable. */ res[cc] = '\0'; cp = &res[cc]; if (cc > 0 && *--cp == '\n') { /* * A final newline is just stripped */ *cp-- = '\0'; } while (cp >= res) { if (*cp == '\n') { *cp = ' '; } cp--; } break; } return res; bad: res = bmake_malloc(1); *res = '\0'; return res; } /*- * Error -- * Print an error message given its format. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The message is printed. */ /* VARARGS */ void Error(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; FILE *err_file; err_file = debug_file; if (err_file == stdout) err_file = stderr; (void)fflush(stdout); for (;;) { va_start(ap, fmt); fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", progname); (void)vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); (void)fprintf(err_file, "\n"); (void)fflush(err_file); if (err_file == stderr) break; err_file = stderr; } } /*- * Fatal -- * Produce a Fatal error message. If jobs are running, waits for them * to finish. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The program exits */ /* VARARGS */ void Fatal(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); if (jobsRunning) Job_Wait(); (void)fflush(stdout); (void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n"); (void)fflush(stderr); PrintOnError(NULL, NULL); if (DEBUG(GRAPH2) || DEBUG(GRAPH3)) Targ_PrintGraph(2); Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0); exit(2); /* Not 1 so -q can distinguish error */ } /* * Punt -- * Major exception once jobs are being created. Kills all jobs, prints * a message and exits. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * All children are killed indiscriminately and the program Lib_Exits */ /* VARARGS */ void Punt(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); (void)fflush(stdout); (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", progname); (void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n"); (void)fflush(stderr); PrintOnError(NULL, NULL); DieHorribly(); } /*- * DieHorribly -- * Exit without giving a message. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * A big one... */ void DieHorribly(void) { if (jobsRunning) Job_AbortAll(); if (DEBUG(GRAPH2)) Targ_PrintGraph(2); Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0); exit(2); /* Not 1, so -q can distinguish error */ } /* * Finish -- * Called when aborting due to errors in child shell to signal * abnormal exit. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The program exits */ void Finish(int errors) /* number of errors encountered in Make_Make */ { Fatal("%d error%s", errors, errors == 1 ? "" : "s"); } /* * eunlink -- * Remove a file carefully, avoiding directories. */ int eunlink(const char *file) { struct stat st; if (lstat(file, &st) == -1) return -1; if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) { errno = EISDIR; return -1; } return unlink(file); } /* * execError -- * Print why exec failed, avoiding stdio. */ void execError(const char *af, const char *av) { #ifdef USE_IOVEC int i = 0; struct iovec iov[8]; #define IOADD(s) \ (void)(iov[i].iov_base = UNCONST(s), \ iov[i].iov_len = strlen(iov[i].iov_base), \ i++) #else #define IOADD(s) (void)write(2, s, strlen(s)) #endif IOADD(progname); IOADD(": "); IOADD(af); IOADD("("); IOADD(av); IOADD(") failed ("); IOADD(strerror(errno)); IOADD(")\n"); #ifdef USE_IOVEC while (writev(2, iov, 8) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN) continue; #endif } /* * usage -- * exit with usage message */ static void usage(void) { char *p; if ((p = strchr(progname, '[')) != NULL) *p = '\0'; (void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-BeikNnqrstWwX] \n\ [-C directory] [-D variable] [-d flags] [-f makefile]\n\ [-I directory] [-J private] [-j max_jobs] [-m directory] [-T file]\n\ [-V variable] [variable=value] [target ...]\n", progname); exit(2); } /* * realpath(3) can get expensive, cache results... */ char * cached_realpath(const char *pathname, char *resolved) { static GNode *cache; char *rp, *cp; if (!pathname || !pathname[0]) return NULL; if (!cache) { cache = Targ_NewGN("Realpath"); #ifndef DEBUG_REALPATH_CACHE cache->flags = INTERNAL; #endif } if ((rp = Var_Value(pathname, cache, &cp)) != NULL) { /* a hit */ strlcpy(resolved, rp, MAXPATHLEN); } else if ((rp = realpath(pathname, resolved)) != NULL) { Var_Set(pathname, rp, cache, 0); } free(cp); return rp ? resolved : NULL; } int PrintAddr(void *a, void *b) { printf("%lx ", (unsigned long) a); return b ? 0 : 0; } static int -addErrorCMD(void *cmdp, void *gnp) +addErrorCMD(void *cmdp, void *gnp MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { if (cmdp == NULL) return 1; /* stop */ Var_Append(".ERROR_CMD", cmdp, VAR_GLOBAL); return 0; } void PrintOnError(GNode *gn, const char *s) { static GNode *en = NULL; char tmp[64]; char *cp; if (s) printf("%s", s); printf("\n%s: stopped in %s\n", progname, curdir); if (en) return; /* we've been here! */ if (gn) { /* * We can print this even if there is no .ERROR target. */ Var_Set(".ERROR_TARGET", gn->name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Delete(".ERROR_CMD", VAR_GLOBAL); Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, addErrorCMD, gn); } strncpy(tmp, "${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'\n@}", sizeof(tmp) - 1); cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (cp) { if (*cp) printf("%s", cp); free(cp); } fflush(stdout); /* * Finally, see if there is a .ERROR target, and run it if so. */ en = Targ_FindNode(".ERROR", TARG_NOCREATE); if (en) { en->type |= OP_SPECIAL; Compat_Make(en, en); } } void Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(Boolean first) { static int once = 1; char tmp[64]; char *s; if (once != first) return; once = 0; strncpy(tmp, "${.MAKEFLAGS} ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:O:u:@v@$v=${$v:Q}@}", sizeof(tmp)); s = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES); if (s && *s) { #ifdef POSIX setenv("MAKEFLAGS", s, 1); #else setenv("MAKE", s, 1); #endif } } char * getTmpdir(void) { static char *tmpdir = NULL; if (!tmpdir) { struct stat st; /* * Honor $TMPDIR but only if it is valid. * Ensure it ends with /. */ tmpdir = Var_Subst(NULL, "${TMPDIR:tA:U" _PATH_TMP "}/", VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (stat(tmpdir, &st) < 0 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) { free(tmpdir); tmpdir = bmake_strdup(_PATH_TMP); } } return tmpdir; } /* * Create and open a temp file using "pattern". * If "fnamep" is provided set it to a copy of the filename created. * Otherwise unlink the file once open. */ int mkTempFile(const char *pattern, char **fnamep) { static char *tmpdir = NULL; char tfile[MAXPATHLEN]; int fd; if (!pattern) pattern = TMPPAT; if (!tmpdir) tmpdir = getTmpdir(); if (pattern[0] == '/') { snprintf(tfile, sizeof(tfile), "%s", pattern); } else { snprintf(tfile, sizeof(tfile), "%s%s", tmpdir, pattern); } if ((fd = mkstemp(tfile)) < 0) Punt("Could not create temporary file %s: %s", tfile, strerror(errno)); if (fnamep) { *fnamep = bmake_strdup(tfile); } else { unlink(tfile); /* we just want the descriptor */ } return fd; } /* * Convert a string representation of a boolean. * Anything that looks like "No", "False", "Off", "0" etc, * is FALSE, otherwise TRUE. */ Boolean s2Boolean(const char *s, Boolean bf) { if (s) { switch(*s) { case '\0': /* not set - the default wins */ break; case '0': case 'F': case 'f': case 'N': case 'n': bf = FALSE; break; case 'O': case 'o': switch (s[1]) { case 'F': case 'f': bf = FALSE; break; default: bf = TRUE; break; } break; default: bf = TRUE; break; } } return (bf); } /* * Return a Boolean based on setting of a knob. * * If the knob is not set, the supplied default is the return value. * If set, anything that looks or smells like "No", "False", "Off", "0" etc, * is FALSE, otherwise TRUE. */ Boolean getBoolean(const char *name, Boolean bf) { char tmp[64]; char *cp; if (snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s:U:tl}", name) < (int)(sizeof(tmp))) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (cp) { bf = s2Boolean(cp, bf); free(cp); } } return (bf); } Index: head/contrib/bmake/make.1 =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/make.1 (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/make.1 (revision 314808) @@ -1,2360 +1,2391 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.263 2016/08/26 23:37:54 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.266 2017/02/01 18:39:27 sjg Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)make.1 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94 .\" -.Dd August 26, 2016 +.Dd February 1, 2017 .Dt MAKE 1 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm make .Nd maintain program dependencies .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl BeikNnqrstWwX .Op Fl C Ar directory .Op Fl D Ar variable .Op Fl d Ar flags .Op Fl f Ar makefile .Op Fl I Ar directory .Op Fl J Ar private .Op Fl j Ar max_jobs .Op Fl m Ar directory .Op Fl T Ar file .Op Fl V Ar variable .Op Ar variable=value .Op Ar target ... .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs. Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs and other files depend. If no .Fl f Ar makefile makefile option is given, .Nm will try to open .Ql Pa makefile then .Ql Pa Makefile in order to find the specifications. If the file .Ql Pa .depend exists, it is read (see .Xr mkdep 1 ) . .Pp This manual page is intended as a reference document only. For a more thorough description of .Nm and makefiles, please refer to .%T "PMake \- A Tutorial" . .Pp .Nm will prepend the contents of the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them. .Pp The options are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Fl B Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence. .It Fl C Ar directory Change to .Ar directory before reading the makefiles or doing anything else. If multiple .Fl C options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one: .Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc is equivalent to .Fl C Pa /etc . .It Fl D Ar variable Define .Ar variable to be 1, in the global context. .It Fl d Ar [-]flags Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of .Nm are to print debugging information. Unless the flags are preceded by .Ql \- they are added to the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes. By default, debugging information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed using the .Ar F debugging flag. The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output, then the standard output is line buffered. .Ar Flags is one or more of the following: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ar A Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags. .It Ar a Print debugging information about archive searching and caching. .It Ar C Print debugging information about current working directory. .It Ar c Print debugging information about conditional evaluation. .It Ar d Print debugging information about directory searching and caching. .It Ar e Print debugging information about failed commands and targets. .It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename Specify where debugging output is written. This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the argument. If the character immediately after the .Ql F flag is .Ql \&+ , then the file will be opened in append mode; otherwise the file will be overwritten. If the file name is .Ql stdout or .Ql stderr then debugging output will be written to the standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively (and the .Ql \&+ option has no effect). Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file. If the file name ends .Ql .%d then the .Ql %d is replaced by the pid. .It Ar f Print debugging information about loop evaluation. .It Ar "g1" Print the input graph before making anything. .It Ar "g2" Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting on error. .It Ar "g3" Print the input graph before exiting on error. .It Ar j Print debugging information about running multiple shells. .It Ar l Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by .Ql @ or other "quiet" flags. Also known as "loud" behavior. .It Ar M Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets. .It Ar m Print debugging information about making targets, including modification dates. .It Ar n Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands. These temporary scripts are created in the directory referred to by the .Ev TMPDIR environment variable, or in .Pa /tmp if .Ev TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty string. The temporary scripts are created by .Xr mkstemp 3 , and have names of the form .Pa makeXXXXXX . .Em NOTE : This can create many files in .Ev TMPDIR or .Pa /tmp , so use with care. .It Ar p Print debugging information about makefile parsing. .It Ar s Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules. .It Ar t Print debugging information about target list maintenance. .It Ar V Force the .Fl V option to print raw values of variables. .It Ar v Print debugging information about variable assignment. .It Ar x Run shell commands with .Fl x so the actual commands are printed as they are executed. .El .It Fl e Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within makefiles. .It Fl f Ar makefile Specify a makefile to read instead of the default .Ql Pa makefile . If .Ar makefile is .Ql Fl , standard input is read. Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified. .It Fl I Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles. The system makefile directory (or directories, see the .Fl m option) is automatically included as part of this list. .It Fl i Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Fl before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl J Ar private This option should .Em not be specified by the user. .Pp When the .Ar j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system. .It Fl j Ar max_jobs Specify the maximum number of jobs that .Nm may have running at any one time. The value is saved in .Va .MAKE.JOBS . Turns compatibility mode off, unless the .Ar B flag is also specified. When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the traditional one shell invocation per line. This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line. It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on. .It Fl k Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error. .It Fl m Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included via the .Ao Ar file Ac Ns -style include statement. The .Fl m option can be used multiple times to form a search path. This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk. Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used for .Qo Ar file Qc Ns -style include statements (see the .Fl I option). .Pp If a file or directory name in the .Fl m argument (or the .Ev MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string .Qq \&.../ then .Nm will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part of the argument string. The search starts with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the file system. If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the .Qq \&.../ specification in the .Fl m argument. If used, this feature allows .Nm to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files (e.g., by using .Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk as an argument). .It Fl n Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special source (see below). .It Fl N Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles without descending into subdirectories. .It Fl q Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are up-to-date and 1, otherwise. .It Fl r Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile. .It Fl s Do not echo any commands as they are executed. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Ic @ before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl T Ar tracefile When used with the .Fl j flag, append a trace record to .Ar tracefile for each job started and completed. .It Fl t Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date. .It Fl V Ar variable Print .Nm Ns 's idea of the value of .Ar variable , in the global context. Do not build any targets. Multiple instances of this option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable. If .Ar variable contains a .Ql \&$ then the value will be expanded before printing. .It Fl W Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors. .It Fl w Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post processing. .It Fl X Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment individually. Variables passed on the command line are still exported via the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable. This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the size of command arguments. .It Ar variable=value Set the value of the variable .Ar variable to .Ar value . Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes in the environment. The .Fl X flag disables this behavior. Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility but no ordering is enforced. .El .Pp There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements, conditional directives, for loops, and comments. .Pp In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending them with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space. .Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or more sources. This creates a relationship where the targets .Dq depend on the sources and are usually created from them. The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined by the operator that separates them. The three operators are as follows: .Bl -tag -width flag .It Ic \&: A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than those of any of its sources. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&! Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been examined and re-created as necessary. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&:: If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created. Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has been modified more recently than the target. Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target will not be removed if .Nm is interrupted. .El .Pp Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , .Ql [] , and .Ql {} . The values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , and .Ql [] may only be used as part of the final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing files. The value .Ql {} need not necessarily be used to describe existing files. Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell. .Sh SHELL COMMANDS Each target may have associated with it one or more lines of shell commands, normally used to create the target. Each of the lines in this script .Em must be preceded by a tab. (For historical reasons, spaces are not accepted.) While targets can appear in many dependency lines if desired, by default only one of these rules may be followed by a creation script. If the .Ql Ic \&:: operator is used, however, all rules may include scripts and the scripts are executed in the order found. .Pp Each line is treated as a separate shell command, unless the end of line is escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e in which case that line and the next are combined. .\" The escaped newline is retained and passed to the shell, which .\" normally ignores it. .\" However, the tab at the beginning of the following line is removed. If the first characters of the command are any combination of .Ql Ic @ , .Ql Ic + , or .Ql Ic \- , the command is treated specially. A .Ql Ic @ causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed. A .Ql Ic + causes the command to be executed even when .Fl n is given. This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script. A .Ql Ic \- in compatibility mode causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored. .Pp When .Nm is run in jobs mode with .Fl j Ar max_jobs , the entire script for the target is fed to a single instance of the shell. In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process. If the command contains any shell meta characters .Pq Ql #=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\e\en it will be passed to the shell; otherwise .Nm will attempt direct execution. If a line starts with .Ql Ic \- and the shell has ErrCtl enabled then failure of the command line will be ignored as in compatibility mode. Otherwise .Ql Ic \- affects the entire job; the script will stop at the first command line that fails, but the target will not be deemed to have failed. .Pp Makefiles should be written so that the mode of .Nm operation does not change their behavior. For example, any command which needs to use .Dq cd or .Dq chdir without potentially changing the directory for subsequent commands should be put in parentheses so it executes in a subshell. To force the use of one shell, escape the line breaks so as to make the whole script one command. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent avoid-chdir-side-effects: @echo Building $@ in `pwd` @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@) @echo Back in `pwd` ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode: @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \e (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@); \e echo Back in `pwd` .Ed .Pp Since .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to .Ql Va .OBJDIR before executing any targets, each child process starts with that as its current working directory. .Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition, consist of all upper-case letters. .Ss Variable assignment modifiers The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic \&= Assign the value to the variable. Any previous value is overridden. .It Ic \&+= Append the value to the current value of the variable. .It Ic \&?= Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined. .It Ic \&:= Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it to the variable. Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced. .Em NOTE : References to undefined variables are .Em not expanded. This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used. .It Ic \&!= Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign the result to the variable. Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces. .El .Pp Any white-space before the assigned .Ar value is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value. .Pp Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly braces .Pq Ql {} or parentheses .Pq Ql () and preceding it with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ . If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding braces or parentheses are not required. This shorter form is not recommended. .Pp If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first. This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided! .Pp If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ the string is expanded again. .Pp Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where the variable is being used. .Bl -enum .It Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read. .It Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is executed. .It .Dq .for loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration. Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the following example code: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Dv .for i in 1 2 3 a+= ${i} j= ${i} b+= ${j} .Dv .endfor all: @echo ${a} @echo ${b} .Ed will print: .Bd -literal -offset indent 1 2 3 3 3 3 .Ed Because while ${a} contains .Dq 1 2 3 after the loop is executed, ${b} contains .Dq ${j} ${j} ${j} which expands to .Dq 3 3 3 since after the loop completes ${j} contains .Dq 3 . .El .Ss Variable classes The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence) are: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Environment variables Variables defined as part of .Nm Ns 's environment. .It Global variables Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles. .It Command line variables Variables defined as part of the command line. .It Local variables Variables that are defined specific to a certain target. .El .Pp Local variables are all built in and their values vary magically from target to target. It is not currently possible to define new local variables. The seven local variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE" -offset indent .It Va .ALLSRC The list of all sources for this target; also known as .Ql Va \&\*[Gt] . .It Va .ARCHIVE The name of the archive file; also known as .Ql Va \&! . .It Va .IMPSRC In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the .Dq implied source); also known as .Ql Va \&\*[Lt] . It is not defined in explicit rules. .It Va .MEMBER The name of the archive member; also known as .Ql Va % . .It Va .OODATE The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also known as .Ql Va \&? . .It Va .PREFIX The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix or preceding directory components; also known as .Ql Va * . The suffix must be one of the known suffixes declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES or it will not be recognized. .It Va .TARGET The name of the target; also known as .Ql Va @ . For compatibility with other makes this is an alias for .Ic .ARCHIVE in archive member rules. .El .Pp The shorter forms .Ql ( Va \*[Gt] , .Ql Va \&! , .Ql Va \*[Lt] , .Ql Va % , .Ql Va \&? , .Ql Va * , and .Ql Va @ ) are permitted for backward compatibility with historical makefiles and legacy POSIX make and are not recommended. .Pp Variants of these variables with the punctuation followed immediately by .Ql D or .Ql F , e.g. .Ql Va $(@D) , are legacy forms equivalent to using the .Ql :H and .Ql :T modifiers. These forms are accepted for compatibility with .At V makefiles and POSIX but are not recommended. .Pp Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line. These variables are .Ql Va .TARGET , .Ql Va .PREFIX , .Ql Va .ARCHIVE , and .Ql Va .MEMBER . .Ss Additional built-in variables In addition, .Nm sets or knows about the following variables: .Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES .It Va \&$ A single dollar sign .Ql \&$ , i.e. .Ql \&$$ expands to a single dollar sign. .It Va .ALLTARGETS The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile. If evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far. .It Va .CURDIR A path to the directory where .Nm was executed. Refer to the description of .Ql Ev PWD for more details. .It Va .INCLUDEDFROMDIR The directory of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Va .INCLUDEDFROMFILE The filename of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Ev MAKE The name that .Nm was executed with .Pq Va argv[0] . For compatibility .Nm also sets .Va .MAKE with the same value. The preferred variable to use is the environment variable .Ev MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of .Nm and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name. .It Va .MAKE.ALWAYS_PASS_JOB_QUEUE Tells .Nm whether to pass the descriptors of the job token queue even if the target is not tagged with .Ic .MAKE The default is .Ql Pa yes for backwards compatability with .Fx 9.0 and earlier. .It Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Names the makefile (default .Ql Pa .depend ) from which generated dependencies are read. .It Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES A boolean that controls the default behavior of the .Fl V option. .It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED The list of variables exported by .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.JOBS The argument to the .Fl j option. .It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX If .Nm is run with .Ar j then output for each target is prefixed with a token .Ql --- target --- the first part of which can be controlled via .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX . If .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX is empty, no token is printed. .br For example: .Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}] would produce tokens like .Ql ---make[1234] target --- making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved. .It Ev MAKEFLAGS The environment variable .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS may contain anything that may be specified on .Nm Ns 's command line. Anything specified on .Nm Ns 's command line is appended to the .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS variable which is then entered into the environment for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Va .MAKE.LEVEL The recursion depth of .Nm . The initial instance of .Nm will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment to be seen by the next generation. This allows tests like: .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE The ordered list of makefile names (default .Ql Pa makefile , .Ql Pa Makefile ) that .Nm will look for. .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES The list of makefiles read by .Nm , which is useful for tracking dependencies. Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read. .It Va .MAKE.MODE Processed after reading all makefiles. Can affect the mode that .Nm runs in. It can contain a number of keywords: .Bl -hang -width missing-filemon=bf. .It Pa compat Like .Fl B , puts .Nm into "compat" mode. .It Pa meta Puts .Nm into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target to capture the command run, the output generated and if .Xr filemon 4 is available, the system calls which are of interest to .Nm . The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors. .It Pa curdirOk= Ar bf Normally .Nm will not create .meta files in .Ql Va .CURDIR . This can be overridden by setting .Va bf to a value which represents True. .It Pa missing-meta= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, then a missing .meta file makes the target out-of-date. .It Pa missing-filemon= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, then missing filemon data makes the target out-of-date. .It Pa nofilemon Do not use .Xr filemon 4 . .It Pa env For debugging, it can be useful to include the environment in the .meta file. .It Pa verbose If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built. This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently. The message printed the value of: .Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX . .It Pa ignore-cmd Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable. This keyword causes them to be ignored for determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode. See also .Ic .NOMETA_CMP . .It Pa silent= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target .Ic .SILENT . .El .It Va .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match the directories controlled by .Nm . If a file that was generated outside of .Va .OBJDIR but within said bailiwick is missing, the current target is considered out-of-date. .It Va .MAKE.META.CREATED In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files updated. If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of .Va .MAKE.META.FILES . .It Va .MAKE.META.FILES In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files used (updated or not). This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency information. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored; because the contents are expected to change over time. The default list includes: .Ql Pa /dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS Provides a list of patterns to match against pathnames. Ignore any that match. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER Provides a list of variable modifiers to apply to each pathname. Ignore if the expansion is an empty string. .It Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode. The default value is: .Dl Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T} .It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS . This behavior can be disabled by assigning an empty value to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES within a makefile. Extra variables can be exported from a makefile by appending their names to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES . .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS is re-exported whenever .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES is modified. .It Va .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON If .Nm was built with .Xr filemon 4 support, this is set to the path of the device node. This allows makefiles to test for this support. .It Va .MAKE.PID The process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.PPID The parent process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS value should be a boolean that controls whether .Ql $$ are preserved when doing .Ql := assignments. The default is false, for backwards compatibility. Set to true for compatability with other makes. If set to false, .Ql $$ becomes .Ql $ per normal evaluation rules. .It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR When .Nm stops due to an error, it sets .Ql Va .ERROR_TARGET to the name of the target that failed, .Ql Va .ERROR_CMD to the commands of the failed target, and in "meta" mode, it also sets .Ql Va .ERROR_CWD to the .Xr getcwd 3 , and .Ql Va .ERROR_META_FILE to the path of the meta file (if any) describing the failed target. It then prints its name and the value of .Ql Va .CURDIR as well as the value of any variables named in .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Va .newline This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value. This allows expansions using the .Cm \&:@ modifier to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather than a space. For example, the printing of .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}. .It Va .OBJDIR A path to the directory where the targets are built. Its value is determined by trying to .Xr chdir 2 to the following directories in order and using the first match: .Bl -enum .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj .It .Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} .El .Pp Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used, so expressions such as .Dl ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,} may be used. This is especially useful with .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR . .Pp .Ql Va .OBJDIR may be modified in the makefile via the special target .Ql Ic .OBJDIR . In all cases, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to the specified directory if it exists, and set .Ql Va .OBJDIR and .Ql Ev PWD to that directory before executing any targets. . .It Va .PARSEDIR A path to the directory of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. .It Va .PARSEFILE The basename of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. This variable and .Ql Va .PARSEDIR are both set only while the .Ql Pa Makefiles are being parsed. If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable using assignment with expansion: .Pq Ql Cm \&:= . .It Va .PATH A variable that represents the list of directories that .Nm will search for files. The search list should be updated using the target .Ql Va .PATH rather than the variable. .It Ev PWD Alternate path to the current directory. .Nm normally sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the canonical path given by .Xr getcwd 3 . However, if the environment variable .Ql Ev PWD is set and gives a path to the current directory, then .Nm sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the value of .Ql Ev PWD instead. This behavior is disabled if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR contains a variable transform. .Ql Ev PWD is set to the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Ev .TARGETS The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any. .It Ev VPATH Colon-separated .Pq Dq \&: lists of directories that .Nm will search for files. The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only, use .Ql Va .PATH instead. .El .Ss Variable modifiers Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the variable (where a .Dq word is white-space delimited sequence of characters). The general format of a variable expansion is as follows: .Pp .Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]} .Pp Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows: .Pp .Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...] .Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]} .Pp In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable. If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign .Pq Ql $ , these must be doubled to avoid early expansion. .Pp The supported modifiers are: .Bl -tag -width EEE .It Cm \&:E Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix. .It Cm \&:H Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component. .It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern Select only those words that match .Ar pattern . The standard shell wildcard characters .Pf ( Ql * , .Ql \&? , and .Ql Oo Oc ) may be used. The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . As a consequence of the way values are split into words, matched, and then joined, a construct like .Dl ${VAR:M*} will normalize the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces to single spaces. . .It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern This is identical to .Ql Cm \&:M , but selects all words which do not match .Ar pattern . .It Cm \&:O Order every word in variable alphabetically. To sort words in reverse order use the .Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1] combination of modifiers. .It Cm \&:Ox Randomize words in variable. The results will be different each time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment with expansion .Pq Ql Cm \&:= to prevent such behavior. For example, .Bd -literal -offset indent LIST= uno due tre quattro RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox} STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox} all: @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" .Ed may produce output similar to: .Bd -literal -offset indent quattro due tre uno tre due quattro uno due uno quattro tre due uno quattro tre .Ed .It Cm \&:Q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed safely through recursive invocations of .Nm . .It Cm \&:R Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix. -.It Cm \&:gmtime +.It Cm \&:range[=count] +The value is an integer sequence representing the words of the original +value, or the supplied +.Va count . +.It Cm \&:gmtime[=utc] The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , -using the current +using .Xr gmtime 3 . +If a +.Va utc +value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. .It Cm \&:hash Compute a 32-bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits. -.It Cm \&:localtime +.It Cm \&:localtime[=utc] The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , -using the current +using .Xr localtime 3 . +If a +.Va utc +value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used. .It Cm \&:tA Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using .Xr realpath 3 , if that fails, the value is unchanged. .It Cm \&:tl Converts variable to lower-case letters. .It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion. This modifier sets the separator to the character .Ar c . If .Ar c is omitted, then no separator is used. The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected. .It Cm \&:tu Converts variable to upper-case letters. .It Cm \&:tW Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). See also .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .It Cm \&:tw Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. See also .Ql Cm \&:[@] . .Sm off .It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on Modify the first occurrence of .Ar old_string in the variable's value, replacing it with .Ar new_string . If a .Ql g is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced. If a .Ql 1 is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word is affected. If a .Ql W is appended to the last slash of the pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). If .Ar old_string begins with a caret .Pq Ql ^ , .Ar old_string is anchored at the beginning of each word. If .Ar old_string ends with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside .Ar new_string , an ampersand .Pq Ql \*[Am] is replaced by .Ar old_string (without any .Ql ^ or .Ql \&$ ) . Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier string. The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on The .Cm \&:C modifier is just like the .Cm \&:S modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being simple strings, are an extended regular expression (see .Xr regex 3 ) string .Ar pattern and an .Xr ed 1 Ns \-style string .Ar replacement . Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern .Ar pattern in each word of the value is substituted with .Ar replacement . The .Ql 1 modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the .Ql g modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the search pattern .Ar pattern as occur in the word or words it is found in; the .Ql W modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Note that .Ql 1 and .Ql g are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can potentially occur within each affected word. .Pp As for the .Cm \&:S modifier, the .Ar pattern and .Ar replacement are subjected to variable expansion before being parsed as regular expressions. .It Cm \&:T Replaces each word in the variable with its last component. .It Cm \&:u Remove adjacent duplicate words (like .Xr uniq 1 ) . .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string .Sm on If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the .Ar true_string , otherwise return the .Ar false_string . Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain variable expansions. A common error is trying to use expressions like .Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no} which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like: .Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != \&"\&":?match:no} . .It Ar :old_string=new_string This is the .At V style variable substitution. It must be the last modifier specified. If .Ar old_string or .Ar new_string do not contain the pattern matching character .Ar % then it is assumed that they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire words may be replaced. Otherwise .Ar % is the substring of .Ar old_string to be replaced in .Ar new_string . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @ .Sm on This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Environment (ODE) make. Unlike .Cm \&.for loops expansion occurs at the time of reference. Assign .Ar temp to each word in the variable and evaluate .Ar string . The ODE convention is that .Ar temp should start and end with a period. For example. .Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@} .Pp However a single character variable is often more readable: .Dl ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@} +.It Cm \&:_[=var] +Save the current variable value in +.Ql $_ +or the named +.Va var +for later reference. +Example usage: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000 +M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \&\\ +\\* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh + +.Dv .if ${VERSION:${M_cmpv}} < ${3.1.12:L:${M_cmpv}} + +.Ed +Here +.Ql $_ +is used to save the result of the +.Ql :S +modifier which is later referenced using the index values from +.Ql :range . .It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval If the variable is undefined .Ar newval is the value. If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned. This is another ODE make feature. It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance: .Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}} If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use: .Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval} .It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval If the variable is defined .Ar newval is the value. .It Cm \&:L The name of the variable is the value. .It Cm \&:P The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the value. If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of the variable is used. In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency. .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&! .Sm on The output of running .Ar cmd is the value. .It Cm \&:sh If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output becomes the new value. .It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str The variable is assigned the value .Ar str after substitution. This modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed. These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep .Nm happy. .Pp The .Ql Cm \&:: helps avoid false matches with the .At V style .Cm \&:= modifier and since substitution always occurs the .Cm \&::= form is vaguely appropriate. .It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str As for .Cm \&::= but only if the variable does not already have a value. .It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str Append .Ar str to the variable. .It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd Assign the output of .Ar cmd to the variable. .It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&] Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other operations related to the way in which the value is divided into words. .Pp Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Some modifiers suppress this behavior, causing a value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space, is treated as a single word. For the purposes of the .Ql Cm \&:[] modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards using negative integers (where index \-1 represents the last word). .Pp The .Ar range is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is then interpreted as follows: .Bl -tag -width index .\" :[n] .It Ar index Selects a single word from the value. .\" :[start..end] .It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end Selects all words from .Ar start to .Ar end , inclusive. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[2..-1] selects all words from the second word to the last word. If .Ar start is greater than .Ar end , then the words are output in reverse order. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[-1..1] selects all the words from last to first. .\" :[*] .It Cm \&* Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Analogous to the effect of \&"$*\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[0] .It 0 Means the same as .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .\" :[*] .It Cm \&@ Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Analogous to the effect of \&"$@\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[#] .It Cm \&# Returns the number of words in the value. .El \" :[range] .El .Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent of the C programming language are provided in .Nm . All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single dot .Pq Ql \&. character. Files are included with either .Cm \&.include Aq Ar file or .Cm \&.include Pf \*q Ar file Ns \*q . Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file name. If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in the system makefile directory. If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the .Fl I option are searched before the system makefile directory. For compatibility with other versions of .Nm .Ql include file ... is also accepted. .Pp If the include statement is written as .Cm .-include or as .Cm .sinclude then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored. .Pp If the include statement is written as .Cm .dinclude not only are errors locating and/or opening include files ignored, but stale dependencies within the included file will be ignored just like .Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE . .Pp Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first character of a line. The possible conditionals are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic .error Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number, then .Nm will exit. .It Ic .export Ar variable ... Export the specified global variable. If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables (those that start with .Ql \&. ) . This is not affected by the .Fl X flag, so should be used with caution. For compatibility with other .Nm programs .Ql export variable=value is also accepted. .Pp Appending a variable name to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED is equivalent to exporting a variable. .It Ic .export-env Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export , except that the variable is not appended to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . This allows exporting a value to the environment which is different from that used by .Nm internally. .It Ic .export-literal Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export-env , except that variables in the value are not expanded. .It Ic .info Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic .undef Ar variable Un-define the specified global variable. Only global variables may be un-defined. .It Ic .unexport Ar variable ... The opposite of .Ql .export . The specified global .Va variable will be removed from .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported, and .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED deleted. .It Ic .unexport-env Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environment inherited from the parent. This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment, so should be used sparingly. Testing for .Va .MAKE.LEVEL being 0, would make sense. Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment should be explicitly preserved if desired. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 PATH := ${PATH} .Li .unexport-env .Li .export PATH .Li .endif .Pp .Ed Would result in an environment containing only .Ql Ev PATH , which is the minimal useful environment. Actually .Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL will also be pushed into the new environment. .It Ic .warning Ar message The message prefixed by .Ql Pa warning: is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... Test the value of an expression. .It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .else Reverse the sense of the last conditional. .It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .if . .It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifdef . .It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifndef . .It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifmake . .It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifnmake . .It Ic .endif End the body of the conditional. .El .Pp The .Ar operator may be any one of the following: .Bl -tag -width "Cm XX" .It Cm \&|\&| Logical OR. .It Cm \&\*[Am]\*[Am] Logical .Tn AND ; of higher precedence than .Dq \&|\&| . .El .Pp As in C, .Nm will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine its value. Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation. The boolean operator .Ql Ic \&! may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than .Ql Ic \&\*[Am]\*[Am] . .Pp The value of .Ar expression may be any of the following: .Bl -tag -width defined .It Ic defined Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable has been defined. .It Ic make Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target was specified as part of .Nm Ns 's command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly, see .Va .MAIN ) before the line containing the conditional. .It Ic empty Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string. .It Ic exists Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists. The file is searched for on the system search path (see .Va .PATH ) . .It Ic target Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined. .It Ic commands Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined and has commands associated with it. .El .Pp .Ar Expression may also be an arithmetic or string comparison. Variable expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral values are compared. A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported. The standard C relational operators are all supported. If after variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a .Ql Ic == or .Ql Ic "!=" operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed between the expanded variables. If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case of a string comparison. .Pp When .Nm is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the .Dq make or .Dq defined expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional. If the form is .Ql Ic .ifdef , .Ql Ic .ifndef , or .Ql Ic .if the .Dq defined expression is applied. Similarly, if the form is .Ql Ic .ifmake or .Ql Ic .ifnmake , the .Dq make expression is applied. .Pp If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a .Ql Ic .else or .Ql Ic .endif is found. .Pp For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files. The syntax of a for loop is: .Pp .Bl -tag -compact -width Ds .It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression .It Aq make-rules .It Ic \&.endfor .El .Pp After the for .Ic expression is evaluated, it is split into words. On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each .Ic variable , in order, and these .Ic variables are substituted into the .Ic make-rules inside the body of the for loop. The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple of three. .Sh COMMENTS Comments begin with a hash .Pq Ql \&# character, anywhere but in a shell command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line. .Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES) .Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx .It Ic .EXEC Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway. .It Ic .IGNORE Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash .Pq Ql \- . .\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE .\" XXX .\" .It Ic .JOIN .\" XXX .It Ic .MADE Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date. .It Ic .MAKE Execute the commands associated with this target even if the .Fl n or .Fl t options were specified. Normally used to mark recursive .Nm Ns s . .It Ic .META Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL . Usage in conjunction with .Ic .MAKE is the most likely case. In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-date if the meta file is missing. .It Ic .NOMETA Do not create a meta file for the target. Meta files are also not created for .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL targets. .It Ic .NOMETA_CMP Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date. This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes. If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date. The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable .Va .OODATE , which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired: .Bd -literal -offset indent skip-compare-for-some: @echo this will be compared @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} @echo this will also be compared .Ed The .Cm \&:M pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted variable. .It Ic .NOPATH Do not search for the target in the directories specified by .Ic .PATH . .It Ic .NOTMAIN Normally .Nm selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built if no target was specified. This source prevents this target from being selected. .It Ic .OPTIONAL If a target is marked with this attribute and .Nm can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't needed or already exists. .It Ic .PHONY The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the .Fl t option. Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to .Ic .PHONY targets. .It Ic .PRECIOUS When .Nm is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets. This source prevents the target from being removed. .It Ic .RECURSIVE Synonym for .Ic .MAKE . .It Ic .SILENT Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign .Pq Ql @ . .It Ic .USE Turn the target into .Nm Ns 's version of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for .Ic .USE ) of the source. If the target already has commands, the .Ic .USE target's commands are appended to them. .It Ic .USEBEFORE Exactly like .Ic .USE , but prepend the .Ic .USEBEFORE target commands to the target. .It Ic .WAIT If .Ic .WAIT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line. Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they are needed for another branch of the dependency tree. So given: .Bd -literal x: a .WAIT b echo x a: echo a b: b1 echo b b1: echo b1 .Ed the output is always .Ql a , .Ql b1 , .Ql b , .Ql x . .br The ordering imposed by .Ic .WAIT is only relevant for parallel makes. .El .Sh SPECIAL TARGETS Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be the only target specified. .Bl -tag -width .BEGINx .It Ic .BEGIN Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. .It Ic .DEFAULT This is sort of a .Ic .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that .Nm can't figure out any other way to create. Only the shell script is used. The .Ic .IMPSRC variable of a target that inherits .Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's commands is set to the target's own name. .It Ic .DELETE_ON_ERROR If this target is present in the makefile, it globally causes make to delete targets whose commands fail. (By default, only targets whose commands are interrupted during execution are deleted. This is the historical behavior.) This setting can be used to help prevent half-finished or malformed targets from being left around and corrupting future rebuilds. .It Ic .END Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything else is done. .It Ic .ERROR Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails. The .Ic .ERROR_TARGET variable is set to the target that failed. See also .Ic MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Ic .IGNORE Mark each of the sources with the .Ic .IGNORE attribute. If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the .Fl i option. .It Ic .INTERRUPT If .Nm is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed. .It Ic .MAIN If no target is specified when .Nm is invoked, this target will be built. .It Ic .MAKEFLAGS This target provides a way to specify flags for .Nm when the makefile is used. The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the .Fl f option will have no effect. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode. .It Ic .NOPATH Apply the .Ic .NOPATH attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL Disable parallel mode. .It Ic .NO_PARALLEL Synonym for .Ic .NOTPARALLEL , for compatibility with other pmake variants. .It Ic .OBJDIR The source is a new value for .Ql Va .OBJDIR . If it exists, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to it and update the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR . .It Ic .ORDER The named targets are made in sequence. This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made. Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself could be built, unless .Ql a is built by another part of the dependency graph, the following is a dependency loop: .Bd -literal \&.ORDER: b a b: a .Ed .Pp The ordering imposed by .Ic .ORDER is only relevant for parallel makes. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .PARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode. .It Ic .PATH The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not found in the current directory. If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are deleted. If the source is the special .Ic .DOTLAST target, then the current working directory is searched last. .It Ic .PATH. Ns Va suffix Like .Ic .PATH but applies only to files with a particular suffix. The suffix must have been previously declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Ic .PHONY Apply the .Ic .PHONY attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .PRECIOUS Apply the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute is applied to every target in the file. .It Ic .SHELL Sets the shell that .Nm will use to execute commands. The sources are a set of .Ar field=value pairs. .Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls .It Ar name This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the built-in shell specs; .Ar sh , .Ar ksh , and .Ar csh . .It Ar path Specifies the path to the shell. .It Ar hasErrCtl Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error. .It Ar check The command to turn on error checking. .It Ar ignore The command to disable error checking. .It Ar echo The command to turn on echoing of commands executed. .It Ar quiet The command to turn off echoing of commands executed. .It Ar filter The output to filter after issuing the .Ar quiet command. It is typically identical to .Ar quiet . .It Ar errFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking. .It Ar echoFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing. .It Ar newline The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline character when used outside of any quoting characters. .El Example: .Bd -literal \&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \e check="set \-e" ignore="set +e" \e echo="set \-v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \e echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\en'" .Ed .It Ic .SILENT Apply the .Ic .SILENT attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .SILENT attribute is applied to every command in the file. .It Ic .STALE This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having .Va .ALLSRC set to the name of that dependency file. .It Ic .SUFFIXES Each source specifies a suffix to .Nm . If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted. It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules. .Pp Example: .Bd -literal \&.SUFFIXES: .o \&.c.o: cc \-o ${.TARGET} \-c ${.IMPSRC} .Ed .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT .Nm uses the following environment variables, if they exist: .Ev MACHINE , .Ev MACHINE_ARCH , .Ev MAKE , .Ev MAKEFLAGS , .Ev MAKEOBJDIR , .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX , .Ev MAKESYSPATH , .Ev PWD , and .Ev TMPDIR . .Pp .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and .Ev MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on the command line to .Nm and not as makefile variables; see the description of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for more details. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/mk -compact .It .depend list of dependencies .It Makefile list of dependencies .It makefile list of dependencies .It sys.mk system makefile .It /usr/share/mk system makefile directory .El .Sh COMPATIBILITY The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make; however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not. .Ss Older versions An incomplete list of changes in older versions of .Nm : .Pp The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after .Nx 5.0 so that they still appear to be variable expansions. In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems using them in .if statements. .Pp The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in .Nx 4.0 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes. The algorithms used may change again in the future. .Ss Other make dialects Other make dialects (GNU make, SVR4 make, POSIX make, etc.) do not support most of the features of .Nm as described in this manual. Most notably: .Bl -bullet -offset indent .It The .Ic .WAIT and .Ic .ORDER declarations and most functionality pertaining to parallelization. (GNU make supports parallelization but lacks these features needed to control it effectively.) .It Directives, including for loops and conditionals and most of the forms of include files. (GNU make has its own incompatible and less powerful syntax for conditionals.) .It All built-in variables that begin with a dot. .It Most of the special sources and targets that begin with a dot, with the notable exception of .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .PRECIOUS , and .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Variable modifiers, except for the .Dl :old=new string substitution, which does not portably support globbing with .Ql % and historically only works on declared suffixes. .It The .Ic $> variable even in its short form; most makes support this functionality but its name varies. .El .Pp Some features are somewhat more portable, such as assignment with .Ic += , .Ic ?= , and .Ic != . The .Ic .PATH functionality is based on an older feature .Ic VPATH found in GNU make and many versions of SVR4 make; however, historically its behavior is too ill-defined (and too buggy) to rely upon. .Pp The .Ic $@ and .Ic $< variables are more or less universally portable, as is the .Ic $(MAKE) variable. Basic use of suffix rules (for files only in the current directory, not trying to chain transformations together, etc.) is also reasonably portable. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mkdep 1 .Sh HISTORY A .Nm command appeared in .At v7 . This .Nm implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at Berkeley. It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different machines using a daemon called .Dq customs . .Pp Historically the target/dependency .Dq FRC has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency does not exist... unless someone creates an .Dq FRC file). .Sh BUGS The .Nm syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data. For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field. In many places .Nm just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion. .Pp There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename. Index: head/contrib/bmake/meta.c =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/meta.c (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/meta.c (revision 314808) @@ -1,1633 +1,1633 @@ /* $NetBSD: meta.c,v 1.67 2016/08/17 15:52:42 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Implement 'meta' mode. * Adapted from John Birrell's patches to FreeBSD make. * --sjg */ /* * Copyright (c) 2009-2016, Juniper Networks, Inc. * Portions Copyright (c) 2009, John Birrell. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #if defined(USE_META) #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include #ifdef HAVE_LIBGEN_H #include #elif !defined(HAVE_DIRNAME) char * dirname(char *); #endif #include #if !defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) || defined(HAVE_ERR_H) #include #endif #include "make.h" #include "job.h" #ifdef HAVE_FILEMON_H # include #endif #if !defined(USE_FILEMON) && defined(FILEMON_SET_FD) # define USE_FILEMON #endif static BuildMon Mybm; /* for compat */ static Lst metaBailiwick; /* our scope of control */ static char *metaBailiwickStr; /* string storage for the list */ static Lst metaIgnorePaths; /* paths we deliberately ignore */ static char *metaIgnorePathsStr; /* string storage for the list */ #ifndef MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS #define MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS ".MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS" #endif #ifndef MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATTERNS #define MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATTERNS ".MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS" #endif #ifndef MAKE_META_IGNORE_FILTER #define MAKE_META_IGNORE_FILTER ".MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER" #endif Boolean useMeta = FALSE; static Boolean useFilemon = FALSE; static Boolean writeMeta = FALSE; static Boolean metaMissing = FALSE; /* oodate if missing */ static Boolean filemonMissing = FALSE; /* oodate if missing */ static Boolean metaEnv = FALSE; /* don't save env unless asked */ static Boolean metaVerbose = FALSE; static Boolean metaIgnoreCMDs = FALSE; /* ignore CMDs in .meta files */ static Boolean metaIgnorePatterns = FALSE; /* do we need to do pattern matches */ static Boolean metaIgnoreFilter = FALSE; /* do we have more complex filtering? */ static Boolean metaCurdirOk = FALSE; /* write .meta in .CURDIR Ok? */ static Boolean metaSilent = FALSE; /* if we have a .meta be SILENT */ extern Boolean forceJobs; extern Boolean comatMake; extern char **environ; #define MAKE_META_PREFIX ".MAKE.META.PREFIX" #ifndef N2U # define N2U(n, u) (((n) + ((u) - 1)) / (u)) #endif #ifndef ROUNDUP # define ROUNDUP(n, u) (N2U((n), (u)) * (u)) #endif #if !defined(HAVE_STRSEP) # define strsep(s, d) stresep((s), (d), 0) #endif /* * Filemon is a kernel module which snoops certain syscalls. * * C chdir * E exec * F [v]fork * L [sym]link * M rename * R read * W write * S stat * * See meta_oodate below - we mainly care about 'E' and 'R'. * * We can still use meta mode without filemon, but * the benefits are more limited. */ #ifdef USE_FILEMON # ifndef _PATH_FILEMON # define _PATH_FILEMON "/dev/filemon" # endif /* * Open the filemon device. */ static void filemon_open(BuildMon *pbm) { int retry; pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1; if (!useFilemon) return; for (retry = 5; retry >= 0; retry--) { if ((pbm->filemon_fd = open(_PATH_FILEMON, O_RDWR)) >= 0) break; } if (pbm->filemon_fd < 0) { useFilemon = FALSE; warn("Could not open %s", _PATH_FILEMON); return; } /* * We use a file outside of '.' * to avoid a FreeBSD kernel bug where unlink invalidates * cwd causing getcwd to do a lot more work. * We only care about the descriptor. */ pbm->mon_fd = mkTempFile("filemon.XXXXXX", NULL); if (ioctl(pbm->filemon_fd, FILEMON_SET_FD, &pbm->mon_fd) < 0) { err(1, "Could not set filemon file descriptor!"); } /* we don't need these once we exec */ (void)fcntl(pbm->mon_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); (void)fcntl(pbm->filemon_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); } /* * Read the build monitor output file and write records to the target's * metadata file. */ static int filemon_read(FILE *mfp, int fd) { char buf[BUFSIZ]; int n; int error; /* Check if we're not writing to a meta data file.*/ if (mfp == NULL) { if (fd >= 0) close(fd); /* not interested */ return 0; } /* rewind */ (void)lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET); error = 0; fprintf(mfp, "\n-- filemon acquired metadata --\n"); while ((n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0) { if ((int)fwrite(buf, 1, n, mfp) < n) error = EIO; } fflush(mfp); if (close(fd) < 0) error = errno; return error; } #endif /* * when realpath() fails, * we use this, to clean up ./ and ../ */ static void eat_dots(char *buf, size_t bufsz, int dots) { char *cp; char *cp2; const char *eat; size_t eatlen; switch (dots) { case 1: eat = "/./"; eatlen = 2; break; case 2: eat = "/../"; eatlen = 3; break; default: return; } do { cp = strstr(buf, eat); if (cp) { cp2 = cp + eatlen; if (dots == 2 && cp > buf) { do { cp--; } while (cp > buf && *cp != '/'); } if (*cp == '/') { strlcpy(cp, cp2, bufsz - (cp - buf)); } else { return; /* can't happen? */ } } } while (cp); } static char * -meta_name(struct GNode *gn, char *mname, size_t mnamelen, +meta_name(char *mname, size_t mnamelen, const char *dname, const char *tname, const char *cwd) { char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; char *rp; char *cp; char *tp; /* * Weed out relative paths from the target file name. * We have to be careful though since if target is a * symlink, the result will be unstable. * So we use realpath() just to get the dirname, and leave the * basename as given to us. */ if ((cp = strrchr(tname, '/'))) { if (cached_realpath(tname, buf)) { if ((rp = strrchr(buf, '/'))) { rp++; cp++; if (strcmp(cp, rp) != 0) strlcpy(rp, cp, sizeof(buf) - (rp - buf)); } tname = buf; } else { /* * We likely have a directory which is about to be made. * We pretend realpath() succeeded, to have a chance * of generating the same meta file name that we will * next time through. */ if (tname[0] == '/') { strlcpy(buf, tname, sizeof(buf)); } else { snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s", cwd, tname); } eat_dots(buf, sizeof(buf), 1); /* ./ */ eat_dots(buf, sizeof(buf), 2); /* ../ */ tname = buf; } } /* on some systems dirname may modify its arg */ tp = bmake_strdup(tname); if (strcmp(dname, dirname(tp)) == 0) snprintf(mname, mnamelen, "%s.meta", tname); else { snprintf(mname, mnamelen, "%s/%s.meta", dname, tname); /* * Replace path separators in the file name after the * current object directory path. */ cp = mname + strlen(dname) + 1; while (*cp != '\0') { if (*cp == '/') *cp = '_'; cp++; } } free(tp); return (mname); } /* * Return true if running ${.MAKE} * Bypassed if target is flagged .MAKE */ static int is_submake(void *cmdp, void *gnp) { static char *p_make = NULL; static int p_len; char *cmd = cmdp; GNode *gn = gnp; char *mp = NULL; char *cp; char *cp2; int rc = 0; /* keep looking */ if (!p_make) { p_make = Var_Value(".MAKE", gn, &cp); p_len = strlen(p_make); } cp = strchr(cmd, '$'); if ((cp)) { mp = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, VARF_WANTRES); cmd = mp; } cp2 = strstr(cmd, p_make); if ((cp2)) { switch (cp2[p_len]) { case '\0': case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': rc = 1; break; } if (cp2 > cmd && rc > 0) { switch (cp2[-1]) { case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': break; default: rc = 0; /* no match */ break; } } } free(mp); return (rc); } typedef struct meta_file_s { FILE *fp; GNode *gn; } meta_file_t; static int printCMD(void *cmdp, void *mfpp) { meta_file_t *mfp = mfpp; char *cmd = cmdp; char *cp = NULL; if (strchr(cmd, '$')) { cmd = cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, mfp->gn, VARF_WANTRES); } fprintf(mfp->fp, "CMD %s\n", cmd); free(cp); return 0; } /* * Certain node types never get a .meta file */ #define SKIP_META_TYPE(_type) do { \ if ((gn->type & __CONCAT(OP_, _type))) { \ if (verbose) { \ fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .%s\n", \ gn->name, __STRING(_type)); \ } \ return FALSE; \ } \ } while (0) /* * Do we need/want a .meta file ? */ static Boolean -meta_needed(GNode *gn, const char *dname, const char *tname, +meta_needed(GNode *gn, const char *dname, char *objdir, int verbose) { struct stat fs; if (verbose) verbose = DEBUG(META); /* This may be a phony node which we don't want meta data for... */ /* Skip .meta for .BEGIN, .END, .ERROR etc as well. */ /* Or it may be explicitly flagged as .NOMETA */ SKIP_META_TYPE(NOMETA); /* Unless it is explicitly flagged as .META */ if (!(gn->type & OP_META)) { SKIP_META_TYPE(PHONY); SKIP_META_TYPE(SPECIAL); SKIP_META_TYPE(MAKE); } /* Check if there are no commands to execute. */ if (Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) { if (verbose) fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: no commands\n", gn->name); return FALSE; } if ((gn->type & (OP_META|OP_SUBMAKE)) == OP_SUBMAKE) { /* OP_SUBMAKE is a bit too aggressive */ if (Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, is_submake, gn)) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .SUBMAKE\n", gn->name); return FALSE; } } /* The object directory may not exist. Check it.. */ if (cached_stat(dname, &fs) != 0) { if (verbose) fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: no .OBJDIR\n", gn->name); return FALSE; } /* make sure these are canonical */ if (cached_realpath(dname, objdir)) dname = objdir; /* If we aren't in the object directory, don't create a meta file. */ if (!metaCurdirOk && strcmp(curdir, dname) == 0) { if (verbose) fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .OBJDIR == .CURDIR\n", gn->name); return FALSE; } return TRUE; } static FILE * meta_create(BuildMon *pbm, GNode *gn) { meta_file_t mf; char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; char objdir[MAXPATHLEN]; char **ptr; const char *dname; const char *tname; char *fname; const char *cp; char *p[4]; /* >= possible uses */ int i; mf.fp = NULL; i = 0; dname = Var_Value(".OBJDIR", gn, &p[i++]); tname = Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p[i++]); /* if this succeeds objdir is realpath of dname */ - if (!meta_needed(gn, dname, tname, objdir, TRUE)) + if (!meta_needed(gn, dname, objdir, TRUE)) goto out; dname = objdir; if (metaVerbose) { char *mp; /* Describe the target we are building */ mp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_PREFIX "}", gn, VARF_WANTRES); if (*mp) fprintf(stdout, "%s\n", mp); free(mp); } /* Get the basename of the target */ if ((cp = strrchr(tname, '/')) == NULL) { cp = tname; } else { cp++; } fflush(stdout); if (!writeMeta) /* Don't create meta data. */ goto out; - fname = meta_name(gn, pbm->meta_fname, sizeof(pbm->meta_fname), + fname = meta_name(pbm->meta_fname, sizeof(pbm->meta_fname), dname, tname, objdir); #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_create: %s\n", fname); #endif if ((mf.fp = fopen(fname, "w")) == NULL) err(1, "Could not open meta file '%s'", fname); fprintf(mf.fp, "# Meta data file %s\n", fname); mf.gn = gn; Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, printCMD, &mf); fprintf(mf.fp, "CWD %s\n", getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf))); fprintf(mf.fp, "TARGET %s\n", tname); if (metaEnv) { for (ptr = environ; *ptr != NULL; ptr++) fprintf(mf.fp, "ENV %s\n", *ptr); } fprintf(mf.fp, "-- command output --\n"); fflush(mf.fp); Var_Append(".MAKE.META.FILES", fname, VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(".MAKE.META.CREATED", fname, VAR_GLOBAL); gn->type |= OP_META; /* in case anyone wants to know */ if (metaSilent) { gn->type |= OP_SILENT; } out: for (i--; i >= 0; i--) { free(p[i]); } return (mf.fp); } static Boolean boolValue(char *s) { switch(*s) { case '0': case 'N': case 'n': case 'F': case 'f': return FALSE; } return TRUE; } /* * Initialization we need before reading makefiles. */ void meta_init(void) { #ifdef USE_FILEMON /* this allows makefiles to test if we have filemon support */ Var_Set(".MAKE.PATH_FILEMON", _PATH_FILEMON, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); #endif } #define get_mode_bf(bf, token) \ if ((cp = strstr(make_mode, token))) \ bf = boolValue(&cp[sizeof(token) - 1]) /* * Initialization we need after reading makefiles. */ void meta_mode_init(const char *make_mode) { static int once = 0; char *cp; useMeta = TRUE; useFilemon = TRUE; writeMeta = TRUE; if (make_mode) { if (strstr(make_mode, "env")) metaEnv = TRUE; if (strstr(make_mode, "verb")) metaVerbose = TRUE; if (strstr(make_mode, "read")) writeMeta = FALSE; if (strstr(make_mode, "nofilemon")) useFilemon = FALSE; if (strstr(make_mode, "ignore-cmd")) metaIgnoreCMDs = TRUE; if (useFilemon) get_mode_bf(filemonMissing, "missing-filemon="); get_mode_bf(metaCurdirOk, "curdirok="); get_mode_bf(metaMissing, "missing-meta="); get_mode_bf(metaSilent, "silent="); } if (metaVerbose && !Var_Exists(MAKE_META_PREFIX, VAR_GLOBAL)) { /* * The default value for MAKE_META_PREFIX * prints the absolute path of the target. * This works be cause :H will generate '.' if there is no / * and :tA will resolve that to cwd. */ Var_Set(MAKE_META_PREFIX, "Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } if (once) return; once = 1; memset(&Mybm, 0, sizeof(Mybm)); /* * We consider ourselves master of all within ${.MAKE.META.BAILIWICK} */ metaBailiwick = Lst_Init(FALSE); metaBailiwickStr = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.META.BAILIWICK:O:u:tA}", VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (metaBailiwickStr) { str2Lst_Append(metaBailiwick, metaBailiwickStr, NULL); } /* * We ignore any paths that start with ${.MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS} */ metaIgnorePaths = Lst_Init(FALSE); Var_Append(MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS, "/dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp ${TMPDIR}", VAR_GLOBAL); metaIgnorePathsStr = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS ":O:u:tA}", VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (metaIgnorePathsStr) { str2Lst_Append(metaIgnorePaths, metaIgnorePathsStr, NULL); } /* * We ignore any paths that match ${.MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS} */ cp = NULL; if (Var_Value(MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATTERNS, VAR_GLOBAL, &cp)) { metaIgnorePatterns = TRUE; free(cp); } cp = NULL; if (Var_Value(MAKE_META_IGNORE_FILTER, VAR_GLOBAL, &cp)) { metaIgnoreFilter = TRUE; free(cp); } } /* * In each case below we allow for job==NULL */ void meta_job_start(Job *job, GNode *gn) { BuildMon *pbm; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; } else { pbm = &Mybm; } pbm->mfp = meta_create(pbm, gn); #ifdef USE_FILEMON_ONCE /* compat mode we open the filemon dev once per command */ if (job == NULL) return; #endif #ifdef USE_FILEMON if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) { filemon_open(pbm); } else { pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1; } #endif } /* * The child calls this before doing anything. * It does not disturb our state. */ void meta_job_child(Job *job) { #ifdef USE_FILEMON BuildMon *pbm; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; } else { pbm = &Mybm; } if (pbm->mfp != NULL) { close(fileno(pbm->mfp)); if (useFilemon) { pid_t pid; pid = getpid(); if (ioctl(pbm->filemon_fd, FILEMON_SET_PID, &pid) < 0) { err(1, "Could not set filemon pid!"); } } } #endif } void meta_job_error(Job *job, GNode *gn, int flags, int status) { char cwd[MAXPATHLEN]; BuildMon *pbm; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; if (!gn) gn = job->node; } else { pbm = &Mybm; } if (pbm->mfp != NULL) { fprintf(pbm->mfp, "*** Error code %d%s\n", status, (flags & JOB_IGNERR) ? "(ignored)" : ""); } if (gn) { Var_Set(".ERROR_TARGET", gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd)); Var_Set(".ERROR_CWD", cwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (pbm->meta_fname[0]) { Var_Set(".ERROR_META_FILE", pbm->meta_fname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } meta_job_finish(job); } void meta_job_output(Job *job, char *cp, const char *nl) { BuildMon *pbm; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; } else { pbm = &Mybm; } if (pbm->mfp != NULL) { if (metaVerbose) { static char *meta_prefix = NULL; static int meta_prefix_len; if (!meta_prefix) { char *cp2; meta_prefix = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_PREFIX "}", VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if ((cp2 = strchr(meta_prefix, '$'))) meta_prefix_len = cp2 - meta_prefix; else meta_prefix_len = strlen(meta_prefix); } if (strncmp(cp, meta_prefix, meta_prefix_len) == 0) { cp = strchr(cp+1, '\n'); if (!cp++) return; } } fprintf(pbm->mfp, "%s%s", cp, nl); } } int meta_cmd_finish(void *pbmp) { int error = 0; #ifdef USE_FILEMON BuildMon *pbm = pbmp; int x; if (!pbm) pbm = &Mybm; if (pbm->filemon_fd >= 0) { if (close(pbm->filemon_fd) < 0) error = errno; x = filemon_read(pbm->mfp, pbm->mon_fd); if (error == 0 && x != 0) error = x; pbm->filemon_fd = pbm->mon_fd = -1; } #endif return error; } int meta_job_finish(Job *job) { BuildMon *pbm; int error = 0; int x; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; } else { pbm = &Mybm; } if (pbm->mfp != NULL) { error = meta_cmd_finish(pbm); x = fclose(pbm->mfp); if (error == 0 && x != 0) error = errno; pbm->mfp = NULL; pbm->meta_fname[0] = '\0'; } return error; } void meta_finish(void) { Lst_Destroy(metaBailiwick, NULL); free(metaBailiwickStr); Lst_Destroy(metaIgnorePaths, NULL); free(metaIgnorePathsStr); } /* * Fetch a full line from fp - growing bufp if needed * Return length in bufp. */ static int fgetLine(char **bufp, size_t *szp, int o, FILE *fp) { char *buf = *bufp; size_t bufsz = *szp; struct stat fs; int x; if (fgets(&buf[o], bufsz - o, fp) != NULL) { check_newline: x = o + strlen(&buf[o]); if (buf[x - 1] == '\n') return x; /* * We need to grow the buffer. * The meta file can give us a clue. */ if (fstat(fileno(fp), &fs) == 0) { size_t newsz; char *p; newsz = ROUNDUP((fs.st_size / 2), BUFSIZ); if (newsz <= bufsz) newsz = ROUNDUP(fs.st_size, BUFSIZ); if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "growing buffer %u -> %u\n", (unsigned)bufsz, (unsigned)newsz); p = bmake_realloc(buf, newsz); if (p) { *bufp = buf = p; *szp = bufsz = newsz; /* fetch the rest */ if (!fgets(&buf[x], bufsz - x, fp)) return x; /* truncated! */ goto check_newline; } } } return 0; } /* Lst_ForEach wants 1 to stop search */ static int prefix_match(void *p, void *q) { const char *prefix = p; const char *path = q; size_t n = strlen(prefix); return (0 == strncmp(path, prefix, n)); } /* * looking for exact or prefix/ match to * Lst_Find wants 0 to stop search */ static int path_match(const void *p, const void *q) { const char *prefix = q; const char *path = p; size_t n = strlen(prefix); int rc; if ((rc = strncmp(path, prefix, n)) == 0) { switch (path[n]) { case '\0': case '/': break; default: rc = 1; break; } } return rc; } /* Lst_Find wants 0 to stop search */ static int string_match(const void *p, const void *q) { const char *p1 = p; const char *p2 = q; return strcmp(p1, p2); } static int meta_ignore(GNode *gn, const char *p) { char fname[MAXPATHLEN]; if (p == NULL) return TRUE; if (*p == '/') { cached_realpath(p, fname); /* clean it up */ if (Lst_ForEach(metaIgnorePaths, prefix_match, fname)) { #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: ignoring path: %s\n", p); #endif return TRUE; } } if (metaIgnorePatterns) { char *pm; snprintf(fname, sizeof(fname), "${%s:@m@${%s:L:M$m}@}", MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATTERNS, p); pm = Var_Subst(NULL, fname, gn, VARF_WANTRES); if (*pm) { #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: ignoring pattern: %s\n", p); #endif free(pm); return TRUE; } free(pm); } if (metaIgnoreFilter) { char *fm; /* skip if filter result is empty */ snprintf(fname, sizeof(fname), "${%s:L:${%s:ts:}}", p, MAKE_META_IGNORE_FILTER); fm = Var_Subst(NULL, fname, gn, VARF_WANTRES); if (*fm == '\0') { #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: ignoring filtered: %s\n", p); #endif free(fm); return TRUE; } free(fm); } return FALSE; } /* * When running with 'meta' functionality, a target can be out-of-date * if any of the references in its meta data file is more recent. * We have to track the latestdir on a per-process basis. */ #define LCWD_VNAME_FMT ".meta.%d.lcwd" #define LDIR_VNAME_FMT ".meta.%d.ldir" /* * It is possible that a .meta file is corrupted, * if we detect this we want to reproduce it. * Setting oodate TRUE will have that effect. */ #define CHECK_VALID_META(p) if (!(p && *p)) { \ warnx("%s: %d: malformed", fname, lineno); \ oodate = TRUE; \ continue; \ } #define DEQUOTE(p) if (*p == '\'') { \ char *ep; \ p++; \ if ((ep = strchr(p, '\''))) \ *ep = '\0'; \ } Boolean meta_oodate(GNode *gn, Boolean oodate) { static char *tmpdir = NULL; static char cwd[MAXPATHLEN]; char lcwd_vname[64]; char ldir_vname[64]; char lcwd[MAXPATHLEN]; char latestdir[MAXPATHLEN]; char fname[MAXPATHLEN]; char fname1[MAXPATHLEN]; char fname2[MAXPATHLEN]; char fname3[MAXPATHLEN]; const char *dname; const char *tname; char *p; char *cp; char *link_src; char *move_target; static size_t cwdlen = 0; static size_t tmplen = 0; FILE *fp; Boolean needOODATE = FALSE; Lst missingFiles; char *pa[4]; /* >= possible uses */ int i; int have_filemon = FALSE; if (oodate) return oodate; /* we're done */ i = 0; dname = Var_Value(".OBJDIR", gn, &pa[i++]); tname = Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &pa[i++]); /* if this succeeds fname3 is realpath of dname */ - if (!meta_needed(gn, dname, tname, fname3, FALSE)) + if (!meta_needed(gn, dname, fname3, FALSE)) goto oodate_out; dname = fname3; missingFiles = Lst_Init(FALSE); /* * We need to check if the target is out-of-date. This includes * checking if the expanded command has changed. This in turn * requires that all variables are set in the same way that they * would be if the target needs to be re-built. */ Make_DoAllVar(gn); - meta_name(gn, fname, sizeof(fname), dname, tname, dname); + meta_name(fname, sizeof(fname), dname, tname, dname); #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: %s\n", fname); #endif if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) != NULL) { static char *buf = NULL; static size_t bufsz; int lineno = 0; int lastpid = 0; int pid; int x; LstNode ln; struct stat fs; if (!buf) { bufsz = 8 * BUFSIZ; buf = bmake_malloc(bufsz); } if (!cwdlen) { if (getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd)) == NULL) err(1, "Could not get current working directory"); cwdlen = strlen(cwd); } strlcpy(lcwd, cwd, sizeof(lcwd)); strlcpy(latestdir, cwd, sizeof(latestdir)); if (!tmpdir) { tmpdir = getTmpdir(); tmplen = strlen(tmpdir); } /* we want to track all the .meta we read */ Var_Append(".MAKE.META.FILES", fname, VAR_GLOBAL); ln = Lst_First(gn->commands); while (!oodate && (x = fgetLine(&buf, &bufsz, 0, fp)) > 0) { lineno++; if (buf[x - 1] == '\n') buf[x - 1] = '\0'; else { warnx("%s: %d: line truncated at %u", fname, lineno, x); oodate = TRUE; break; } link_src = NULL; move_target = NULL; /* Find the start of the build monitor section. */ if (!have_filemon) { if (strncmp(buf, "-- filemon", 10) == 0) { have_filemon = TRUE; continue; } if (strncmp(buf, "# buildmon", 10) == 0) { have_filemon = TRUE; continue; } } /* Delimit the record type. */ p = buf; #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: %s\n", fname, lineno, buf); #endif strsep(&p, " "); if (have_filemon) { /* * We are in the 'filemon' output section. * Each record from filemon follows the general form: * * * * Where: * is a single letter, denoting the syscall. * is the process that made the syscall. * is the arguments (of interest). */ switch(buf[0]) { case '#': /* comment */ case 'V': /* version */ break; default: /* * We need to track pathnames per-process. * * Each process run by make, starts off in the 'CWD' * recorded in the .meta file, if it chdirs ('C') * elsewhere we need to track that - but only for * that process. If it forks ('F'), we initialize * the child to have the same cwd as its parent. * * We also need to track the 'latestdir' of * interest. This is usually the same as cwd, but * not if a process is reading directories. * * Each time we spot a different process ('pid') * we save the current value of 'latestdir' in a * variable qualified by 'lastpid', and * re-initialize 'latestdir' to any pre-saved * value for the current 'pid' and 'CWD' if none. */ CHECK_VALID_META(p); pid = atoi(p); if (pid > 0 && pid != lastpid) { char *ldir; char *tp; if (lastpid > 0) { /* We need to remember these. */ Var_Set(lcwd_vname, lcwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(ldir_vname, latestdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } snprintf(lcwd_vname, sizeof(lcwd_vname), LCWD_VNAME_FMT, pid); snprintf(ldir_vname, sizeof(ldir_vname), LDIR_VNAME_FMT, pid); lastpid = pid; ldir = Var_Value(ldir_vname, VAR_GLOBAL, &tp); if (ldir) { strlcpy(latestdir, ldir, sizeof(latestdir)); free(tp); } ldir = Var_Value(lcwd_vname, VAR_GLOBAL, &tp); if (ldir) { strlcpy(lcwd, ldir, sizeof(lcwd)); free(tp); } } /* Skip past the pid. */ if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL) continue; #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: %d: %c: cwd=%s lcwd=%s ldir=%s\n", fname, lineno, pid, buf[0], cwd, lcwd, latestdir); #endif break; } CHECK_VALID_META(p); /* Process according to record type. */ switch (buf[0]) { case 'X': /* eXit */ Var_Delete(lcwd_vname, VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Delete(ldir_vname, VAR_GLOBAL); lastpid = 0; /* no need to save ldir_vname */ break; case 'F': /* [v]Fork */ { char cldir[64]; int child; child = atoi(p); if (child > 0) { snprintf(cldir, sizeof(cldir), LCWD_VNAME_FMT, child); Var_Set(cldir, lcwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); snprintf(cldir, sizeof(cldir), LDIR_VNAME_FMT, child); Var_Set(cldir, latestdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: %d: cwd=%s lcwd=%s ldir=%s\n", fname, lineno, child, cwd, lcwd, latestdir); #endif } } break; case 'C': /* Chdir */ /* Update lcwd and latest directory. */ strlcpy(latestdir, p, sizeof(latestdir)); strlcpy(lcwd, p, sizeof(lcwd)); Var_Set(lcwd_vname, lcwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(ldir_vname, lcwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: cwd=%s ldir=%s\n", fname, lineno, cwd, lcwd); #endif break; case 'M': /* renaMe */ /* * For 'M'oves we want to check * the src as for 'R'ead * and the target as for 'W'rite. */ cp = p; /* save this for a second */ /* now get target */ if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL) continue; CHECK_VALID_META(p); move_target = p; p = cp; /* 'L' and 'M' put single quotes around the args */ DEQUOTE(p); DEQUOTE(move_target); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 'D': /* unlink */ if (*p == '/' && !Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles)) { /* remove any missingFiles entries that match p */ if ((ln = Lst_Find(missingFiles, p, path_match)) != NULL) { LstNode nln; char *tp; do { nln = Lst_FindFrom(missingFiles, Lst_Succ(ln), p, path_match); tp = Lst_Datum(ln); Lst_Remove(missingFiles, ln); free(tp); } while ((ln = nln) != NULL); } } if (buf[0] == 'M') { /* the target of the mv is a file 'W'ritten */ #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: M %s -> %s\n", p, move_target); #endif p = move_target; goto check_write; } break; case 'L': /* Link */ /* * For 'L'inks check * the src as for 'R'ead * and the target as for 'W'rite. */ link_src = p; /* now get target */ if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL) continue; CHECK_VALID_META(p); /* 'L' and 'M' put single quotes around the args */ DEQUOTE(p); DEQUOTE(link_src); #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: L %s -> %s\n", link_src, p); #endif /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 'W': /* Write */ check_write: /* * If a file we generated within our bailiwick * but outside of .OBJDIR is missing, * we need to do it again. */ /* ignore non-absolute paths */ if (*p != '/') break; if (Lst_IsEmpty(metaBailiwick)) break; /* ignore cwd - normal dependencies handle those */ if (strncmp(p, cwd, cwdlen) == 0) break; if (!Lst_ForEach(metaBailiwick, prefix_match, p)) break; /* tmpdir might be within */ if (tmplen > 0 && strncmp(p, tmpdir, tmplen) == 0) break; /* ignore anything containing the string "tmp" */ if ((strstr("tmp", p))) break; if ((link_src != NULL && cached_lstat(p, &fs) < 0) || (link_src == NULL && cached_stat(p, &fs) < 0)) { if (!meta_ignore(gn, p)) { if (Lst_Find(missingFiles, p, string_match) == NULL) Lst_AtEnd(missingFiles, bmake_strdup(p)); } } break; check_link_src: p = link_src; link_src = NULL; #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: L src %s\n", p); #endif /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 'R': /* Read */ case 'E': /* Exec */ /* * Check for runtime files that can't * be part of the dependencies because * they are _expected_ to change. */ if (meta_ignore(gn, p)) break; /* * The rest of the record is the file name. * Check if it's not an absolute path. */ { char *sdirs[4]; char **sdp; int sdx = 0; int found = 0; if (*p == '/') { sdirs[sdx++] = p; /* done */ } else { if (strcmp(".", p) == 0) continue; /* no point */ /* Check vs latestdir */ snprintf(fname1, sizeof(fname1), "%s/%s", latestdir, p); sdirs[sdx++] = fname1; if (strcmp(latestdir, lcwd) != 0) { /* Check vs lcwd */ snprintf(fname2, sizeof(fname2), "%s/%s", lcwd, p); sdirs[sdx++] = fname2; } if (strcmp(lcwd, cwd) != 0) { /* Check vs cwd */ snprintf(fname3, sizeof(fname3), "%s/%s", cwd, p); sdirs[sdx++] = fname3; } } sdirs[sdx++] = NULL; for (sdp = sdirs; *sdp && !found; sdp++) { #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: looking for: %s\n", fname, lineno, *sdp); #endif if (cached_stat(*sdp, &fs) == 0) { found = 1; p = *sdp; } } if (found) { #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: found: %s\n", fname, lineno, p); #endif if (!S_ISDIR(fs.st_mode) && fs.st_mtime > gn->mtime) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: file '%s' is newer than the target...\n", fname, lineno, p); oodate = TRUE; } else if (S_ISDIR(fs.st_mode)) { /* Update the latest directory. */ cached_realpath(p, latestdir); } } else if (errno == ENOENT && *p == '/' && strncmp(p, cwd, cwdlen) != 0) { /* * A referenced file outside of CWD is missing. * We cannot catch every eventuality here... */ if (Lst_Find(missingFiles, p, string_match) == NULL) Lst_AtEnd(missingFiles, bmake_strdup(p)); } } if (buf[0] == 'E') { /* previous latestdir is no longer relevant */ strlcpy(latestdir, lcwd, sizeof(latestdir)); } break; default: break; } if (!oodate && buf[0] == 'L' && link_src != NULL) goto check_link_src; } else if (strcmp(buf, "CMD") == 0) { /* * Compare the current command with the one in the * meta data file. */ if (ln == NULL) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: there were more build commands in the meta data file than there are now...\n", fname, lineno); oodate = TRUE; } else { char *cmd = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln); Boolean hasOODATE = FALSE; if (strstr(cmd, "$?")) hasOODATE = TRUE; else if ((cp = strstr(cmd, ".OODATE"))) { /* check for $[{(].OODATE[:)}] */ if (cp > cmd + 2 && cp[-2] == '$') hasOODATE = TRUE; } if (hasOODATE) { needOODATE = TRUE; if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: cannot compare command using .OODATE\n", fname, lineno); } cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, VARF_WANTRES|VARF_UNDEFERR); if ((cp = strchr(cmd, '\n'))) { int n; /* * This command contains newlines, we need to * fetch more from the .meta file before we * attempt a comparison. */ /* first put the newline back at buf[x - 1] */ buf[x - 1] = '\n'; do { /* now fetch the next line */ if ((n = fgetLine(&buf, &bufsz, x, fp)) <= 0) break; x = n; lineno++; if (buf[x - 1] != '\n') { warnx("%s: %d: line truncated at %u", fname, lineno, x); break; } cp = strchr(++cp, '\n'); } while (cp); if (buf[x - 1] == '\n') buf[x - 1] = '\0'; } if (!hasOODATE && !(gn->type & OP_NOMETA_CMP) && strcmp(p, cmd) != 0) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: a build command has changed\n%s\nvs\n%s\n", fname, lineno, p, cmd); if (!metaIgnoreCMDs) oodate = TRUE; } free(cmd); ln = Lst_Succ(ln); } } else if (strcmp(buf, "CWD") == 0) { /* * Check if there are extra commands now * that weren't in the meta data file. */ if (!oodate && ln != NULL) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: there are extra build commands now that weren't in the meta data file\n", fname, lineno); oodate = TRUE; } if (strcmp(p, cwd) != 0) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: the current working directory has changed from '%s' to '%s'\n", fname, lineno, p, curdir); oodate = TRUE; } } } fclose(fp); if (!Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles)) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: missing files: %s...\n", fname, (char *)Lst_Datum(Lst_First(missingFiles))); oodate = TRUE; } if (!oodate && !have_filemon && filemonMissing) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: missing filemon data\n", fname); oodate = TRUE; } } else { if (writeMeta && metaMissing) { cp = NULL; /* if target is in .CURDIR we do not need a meta file */ if (gn->path && (cp = strrchr(gn->path, '/')) && cp > gn->path) { if (strncmp(curdir, gn->path, (cp - gn->path)) != 0) { cp = NULL; /* not in .CURDIR */ } } if (!cp) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: required but missing\n", fname); oodate = TRUE; needOODATE = TRUE; /* assume the worst */ } } } Lst_Destroy(missingFiles, (FreeProc *)free); if (oodate && needOODATE) { /* * Target uses .OODATE which is empty; or we wouldn't be here. * We have decided it is oodate, so .OODATE needs to be set. * All we can sanely do is set it to .ALLSRC. */ Var_Delete(OODATE, gn); Var_Set(OODATE, Var_Value(ALLSRC, gn, &cp), gn, 0); free(cp); } oodate_out: for (i--; i >= 0; i--) { free(pa[i]); } return oodate; } /* support for compat mode */ static int childPipe[2]; void meta_compat_start(void) { #ifdef USE_FILEMON_ONCE /* * We need to re-open filemon for each cmd. */ BuildMon *pbm = &Mybm; if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) { filemon_open(pbm); } else { pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1; } #endif if (pipe(childPipe) < 0) Punt("Cannot create pipe: %s", strerror(errno)); /* Set close-on-exec flag for both */ (void)fcntl(childPipe[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); (void)fcntl(childPipe[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); } void meta_compat_child(void) { meta_job_child(NULL); if (dup2(childPipe[1], 1) < 0 || dup2(1, 2) < 0) { execError("dup2", "pipe"); _exit(1); } } void meta_compat_parent(void) { FILE *fp; char buf[BUFSIZ]; close(childPipe[1]); /* child side */ fp = fdopen(childPipe[0], "r"); while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) { meta_job_output(NULL, buf, ""); printf("%s", buf); fflush(stdout); } fclose(fp); } #endif /* USE_META */ Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/ChangeLog =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/ChangeLog (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/ChangeLog (revision 314808) @@ -1,1270 +1,1301 @@ +2017-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170301 + + * dirdeps.mk (_build_all_dirs): update this outside test for empty + DIRDEPS. + + * meta.stage.mk: allow multiple inclusion to the extent it makes + sense. + +2017-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty + + * prog.mk (install_links): depends on realinstall + +2017-02-12 Simon J. Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170212 + + * dpadd.mk: avoid applying :T:R twice to DPLIBS entries + +2017-01-30 Simon J. Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20170130 + + * dirdeps.mk: use :range if we can. + + * sys.vars.mk: provide M_cmpv if MAKE_VERSION >= 20170130 + + * meta2deps.py: clean paths without using realpath() where possible. + fix sort_unique. + 2016-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20161212 * meta2deps.py: set pid_cwd[pid] when we process 'C'hdir, rather than when we detect pid change. 2016-12-07 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20161207 * meta.stage.mk: add stage_as_and_symlink for staging packages. We build foo.tgz stage_as foo-${VERSION}.tgz but want to be able to use foo.tgz to reference the latest staged version - so we make foo.tgz a symlink to it. Using a target to do both operations ensures we stay in sync. 2016-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20161126 * dirdeps.mk: set DIRDEPS_CACHE before we include local.dirdeps.mk so it can add dependencies. 2016-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: set DEP_* before we expand .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE do that they can influence the result correctly. * dirdeps.mk (${DIRDEPS_CACHE}): make sure we pass on TARGET_SPEC * dirdeps.mk: Add ONLY_TARGET_SPEC_LIST and NOT_TARGET_SPEC_LIST similar to ONLY_MACHINE_LIST and NOT_MACHINE_LIST 2016-10-05 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: remove dependence on jot (normal situations anyway). Before we read another Makefile.depend* set DEP_* vars from _DEP_TARGET_SPEC in case it uses any of them with := When bootstrapping, trim any ,* from extention of chosen _src Makefile.depend* to get the machine value we subst for. 2016-09-30 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: use TARGET_SPEC_VARS to qualify components added to DEP_SKIP_DIR and DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER * sys.mk: extract some bits to sys.{debug,vars}.mk for easier re-use by others. 2016-09-23 Simon Gerraty * lib.mk: Use ${PICO} for extension for PIC objects. default to .pico (like NetBSD) safe on case insensitive filesystem. 2016-08-19 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk (META_COOKIE_TOUCH): use ${.OBJDIR}/${.TARGET:T} as default 2016-08-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160815 * dirdeps.mk (.MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER): set filter to only consider Makefile.depend* when checking if DIRDEPS_CACHE is up-to-date. 2016-08-13 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk (.MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS): in meta mode we can ignore the mtime of makefiles 2016-08-02 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160802 * lib.mk (libinstall): depends on beforinstall * prog.mk (proginstall): depends on beforinstall patch from Lauri Tirkkonen * dirdeps.mk (bootstrap): When bootstrapping; creat .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT and allow additional filtering via .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_BOOTSTRAP_SED * dirdeps.mk: move some comments to where they make sense. 2016-07-27 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk (DIRDEPS_CACHE): no dirname. 2016-06-02 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160602 * meta.autodep.mk: when passing META_FILES to gendirdeps.mk do not apply :T to META_XTRAS patch from Bryan Drewery at FreeBSD.org. 2016-05-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160530 * meta.stage.mk: we assume ${CLEANFILES} gets .NOPATH make it so. 2016-05-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160512 * dpadd.mk: always include local.dpadd.mk if it exists remove some things that better belong in local.dpadd.mk skip INCLUDES_* for staged libs unless SRC_* defined. * own.mk: add INCLUDEDIR 2016-04-18 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: when doing -f dirdeps.mk if target suppies no TARGET_MACHINE - :E will be empty or match part of path, use ${MACHINE} 2016-04-07 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: issue a warning if UPDATE_DEPENDFILE=NO due to NO_FILEMON_COOKIE * dirdeps.mk: move the logic that allows for make -f dirdeps.mk some/dir.${TARGET_SPEC} inside the check for !target(_DIRDEP_USE) 2016-04-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Use <> when including local*.mk and others which may exist elsewhere so that user can better control what they get. * meta.autodep.mk (NO_FILEMON_COOKIE): create a cookie if we ever build dir with nofilemon so that UPDATE_DEPENDFILE will be forced to NO until cleaned. 2016-04-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160401 * meta2deps.py: fix old print statement when debugging. * gendirdeps.mk: META2DEPS_CMD append M2D_EXCLUDES with -X patch from Bryan Drewery 2016-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160317 (St. Pats) * warnings.mk: g++ does not like -Wimplicit * sys.mk sys/*.mk lib.mk prog.mk: use CXX_SUFFIXES to handle the pelthora of common suffixes for C++ * lib.mk: use .So for shared objects 2016-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160315 * meta.stage.mk (LN_CP_SCRIPT): do not ln(1) if we have to chmod(1) normally only applies to scripts. * dirdeps.mk: NO_DIRDEPS_BELOW to supress DIRDEPS below RELDIR as well as outside it. 2016-03-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160310 * dirdeps.mk: use targets rather than a list to track DIRDEPS that we have processed; the list gets very inefficient as number of DIRDEPS gets large. * sys.dependfile.mk: fix comment wrt MACHINE * meta.autodep.mk: ignore staged DPADDs when bootstrapping. patch from Bryan Drewery 2016-03-02 Simon J. Gerraty * meta2deps.sh: don't ignore subdirs. patch from Bryan Drewery 2016-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160226 * gendirdeps.mk: mark _DEPENDFILE .NOMETA 2016-02-20 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: we shouldn't normally include .depend but if we do use .dinclude if we can. 2016-02-18 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20160218 * sys.clean-env.mk: with recent change to Var_Subst() we cannot use the '$$' trick, but .export-literal does the job we need. * auto.dep.mk: make use .dinclude if we can. 2016-02-05 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: Add _build_all_dirs such that local.dirdeps.mk can add fully qualified dirs to it. These will be built normally but the current DEP_RELDIR will not depend on then (to avoid cycles). This makes it easy to hook things like unit-tests into build. 2016-01-21 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: add bootstrap-empty 2015-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151212 * auto.obj.mk: do not require MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX to exist. only apply :tA to __objdir when comparing to .OBJDIR 2015-11-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151111 * meta.sys.mk: include sys.dependfile.mk * sys.mk (OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO): use options.mk to set MK_AUTO_OBJ and MK_DIRDEPS_BUILD include local.sys.env.mk early include local.sys.mk later * own.mk (OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO): AUTO_OBJ etc moved to sys.mk 2015-11-13 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk (META_COOKIE_TOUCH): add ${META_COOKIE_TOUCH} to the end of scripts to touch cookie * meta.stage.mk: stage_libs should ignore SYMLINKS. 2015-10-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151022 * sys.mk: BSD/OS does not have 'type' as a shell builtin. 2015-10-20 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151020 * dirdeps.mk: Add logic for make -f dirdeps.mk some/dir.${TARGET_SPEC} 2015-10-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20151010 2015-10-02 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: use staging: ${STAGE_TARGETS:... to have stage_lins run last in non-jobs mode. Use .ORDER only for jobs mode. 2015-09-02 Simon J. Gerraty * rst2htm.mk: allow for per target flags etc. 2015-09-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150901 * doc.mk: create dir if needed use DOC_INSTALL_OWN 2015-06-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150615 * auto.obj.mk: allow use of MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX too. Follow make's normal precedence rules. * gendirdeps.mk: allow customization of the header. eg. for FreeBSD: GENDIRDEPS_HEADER= echo '\# ${FreeBSD:L:@v@$$$v$$ @:M*F*}'; * meta.autodep.mk: ignore dirdeps.cache* * meta.stage.mk: when bootstrapping options it can be handy to throw warnings rather than errors for staging conflicts. * meta.sys.mk: include local.meta.sys.mk for customization 2015-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150606 * dirdeps.mk: don't rely on manually maintained Makefile.depend to set DEP_RELDIR and reset DIRDEPS. By setting DEP_RELDIR ourselves we can skip :tA * gendirdeps.mk: skip setting DEP_RELDIR. 2015-05-24 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: avoid wildcards like make(bootstrap*) 2015-05-20 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150520 * dirdeps.mk: when we are building dirdeps cache file we *want* meta_oodate to look at all the Makefile.depend files, so set .MAKE.DEPENDFILE to something that won't match. * meta.stage.mk: for STAGE_AS_* basename of file may not be unique so first use absolute path as key. Also skip staging at level 0. 2015-04-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150430 * dirdeps.mk: fix _count_dirdeps for non-cache case. 2015-04-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150411 bump version * own.mk: put AUTO_OBJ in OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO rather than YES. it is here mainly for documentation purposes, since if using auto.obj.mk it is better done via sys.mk 2015-04-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150401 * meta2deps.sh: support @list * meta2deps.py: updates from Juniper o add EXCLUDES o skip bogus input files. o treat 'M' and 'L' as both an 'R' and a 'W' 2015-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20150303 * dirdeps.mk: if MK_DIRDEPS_CACHE is yes, use dirdeps-cache which is built via sub-make so we have a .meta file to tell if it is out-of-date. The dirdeps-cache contains the same dependency rules that we normaly construct on the fly. This adds a few seconds overhead when the cache is out of date, but for a large target, the savings can be significant (10-20min). 2014-11-18 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20141118 * meta.stage.mk: add stale_staged * dirdeps.mk (_DIRDEP_USE_LEVEL): allow this to be tweaked only useful under very rare conditions such as FreeBSD's make universe. * auto.obj.mk: Allow MK_AUTO_OBJ to set MKOBJDIRS=auto 2014-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20141111 * mkopt.sh: use consistent semantics for _mk_opt and _mk_opts 2014-11-09 Simon J. Gerraty * FILES: include mkopt.sh which allows handling options in shell scripts in a manner compatible with options.mk 2014-10-12 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: ensure only _STAGED_DIRS under objroot are used for GENDIRDEPS_FILTER to avoid surprises. 2014-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk (NSkipHostDir): this needs SRCTOP prepended since by the time it is applied to __depdirs they have. * dirdeps.mk fix filtering of _machines since M_dep_qual_fixes expects patterns like *.${MACHINE} * cython.mk (pyprefix?): use pyprefix to find python bits since prefix might be something else (where we install our stuff) 2014-09-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140911 * dirdeps.mk: add bootstrap target to simplify adding support for new MACHINE. 2014-09-01 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk: Add handling of GENDIRDEPS_FILTER_DIR_VARS and GENDIRDEPS_FILTER_VARS to make it easier to produce sharable Makefile.depend files. 2014-08-28 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140828 * cython.mk: capture logic for building python extension modules with Cython. 2014-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk (_STAGE_AS_BASENAME_USE): Add StageAs variant 2014-08-02 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140801 * dep.mk: use explicit MKDEP_MK rather than overload MKDEP to identify the autodep.mk variant. * sys.dependfile.mk: delete .MAKE.DEPENDFILE if its initial value does not match .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX * meta.autodep.mk: if _bootstrap_dirdeps add RELDIR to DIRDEPS 2014-05-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140522 * lib.mk: use CC to link shlib for linux too patch from Brendan MacDonell 2014-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: add _reldir_{finish,failed} for gathering stats if WITH_META_STATS is defined. 2014-05-02 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: accept -DWITHOUT_DIRDEPS (same a as -DNO_DIRDEPS) to supress dirdeps outside of .CURDIR. 2014-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Fix spelling errors - patch from Pedro Giffuni 2014-03-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140314 * dirdeps.mk (beforedirdeps): a handy hook * dirdeps.mk (DIRDEP_MAKE): allow the actual command we run to visit leaf dirs to be intercepted (eg. for distributed build). * dirdeps.mk (__depdirs): ensure // don't sneak in * gendirdeps.mk (DIRDEPS): ensure // don't sneak in 2014-02-21 Simon J. Gerraty * rst2htm.mk (RST2PDF): add support for rst2pdf 2014-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * dirdeps.mk (_last_dependfile): use .INCLUDEDFROMFILE if available. 2014-02-10 Simon J. Gerraty * options.mk: avoid :U so this isn't bmake dependent 2014-02-09 Simon J. Gerraty * options.mk: cleanup and simplify semanitcs NO_* dominates all, if both WITH_* and WITHOUT_* are defined then result is DOMINATE_* which defaults to "no". Ie. WITHOUT_ normally wins. 2013-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * meta2deps.py: convert to print function for python3 compat. we also need to open files with mode 'r' rather than 'rb' otherwise we get bytes instead of strings. 2013-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * dirdeps.mk: when TARGET_SPEC_VARS is more than just MACHINE apply the same filtering (M_dep_qual_fixes) when setting _machines as _build_dirs. Also fix the filtering of Makefile.depend files - for reporting what we are looking for (M_dep_qual_fixes can get confused by Makefile.depend) Add some more debug info. 2013-09-04 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk (_objtops): fix typo also while processing M2D_OBJROOTS to gather qualdir_list qualify $ql with loop iterator to ensure correct results. 2013-08-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130801 * libs.mk: update to match progs.mk 2013-07-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130726 some updates from Juniper and FreeBSD o meta2deps.py: indicate file and line number when we hit parse errors also allow @file to provide huge list of .meta files. * meta2deps.py: add try_parse() to cleanup the above. 2013-07-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130716 * own.mk: add GPROG as an option * prog.mk: honor MK_GPROF==yes 2013-05-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130505 * gendirdeps.mk, meta2deps.py, meta2deps.sh: handle $TARGET_SPEC for when $MACHINE isn't enough for objdir distinction. Bring meta2deps.sh closer to par with meta2deps.py. 2013-04-18 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: set INSTALL to STAGE_INSTALL when making 'all' also if the target 'beforeinstall' exists, make it depend on .dirdep (incase it uses STAGE_INSTALL). 2013-04-17 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130401 ;-) * meta.stage.mk (STAGE_INSTALL_SH): add stage-install.sh as wrapper around install(1). * options.mk (OPTION_PREFIX): Allow a prefix other than MK_ 2013-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * meta2deps.py (MetaFile.__init__): ensure self.cwd is initialized. * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version 2013-03-21 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * gendirdeps.mk: do not apply :tA to DPADD entries, since we lose any trailing /., rather apply :tA only when needed. * gendirdeps.mk: better mimic meta2deps handling of .dirdep files. * meta.stage.mk (LN_CP_SCRIPT): Add LnCp to do the ln||cp dance consistently. * dirdeps.mk: better describe the dance in sys.mk for TARGET_SPEC. 2013-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk: revert the dance around .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT it is simpler to just not update when say building for "host" (where we know we apply filters to DIRDEPS), and using a non-machine qualified dependfile. 2013-03-16 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: improve DIRDEPS filtering by allowing DEP_SKIP_DIR and DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER to vary by DEP_MACHINE and DEP_TARGET_SPEC * gendirdeps.mk: ensure _objroot has trailing / if it needs it. * meta2deps.py: if machine is "host", then also trim self.host_target from any OBJROOTS. 2013-03-11 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk: if .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT is not machine qualified but _DEPENDFILE is, and .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT exists but _DEPENDFILE does not, compare the new _DEPENDFILE against .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT and discard if the same. 2013-03-08 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: use STAGE_TARGETS to control .ORDER and hook to all: via staging: 2013-03-07 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.dependfile.mk (.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT): use a separate variable for the default .MAKE.DEPENDFILE value so that it can be controlled independently of .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE * meta.stage.mk: throw error if cp fails etc. Stage*() return early if passed no args. .ORDER stage_* 2013-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * gendirdeps.mk: handle multiple M2D_OBJROOTS better. 2013-02-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20130210 * import latest dirdeps.mk, gendirdeps.mk and meta2deps.py from Juniper. o dirdeps.mk now fully supports TARGET_SPEC consisting of more than just MACHINE. o no longer use DEP_MACHINE from Makefile.depend* so remove it. 2013-01-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20130123 * meta.stage.mk: add stage_links (hard links). if doing hard links, we add dest to link as well. Default the stage dir for [sym]links to STAGE_OBJTOP since these are typically specified as absolute paths. Add -m "mode" flag to StageFiles and StageAs. 2012-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121111 * autoconf.mk: avoid meta mode seeing changed commands for config.status * meta.autodep.mk: pass resolved MAKESYSPATH to gendirdeps in case we were found via .../mk * sys.clean-env.mk: move it from examples, we and others use it "as is". * FILES: add srctop.mk and options.mk * own.mk: convert to using options.mk which is modeled after FreeBSD's handling of MK_* but more flexible. This allows MK_* for boolean knobs to not be confused with MK* which can be commands. * examples/sys.clean-env.mk: add WITH[OUT]_ to MAKE_ENV_SAVE_PREFIX_LIST. Mention that HOME=/var/empty might be a good idea. 2012-11-08 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.dependfile.mk: if not depend file exists, $MACHINE specific ones are supported but not the default, check if any exist and follow suit. 2012-11-06 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121106 2012-11-05 Simon J. Gerraty * import latest dirdeps.mk and meta2deps.py from Juniper. * progs.mk: add MAN and CXXFLAGS to PROG_VARS also add PROGS_TARGETS and pass on PROG_CXX if it seems appropriate. 2012-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: update CLEANFILES remove redundant cp of .dirdep from STAGE_AS_SCRIPT. * progs.mk: Add LDADD to PROG_VARS 2012-10-12 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk (STAGE_DIR_FILTER): track dirs we stage to in _STAGED_DIRS so that these can be turned into filters for GENDIRDEPS_FILTER. 2012-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121010 * meta.stage.mk (STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT): check that an existing target.dirdep matches .dirdep 2012-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120808 * import latest meta2deps.py from Juniper. 2012-07-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120711 * dep.mk: add explicit dependencies on SRCS after applying SRCS_DEP_FILTER * meta.autodep.mk: add explicit dependencies on SRCS after applying SRCS_DEP_FILTER * meta.autodep.mk: ensure GENDIRDEPS_FILTER is exported if needed. 2012-06-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120626 * meta.sys.mk: ignore PYTHON if it does not exist compare ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} against ${MACHINE} is more reliable. * meta.stage.mk: examine .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE for any entries ending in .${MACHINE} to decide if qualified _dirdep is needed. * gendirdeps.mk: only produce unqualified deps if no .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE ends in .${MACHINE} * meta.subdir.mk: apply SUBDIRDEPS_FILTER 2012-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120420 * add sys.dependfile.mk so we can experiment with .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE * meta.autodep.mk: _DEPENDFILE is precious! 2012-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120315 * install-new.mk: avoid being interrupted 2012-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * man.mk: MAN might have multiple values so be careful with exists(). 2012-01-19 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120112 * fix examples/sys.clean-env.mk so that MAKEOBJDIR is handled as: MAKEOBJDIR='${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP},${OBJTOP},}' 2011-12-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111201 * import dirdeps.mk from Juniper sjg@ o more consistent handling of DEP_MACHINE, especially when dealing with an odd Makefile.depend, when normally using Makefile.depend.${MACHINE} 2011-11-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111122 * meta.autodep.mk: add some debug output, be more crisp about updating. Use ${.ALLTARGETS:M*.o} as a clue for .depend 2011-11-13 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111111 it's too cool to miss * import meta* updates from Juniper sjg@ o dirdeps.mk set DEP_MACHINE for Makefile.depend (when we are normally using Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}), handy for read-only manually maintained dependencies. o meta2deps.py add a clear 'ERROR:' token if an exception is raised. o gendirdeps.mk if ERROR: from meta2deps.py do not update anything. 2011-10-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-new.mk separate the cmp and copy logic to its own function. 2011-10-28 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111028 * sys.mk: include auto.obj.mk if MKOBJDIRS is set to auto * subdir.mk: ensure _SUBDIRUSE is provided * meta.autodep.mk: remove dependency of gendirdeps.mk on auto.obj.mk * meta.subdir.mk: always allow for Makefile.depend 2011-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111010 o minor tweak to *dirdeps.mk from Juniper sjg@ 2011-10-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111001 o add meta2deps.py from Juniper sjg@ o tweak gendirdeps.mk to work with meta2deps.py when not cross-building * autoconf.mk: add autoconf-input as a hook for regenerating AUTOCONF_INPUTS (configure). 2011-08-24 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: if we do not have OBJS, .depend isn't a useful trigger for updating Makefile.depend* 2011-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110808 * obj.mk: minor cleanup * auto.obj.mk: improve description of Mkdirs and honor NO_OBJ too. 2011-08-01 Simon J. Gerraty * auto.obj.mk (.OBJDIR): throw an error if we cannot use the specified dir. 2011-06-28 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: if XMAKE_META_FILE is set the makefile uses a foreign make, and so dependencies can only be gathered from a clean tree build. 2011-06-24 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110622 * meta.autodep.mk: improve bootstraping 2011-06-10 Simon J. Gerraty * yacc.mk: handle the corner case of .c being removed while .h remains. 2011-06-08 Simon J. Gerraty * yacc.mk: do .y.h and .y.c separately 2011-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110606 * don't store SRC_DIRDEPS in Makefile.depend* by default not everyone needs it. 2011-05-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110505 first release including meta mode makefiles 2011-05-02 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: add STAGE_AS_SETS and stage_as for things that need to be staged with different names. 2011-05-01 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: add notion of STAGE_SETS so a makefile can stage to multiple dirs 2011-04-03 Simon J. Gerraty * rst2htm.mk: convert rst to s5 (slides) or plain html depending on target name. 2011-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110330 2011-03-29 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk (_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS): use indirection so that DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS0 can be used to debug level 0 only and DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS for the rest. * sys.mk: re-define M_whence in terms of M_type. M_type is useful for checking if something is a builtin. 2011-03-16 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: add stage_symlinks and leverage StageLinks for stage_libs 2011-03-10 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: correct value for _depdir_files depends on .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Add our copyright - just to make it clear we have frobbed this quite a bit. DEP_MACHINE needs to be set to MACHINE each time, if using only Makefile.depend (cf. Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}) * meta.stage.mk: meta mode version of staging * init.mk, final.mk: include local.*.mk to simplify customization 2011-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * auto.obj.mk: just because we are doing mk destroy, we should still set .OBJDIR correctly if it exists. * install-mk (mksrc): do not exclude meta.sys.mk 2011-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * host-target.mk: set/export _HOST_ARCH etc separately, catch junk resulting from uname -p, so we can find sys/Linux.mk correctly. 2011-02-18 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk: throw an error if /dev/filemon is missing and we expected to be updating Makefile.depend* 2011-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110214 * meta.subdir.mk: add support for -DBOOTSTRAP_DEPENDFILES 2010-09-25 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk: not valid for older bmake 2010-09-24 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100919 include dirdeps.mk et al from Juniper Networks, for meta mode - requires filemon(9). * sys.mk, subdir.mk: Add hooks for meta mode. we do this as meta.sys.mk, meta.autodep.mk and meta.subdir.mk to make turning it on/off simple. 2010-06-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100616 * fix typo in sys.mk 2010-06-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100612 * lib.mk: remove duplicate addition to SOBJS 2010-06-10 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk: Add a means of selectively turning on debug flags. Eg. DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS=-dv DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS="*lib/sjg" will act as if we did make -dv if .CURDIR ends in lib/sjg DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS does the same thing, but we set the flags at the start of sys.mk rather than the end. This only makes sense for leaf dirs, so we check that .MAKE.LEVEL > 0 2010-06-09 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100608 * sys.mk: include sys.env.mk later so it can use M_ListToSkip et al. * examples/sys.clean-env.mk: require MAKE_VERIONS >= 20100606 also make it easier for folk to tweak 2010-06-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100606 do not install examples/* * FILES: add examples/sys.clean-env.mk * examples/sys.clean-env.mk: use .export-env to handle MAKEOBJDIR this requires bmake-20100606 or later to work. 2010-05-13 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk (M_tA): better simulate the result of :tA if not available. 2010-05-04 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk: canonicalize MAKE_VERSION old versions reported bmake- build- whereas we only care about 2010-04-25 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: just warn about FORCE_{BSD,SYS}_MK being ignored * lib.mk: we only build the shared lib if SHLIB_FULLVERSION is !empty 2010-04-22 Simon J. Gerraty * dpadd.mk: use LDADD_* if defined. 2010-04-21 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100420 * sys/NetBSD.mk: add MACHINE_CPU to keep netbsd makefiles happy * autoconf.mk allow AUTO_AUTOCONF 2010-04-19 Simon J. Gerraty * obj.mk: add objwarn to keep freebsd makefiles happy * auto.obj.mk: ensure Mkdirs is available. * FILES: add auto.dep.mk - a simpler version of autodep.mk * dep.mk: auto.dep.mk does not do 'make depend' so ignore it if asked to do that. fix/simplify the tests for when to run mkdep. * auto.dep.mk: add some explanation of how/what we do. * autodep.mk: skip the .OPTIONAL frobbing of .depend bmake's FROM_DEPEND flag makes it redundant. 2010-04-13 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100404 * subdir.mk: protect from multiple inclusion using _SUBDIRUSE. * obj.mk: protect from multiple inclusion even as bsd.obj.mk Also create a target _SUBDIRUSE so that we can be used without subdir.mk 2010-04-12 Simon J. Gerraty * dep.mk: use <> when .including so can override. 2010-01-11 Simon J. Gerraty * lib.mk (SHLIB_LINKS): ensure a string comparison. 2010-01-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100102 * own.mk: ensure PRINTOBJDIR works * autoconf.mk: pass on CONFIGURE_ARGS * init.mk: handle COPTS.${.IMPSRC:T} etc. * lib.mk: allow sys.mk to control SHLIB_FULLVERSION fix handling of symlinks for darwin * libnames.mk: add DSHLIBEXT for libs which only exist as shared. * man.mk: suppress chown when not root. * rst2htm.mk: allow srcs from multiple locations. * sys.mk: M_whence, stop after 1st line of output. * sys/Darwin.mk: Use .dylib for DSHLIBEXT and HOST_LIBEXT * sys/SunOS.mk: we need to export PATH 2009-12-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version include rst2htm.mk 2009-12-17 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk,libnames.mk add .-include this allows local customization without the need to edit the distributed files. 2009-12-14 Simon J. Gerraty * dpadd.mk (__dpadd_libdirs): order -L's to avoid picking up older versions already installed. 2009-12-13 Simon J. Gerraty * stage.mk (.stage-install): generalize lib.mk's .libinstall * rules.mk rules for generic Makefile. * inc.mk install for includes. 2009-12-11 Simon J. Gerraty * sys/NetBSD.mk (MAKE_VERSION): some of our *.mk want to check this, so provide it if using native make. 2009-12-10 Simon J. Gerraty * FILES: move all the platform *.sys.mk files to sys/*.mk * Rename Generic.sys.mk to sys.mk - we always want it. 2009-11-17 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * host-target.mk: only export the expensive stuff * Generic.sys.mk (sys_mk): for SunOS we need to look for ${HOST_OS}.${HOST_OSMAJOR} too! 2009-11-07 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * lib.mk: if sys.mk doesn't give us an lorder, don't use it. based on patch from Greg Olszewski. * Generic.sys.mk: if we have nothing to work with set LORDER etc only if we can find it. 2009-09-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * man.mk: cleanman: remove CLEANMAN if defined. 2009-09-04 Simon J. Gerraty * SunOS.5.sys.mk (CC): Use ?= like the other *sys.mk 2009-07-17 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version include auto.obj.mk 2009-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * prog.mk,lib.mk: ensure test of USE_DPADD_MK doesn't fail. 2008-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version man.mk: ensure we generate *.cat1 etc in . 2008-07-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version add prlist.mk 2007-11-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Generic.sys.mk: Allow os specific sys.mk to be in a subdir of ${.PARSEDIR} 2007-11-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * general cleanup * dpadd.mk introduce DPMAGIC_LIBS_* 2007-04-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * libs.mk, progs.mk, autodep.mk: allow for per lib/prog depend files and ensure clean is called for each lib/prog. 2007-03-27 Simon J. Gerraty * autodep.mk (.depend): delete lines that do not start with space and do not contain ':' 2007-02-16 Simon J. Gerraty * autodep.mk (.depend): gcc may wrap lines if pathnames are long so make sure the transform for .OPTIONAL copes. 2007-02-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * own.mk: make sure RM and LN are defined. * obj.mk: fix a typo, and objlink target. 2006-12-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * added libs.mk - analogous to progs.mk make both of them always inlcude {lib,prog}.mk 2006-12-28 Simon J. Gerraty * progs.mk: add a means of building multiple apps in one dir. 2006-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20061126 * warnings.mk: detect invalid WARNINGS_SET * warnings.mk: use ${.TARGET:T:R}.o when looking for target specific warnings. * For .cc sources, turn off warnings that g++ vomits on. 2006-11-08 Simon J. Gerraty * own.mk: if __initialized__ target doesn't exist and we are FreeBSD we got here directly from sys.mk 2006-11-06 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20061106 add scripts.mk 2006-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060318 * autodep.mk: avoid := when modifying OBJS into __dependsrcs 2006-03-02 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060302 * autodep.mk: use -MF et al to help gcc+ccache DTRT. 2006-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060301 * autodep.mk (.depend): if MAKE_VERSION is newer than 20050530 we can make .END depend on .depend and make .depend depend on __depsrcs that exist. * dpadd.mk: add SRC_PATHADD 2005-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20051104 * prog.mk: remove all the LIBC?= junk, use .-include libnames.mk instead (none by default). also if USE_DPADD_MK is set, include that. 2005-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20051001 Add UnixWare.sys.mk from Klaus Heinz. 2005-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: always install *.sys.mk and if need be symlink one to sys.mk 2005-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * subdir.mk, own.mk: use .MAKE rather than MAKE 2004-02-15 Simon J. Gerraty * own.mk: don't use NetBSD's _SRC_TOP_ it can cause confusion. Also don't take just 'mk' as a srctop indicator. 2004-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * warnings.mk: overhauled, now very powerful. 2004-02-03 Simon J. Gerraty * Generic.sys.mk: need to use ${.PARSEDIR} with exists(). 2004-02-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20040201 * extract HOST_TARGET stuff to host-target.mk so own.mk and Generic.sys.mk can share. * fix typo in autodep.mk _SUBDIRUSE not _SUBDIR. 2003-09-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20030930 * rename generic.sys.mk to Generic.sys.mk so that it does not get installed (unless being used as sys.mk) * set OS and ROOT_GROUP for those that we know the value. for others (eg. Generic.sys.mk) wrap the != in an .ifndef so we don't do it again for each sub-make. 2003-09-28 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20030928 Add some extra *.sys.mk from bootstrap-pkgsrc some of these likely still need work. Make everything default to root:wheel ownership, sys.mk can set ROOT_GROUP accordingly. 2003-08-07 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: if FORCE_BSD_MK={cp,ln} use the ones in SYS_MK_DIR not the portable ones. 2003-07-31 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: add ability to use cp -f when updating destination .mk files. Also now possible to play games with FORCE_SYS_MK=ln etc on *BSD machines to link /usr/share/mk/sys.mk into dest - not recommended unless you seriously want to. 2003-07-28 Simon J. Gerraty * own.mk (IMPFLAGS): add support for COPTS.${IMPSRC:T} etc for semi-compatability with NetBSD. 2003-07-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: add a version indicator 2003-07-22 Simon J. Gerraty * prog.mk: don't try and use ${LIBCRT0} if its /dev/null * install-mk: Allow FORCE_SYS_MK to come from env Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/dirdeps.mk =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/dirdeps.mk (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/dirdeps.mk (revision 314808) @@ -1,785 +1,787 @@ -# $Id: dirdeps.mk,v 1.84 2016/11/27 02:44:34 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: dirdeps.mk,v 1.86 2017/03/01 20:26:51 sjg Exp $ # Copyright (c) 2010-2013, Juniper Networks, Inc. # All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without # modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions # are met: # 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. # 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the # documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. # # THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS # "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR # A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT # OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, # SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, # DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY # THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT # (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE # OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # Much of the complexity here is for supporting cross-building. # If a tree does not support that, simply using plain Makefile.depend # should provide sufficient clue. # Otherwise the recommendation is to use Makefile.depend.${MACHINE} # as expected below. # Note: this file gets multiply included. # This is what we do with DIRDEPS # DIRDEPS: # This is a list of directories - relative to SRCTOP, it is # normally only of interest to .MAKE.LEVEL 0. # In some cases the entry may be qualified with a . # or . suffix (see TARGET_SPEC_VARS below), # for example to force building something for the pseudo # machines "host" or "common" regardless of current ${MACHINE}. # # All unqualified entries end up being qualified with .${TARGET_SPEC} # and partially qualified (if TARGET_SPEC_VARS has multiple # entries) are also expanded to a full .. # The _DIRDEP_USE target uses the suffix to set TARGET_SPEC # correctly when visiting each entry. # # The fully qualified directory entries are used to construct a # dependency graph that will drive the build later. # # Also, for each fully qualified directory target, we will search # using ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE} to find additional # dependencies. We use Makefile.depend (default value for # .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX) to refer to these makefiles to # distinguish them from others. # # Before each Makefile.depend file is read, we set # DEP_RELDIR to be the the RELDIR (path relative to SRCTOP) for # its directory, and DEP_MACHINE etc according to the . # represented by the suffix of the corresponding target. # # Since each Makefile.depend file includes dirdeps.mk, this # processing is recursive and results in .MAKE.LEVEL 0 learning the # dependencies of the tree wrt the initial directory (_DEP_RELDIR). # # BUILD_AT_LEVEL0 # Indicates whether .MAKE.LEVEL 0 builds anything: # if "no" sub-makes are used to build everything, # if "yes" sub-makes are only used to build for other machines. # It is best to use "no", but this can require fixing some # makefiles to not do anything at .MAKE.LEVEL 0. # # TARGET_SPEC_VARS # The default value is just MACHINE, and for most environments # this is sufficient. The _DIRDEP_USE target actually sets # both MACHINE and TARGET_SPEC to the suffix of the current # target so that in the general case TARGET_SPEC can be ignored. # # If more than MACHINE is needed then sys.mk needs to decompose # TARGET_SPEC and set the relevant variables accordingly. # It is important that MACHINE be included in and actually be # the first member of TARGET_SPEC_VARS. This allows other # variables to be considered optional, and some of the treatment # below relies on MACHINE being the first entry. # Note: TARGET_SPEC cannot contain any '.'s so the target # triple used by compiler folk won't work (directly anyway). # # For example: # # # Always list MACHINE first, # # other variables might be optional. # TARGET_SPEC_VARS = MACHINE TARGET_OS # .if ${TARGET_SPEC:Uno:M*,*} != "" # _tspec := ${TARGET_SPEC:S/,/ /g} # MACHINE := ${_tspec:[1]} # TARGET_OS := ${_tspec:[2]} # # etc. # # We need to stop that TARGET_SPEC affecting any submakes # # and deal with MACHINE=${TARGET_SPEC} in the environment. # TARGET_SPEC = # # export but do not track # .export-env TARGET_SPEC # .export ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS} # .for v in ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:O:u} # .if empty($v) # .undef $v # .endif # .endfor # .endif # # make sure we know what TARGET_SPEC is # # as we may need it to find Makefile.depend* # TARGET_SPEC = ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:@v@${$v:U}@:ts,} # # The following variables can influence the initial DIRDEPS # computation with regard to the TARGET_SPECs that will be # built. # Most should also be considered by init.mk # # ONLY_TARGET_SPEC_LIST # Defines a list of TARGET_SPECs for which the current # directory can be built. # If ALL_MACHINES is defined, we build for all the # TARGET_SPECs listed. # # ONLY_MACHINE_LIST # As for ONLY_TARGET_SPEC_LIST but only specifies # MACHINEs. # # NOT_TARGET_SPEC_LIST # A list of TARGET_SPECs for which the current # directory should not be built. # # NOT_MACHINE_LIST # A list of MACHINEs the current directory should not be # built for. # # touch this at your peril _DIRDEP_USE_LEVEL?= 0 .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == ${_DIRDEP_USE_LEVEL} # only the first instance is interested in all this .if !target(_DIRDEP_USE) # do some setup we only need once _CURDIR ?= ${.CURDIR} _OBJDIR ?= ${.OBJDIR} now_utc = ${%s:L:gmtime} .if !defined(start_utc) start_utc := ${now_utc} .endif .if ${MAKEFILE:T} == ${.PARSEFILE} && empty(DIRDEPS) && ${.TARGETS:Uall:M*/*} != "" # This little trick let's us do # # mk -f dirdeps.mk some/dir.${TARGET_SPEC} # all: ${.TARGETS:Nall}: all DIRDEPS := ${.TARGETS:M*[/.]*} # so that -DNO_DIRDEPS works DEP_RELDIR := ${DIRDEPS:[1]:R} # this will become DEP_MACHINE below TARGET_MACHINE := ${DIRDEPS:[1]:E:C/,.*//} .if ${TARGET_MACHINE:N*/*} == "" TARGET_MACHINE := ${MACHINE} .endif # disable DIRDEPS_CACHE as it does not like this trick MK_DIRDEPS_CACHE = no .endif # make sure we get the behavior we expect .MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS = no # make sure these are empty to start with _DEP_TARGET_SPEC = # If TARGET_SPEC_VARS is other than just MACHINE # it should be set by sys.mk or similar by now. # TARGET_SPEC must not contain any '.'s. TARGET_SPEC_VARS ?= MACHINE # this is what we started with TARGET_SPEC = ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:@v@${$v:U}@:ts,} # this is what we mostly use below DEP_TARGET_SPEC = ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:S,^,DEP_,:@v@${$v:U}@:ts,} # make sure we have defaults .for v in ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS} DEP_$v ?= ${$v} .endfor .if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1 # Ok, this gets more complex (putting it mildly). # In order to stay sane, we need to ensure that all the build_dirs # we compute below are fully qualified wrt DEP_TARGET_SPEC. # The makefiles may only partially specify (eg. MACHINE only), # so we need to construct a set of modifiers to fill in the gaps. -.if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 10 +.if ${MAKE_VERSION} >= 20170130 +_tspec_x := ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:range} +.elif ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 10 # seriously? better have jot(1) or equivalent to produce suitable sequence _tspec_x := ${${JOT:Ujot} ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]}:L:sh} .else # we can provide the sequence ourselves _tspec_x := ${1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10:L:[1..${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]}]} .endif # this handles unqualified entries M_dep_qual_fixes = C;(/[^/.,]+)$$;\1.$${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}; # there needs to be at least one item missing for these to make sense .for i in ${_tspec_x:[2..-1]} _tspec_m$i := ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[2..$i]:@w@[^,]+@:ts,} _tspec_a$i := ,${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[$i..-1]:@v@$$$${DEP_$v}@:ts,} M_dep_qual_fixes += C;(\.${_tspec_m$i})$$;\1${_tspec_a$i}; .endfor .else # A harmless? default. M_dep_qual_fixes = U .endif .if !defined(.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE) # .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE makes the logic below neater? # you really want this set by sys.mk or similar .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE = ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T} .if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} == "${TARGET_SPEC}" .if ${TARGET_SPEC} != ${MACHINE} .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE += ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R}.$${MACHINE} .endif .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE += ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R} .endif .endif _default_dependfile := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:[1]:T} _machine_dependfiles := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:T:M*${MACHINE}*} # for machine specific dependfiles we require ${MACHINE} to be at the end # also for the sake of sanity we require a common prefix .if !defined(.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX) # knowing .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX helps .if !empty(_machine_dependfiles) .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX := ${_machine_dependfiles:[1]:T:R} .else .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX := ${_default_dependfile:T} .endif .endif # this is how we identify non-machine specific dependfiles N_notmachine := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:E:N*${MACHINE}*:${M_ListToSkip}} .endif # !target(_DIRDEP_USE) # First off, we want to know what ${MACHINE} to build for. # This can be complicated if we are using a mixture of ${MACHINE} specific # and non-specific Makefile.depend* # if we were included recursively _DEP_TARGET_SPEC should be valid. .if empty(_DEP_TARGET_SPEC) # we may or may not have included a dependfile yet .if defined(.INCLUDEDFROMFILE) _last_dependfile := ${.INCLUDEDFROMFILE:M${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}*} .else _last_dependfile := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}*:[-1]} .endif .if ${_debug_reldir:U0} .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: _last_dependfile='${_last_dependfile}' .endif .if empty(_last_dependfile) || ${_last_dependfile:E:${N_notmachine}} == "" # this is all we have to work with DEP_MACHINE = ${TARGET_MACHINE:U${MACHINE}} _DEP_TARGET_SPEC := ${DEP_TARGET_SPEC} .else _DEP_TARGET_SPEC = ${_last_dependfile:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:E} .endif .if !empty(_last_dependfile) # record that we've read dependfile for this _dirdeps_checked.${_CURDIR}.${TARGET_SPEC}: .endif .endif # by now _DEP_TARGET_SPEC should be set, parse it. .if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1 # we need to parse DEP_MACHINE may or may not contain more info _tspec := ${_DEP_TARGET_SPEC:S/,/ /g} .for i in ${_tspec_x} DEP_${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[$i]} := ${_tspec:[$i]} .endfor .for v in ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:O:u} .if empty(DEP_$v) .undef DEP_$v .endif .endfor .else DEP_MACHINE := ${_DEP_TARGET_SPEC} .endif # reset each time through _build_all_dirs = # the first time we are included the _DIRDEP_USE target will not be defined # we can use this as a clue to do initialization and other one time things. .if !target(_DIRDEP_USE) # make sure this target exists dirdeps: beforedirdeps .WAIT beforedirdeps: # We normally expect to be included by Makefile.depend.* # which sets the DEP_* macros below. DEP_RELDIR ?= ${RELDIR} # this can cause lots of output! # set to a set of glob expressions that might match RELDIR DEBUG_DIRDEPS ?= no # remember the initial value of DEP_RELDIR - we test for it below. _DEP_RELDIR := ${DEP_RELDIR} .endif # DIRDEPS_CACHE can be very handy for debugging. # Also if repeatedly building the same target, # we can avoid the overhead of re-computing the tree dependencies. MK_DIRDEPS_CACHE ?= no BUILD_DIRDEPS_CACHE ?= no BUILD_DIRDEPS ?= yes .if ${MK_DIRDEPS_CACHE} == "yes" # this is where we will cache all our work DIRDEPS_CACHE ?= ${_OBJDIR:tA}/dirdeps.cache${.TARGETS:Nall:O:u:ts-:S,/,_,g:S,^,.,:N.} .endif # pickup customizations # as below you can use !target(_DIRDEP_USE) to protect things # which should only be done once. .-include .if !target(_DIRDEP_USE) # things we skip for host tools SKIP_HOSTDIR ?= NSkipHostDir = ${SKIP_HOSTDIR:N*.host*:S,$,.host*,:N.host*:S,^,${SRCTOP}/,:${M_ListToSkip}} # things we always skip # SKIP_DIRDEPS allows for adding entries on command line. SKIP_DIR += .host *.WAIT ${SKIP_DIRDEPS} SKIP_DIR.host += ${SKIP_HOSTDIR} DEP_SKIP_DIR = ${SKIP_DIR} \ ${SKIP_DIR.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:U} \ ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:@v@${SKIP_DIR.${DEP_$v}:U}@} \ ${SKIP_DIRDEPS.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:U} \ ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:@v@${SKIP_DIRDEPS.${DEP_$v}:U}@} NSkipDir = ${DEP_SKIP_DIR:${M_ListToSkip}} .if defined(NODIRDEPS) || defined(WITHOUT_DIRDEPS) NO_DIRDEPS = .elif defined(WITHOUT_DIRDEPS_BELOW) NO_DIRDEPS_BELOW = .endif .if defined(NO_DIRDEPS) # confine ourselves to the original dir and below. DIRDEPS_FILTER += M${_DEP_RELDIR}* .elif defined(NO_DIRDEPS_BELOW) DIRDEPS_FILTER += M${_DEP_RELDIR} .endif # this is what we run below DIRDEP_MAKE?= ${.MAKE} # we suppress SUBDIR when visiting the leaves # we assume sys.mk will set MACHINE_ARCH # you can add extras to DIRDEP_USE_ENV # if there is no makefile in the target directory, we skip it. _DIRDEP_USE: .USE .MAKE @for m in ${.MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE}; do \ test -s ${.TARGET:R}/$$m || continue; \ echo "${TRACER}Checking ${.TARGET:R} for ${.TARGET:E} ..."; \ MACHINE_ARCH= NO_SUBDIR=1 ${DIRDEP_USE_ENV} \ TARGET_SPEC=${.TARGET:E} \ MACHINE=${.TARGET:E} \ ${DIRDEP_MAKE} -C ${.TARGET:R} || exit 1; \ break; \ done .ifdef ALL_MACHINES # this is how you limit it to only the machines we have been built for # previously. .if empty(ONLY_TARGET_SPEC_LIST) && empty(ONLY_MACHINE_LIST) .if !empty(ALL_MACHINE_LIST) # ALL_MACHINE_LIST is the list of all legal machines - ignore anything else _machine_list != cd ${_CURDIR} && 'ls' -1 ${ALL_MACHINE_LIST:O:u:@m@${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R}.$m@} 2> /dev/null; echo .else _machine_list != 'ls' -1 ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}.* 2> /dev/null; echo .endif _only_machines := ${_machine_list:${NIgnoreFiles:UN*.bak}:E:O:u} .else _only_machines := ${ONLY_TARGET_SPEC_LIST:U} ${ONLY_MACHINE_LIST:U} .endif .if empty(_only_machines) # we must be boot-strapping _only_machines := ${TARGET_MACHINE:U${ALL_MACHINE_LIST:U${DEP_MACHINE}}} .endif .else # ! ALL_MACHINES # if ONLY_TARGET_SPEC_LIST or ONLY_MACHINE_LIST is set, we are limited to that. # Note that ONLY_TARGET_SPEC_LIST should be fully qualified. # if TARGET_MACHINE is set - it is really the same as ONLY_MACHINE_LIST # otherwise DEP_MACHINE is it - so DEP_MACHINE will match. _only_machines := ${ONLY_TARGET_SPEC_LIST:U:M${DEP_MACHINE},*} .if empty(_only_machines) _only_machines := ${ONLY_MACHINE_LIST:U${TARGET_MACHINE:U${DEP_MACHINE}}:M${DEP_MACHINE}} .endif .endif .if !empty(NOT_MACHINE_LIST) _only_machines := ${_only_machines:${NOT_MACHINE_LIST:${M_ListToSkip}}} .endif .if !empty(NOT_TARGET_SPEC_LIST) # we must first qualify _dm := ${DEP_MACHINE} _only_machines := ${_only_machines:M*,*} ${_only_machines:N*,*:@DEP_MACHINE@${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}@:S,^,.,:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:O:u:S,^.,,} DEP_MACHINE := ${_dm} _only_machines := ${_only_machines:${NOT_TARGET_SPEC_LIST:${M_ListToSkip}}} .endif # clean up _only_machines := ${_only_machines:O:u} # make sure we have a starting place? DIRDEPS ?= ${RELDIR} .endif # target .if !defined(NO_DIRDEPS) && !defined(NO_DIRDEPS_BELOW) .if ${MK_DIRDEPS_CACHE} == "yes" # just ensure this exists build-dirdeps: M_oneperline = @x@\\${.newline} $$x@ .if ${BUILD_DIRDEPS_CACHE} == "no" .if !target(dirdeps-cached) # we do this via sub-make BUILD_DIRDEPS = no # ignore anything but these .MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER = M*/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}* dirdeps: dirdeps-cached dirdeps-cached: ${DIRDEPS_CACHE} .MAKE @echo "${TRACER}Using ${DIRDEPS_CACHE}" @MAKELEVEL=${.MAKE.LEVEL} ${.MAKE} -C ${_CURDIR} -f ${DIRDEPS_CACHE} \ dirdeps MK_DIRDEPS_CACHE=no BUILD_DIRDEPS=no # these should generally do BUILD_DIRDEPS_MAKEFILE ?= ${MAKEFILE} BUILD_DIRDEPS_TARGETS ?= ${.TARGETS} # we need the .meta file to ensure we update if # any of the Makefile.depend* changed. # We do not want to compare the command line though. ${DIRDEPS_CACHE}: .META .NOMETA_CMP +@{ echo '# Autogenerated - do NOT edit!'; echo; \ echo 'BUILD_DIRDEPS=no'; echo; \ echo '.include '; \ } > ${.TARGET}.new +@MAKELEVEL=${.MAKE.LEVEL} DIRDEPS_CACHE=${DIRDEPS_CACHE} \ DIRDEPS="${DIRDEPS}" \ TARGET_SPEC=${TARGET_SPEC} \ MAKEFLAGS= ${.MAKE} -C ${_CURDIR} -f ${BUILD_DIRDEPS_MAKEFILE} \ ${BUILD_DIRDEPS_TARGETS} BUILD_DIRDEPS_CACHE=yes \ .MAKE.DEPENDFILE=.none \ ${.MAKEFLAGS:tW:S,-D ,-D,g:tw:M*WITH*} \ 3>&1 1>&2 | sed 's,${SRCTOP},$${SRCTOP},g' >> ${.TARGET}.new && \ mv ${.TARGET}.new ${.TARGET} .endif .elif !target(_count_dirdeps) # we want to capture the dirdeps count in the cache .END: _count_dirdeps _count_dirdeps: .NOMETA @echo '.info $${.newline}$${TRACER}Makefiles read: total=${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:[#]} depend=${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*depend*:[#]} dirdeps=${.ALLTARGETS:M${SRCTOP}*:O:u:[#]}' >&3 .endif .elif !make(dirdeps) && !target(_count_dirdeps) beforedirdeps: _count_dirdeps _count_dirdeps: .NOMETA @echo "${TRACER}Makefiles read: total=${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:[#]} depend=${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*depend*:[#]} dirdeps=${.ALLTARGETS:M${SRCTOP}*:O:u:[#]} seconds=`expr ${now_utc} - ${start_utc}`" .endif .endif .if ${BUILD_DIRDEPS} == "yes" .if ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS:@x@${DEP_RELDIR:M$x}${${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_MACHINE}:L:M$x}@} != "" _debug_reldir = 1 .else _debug_reldir = 0 .endif .if ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS:@x@${DEP_RELDIR:M$x}${${DEP_RELDIR}.depend:L:M$x}@} != "" _debug_search = 1 .else _debug_search = 0 .endif # the rest is done repeatedly for every Makefile.depend we read. # if we are anything but the original dir we care only about the # machine type we were included for.. .if ${DEP_RELDIR} == "." _this_dir := ${SRCTOP} .else _this_dir := ${SRCTOP}/${DEP_RELDIR} .endif # on rare occasions, there can be a need for extra help _dep_hack := ${_this_dir}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}.inc .-include <${_dep_hack}> .if ${DEP_RELDIR} != ${_DEP_RELDIR} || ${DEP_TARGET_SPEC} != ${TARGET_SPEC} # this should be all _machines := ${DEP_MACHINE} .else # this is the machine list we actually use below _machines := ${_only_machines} .if defined(HOSTPROG) || ${DEP_MACHINE} == "host" # we need to build this guy's dependencies for host as well. _machines += host .endif _machines := ${_machines:O:u} .endif .if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1 # we need to tweak _machines _dm := ${DEP_MACHINE} # apply the same filtering that we do when qualifying DIRDEPS. # M_dep_qual_fixes expects .${MACHINE}* so add (and remove) '.' # Again we expect that any already qualified machines are fully qualified. _machines := ${_machines:M*,*} ${_machines:N*,*:@DEP_MACHINE@${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}@:S,^,.,:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:O:u:S,^.,,} DEP_MACHINE := ${_dm} _machines := ${_machines:O:u} .endif # reset each time through _build_dirs = .if ${DEP_RELDIR} == ${_DEP_RELDIR} # pickup other machines for this dir if necessary .if ${BUILD_AT_LEVEL0:Uyes} == "no" _build_dirs += ${_machines:@m@${_CURDIR}.$m@} .else _build_dirs += ${_machines:N${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:@m@${_CURDIR}.$m@} .if ${DEP_TARGET_SPEC} == ${TARGET_SPEC} # pickup local dependencies now .if ${MAKE_VERSION} < 20160220 .-include <.depend> .else .dinclude <.depend> .endif .endif .endif .endif .if ${_debug_reldir} .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: DIRDEPS='${DIRDEPS}' .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: _machines='${_machines}' .endif .if !empty(DIRDEPS) # these we reset each time through as they can depend on DEP_MACHINE DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER = \ ${DIRDEPS_FILTER.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:U} \ ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:@v@${DIRDEPS_FILTER.${DEP_$v}:U}@} \ ${DIRDEPS_FILTER:U} .if empty(DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER) # something harmless DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER = U .endif # this is what we start with __depdirs := ${DIRDEPS:${NSkipDir}:${DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER:ts:}:C,//+,/,g:O:u:@d@${SRCTOP}/$d@} # some entries may be qualified with . # the :M*/*/*.* just tries to limit the dirs we check to likely ones. # the ${d:E:M*/*} ensures we don't consider junos/usr.sbin/mgd __qual_depdirs := ${__depdirs:M*/*/*.*:@d@${exists($d):?:${"${d:E:M*/*}":?:${exists(${d:R}):?$d:}}}@} __unqual_depdirs := ${__depdirs:${__qual_depdirs:Uno:${M_ListToSkip}}} .if ${DEP_RELDIR} == ${_DEP_RELDIR} # if it was called out - we likely need it. __hostdpadd := ${DPADD:U.:M${HOST_OBJTOP}/*:S,${HOST_OBJTOP}/,,:H:${NSkipDir}:${DIRDEPS_FILTER:ts:}:S,$,.host,:N.*:@d@${SRCTOP}/$d@} __qual_depdirs += ${__hostdpadd} .endif .if ${_debug_reldir} .info depdirs=${__depdirs} .info qualified=${__qual_depdirs} .info unqualified=${__unqual_depdirs} .endif # _build_dirs is what we will feed to _DIRDEP_USE _build_dirs += \ ${__qual_depdirs:M*.host:${NSkipHostDir}:N.host} \ ${__qual_depdirs:N*.host} \ ${_machines:Mhost*:@m@${__unqual_depdirs:@d@$d.$m@}@:${NSkipHostDir}:N.host} \ ${_machines:Nhost*:@m@${__unqual_depdirs:@d@$d.$m@}@} # qualify everything now _build_dirs := ${_build_dirs:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:O:u} +.endif # empty DIRDEPS + _build_all_dirs += ${_build_dirs} _build_all_dirs := ${_build_all_dirs:O:u} - -.endif # empty DIRDEPS # Normally if doing make -V something, # we do not want to waste time chasing DIRDEPS # but if we want to count the number of Makefile.depend* read, we do. .if ${.MAKEFLAGS:M-V${_V_READ_DIRDEPS}} == "" .if !empty(_build_all_dirs) .if ${BUILD_DIRDEPS_CACHE} == "yes" x!= { echo; echo '\# ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}'; \ echo 'dirdeps: ${_build_all_dirs:${M_oneperline}}'; echo; } >&3; echo x!= { ${_build_all_dirs:@x@${target($x):?:echo '$x: _DIRDEP_USE';}@} echo; } >&3; echo .else # this makes it all happen dirdeps: ${_build_all_dirs} .endif ${_build_all_dirs}: _DIRDEP_USE .if ${_debug_reldir} .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: needs: ${_build_dirs} .endif # this builds the dependency graph .for m in ${_machines} # it would be nice to do :N${.TARGET} .if !empty(__qual_depdirs) .for q in ${__qual_depdirs:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:E:O:u:N$m} .if ${_debug_reldir} || ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS:@x@${${DEP_RELDIR}.$m:L:M$x}${${DEP_RELDIR}.$q:L:M$x}@} != "" .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.$m: graph: ${_build_dirs:M*.$q} .endif .if ${BUILD_DIRDEPS_CACHE} == "yes" x!= { echo; echo '${_this_dir}.$m: ${_build_dirs:M*.$q:${M_oneperline}}'; echo; } >&3; echo .else ${_this_dir}.$m: ${_build_dirs:M*.$q} .endif .endfor .endif .if ${_debug_reldir} .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.$m: graph: ${_build_dirs:M*.$m:N${_this_dir}.$m} .endif .if ${BUILD_DIRDEPS_CACHE} == "yes" x!= { echo; echo '${_this_dir}.$m: ${_build_dirs:M*.$m:N${_this_dir}.$m:${M_oneperline}}'; echo; } >&3; echo .else ${_this_dir}.$m: ${_build_dirs:M*.$m:N${_this_dir}.$m} .endif .endfor .endif # Now find more dependencies - and recurse. .for d in ${_build_all_dirs} .if !target(_dirdeps_checked.$d) # once only _dirdeps_checked.$d: .if ${_debug_search} .info checking $d .endif # Note: _build_all_dirs is fully qualifed so d:R is always the directory .if exists(${d:R}) # we pass _DEP_TARGET_SPEC to tell the next step what we want _DEP_TARGET_SPEC := ${d:E} # some makefiles may still look at this _DEP_MACHINE := ${d:E:C/,.*//} # set these too in case Makefile.depend* uses them .if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1 _dtspec := ${_DEP_TARGET_SPEC:S/,/ /g} .for i in ${_tspec_x} DEP_${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[$i]} := ${_dtspec:[$i]} .endfor .else DEP_MACHINE := ${_DEP_MACHINE} .endif # Warning: there is an assumption here that MACHINE is always # the first entry in TARGET_SPEC_VARS. # If TARGET_SPEC and MACHINE are insufficient, you have a problem. _m := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:T:S;${TARGET_SPEC}$;${d:E};:S;${MACHINE};${d:E:C/,.*//};:@m@${exists(${d:R}/$m):?${d:R}/$m:}@:[1]} .if !empty(_m) # M_dep_qual_fixes isn't geared to Makefile.depend _qm := ${_m:C;(\.depend)$;\1.${d:E};:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}} .if ${_debug_search} .info Looking for ${_qm} .endif # set this "just in case" # we can skip :tA since we computed the path above DEP_RELDIR := ${_m:H:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} # and reset this DIRDEPS = .if ${_debug_reldir} && ${_qm} != ${_m} .info loading ${_m} for ${d:E} .endif .include <${_m}> .endif .endif .endif .endfor .endif # -V .endif # BUILD_DIRDEPS .elif ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 42 .error You should have stopped recursing by now. .else # we are building something DEP_RELDIR := ${RELDIR} _DEP_RELDIR := ${RELDIR} # pickup local dependencies .if ${MAKE_VERSION} < 20160220 .-include <.depend> .else .dinclude <.depend> .endif .endif # bootstrapping new dependencies made easy? .if !target(bootstrap) && (make(bootstrap) || \ make(bootstrap-this) || \ make(bootstrap-recurse) || \ make(bootstrap-empty)) # if we are bootstrapping create the default _want = ${.CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT:T} .if exists(${_want}) # stop here ${.TARGETS:Mboot*}: .elif !make(bootstrap-empty) # find a Makefile.depend to use as _src _src != cd ${.CURDIR} && for m in ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:T:S,${MACHINE},*,}; do test -s $$m || continue; echo $$m; break; done; echo .if empty(_src) .error cannot find any of ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:T}${.newline}Use: bootstrap-empty .endif _src?= ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE} .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_BOOTSTRAP_SED+= -e 's/${_src:E:C/,.*//}/${MACHINE}/g' # just create Makefile.depend* for this dir bootstrap-this: .NOTMAIN @echo Bootstrapping ${RELDIR}/${_want:T} from ${_src:T}; \ echo You need to build ${RELDIR} to correctly populate it. .if ${_src:T} != ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX:T} (cd ${.CURDIR} && sed ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_BOOTSTRAP_SED} ${_src} > ${_want}) .else cp ${.CURDIR}/${_src:T} ${_want} .endif # create Makefile.depend* for this dir and its dependencies bootstrap: bootstrap-recurse bootstrap-recurse: bootstrap-this _mf := ${.PARSEFILE} bootstrap-recurse: .NOTMAIN .MAKE @cd ${SRCTOP} && \ for d in `cd ${RELDIR} && ${.MAKE} -B -f ${"${.MAKEFLAGS:M-n}":?${_src}:${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}} -V DIRDEPS`; do \ test -d $$d || d=$${d%.*}; \ test -d $$d || continue; \ echo "Checking $$d for bootstrap ..."; \ (cd $$d && ${.MAKE} -f ${_mf} bootstrap-recurse); \ done .endif # create an empty Makefile.depend* to get the ball rolling. bootstrap-empty: .NOTMAIN .NOMETA @echo Creating empty ${RELDIR}/${_want:T}; \ echo You need to build ${RELDIR} to correctly populate it. @{ echo DIRDEPS=; echo ".include "; } > ${_want} .endif Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/dpadd.mk =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/dpadd.mk (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/dpadd.mk (revision 314808) @@ -1,272 +1,272 @@ -# $Id: dpadd.mk,v 1.22 2016/05/31 23:30:59 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: dpadd.mk,v 1.23 2017/02/13 16:46:01 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2004, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # .if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__) __${.PARSEFILE}__: # sometimes we play games with .CURDIR etc # _* hold the original values of .* _OBJDIR?= ${.OBJDIR} _CURDIR?= ${.CURDIR} .if ${_CURDIR} == ${SRCTOP} RELDIR=. RELTOP=. .else RELDIR?= ${_CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} .if ${RELDIR} == ${_CURDIR} RELDIR?= ${_OBJDIR:S,${OBJTOP}/,,} .endif RELTOP?= ${RELDIR:C,[^/]+,..,g} .endif RELOBJTOP?= ${OBJTOP} RELSRCTOP?= ${SRCTOP} # we get included just about everywhere so this is handy... # C*DEBUG_XTRA are for defining on cmd line etc # so do not use in makefiles. .ifdef CFLAGS_DEBUG_XTRA CFLAGS_LAST += ${CFLAGS_DEBUG_XTRA} .endif .ifdef CXXFLAGS_DEBUG_XTRA CXXFLAGS_LAST += ${CXXFLAGS_DEBUG_XTRA} .endif .-include # DPLIBS helps us ensure we keep DPADD and LDADD in sync DPLIBS+= ${DPLIBS_LAST} DPADD+= ${DPLIBS:N-*} -.for __lib in ${DPLIBS:T:R} +.for __lib in ${DPLIBS} .if "${_lib:M-*}" != "" LDADD += ${__lib} .else -LDADD += ${LDADD_${__lib}:U${__lib:T:R:S/lib/-l/:C/\.so.*//}} +LDADD += ${LDADD_${__lib:T:R}:U${__lib:T:R:S/lib/-l/:C/\.so.*//}} .endif .endfor # DPADD can contain things other than libs __dpadd_libs := ${DPADD:M*/lib*} # some libs have dependencies... # DPLIBS_* allows bsd.libnames.mk to flag libs which must be included # in DPADD for a given library. # Gather all such dependencies into __ldadd_all_xtras # dups will be dealt with later. # Note: libfoo_pic uses DPLIBS_libfoo __ldadd_all_xtras= .for __lib in ${__dpadd_libs:@d@${DPLIBS_${d:T:R:S,_pic,,}}@} __ldadd_all_xtras+= ${LDADD_${__lib}:U${__lib:T:R:S/lib/-l/:C/\.so.*//}} .if "${DPADD:M${__lib}}" == "" DPADD+= ${__lib} .endif .endfor # Last of all... for libc and libgcc DPADD+= ${DPADD_LAST} # de-dupuplicate __ldadd_all_xtras into __ldadd_xtras # in reverse order so that libs end up listed after all that needed them. __ldadd_xtras= .for __lib in ${__ldadd_all_xtras:[-1..1]} .if "${__ldadd_xtras:M${__lib}}" == "" || ${NEED_IMPLICIT_LDADD:tl:Uno} != "no" __ldadd_xtras+= ${__lib} .endif .endfor .if !empty(__ldadd_xtras) # now back to the original order __ldadd_xtras:= ${__ldadd_xtras:[-1..1]} LDADD+= ${__ldadd_xtras} .endif # Convert DPADD into -I and -L options and add them to CPPFLAGS and LDADD # For the -I's convert the path to a relative one. For separate objdirs # the DPADD paths will be to the obj tree so we need to subst anyway. # update this __dpadd_libs := ${DPADD:M*/lib*} # Order -L's to search ours first. # Avoids picking up old versions already installed. __dpadd_libdirs := ${__dpadd_libs:R:H:S/^/-L/g:O:u:N-L} LDADD += ${__dpadd_libdirs:M-L${OBJTOP}/*} LDADD += ${__dpadd_libdirs:N-L${OBJTOP}/*:N-L${HOST_LIBDIR:U/usr/lib}} .if defined(HOST_LIBDIR) && ${HOST_LIBDIR} != "/usr/lib" LDADD+= -L${HOST_LIBDIR} .endif .if !make(dpadd) .ifdef LIB # Each lib is its own src_lib, we want to include it in SRC_LIBS # so that the correct INCLUDES_* will be picked up automatically. SRC_LIBS+= ${_OBJDIR}/lib${LIB}.a .endif .endif # # This little bit of magic, assumes that SRC_libfoo will be # set if it cannot be correctly derrived from ${LIBFOO} # Note that SRC_libfoo and INCLUDES_libfoo should be named for the # actual library name not the variable name that might refer to it. # 99% of the time the two are the same, but the DPADD logic # only has the library name available, so stick to that. # SRC_LIBS?= __dpadd_libs += ${SRC_LIBS} DPMAGIC_LIBS += ${__dpadd_libs} \ ${__dpadd_libs:@d@${DPMAGIC_LIBS_${d:T:R}}@} # we skip this for staged libs .for __lib in ${DPMAGIC_LIBS:O:u:N${STAGE_OBJTOP:Unot}*/lib/*} # # if SRC_libfoo is not set, then we assume that the srcdir corresponding # to where we found the library is correct. # SRC_${__lib:T:R} ?= ${__lib:H:S,${OBJTOP},${RELSRCTOP},} # # This is a no-brainer but just to be complete... # OBJ_${__lib:T:R} ?= ${__lib:H:S,${OBJTOP},${RELOBJTOP},} # # If INCLUDES_libfoo is not set, then we'll use ${SRC_libfoo}/h if it exists, # else just ${SRC_libfoo}. # INCLUDES_${__lib:T:R}?= -I${exists(${SRC_${__lib:T:R}}/h):?${SRC_${__lib:T:R}}/h:${SRC_${__lib:T:R}}} .endfor # even for staged libs we sometimes # need to allow direct -I to avoid cicular dependencies .for __lib in ${DPMAGIC_LIBS:O:u:T:R} .if !empty(SRC_${__lib}) && empty(INCLUDES_${__lib}) # must be a staged lib .if exists(${SRC_${__lib}}/h) INCLUDES_${__lib} = -I${SRC_${__lib}}/h .else INCLUDES_${__lib} = -I${SRC_${__lib}} .endif .endif .endfor # when linking a shared lib, avoid non pic libs SHLDADD+= ${LDADD:N-[lL]*} .for __lib in ${__dpadd_libs:u} .if defined(SHLIB_NAME) && ${LDADD:M-l${__lib:T:R:S,lib,,}} != "" .if ${__lib:T:N*_pic.a:N*.so} == "" || exists(${__lib:R}.so) SHLDADD+= -l${__lib:T:R:S,lib,,} .elif exists(${__lib:R}_pic.a) SHLDADD+= -l${__lib:T:R:S,lib,,}_pic .else .warning ${RELDIR}.${TARGET_SPEC} needs ${__lib:T:R}_pic.a SHLDADD+= -l${__lib:T:R:S,lib,,} .endif SHLDADD+= -L${__lib:H} .endif .endfor # Now for the bits we actually need __dpadd_incs= .for __lib in ${__dpadd_libs:u} .if (make(${PROG}_p) || defined(NEED_GPROF)) && exists(${__lib:R}_p.a) __ldadd=-l${__lib:T:R:S,lib,,} LDADD := ${LDADD:S,^${__ldadd}$,${__ldadd}_p,g} .endif .endfor # # We take care of duplicate suppression later. # don't apply :T:R too early __dpadd_incs += ${__dpadd_libs:u:@x@${INCLUDES_${x:T:R}}@} __dpadd_incs += ${__dpadd_libs:O:u:@s@${SRC_LIBS_${s:T:R}:U}@:@x@${INCLUDES_${x:T:R}}@} __dpadd_last_incs += ${__dpadd_libs:u:@x@${INCLUDES_LAST_${x:T:R}}@} __dpadd_last_incs += ${__dpadd_libs:O:u:@s@${SRC_LIBS_${s:T:R}:U}@:@x@${INCLUDES_LAST_${x:T:R}}@} .if defined(HOSTPROG) || ${MACHINE} == "host" # we want any -I/usr/* last __dpadd_last_incs := \ ${__dpadd_last_incs:N-I/usr/*} \ ${__dpadd_incs:M-I/usr/*} \ ${__dpadd_last_incs:M-I/usr/*} __dpadd_incs := ${__dpadd_incs:N-I/usr/*} .endif # # eliminate any duplicates - but don't mess with the order # force evaluation now - to avoid giving make a headache # .for t in CFLAGS CXXFLAGS # avoid duplicates __$t_incs:=${$t:M-I*:O:u} .for i in ${__dpadd_incs} .if "${__$t_incs:M$i}" == "" $t+= $i __$t_incs+= $i .endif .endfor .endfor .for t in CFLAGS_LAST CXXFLAGS_LAST # avoid duplicates __$t_incs:=${$t:M-I*:u} .for i in ${__dpadd_last_incs} .if "${__$t_incs:M$i}" == "" $t+= $i __$t_incs+= $i .endif .endfor .endfor # This target is used to gather a list of # dir: ${DPADD} # entries .if make(*dpadd*) .if !target(dpadd) dpadd: .NOTMAIN .if defined(DPADD) && ${DPADD} != "" @echo "${RELDIR}: ${DPADD:S,${OBJTOP}/,,}" .endif .endif .endif .ifdef SRC_PATHADD # We don't want to assume that we need to .PATH every element of # SRC_LIBS, but the Makefile cannot do # .PATH: ${SRC_libfoo} # since the value of SRC_libfoo must be available at the time .PATH: # is read - and we only just worked it out. # Further, they can't wait until after include of {lib,prog}.mk as # the .PATH is needed before then. # So we let the Makefile do # SRC_PATHADD+= ${SRC_libfoo} # and we defer the .PATH: until now so that SRC_libfoo will be available. .PATH: ${SRC_PATHADD} .endif # after all that, if doing -n we don't care .if ${.MAKEFLAGS:Ux:M-n} != "" DPADD = .elif ${.MAKE.MODE:Mmeta*} != "" && exists(${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE}) DPADD_CLEAR_DPADD ?= yes .if ${DPADD_CLEAR_DPADD} == "yes" # save this __dpadd_libs := ${__dpadd_libs} # we have made what use of it we can of DPADD DPADD = .endif .endif .endif Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/install-mk =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/install-mk (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/install-mk (revision 314808) @@ -1,185 +1,185 @@ : # NAME: # install-mk - install mk files # # SYNOPSIS: # install-mk [options] [var=val] [dest] # # DESCRIPTION: # This tool installs mk files in a semi-intelligent manner into # "dest". # # Options: # # -n just say what we want to do, but don't touch anything. # # -f use -f when copying sys,mk. # # -v be verbose # # -q be quiet # # -m "mode" # Use "mode" for installed files (444). # # -o "owner" # Use "owner" for installed files. # # -g "group" # Use "group" for installed files. # # var=val # Set "var" to "val". See below. # # All our *.mk files are copied to "dest" with appropriate # ownership and permissions. # # By default if a sys.mk can be found in a standard location # (that bmake will find) then no sys.mk will be put in "dest". # # SKIP_SYS_MK: # If set, we will avoid installing our 'sys.mk' # This is probably a bad idea. # # SKIP_BSD_MK: # If set, we will skip making bsd.*.mk links to *.mk # # sys.mk: # # By default (and provided we are not installing to the system # mk dir - '/usr/share/mk') we install our own 'sys.mk' which # includes a sys specific file, or a generic one. # # # AUTHOR: # Simon J. Gerraty # RCSid: -# $Id: install-mk,v 1.135 2016/12/12 19:07:42 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: install-mk,v 1.138 2017/03/01 20:26:51 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 1994 Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # -MK_VERSION=20161212 +MK_VERSION=20170301 OWNER= GROUP= MODE=444 BINMODE=555 ECHO=: SKIP= cp_f=-f while : do case "$1" in *=*) eval "$1"; shift;; +f) cp_f=; shift;; -f) cp_f=-f; shift;; -m) MODE=$2; shift 2;; -o) OWNER=$2; shift 2;; -g) GROUP=$2; shift 2;; -v) ECHO=echo; shift;; -q) ECHO=:; shift;; -n) ECHO=echo SKIP=:; shift;; --) shift; break;; *) break;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$0 [options] []" echo "eg." echo "$0 -o bin -g bin -m 444 /usr/local/share/mk" exit 1 ;; esac dest=$1 os=${2:-`uname`} osrel=${3:-`uname -r`} Do() { $ECHO "$@" $SKIP "$@" } Error() { echo "ERROR: $@" >&2 exit 1 } Warning() { echo "WARNING: $@" >&2 } [ "$FORCE_SYS_MK" ] && Warning "ignoring: FORCE_{BSD,SYS}_MK (no longer supported)" SYS_MK_DIR=${SYS_MK_DIR:-/usr/share/mk} SYS_MK=${SYS_MK:-$SYS_MK_DIR/sys.mk} realpath() { [ -d $1 ] && cd $1 && 'pwd' && return echo $1 } if [ -s $SYS_MK -a -d $dest ]; then # if this is a BSD system we don't want to touch $SYS_MK dest=`realpath $dest` sys_mk_dir=`realpath $SYS_MK_DIR` if [ $dest = $sys_mk_dir ]; then case "$os" in *BSD*) SKIP_SYS_MK=: SKIP_BSD_MK=: ;; *) # could be fake? if [ ! -d $dest/sys -a ! -s $dest/Generic.sys.mk ]; then SKIP_SYS_MK=: # play safe SKIP_BSD_MK=: fi ;; esac fi fi [ -d $dest/sys ] || Do mkdir -p $dest/sys [ -d $dest/sys ] || Do mkdir $dest/sys || exit 1 [ -z "$SKIP" ] && dest=`realpath $dest` cd `dirname $0` mksrc=`'pwd'` if [ $mksrc = $dest ]; then SKIP_MKFILES=: else # we do not install the examples mk_files=`grep '^[a-z].*\.mk' FILES | egrep -v '(examples/|^sys\.mk|sys/)'` mk_scripts=`egrep '^[a-z].*\.(sh|py)' FILES | egrep -v '/'` sys_mk_files=`grep 'sys/.*\.mk' FILES` SKIP_MKFILES= [ -z "$SKIP_SYS_MK" ] && mk_files="sys.mk $mk_files" fi $SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $mk_files $dest $SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $sys_mk_files $dest/sys $SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $mk_scripts $dest $SKIP cd $dest $SKIP_MKFILES Do chmod $MODE $mk_files $sys_mk_files $SKIP_MKFILES Do chmod $BINMODE $mk_scripts [ "$GROUP" ] && $SKIP_MKFILES Do chgrp $GROUP $mk_files $sys_mk_files [ "$OWNER" ] && $SKIP_MKFILES Do chown $OWNER $mk_files $sys_mk_files # if this is a BSD system the bsd.*.mk should exist and be used. if [ -z "$SKIP_BSD_MK" ]; then for f in dep doc init lib links man nls obj own prog subdir do b=bsd.$f.mk [ -s $b ] || Do ln -s $f.mk $b done fi exit 0 Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/meta.stage.mk =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/meta.stage.mk (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/meta.stage.mk (revision 314808) @@ -1,304 +1,326 @@ -# $Id: meta.stage.mk,v 1.47 2016/12/07 23:07:49 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: meta.stage.mk,v 1.48 2017/03/01 22:48:07 sjg Exp $ # -# @(#) Copyright (c) 2011, Simon J. Gerraty +# @(#) Copyright (c) 2011-2017, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # .if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__) -__${.PARSEFILE}__: +# the guard target is defined later .if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:U${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE}:M*.${MACHINE}} != "" # this is generally safer anyway _dirdep = ${RELDIR}.${MACHINE} .else _dirdep = ${RELDIR} .endif CLEANFILES+= .dirdep # this allows us to trace dependencies back to their src dir .dirdep: .NOPATH @echo '${_dirdep}' > $@ .if defined(NO_POSIX_SHELL) || ${type printf:L:sh:Mbuiltin} == "" _stage_file_basename = `basename $$f` _stage_target_dirname = `dirname $$t` .else _stage_file_basename = $${f\#\#*/} _stage_target_dirname = $${t%/*} .endif _OBJROOT ?= ${OBJROOT:U${OBJTOP:H}} .if ${_OBJROOT:M*/} != "" _objroot ?= ${_OBJROOT:tA}/ .else _objroot ?= ${_OBJROOT:tA} .endif # make sure this is global _STAGED_DIRS ?= .export _STAGED_DIRS # add each dir we stage to to _STAGED_DIRS # and make sure we have absolute paths so that bmake # will match against .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK STAGE_DIR_FILTER = tA:@d@$${_STAGED_DIRS::+=$$d}$$d@ # convert _STAGED_DIRS into suitable filters GENDIRDEPS_FILTER += Nnot-empty-is-important \ ${_STAGED_DIRS:O:u:M${OBJTOP}*:S,${OBJTOP}/,N,} \ ${_STAGED_DIRS:O:u:M${_objroot}*:N${OBJTOP}*:S,${_objroot},,:C,^([^/]+)/(.*),N\2.\1,:S,${HOST_TARGET},.host,} LN_CP_SCRIPT = LnCp() { \ rm -f $$2 2> /dev/null; \ { [ -z "$$mode" ] && ${LN:Uln} $$1 $$2 2> /dev/null; } || \ cp -p $$1 $$2; } # a staging conflict should cause an error # a warning is handy when bootstapping different options. STAGE_CONFLICT?= ERROR .if ${STAGE_CONFLICT:tl} == "error" STAGE_CONFLICT_ACTION= exit 1; .else STAGE_CONFLICT_ACTION= .endif # it is an error for more than one src dir to try and stage # the same file STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT = ${LN_CP_SCRIPT}; StageDirdep() { \ t=$$1; \ if [ -s $$t.dirdep ]; then \ cmp -s .dirdep $$t.dirdep && return; \ echo "${STAGE_CONFLICT}: $$t installed by `cat $$t.dirdep` not ${_dirdep}" >&2; \ ${STAGE_CONFLICT_ACTION} \ fi; \ LnCp .dirdep $$t.dirdep || exit 1; } # common logic for staging files # this all relies on RELDIR being set to a subdir of SRCTOP # we use ln(1) if we can, else cp(1) STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT = ${STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT}; StageFiles() { \ case "$$1" in "") return;; -m) mode=$$2; shift 2;; *) mode=;; esac; \ dest=$$1; shift; \ mkdir -p $$dest; \ [ -s .dirdep ] || echo '${_dirdep}' > .dirdep; \ for f in "$$@"; do \ case "$$f" in */*) t=$$dest/${_stage_file_basename};; *) t=$$dest/$$f;; esac; \ StageDirdep $$t; \ LnCp $$f $$t || exit 1; \ [ -z "$$mode" ] || chmod $$mode $$t; \ done; :; } STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT = ${STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT}; StageLinks() { \ case "$$1" in "") return;; --) shift;; -*) ldest= lnf=$$1; shift;; /*) ldest=$$1/;; esac; \ dest=$$1; shift; \ mkdir -p $$dest; \ [ -s .dirdep ] || echo '${_dirdep}' > .dirdep; \ while test $$\# -ge 2; do \ l=$$ldest$$1; shift; \ t=$$dest/$$1; \ case "$$1" in */*) mkdir -p ${_stage_target_dirname};; esac; \ shift; \ StageDirdep $$t; \ rm -f $$t 2>/dev/null; \ ln $$lnf $$l $$t || exit 1; \ done; :; } STAGE_AS_SCRIPT = ${STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT}; StageAs() { \ case "$$1" in "") return;; -m) mode=$$2; shift 2;; *) mode=;; esac; \ dest=$$1; shift; \ mkdir -p $$dest; \ [ -s .dirdep ] || echo '${_dirdep}' > .dirdep; \ while test $$\# -ge 2; do \ s=$$1; shift; \ t=$$dest/$$1; \ case "$$1" in */*) mkdir -p ${_stage_target_dirname};; esac; \ shift; \ StageDirdep $$t; \ LnCp $$s $$t || exit 1; \ [ -z "$$mode" ] || chmod $$mode $$t; \ done; :; } # this is simple, a list of the "staged" files depends on this, -_STAGE_BASENAME_USE: .USE ${.TARGET:T} +_STAGE_BASENAME_USE: .USE .dirdep ${.TARGET:T} @${STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT}; StageFiles ${.TARGET:H:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${.TARGET:T} -_STAGE_AS_BASENAME_USE: .USE ${.TARGET:T} +_STAGE_AS_BASENAME_USE: .USE .dirdep ${.TARGET:T} @${STAGE_AS_SCRIPT}; StageAs ${.TARGET:H:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${.TARGET:T} ${STAGE_AS_${.TARGET:T}:U${.TARGET:T}} -.if !empty(STAGE_INCSDIR) -STAGE_TARGETS += stage_incs -STAGE_INCS ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} stage_includes: stage_incs stage_incs: .dirdep @${STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT}; StageFiles ${STAGE_INCSDIR:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_INCS} @touch $@ -.endif -.if !empty(STAGE_LIBDIR) -STAGE_TARGETS += stage_libs - -STAGE_LIBS ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} - stage_libs: .dirdep @${STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT}; StageFiles ${STAGE_LIBDIR:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_LIBS} .if !defined(NO_SHLIB_LINKS) .if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS) @${STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT}; StageLinks -s ${STAGE_LIBDIR:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} \ ${SHLIB_LINKS:@t@${STAGE_LIBS:T:M$t.*} $t@} .elif !empty(SHLIB_LINK) && !empty(SHLIB_NAME) @${STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT}; StageLinks -s ${STAGE_LIBDIR:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${SHLIB_NAME} ${SHLIB_LINK} .endif .endif @touch $@ + +.endif # first time + + +.if !empty(STAGE_INCSDIR) +STAGE_TARGETS += stage_incs +STAGE_INCS ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} .endif +.if !empty(STAGE_LIBDIR) +STAGE_TARGETS += stage_libs +STAGE_LIBS ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} +.endif + .if !empty(STAGE_DIR) STAGE_SETS += _default STAGE_DIR._default = ${STAGE_DIR} STAGE_LINKS_DIR._default = ${STAGE_LINKS_DIR:U${STAGE_OBJTOP}} STAGE_SYMLINKS_DIR._default = ${STAGE_SYMLINKS_DIR:U${STAGE_OBJTOP}} STAGE_FILES._default = ${STAGE_FILES} STAGE_LINKS._default = ${STAGE_LINKS} STAGE_SYMLINKS._default = ${STAGE_SYMLINKS} STAGE_FILES ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} STAGE_SYMLINKS ?= ${.ALLSRC:T:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} .endif .if !empty(STAGE_SETS) CLEANFILES += ${STAGE_SETS:@s@stage*$s@} # some makefiles need to populate multiple directories .for s in ${STAGE_SETS:O:u} STAGE_FILES.$s ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} STAGE_SYMLINKS.$s ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} STAGE_LINKS_DIR.$s ?= ${STAGE_OBJTOP} STAGE_SYMLINKS_DIR.$s ?= ${STAGE_OBJTOP} STAGE_TARGETS += stage_files +.if !target(.stage_files.$s) +.stage_files.$s: .if $s != "_default" stage_files: stage_files.$s stage_files.$s: .dirdep .else stage_files: .dirdep .endif @${STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT}; StageFiles ${FLAGS.$@} ${STAGE_FILES_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_FILES.$s} @touch $@ +.endif STAGE_TARGETS += stage_links +.if !target(.stage_links.$s) +.stage_links.$s: .if $s != "_default" stage_links: stage_links.$s stage_links.$s: .dirdep .else stage_links: .dirdep .endif @${STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT}; StageLinks ${STAGE_LINKS_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_LINKS.$s} @touch $@ +.endif STAGE_TARGETS += stage_symlinks +.if !target(.stage_symlinks.$s) +.stage_symlinks.$s: .if $s != "_default" stage_symlinks: stage_symlinks.$s stage_symlinks.$s: .dirdep .else stage_symlinks: .dirdep .endif @${STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT}; StageLinks -s ${STAGE_SYMLINKS_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_SYMLINKS.$s} @touch $@ +.endif .endfor .endif .if !empty(STAGE_AS_SETS) CLEANFILES += ${STAGE_AS_SETS:@s@stage*$s@} STAGE_TARGETS += stage_as stage_as_and_symlink # sometimes things need to be renamed as they are staged # each ${file} will be staged as ${STAGE_AS_${file:T}} # one could achieve the same with SYMLINKS # stage_as_and_symlink makes the original name a symlink to the new name # it is the same as using stage_as and stage_symlinks but ensures # both operations happen together .for s in ${STAGE_AS_SETS:O:u} STAGE_AS.$s ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} STAGE_AS_AND_SYMLINK.$s ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*} +.if !target(.stage_as.$s) +.stage_as.$s: stage_as: stage_as.$s stage_as.$s: .dirdep @${STAGE_AS_SCRIPT}; StageAs ${FLAGS.$@} ${STAGE_FILES_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_AS.$s:@f@$f ${STAGE_AS_${f:tA}:U${STAGE_AS_${f:T}:U${f:T}}}@} @touch $@ +.endif +.if !target(.stage_as_and_symlink.$s) +.stage_as_and_symlink.$s: stage_as_and_symlink: stage_as_and_symlink.$s stage_as_and_symlink.$s: .dirdep @${STAGE_AS_SCRIPT}; StageAs ${FLAGS.$@} ${STAGE_FILES_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_AS_AND_SYMLINK.$s:@f@$f ${STAGE_AS_${f:tA}:U${STAGE_AS_${f:T}:U${f:T}}}@} @${STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT}; StageLinks -s ${STAGE_FILES_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_AS_AND_SYMLINK.$s:@f@${STAGE_AS_${f:tA}:U${STAGE_AS_${f:T}:U${f:T}}} $f@} @touch $@ +.endif .endfor .endif CLEANFILES += ${STAGE_TARGETS} stage_incs stage_includes + +# this lot also only makes sense the first time... +.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__) +__${.PARSEFILE}__: # stage_*links usually needs to follow any others. # for non-jobs mode the order here matters staging: ${STAGE_TARGETS:N*_links} ${STAGE_TARGETS:M*_links} .if ${.MAKE.JOBS:U0} > 0 && ${STAGE_TARGETS:U:M*_links} != "" # the above isn't sufficient .for t in ${STAGE_TARGETS:N*links:O:u} .ORDER: $t stage_links .endfor .endif # generally we want staging to wait until everything else is done STAGING_WAIT ?= .WAIT .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 0 all: ${STAGING_WAIT} staging .endif .if exists(${.PARSEDIR}/stage-install.sh) && !defined(STAGE_INSTALL) # this will run install(1) and then followup with .dirdep files. STAGE_INSTALL := sh ${.PARSEDIR:tA}/stage-install.sh INSTALL="${INSTALL}" OBJDIR=${.OBJDIR:tA} .endif # if ${INSTALL} gets run during 'all' assume it is for staging? .if ${.TARGETS:Nall} == "" && defined(STAGE_INSTALL) INSTALL := ${STAGE_INSTALL} .if target(beforeinstall) beforeinstall: .dirdep .endif .endif .NOPATH: ${STAGE_FILES} .if !empty(STAGE_TARGETS) .NOPATH: ${CLEANFILES} MK_STALE_STAGED?= no .if ${MK_STALE_STAGED} == "yes" all: stale_staged # get a list of paths that we have just staged # get a list of paths that we have previously staged to those same dirs # anything in the 2nd list but not the first is stale - remove it. stale_staged: staging .NOMETA @egrep '^[WL] .*${STAGE_OBJTOP}' /dev/null ${.MAKE.META.FILES:M*stage_*} | \ sed "/\.dirdep/d;s,.* '*\(${STAGE_OBJTOP}/[^ '][^ ']*\).*,\1," | \ sort > ${.TARGET}.staged1 @grep -l '${_dirdep}' /dev/null ${_STAGED_DIRS:M${STAGE_OBJTOP}*:O:u:@d@$d/*.dirdep@} | \ sed 's,\.dirdep,,' | sort > ${.TARGET}.staged2 @comm -13 ${.TARGET}.staged1 ${.TARGET}.staged2 > ${.TARGET}.stale @test ! -s ${.TARGET}.stale || { \ echo "Removing stale staged files..."; \ sed 's,.*,& &.dirdep,' ${.TARGET}.stale | xargs rm -f; } .endif .endif .endif Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/meta2deps.py =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/meta2deps.py (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/meta2deps.py (revision 314808) @@ -1,720 +1,739 @@ #!/usr/bin/env python from __future__ import print_function """ This script parses each "meta" file and extracts the information needed to deduce build and src dependencies. It works much the same as the original shell script, but is *much* more efficient. The parsing work is handled by the class MetaFile. We only pay attention to a subset of the information in the "meta" files. Specifically: 'CWD' to initialize our notion. 'C' to track chdir(2) on a per process basis 'R' files read are what we really care about. directories read, provide a clue to resolving subsequent relative paths. That is if we cannot find them relative to 'cwd', we check relative to the last dir read. 'W' files opened for write or read-write, for filemon V3 and earlier. 'E' files executed. 'L' files linked 'V' the filemon version, this record is used as a clue that we have reached the interesting bit. """ """ RCSid: - $Id: meta2deps.py,v 1.22 2016/12/12 19:07:42 sjg Exp $ + $Id: meta2deps.py,v 1.24 2017/02/08 22:17:10 sjg Exp $ Copyright (c) 2011-2013, Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. """ import os, re, sys def getv(dict, key, d=None): """Lookup key in dict and return value or the supplied default.""" if key in dict: return dict[key] return d def resolve(path, cwd, last_dir=None, debug=0, debug_out=sys.stderr): """ Return an absolute path, resolving via cwd or last_dir if needed. """ if path.endswith('/.'): path = path[0:-2] if len(path) > 0 and path[0] == '/': return path if path == '.': return cwd if path.startswith('./'): return cwd + path[1:] if last_dir == cwd: last_dir = None for d in [last_dir, cwd]: if not d: continue p = '/'.join([d,path]) if debug > 2: print("looking for:", p, end=' ', file=debug_out) if not os.path.exists(p): if debug > 2: print("nope", file=debug_out) p = None continue if debug > 2: print("found:", p, file=debug_out) return p return None +def cleanpath(path): + """cleanup path without using realpath(3)""" + if path.startswith('/'): + r = '/' + else: + r = '' + p = [] + w = path.split('/') + for d in w: + if not d or d == '.': + continue + if d == '..': + p.pop() + continue + p.append(d) + + return r + '/'.join(p) + def abspath(path, cwd, last_dir=None, debug=0, debug_out=sys.stderr): """ Return an absolute path, resolving via cwd or last_dir if needed. - this gets called a lot, so we try to avoid calling realpath - until we know we have something. + this gets called a lot, so we try to avoid calling realpath. """ rpath = resolve(path, cwd, last_dir, debug, debug_out) if rpath: path = rpath if (path.find('/') < 0 or path.find('./') > 0 or - path.endswith('/..') or - os.path.islink(path)): - return os.path.realpath(path) + path.endswith('/..')): + path = cleanpath(path) return path def sort_unique(list, cmp=None, key=None, reverse=False): list.sort(cmp, key, reverse) nl = [] le = None for e in list: if e == le: continue + le = e nl.append(e) return nl def add_trims(x): return ['/' + x + '/', '/' + x, x + '/', x] class MetaFile: """class to parse meta files generated by bmake.""" conf = None dirdep_re = None host_target = None srctops = [] objroots = [] excludes = [] seen = {} obj_deps = [] src_deps = [] file_deps = [] def __init__(self, name, conf={}): """if name is set we will parse it now. conf can have the follwing keys: SRCTOPS list of tops of the src tree(s). CURDIR the src directory 'bmake' was run from. RELDIR the relative path from SRCTOP to CURDIR MACHINE the machine we built for. set to 'none' if we are not cross-building. More specifically if machine cannot be deduced from objdirs. TARGET_SPEC Sometimes MACHINE isn't enough. HOST_TARGET when we build for the pseudo machine 'host' the object tree uses HOST_TARGET rather than MACHINE. OBJROOTS a list of the common prefix for all obj dirs it might end in '/' or '-'. DPDEPS names an optional file to which per file dependencies will be appended. For example if 'some/path/foo.h' is read from SRCTOP then 'DPDEPS_some/path/foo.h +=' "RELDIR" is output. This can allow 'bmake' to learn all the dirs within the tree that depend on 'foo.h' EXCLUDES A list of paths to ignore. ccache(1) can otherwise be trouble. debug desired debug level debug_out open file to send debug output to (sys.stderr) """ self.name = name self.debug = getv(conf, 'debug', 0) self.debug_out = getv(conf, 'debug_out', sys.stderr) self.machine = getv(conf, 'MACHINE', '') self.machine_arch = getv(conf, 'MACHINE_ARCH', '') self.target_spec = getv(conf, 'TARGET_SPEC', '') self.curdir = getv(conf, 'CURDIR') self.reldir = getv(conf, 'RELDIR') self.dpdeps = getv(conf, 'DPDEPS') self.line = 0 if not self.conf: # some of the steps below we want to do only once self.conf = conf self.host_target = getv(conf, 'HOST_TARGET') for srctop in getv(conf, 'SRCTOPS', []): if srctop[-1] != '/': srctop += '/' if not srctop in self.srctops: self.srctops.append(srctop) _srctop = os.path.realpath(srctop) if _srctop[-1] != '/': _srctop += '/' if not _srctop in self.srctops: self.srctops.append(_srctop) trim_list = add_trims(self.machine) if self.machine == 'host': trim_list += add_trims(self.host_target) if self.target_spec: trim_list += add_trims(self.target_spec) for objroot in getv(conf, 'OBJROOTS', []): for e in trim_list: if objroot.endswith(e): # this is not what we want - fix it objroot = objroot[0:-len(e)] if objroot[-1] != '/': objroot += '/' if not objroot in self.objroots: self.objroots.append(objroot) _objroot = os.path.realpath(objroot) if objroot[-1] == '/': _objroot += '/' if not _objroot in self.objroots: self.objroots.append(_objroot) # we want the longest match self.srctops.sort(reverse=True) self.objroots.sort(reverse=True) self.excludes = getv(conf, 'EXCLUDES', []) if self.debug: print("host_target=", self.host_target, file=self.debug_out) print("srctops=", self.srctops, file=self.debug_out) print("objroots=", self.objroots, file=self.debug_out) print("excludes=", self.excludes, file=self.debug_out) self.dirdep_re = re.compile(r'([^/]+)/(.+)') if self.dpdeps and not self.reldir: if self.debug: print("need reldir:", end=' ', file=self.debug_out) if self.curdir: srctop = self.find_top(self.curdir, self.srctops) if srctop: self.reldir = self.curdir.replace(srctop,'') if self.debug: print(self.reldir, file=self.debug_out) if not self.reldir: self.dpdeps = None # we cannot do it? self.cwd = os.getcwd() # make sure this is initialized self.last_dir = self.cwd if name: self.try_parse() def reset(self): """reset state if we are being passed meta files from multiple directories.""" self.seen = {} self.obj_deps = [] self.src_deps = [] self.file_deps = [] def dirdeps(self, sep='\n'): """return DIRDEPS""" return sep.strip() + sep.join(self.obj_deps) def src_dirdeps(self, sep='\n'): """return SRC_DIRDEPS""" return sep.strip() + sep.join(self.src_deps) def file_depends(self, out=None): """Append DPDEPS_${file} += ${RELDIR} for each file we saw, to the output file.""" if not self.reldir: return None for f in sort_unique(self.file_deps): print('DPDEPS_%s += %s' % (f, self.reldir), file=out) # these entries provide for reverse DIRDEPS lookup for f in self.obj_deps: print('DEPDIRS_%s += %s' % (f, self.reldir), file=out) def seenit(self, dir): """rememer that we have seen dir.""" self.seen[dir] = 1 def add(self, list, data, clue=''): """add data to list if it isn't already there.""" if data not in list: list.append(data) if self.debug: print("%s: %sAdd: %s" % (self.name, clue, data), file=self.debug_out) def find_top(self, path, list): """the logical tree may be split across multiple trees""" for top in list: if path.startswith(top): if self.debug > 2: print("found in", top, file=self.debug_out) return top return None def find_obj(self, objroot, dir, path, input): """return path within objroot, taking care of .dirdep files""" ddep = None for ddepf in [path + '.dirdep', dir + '/.dirdep']: if not ddep and os.path.exists(ddepf): ddep = open(ddepf, 'r').readline().strip('# \n') if self.debug > 1: print("found %s: %s\n" % (ddepf, ddep), file=self.debug_out) if ddep.endswith(self.machine): ddep = ddep[0:-(1+len(self.machine))] elif self.target_spec and ddep.endswith(self.target_spec): ddep = ddep[0:-(1+len(self.target_spec))] if not ddep: # no .dirdeps, so remember that we've seen the raw input self.seenit(input) self.seenit(dir) if self.machine == 'none': if dir.startswith(objroot): return dir.replace(objroot,'') return None m = self.dirdep_re.match(dir.replace(objroot,'')) if m: ddep = m.group(2) dmachine = m.group(1) if dmachine != self.machine: if not (self.machine == 'host' and dmachine == self.host_target): if self.debug > 2: print("adding .%s to %s" % (dmachine, ddep), file=self.debug_out) ddep += '.' + dmachine return ddep def try_parse(self, name=None, file=None): """give file and line number causing exception""" try: self.parse(name, file) except: # give a useful clue print('{}:{}: '.format(self.name, self.line), end=' ', file=sys.stderr) raise def parse(self, name=None, file=None): """A meta file looks like: # Meta data file "path" CMD "command-line" CWD "cwd" TARGET "target" -- command output -- -- filemon acquired metadata -- # buildmon version 3 V 3 C "pid" "cwd" E "pid" "path" F "pid" "child" R "pid" "path" W "pid" "path" X "pid" "status" D "pid" "path" L "pid" "src" "target" M "pid" "old" "new" S "pid" "path" # Bye bye We go to some effort to avoid processing a dependency more than once. Of the above record types only C,E,F,L,R,V and W are of interest. """ version = 0 # unknown if name: self.name = name; if file: f = file cwd = self.last_dir = self.cwd else: f = open(self.name, 'r') skip = True pid_cwd = {} pid_last_dir = {} last_pid = 0 self.line = 0 if self.curdir: self.seenit(self.curdir) # we ignore this interesting = 'CEFLRV' for line in f: self.line += 1 # ignore anything we don't care about if not line[0] in interesting: continue if self.debug > 2: print("input:", line, end=' ', file=self.debug_out) w = line.split() if skip: if w[0] == 'V': skip = False version = int(w[1]) """ if version < 4: # we cannot ignore 'W' records # as they may be 'rw' interesting += 'W' """ elif w[0] == 'CWD': self.cwd = cwd = self.last_dir = w[1] self.seenit(cwd) # ignore this if self.debug: print("%s: CWD=%s" % (self.name, cwd), file=self.debug_out) continue pid = int(w[1]) if pid != last_pid: if last_pid: pid_last_dir[last_pid] = self.last_dir cwd = getv(pid_cwd, pid, self.cwd) self.last_dir = getv(pid_last_dir, pid, self.cwd) last_pid = pid # process operations if w[0] == 'F': npid = int(w[2]) pid_cwd[npid] = cwd pid_last_dir[npid] = cwd last_pid = npid continue elif w[0] == 'C': cwd = abspath(w[2], cwd, None, self.debug, self.debug_out) if cwd.endswith('/.'): cwd = cwd[0:-2] self.last_dir = pid_last_dir[pid] = cwd pid_cwd[pid] = cwd if self.debug > 1: print("cwd=", cwd, file=self.debug_out) continue if w[2] in self.seen: if self.debug > 2: print("seen:", w[2], file=self.debug_out) continue # file operations if w[0] in 'ML': # these are special, tread src as read and # target as write self.parse_path(w[1].strip("'"), cwd, 'R', w) self.parse_path(w[2].strip("'"), cwd, 'W', w) continue elif w[0] in 'ERWS': path = w[2] self.parse_path(path, cwd, w[0], w) if not file: f.close() def parse_path(self, path, cwd, op=None, w=[]): """look at a path for the op specified""" if not op: op = w[0] # we are never interested in .dirdep files as dependencies if path.endswith('.dirdep'): return for p in self.excludes: if p and path.startswith(p): if self.debug > 2: print("exclude:", p, path, file=self.debug_out) return # we don't want to resolve the last component if it is # a symlink path = resolve(path, cwd, self.last_dir, self.debug, self.debug_out) if not path: return dir,base = os.path.split(path) if dir in self.seen: if self.debug > 2: print("seen:", dir, file=self.debug_out) return # we can have a path in an objdir which is a link # to the src dir, we may need to add dependencies for each rdir = dir dir = abspath(dir, cwd, self.last_dir, self.debug, self.debug_out) if rdir == dir or rdir.find('./') > 0: rdir = None + if os.path.islink(dir): + rdir = os.path.realpath(dir) # now put path back together path = '/'.join([dir,base]) if self.debug > 1: print("raw=%s rdir=%s dir=%s path=%s" % (w[2], rdir, dir, path), file=self.debug_out) if op in 'RWS': if path in [self.last_dir, cwd, self.cwd, self.curdir]: if self.debug > 1: print("skipping:", path, file=self.debug_out) return if os.path.isdir(path): if op in 'RW': self.last_dir = path; if self.debug > 1: print("ldir=", self.last_dir, file=self.debug_out) return if op in 'ERW': # finally, we get down to it if dir == self.cwd or dir == self.curdir: return srctop = self.find_top(path, self.srctops) if srctop: if self.dpdeps: self.add(self.file_deps, path.replace(srctop,''), 'file') self.add(self.src_deps, dir.replace(srctop,''), 'src') self.seenit(w[2]) self.seenit(dir) if rdir and not rdir.startswith(srctop): dir = rdir # for below rdir = None else: return objroot = None for dir in [dir,rdir]: if not dir: continue objroot = self.find_top(dir, self.objroots) if objroot: break if objroot: ddep = self.find_obj(objroot, dir, path, w[2]) if ddep: self.add(self.obj_deps, ddep, 'obj') if self.dpdeps and objroot.endswith('/stage/'): sp = '/'.join(path.replace(objroot,'').split('/')[1:]) self.add(self.file_deps, sp, 'file') else: # don't waste time looking again self.seenit(w[2]) self.seenit(dir) def main(argv, klass=MetaFile, xopts='', xoptf=None): """Simple driver for class MetaFile. Usage: script [options] [key=value ...] "meta" ... Options and key=value pairs contribute to the dictionary passed to MetaFile. -S "SRCTOP" add "SRCTOP" to the "SRCTOPS" list. -C "CURDIR" -O "OBJROOT" add "OBJROOT" to the "OBJROOTS" list. -m "MACHINE" -a "MACHINE_ARCH" -H "HOST_TARGET" -D "DPDEPS" -d bumps debug level """ import getopt # import Psyco if we can # it can speed things up quite a bit have_psyco = 0 try: import psyco psyco.full() have_psyco = 1 except: pass conf = { 'SRCTOPS': [], 'OBJROOTS': [], 'EXCLUDES': [], } try: machine = os.environ['MACHINE'] if machine: conf['MACHINE'] = machine machine_arch = os.environ['MACHINE_ARCH'] if machine_arch: conf['MACHINE_ARCH'] = machine_arch srctop = os.environ['SB_SRC'] if srctop: conf['SRCTOPS'].append(srctop) objroot = os.environ['SB_OBJROOT'] if objroot: conf['OBJROOTS'].append(objroot) except: pass debug = 0 output = True opts, args = getopt.getopt(argv[1:], 'a:dS:C:O:R:m:D:H:qT:X:' + xopts) for o, a in opts: if o == '-a': conf['MACHINE_ARCH'] = a elif o == '-d': debug += 1 elif o == '-q': output = False elif o == '-H': conf['HOST_TARGET'] = a elif o == '-S': if a not in conf['SRCTOPS']: conf['SRCTOPS'].append(a) elif o == '-C': conf['CURDIR'] = a elif o == '-O': if a not in conf['OBJROOTS']: conf['OBJROOTS'].append(a) elif o == '-R': conf['RELDIR'] = a elif o == '-D': conf['DPDEPS'] = a elif o == '-m': conf['MACHINE'] = a elif o == '-T': conf['TARGET_SPEC'] = a elif o == '-X': if a not in conf['EXCLUDES']: conf['EXCLUDES'].append(a) elif xoptf: xoptf(o, a, conf) conf['debug'] = debug # get any var=val assignments eaten = [] for a in args: if a.find('=') > 0: k,v = a.split('=') if k in ['SRCTOP','OBJROOT','SRCTOPS','OBJROOTS']: if k == 'SRCTOP': k = 'SRCTOPS' elif k == 'OBJROOT': k = 'OBJROOTS' if v not in conf[k]: conf[k].append(v) else: conf[k] = v eaten.append(a) continue break for a in eaten: args.remove(a) debug_out = getv(conf, 'debug_out', sys.stderr) if debug: print("config:", file=debug_out) print("psyco=", have_psyco, file=debug_out) for k,v in list(conf.items()): print("%s=%s" % (k,v), file=debug_out) m = None for a in args: if a.endswith('.meta'): if not os.path.exists(a): continue m = klass(a, conf) elif a.startswith('@'): # there can actually multiple files per line for line in open(a[1:]): for f in line.strip().split(): if not os.path.exists(f): continue m = klass(f, conf) if output and m: print(m.dirdeps()) print(m.src_dirdeps('\nsrc:')) dpdeps = getv(conf, 'DPDEPS') if dpdeps: m.file_depends(open(dpdeps, 'wb')) return m if __name__ == '__main__': try: main(sys.argv) except: # yes, this goes to stdout print("ERROR: ", sys.exc_info()[1]) raise Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/prog.mk =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/prog.mk (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/prog.mk (revision 314808) @@ -1,223 +1,224 @@ -# $Id: prog.mk,v 1.27 2016/08/02 20:52:17 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: prog.mk,v 1.28 2017/02/14 21:26:13 sjg Exp $ .if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__) __${.PARSEFILE}__: .include # FreeBSD at least expects MAN8 etc. .if defined(MAN) && !empty(MAN) _sect:=${MAN:E} MAN${_sect}=${MAN} .endif .SUFFIXES: .out .o .c .cc .C .y .l .s .8 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .1 .0 CFLAGS+= ${COPTS} .if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "NetBSD" .if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc64" CFLAGS+= -mcmodel=medlow .endif # ELF platforms depend on crtbegin.o and crtend.o .if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF" .ifndef LIBCRTBEGIN LIBCRTBEGIN= ${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/crtbegin.o .MADE: ${LIBCRTBEGIN} .endif .ifndef LIBCRTEND LIBCRTEND= ${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/crtend.o .MADE: ${LIBCRTEND} .endif _SHLINKER= ${SHLINKDIR}/ld.elf_so .else LIBCRTBEGIN?= LIBCRTEND?= _SHLINKER= ${SHLINKDIR}/ld.so .endif .ifndef LIBCRT0 LIBCRT0= ${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/crt0.o .MADE: ${LIBCRT0} .endif .endif # NetBSD # here is where you can define what LIB* are .-include .if ${MK_DPADD_MK} == "yes" # lots of cool magic, but might not suit everyone. .include .endif .if ${MK_GPROF} == "yes" CFLAGS+= ${CC_PG} ${PROFFLAGS} LDADD+= ${CC_PG} .if ${MK_DPADD_MK} == "no" LDADD_LIBC_P?= -lc_p LDADD_LAST+= ${LDADD_LIBC_P} .endif .endif .if defined(SHAREDSTRINGS) CLEANFILES+=strings .c.o: ${CC} -E ${CFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC} | xstr -c - @${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c x.c -o ${.TARGET} @rm -f x.c ${CXX_SUFFIXES:%=%.o}: ${CXX} -E ${CXXFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC} | xstr -c - @mv -f x.c x.cc @${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} -c x.cc -o ${.TARGET} @rm -f x.cc .endif .if defined(PROG) SRCS?= ${PROG}.c .for s in ${SRCS:N*.h:N*.sh:M*/*} ${.o .po .lo:L:@o@${s:T:R}$o@}: $s .endfor .if !empty(SRCS:N*.h:N*.sh) OBJS+= ${SRCS:T:N*.h:N*.sh:R:S/$/.o/g} LOBJS+= ${LSRCS:.c=.ln} ${SRCS:M*.c:.c=.ln} .endif .if defined(OBJS) && !empty(OBJS) .NOPATH: ${OBJS} ${PROG} ${SRCS:M*.[ly]:C/\..$/.c/} ${YHEADER:D${SRCS:M*.y:.y=.h}} # this is known to work for NetBSD 1.6 and FreeBSD 4.2 .if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "NetBSD" || ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "FreeBSD" _PROGLDOPTS= .if ${SHLINKDIR} != "/usr/libexec" # XXX: change or remove if ld.so moves _PROGLDOPTS+= -Wl,-dynamic-linker=${_SHLINKER} .endif .if defined(LIBDIR) && ${SHLIBDIR} != ${LIBDIR} _PROGLDOPTS+= -Wl,-rpath-link,${DESTDIR}${SHLIBDIR}:${DESTDIR}/usr/lib \ -L${DESTDIR}${SHLIBDIR} .endif _PROGLDOPTS+= -Wl,-rpath,${SHLIBDIR}:/usr/lib .if defined(PROG_CXX) _CCLINK= ${CXX} _SUPCXX= -lstdc++ -lm .endif .endif # NetBSD _CCLINK?= ${CC} .if defined(DESTDIR) && exists(${LIBCRT0}) && ${LIBCRT0} != "/dev/null" ${PROG}: ${LIBCRT0} ${OBJS} ${LIBC} ${DPADD} ${_CCLINK} ${LDFLAGS} ${LDSTATIC} -o ${.TARGET} -nostdlib ${_PROGLDOPTS} -L${DESTDIR}/usr/lib ${LIBCRT0} ${LIBCRTBEGIN} ${OBJS} ${LDADD} -L${DESTDIR}/usr/lib ${_SUPCXX} -lgcc -lc -lgcc ${LIBCRTEND} .else ${PROG}: ${LIBCRT0} ${OBJS} ${LIBC} ${DPADD} ${_CCLINK} ${LDFLAGS} ${LDSTATIC} -o ${.TARGET} ${_PROGLDOPTS} ${OBJS} ${LDADD} .endif # defined(DESTDIR) .endif # defined(OBJS) && !empty(OBJS) .if !defined(MAN) MAN= ${PROG}.1 .endif # !defined(MAN) .endif # defined(PROG) .if !defined(_SKIP_BUILD) all: ${PROG} .endif all: _SUBDIRUSE .if !target(clean) cleanprog: rm -f a.out [Ee]rrs mklog core *.core \ ${PROG} ${OBJS} ${LOBJS} ${CLEANFILES} clean: _SUBDIRUSE cleanprog cleandir: _SUBDIRUSE cleanprog .else cleandir: _SUBDIRUSE clean .endif .if defined(SRCS) && (!defined(MKDEP) || ${MKDEP} != autodep) afterdepend: .depend @(TMP=/tmp/_depend$$$$; \ sed -e 's/^\([^\.]*\).o[ ]*:/\1.o \1.ln:/' \ < .depend > $$TMP; \ mv $$TMP .depend) .endif .if !target(install) .if !target(beforeinstall) beforeinstall: .endif .if !target(afterinstall) afterinstall: .endif .if !empty(BINOWN) PROG_INSTALL_OWN ?= -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} .endif .if !target(realinstall) realinstall: proginstall .endif .if !target(proginstall) proginstall: .if defined(PROG) [ -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} ] || \ ${INSTALL} -d ${PROG_INSTALL_OWN} -m 775 ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} ${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${STRIP_FLAG} ${PROG_INSTALL_OWN} -m ${BINMODE} \ ${PROG} ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR}/${PROG_NAME} .endif .if defined(HIDEGAME) (cd ${DESTDIR}/usr/games; rm -f ${PROG}; ln -s dm ${PROG}) .endif .endif .include install: maninstall install_links _SUBDIRUSE install_links: .if !empty(SYMLINKS) @set ${SYMLINKS}; ${_SYMLINKS_SCRIPT} .endif .if !empty(LINKS) @set ${LINKS}; ${_LINKS_SCRIPT} .endif maninstall: afterinstall afterinstall: realinstall +install_links: realinstall proginstall: beforeinstall realinstall: beforeinstall .endif .if !target(lint) lint: ${LOBJS} .if defined(LOBJS) && !empty(LOBJS) @${LINT} ${LINTFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS:M-L*} ${LOBJS} ${LDADD} .endif .endif .NOPATH: ${PROG} .if defined(OBJS) && !empty(OBJS) .NOPATH: ${OBJS} .endif .if ${MK_MAN} != "no" .include .endif .if ${MK_NLS} != "no" .include .endif .include .include .include .include .endif Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/subdir.mk =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/subdir.mk (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/subdir.mk (revision 314808) @@ -1,97 +1,102 @@ -# $Id: subdir.mk,v 1.15 2016/04/05 15:58:37 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: subdir.mk,v 1.16 2017/02/08 22:16:59 sjg Exp $ # skip missing directories... # $NetBSD: bsd.subdir.mk,v 1.11 1996/04/04 02:05:06 jtc Exp $ # @(#)bsd.subdir.mk 5.9 (Berkeley) 2/1/91 .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 && ${.MAKE.MODE:Uno:Mmeta*} != "" .include # keep everyone happy _SUBDIRUSE: .elif !commands(_SUBDIRUSE) && !defined(NO_SUBDIR) && !defined(NOSUBDIR) .-include <${.CURDIR}/Makefile.inc> .if !target(.MAIN) .MAIN: all .endif ECHO_DIR ?= echo .ifdef SUBDIR_MUST_EXIST MISSING_DIR=echo "Missing ===> ${.CURDIR}/$${entry}"; exit 1 .else MISSING_DIR=echo "Skipping ===> ${.CURDIR}/$${entry}"; continue .endif _SUBDIRUSE: .USE .if defined(SUBDIR) @Exists() { test -f $$1; }; \ for entry in ${SUBDIR}; do \ (set -e; \ if Exists ${.CURDIR}/$${entry}.${MACHINE}/[mM]akefile; then \ _newdir_="$${entry}.${MACHINE}"; \ elif Exists ${.CURDIR}/$${entry}/[mM]akefile; then \ _newdir_="$${entry}"; \ else \ ${MISSING_DIR}; \ fi; \ if test X"${_THISDIR_}" = X""; then \ _nextdir_="$${_newdir_}"; \ else \ _nextdir_="$${_THISDIR_}/$${_newdir_}"; \ fi; \ ${ECHO_DIR} "===> $${_nextdir_}"; \ cd ${.CURDIR}/$${_newdir_}; \ ${.MAKE} _THISDIR_="$${_nextdir_}" \ ${.TARGET:S/realinstall/install/:S/.depend/depend/}) || exit 1; \ done ${SUBDIR}:: - @set -e; if test -d ${.CURDIR}/${.TARGET}.${MACHINE}; then \ - _newdir_=${.TARGET}.${MACHINE}; \ + @set -e; _r=${.CURDIR}/; \ + if test -z "${.TARGET:M/*}"; then \ + if test -d ${.CURDIR}/${.TARGET}.${MACHINE}; then \ + _newdir_=${.TARGET}.${MACHINE}; \ + else \ + _newdir_=${.TARGET}; \ + fi; \ else \ - _newdir_=${.TARGET}; \ + _r= _newdir_=${.TARGET}; \ fi; \ ${ECHO_DIR} "===> $${_newdir_}"; \ - cd ${.CURDIR}/$${_newdir_}; \ + cd $${_r}$${_newdir_}; \ ${.MAKE} _THISDIR_="$${_newdir_}" all .endif .if !target(install) .if !target(beforeinstall) beforeinstall: .endif .if !target(afterinstall) afterinstall: .endif install: maninstall maninstall: afterinstall afterinstall: realinstall realinstall: beforeinstall _SUBDIRUSE .endif .if defined(SRCS) etags: ${SRCS} -cd ${.CURDIR}; etags `echo ${.ALLSRC:N*.h} | sed 's;${.CURDIR}/;;'` .endif SUBDIR_TARGETS += \ all \ clean \ cleandir \ includes \ depend \ lint \ obj \ tags \ etags .for t in ${SUBDIR_TARGETS:O:u} $t: _SUBDIRUSE .endfor .include .if make(destroy*) .include .endif .endif # make sure this exists all: Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/sys.mk =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/sys.mk (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/sys.mk (revision 314808) @@ -1,151 +1,151 @@ -# $Id: sys.mk,v 1.44 2016/10/01 19:11:55 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: sys.mk,v 1.45 2017/02/05 01:26:13 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2003-2009, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # # Avoid putting anything platform specific in here. # _DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS etc. .include .if !empty(_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS) .if ${_DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS:Uno:@x@${.CURDIR:M$x}@} != "" .MAKEFLAGS: ${_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS} .endif .endif # useful modifiers .include # we expect a recent bmake .if !defined(_TARGETS) # some things we do only once _TARGETS := ${.TARGETS} .-include .endif # we need HOST_TARGET etc below. .include # early customizations .-include # Popular suffixes for C++ CXX_SUFFIXES += .cc .cpp .cxx .C CXX_SUFFIXES := ${CXX_SUFFIXES:O:u} # find the OS specifics .if defined(SYS_OS_MK) .include <${SYS_OS_MK}> .else _sys_mk = .for x in ${HOST_OSTYPE} ${HOST_TARGET} ${HOST_OS} ${MACHINE} Generic .if empty(_sys_mk) .-include _sys_mk := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*/$x.mk} .if !empty(_sys_mk) _sys_mk := sys/${_sys_mk:T} .endif .endif .if empty(_sys_mk) # might be an old style .-include <$x.sys.mk> _sys_mk := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*/$x.sys.mk:T} .endif .endfor SYS_OS_MK := ${_sys_mk} .export SYS_OS_MK .endif # some options we need to know early OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO += \ DIRDEPS_BUILD \ - DIRDEPS_CACHE \ - META_MODE + DIRDEPS_CACHE OPTIONS_DEFAULT_DEPENDENT += \ AUTO_OBJ/DIRDEPS_BUILD \ + META_MODE/DIRDEPS_BUILD \ STAGING/DIRDEPS_BUILD \ .-include .if ${MK_DIRDEPS_BUILD:Uno} == "yes" MK_META_MODE = yes .-include .elif ${MK_META_MODE:Uno} == "yes" .MAKE.MODE = meta verbose .endif # make sure we have a harmless value .MAKE.MODE ?= normal # if you want objdirs make them automatic # and do it early before we compute .PATH .if ${MK_AUTO_OBJ:Uno} == "yes" || ${MKOBJDIRS:Uno} == "auto" .include .endif .if !empty(SRCTOP) .if ${.CURDIR} == ${SRCTOP} RELDIR = . .elif ${.CURDIR:M${SRCTOP}/*} RELDIR := ${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} .endif .endif MACHINE_ARCH.host ?= ${_HOST_ARCH} MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE} ?= ${MACHINE} .if empty(MACHINE_ARCH) MACHINE_ARCH = ${MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE}} .endif .ifndef ROOT_GROUP ROOT_GROUP != sed -n /:0:/s/:.*//p /etc/group .export ROOT_GROUP .endif unix ?= We run ${_HOST_OSNAME}. # A race condition in mkdir, means that it can bail if another # process made a dir that mkdir expected to. # We repeat the mkdir -p a number of times to try and work around this. # We stop looping as soon as the dir exists. # If we get to the end of the loop, a plain mkdir will issue an error. Mkdirs= Mkdirs() { \ for d in $$*; do \ for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do \ mkdir -p $$d; \ test -d $$d && return 0; \ done; \ mkdir $$d || exit $$?; \ done; } # this often helps with debugging .SUFFIXES: .cpp-out .c.cpp-out: @${COMPILE.c:N-c} -E ${.IMPSRC} | grep -v '^[ ]*$$' ${CXX_SUFFIXES:%=%.cpp-out}: @${COMPILE.cc:N-c} -E ${.IMPSRC} | grep -v '^[ ]*$$' # late customizations .-include # if .CURDIR is matched by any entry in DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS we # will apply DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS, now. .if !empty(_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS) .if ${_DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS:Uno:@x@${.CURDIR:M$x}@} != "" .MAKEFLAGS: ${_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS} .endif .endif Index: head/contrib/bmake/mk/sys.vars.mk =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/mk/sys.vars.mk (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/mk/sys.vars.mk (revision 314808) @@ -1,71 +1,80 @@ -# $Id: sys.vars.mk,v 1.1 2016/10/01 19:11:55 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: sys.vars.mk,v 1.2 2017/01/31 07:44:45 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2003-2009, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # # We use the following paradigm for preventing multiple inclusion. # It relies on the fact that conditionals and dependencies are resolved # at the time they are read. # # _this ?= ${.PARSEFILE} # .if !target(__${_this}__) # __${_this}__: # .if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} > 20100408 _this = ${.PARSEDIR:tA}/${.PARSEFILE} .else _this = ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE} .endif # if this is an ancient version of bmake MAKE_VERSION ?= 0 .if ${MAKE_VERSION:M*make-*} # turn it into what we want - just the date MAKE_VERSION := ${MAKE_VERSION:[1]:C,.*-,,} .endif # some useful modifiers # A useful trick for testing multiple :M's against something # :L says to use the variable's name as its value - ie. literal # got = ${clean* destroy:${M_ListToMatch:S,V,.TARGETS,}} M_ListToMatch = L:@m@$${V:M$$m}@ # match against our initial targets (see above) M_L_TARGETS = ${M_ListToMatch:S,V,_TARGETS,} # turn a list into a set of :N modifiers # NskipFoo = ${Foo:${M_ListToSkip}} M_ListToSkip= O:u:ts::S,:,:N,g:S,^,N, # type should be a builtin in any sh since about 1980, # but sadly there are exceptions! .if ${.MAKE.OS:Unknown:NBSD/OS} == "" _type_sh = which .endif # AUTOCONF := ${autoconf:L:${M_whence}} M_type = @x@(${_type_sh:Utype} $$x) 2> /dev/null; echo;@:sh:[0]:N* found*:[@]:C,[()],,g M_whence = ${M_type}:M/*:[1] # convert a path to a valid shell variable M_P2V = tu:C,[./-],_,g # convert path to absolute .if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} > 20100408 M_tA = tA .else M_tA = C,.*,('cd' & \&\& 'pwd') 2> /dev/null || echo &,:sh +.endif + +.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} >= 20170130 +# M_cmpv allows comparing dotted versions like 3.1.2 +# ${3.1.2:L:${M_cmpv}} -> 3001002 +# we use big jumps to handle 3 digits per dot: +# ${123.456.789:L:${M_cmpv}} -> 123456789 +M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000 +M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh .endif # absoulte path to what we are reading. _PARSEDIR = ${.PARSEDIR:${M_tA}} Index: head/contrib/bmake/os.sh =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/os.sh (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/os.sh (revision 314808) @@ -1,243 +1,250 @@ : # NAME: # os.sh - operating system specifics # # DESCRIPTION: # This file is included at the start of processing. Its role is # to set the variables OS, OSREL, OSMAJOR, MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH to # reflect the current system. # # It also sets variables such as MAILER, LOCAL_FS, PS_AXC to hide # certain aspects of different UNIX flavours. # # SEE ALSO: # site.sh,funcs.sh # # AUTHOR: # Simon J. Gerraty # RCSid: -# $Id: os.sh,v 1.52 2016/06/17 05:15:14 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: os.sh,v 1.53 2017/01/11 20:01:09 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 1994 Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # # this lets us skip sourcing it again _OS_SH=: OS=`uname` OSREL=`uname -r` OSMAJOR=`IFS=.; set $OSREL; echo $1` MACHINE=`uname -m` MACHINE_ARCH=`uname -p 2>/dev/null || echo $MACHINE` # there is at least one case of `uname -p` outputting # a bunch of usless drivel case "$MACHINE_ARCH" in unknown|*[!A-Za-z0-9_-]*) MACHINE_ARCH="$MACHINE";; esac # we need this here, and it is not always available... Which() { case "$1" in -*) t=$1; shift;; *) t=-x;; esac case "$1" in /*) test $t $1 && echo $1;; *) # some shells cannot correctly handle `IFS` # in conjunction with the for loop. _dirs=`IFS=:; echo ${2:-$PATH}` for d in $_dirs do test $t $d/$1 && { echo $d/$1; break; } done ;; esac } # tr is insanely non-portable wrt char classes, so we need to # spell out the alphabet. sed y/// would work too. toUpper() { ${TR:-tr} abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ } toLower() { ${TR:-tr} ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz } K= case $OS in AIX) # everyone loves to be different... OSMAJOR=`uname -v` OSREL="$OSMAJOR.`uname -r`" LOCAL_FS=jfs PS_AXC=-e SHARE_ARCH=$OS/$OSMAJOR.X ;; SunOS) CHOWN=`Which chown /usr/etc:/usr/bin` export CHOWN # Great! Solaris keeps moving arch(1) # should just bite the bullet and use uname -p arch=`Which arch /usr/bin:/usr/ucb` MAILER=/usr/ucb/Mail LOCAL_FS=4.2 case "$OSREL" in 4.0*) # uname -m just says sun which could be anything # so use arch(1). MACHINE_ARCH=`arch` MACHINE=$MACHINE_ARCH ;; 4*) MACHINE_ARCH=`arch` ;; 5*) K=-k LOCAL_FS=ufs MAILER=mailx PS_AXC=-e # can you believe that ln on Solaris defaults to # overwriting an existing file!!!!! We want one that works! test -x /usr/xpg4/bin/ln && LN=${LN:-/usr/xpg4/bin/ln} # wonderful, 5.8's tr again require's []'s # but /usr/xpg4/bin/tr causes problems if LC_COLLATE is set! # use toUpper/toLower instead. ;; esac case "$OS/$MACHINE_ARCH" in *sun386) SHARE_ARCH=$MACHINE_ARCH;; esac ;; *BSD) K=-k MAILER=/usr/bin/Mail LOCAL_FS=local : $-,$ENV case "$-,$ENV" in *i*,*) ;; *,|*ENVFILE*) ;; *) ENV=;; esac # NetBSD at least has good backward compatibility # so NetBSD/i386 is good enough case $OS in NetBSD) HOST_ARCH=$MACHINE SHARE_ARCH=$OS/$HOST_ARCH ;; OpenBSD) arch=`Which arch /usr/bin:/usr/ucb:$PATH` MACHINE_ARCH=`$arch -s` ;; esac NAWK=awk export NAWK ;; HP-UX) TMP_DIRS="/tmp /usr/tmp" LOCAL_FS=hfs MAILER=mailx # don't rely on /bin/sh, its broken _shell=/bin/ksh; ENV= # also, no one would be interested in OSMAJOR=A case "$OSREL" in ?.09*) OSMAJOR=9; PS_AXC=-e;; ?.10*) OSMAJOR=10; PS_AXC=-e;; esac ;; IRIX) LOCAL_FS=efs ;; Interix) MACHINE=i386 MACHINE_ARCH=i386 ;; UnixWare) OSREL=`uname -v` OSMAJOR=`IFS=.; set $OSREL; echo $1` MACHINE_ARCH=`uname -m` ;; Linux) # Not really any such thing as Linux, but # this covers red-hat and hopefully others. case $MACHINE in i?86) MACHINE_ARCH=i386;; # we don't care about i686 vs i586 esac LOCAL_FS=ext2 PS_AXC=axc [ -x /usr/bin/md5sum ] && { MD5=/usr/bin/md5sum; export MD5; } ;; QNX) case $MACHINE in x86pc) MACHINE_ARCH=i386;; esac ;; Haiku) case $MACHINE in BeBox) MACHINE_ARCH=powerpc;; BeMac) MACHINE_ARCH=powerpc;; BePC) MACHINE_ARCH=i386;; esac ;; esac HOSTNAME=${HOSTNAME:-`( hostname ) 2>/dev/null`} HOSTNAME=${HOSTNAME:-`( uname -n ) 2>/dev/null`} case "$HOSTNAME" in *.*) HOST=`IFS=.; set -- $HOSTNAME; echo $1`;; *) HOST=$HOSTNAME;; esac TMP_DIRS=${TMP_DIRS:-"/tmp /var/tmp"} MACHINE_ARCH=${MACHINE_ARCH:-$MACHINE} +case "$MACHINE_ARCH" in +x86*64|amd64) MACHINE32_ARCH=i386;; +*64) MACHINE32_ARCH=`echo $MACHINE_ARCH | sed 's,64,32,'`;; +*) MACHINE32_ARCH=$MACHINE_ARCH;; +esac HOST_ARCH=${HOST_ARCH:-$MACHINE_ARCH} +HOST_ARCH32=${HOST_ARCH32:-$MACHINE32_ARCH} # we mount server:/share/arch/$SHARE_ARCH as /usr/local SHARE_ARCH_DEFAULT=$OS/$OSMAJOR.X/$HOST_ARCH SHARE_ARCH=${SHARE_ARCH:-$SHARE_ARCH_DEFAULT} LN=${LN:-ln} TR=${TR:-tr} # Some people like have /share/$HOST_TARGET/bin etc. HOST_TARGET=`echo ${OS}${OSMAJOR}-$HOST_ARCH | tr -d / | toLower` -export HOST_TARGET +HOST_TARGET32=`echo ${OS}${OSMAJOR}-$HOST_ARCH32 | tr -d / | toLower` +export HOST_TARGET HOST_TARGET32 case `echo -n .` in -n*) N=; C="\c";; *) N=-n; C=;; esac Echo() { case "$1" in -n) _n=$N _c=$C; shift;; *) _n= _c=;; esac echo $_n "$@" $_c } export HOSTNAME HOST export OS MACHINE MACHINE_ARCH OSREL OSMAJOR LOCAL_FS TMP_DIRS MAILER N C K PS_AXC export LN SHARE_ARCH TR case /$0 in */os.sh) for v in $* do eval vv=\$$v echo "$v='$vv'" done ;; esac Index: head/contrib/bmake/parse.c =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/parse.c (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/parse.c (revision 314808) @@ -1,3286 +1,3290 @@ -/* $NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.217 2016/12/09 22:56:21 sjg Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.218 2017/03/01 16:39:49 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.217 2016/12/09 22:56:21 sjg Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.218 2017/03/01 16:39:49 sjg Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)parse.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.217 2016/12/09 22:56:21 sjg Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.218 2017/03/01 16:39:49 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * parse.c -- * Functions to parse a makefile. * * One function, Parse_Init, must be called before any functions * in this module are used. After that, the function Parse_File is the * main entry point and controls most of the other functions in this * module. * * Most important structures are kept in Lsts. Directories for * the .include "..." function are kept in the 'parseIncPath' Lst, while * those for the .include <...> are kept in the 'sysIncPath' Lst. The * targets currently being defined are kept in the 'targets' Lst. * * The variables 'fname' and 'lineno' are used to track the name * of the current file and the line number in that file so that error * messages can be more meaningful. * * Interface: * Parse_Init Initialization function which must be * called before anything else in this module * is used. * * Parse_End Cleanup the module * * Parse_File Function used to parse a makefile. It must * be given the name of the file, which should * already have been opened, and a function * to call to read a character from the file. * * Parse_IsVar Returns TRUE if the given line is a * variable assignment. Used by MainParseArgs * to determine if an argument is a target * or a variable assignment. Used internally * for pretty much the same thing... * * Parse_Error Function called when an error occurs in * parsing. Used by the variable and * conditional modules. * Parse_MainName Returns a Lst of the main target to create. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "hash.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" #include "buf.h" #include "pathnames.h" #ifdef HAVE_MMAP #include #ifndef MAP_COPY #define MAP_COPY MAP_PRIVATE #endif #ifndef MAP_FILE #define MAP_FILE 0 #endif #endif //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // types and constants /* * Structure for a file being read ("included file") */ typedef struct IFile { char *fname; /* name of file */ int lineno; /* current line number in file */ int first_lineno; /* line number of start of text */ int cond_depth; /* 'if' nesting when file opened */ Boolean depending; /* state of doing_depend on EOF */ char *P_str; /* point to base of string buffer */ char *P_ptr; /* point to next char of string buffer */ char *P_end; /* point to the end of string buffer */ char *(*nextbuf)(void *, size_t *); /* Function to get more data */ void *nextbuf_arg; /* Opaque arg for nextbuf() */ struct loadedfile *lf; /* loadedfile object, if any */ } IFile; /* * These values are returned by ParseEOF to tell Parse_File whether to * CONTINUE parsing, i.e. it had only reached the end of an include file, * or if it's DONE. */ #define CONTINUE 1 #define DONE 0 /* * Tokens for target attributes */ typedef enum { Begin, /* .BEGIN */ Default, /* .DEFAULT */ DeleteOnError, /* .DELETE_ON_ERROR */ End, /* .END */ dotError, /* .ERROR */ Ignore, /* .IGNORE */ Includes, /* .INCLUDES */ Interrupt, /* .INTERRUPT */ Libs, /* .LIBS */ Meta, /* .META */ MFlags, /* .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS */ Main, /* .MAIN and we don't have anything user-specified to * make */ NoExport, /* .NOEXPORT */ NoMeta, /* .NOMETA */ NoMetaCmp, /* .NOMETA_CMP */ NoPath, /* .NOPATH */ Not, /* Not special */ NotParallel, /* .NOTPARALLEL */ Null, /* .NULL */ ExObjdir, /* .OBJDIR */ Order, /* .ORDER */ Parallel, /* .PARALLEL */ ExPath, /* .PATH */ Phony, /* .PHONY */ #ifdef POSIX Posix, /* .POSIX */ #endif Precious, /* .PRECIOUS */ ExShell, /* .SHELL */ Silent, /* .SILENT */ SingleShell, /* .SINGLESHELL */ Stale, /* .STALE */ Suffixes, /* .SUFFIXES */ Wait, /* .WAIT */ Attribute /* Generic attribute */ } ParseSpecial; /* * Other tokens */ #define LPAREN '(' #define RPAREN ')' //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // result data /* * The main target to create. This is the first target on the first * dependency line in the first makefile. */ static GNode *mainNode; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // eval state /* targets we're working on */ static Lst targets; #ifdef CLEANUP /* command lines for targets */ static Lst targCmds; #endif /* * specType contains the SPECial TYPE of the current target. It is * Not if the target is unspecial. If it *is* special, however, the children * are linked as children of the parent but not vice versa. This variable is * set in ParseDoDependency */ static ParseSpecial specType; /* * Predecessor node for handling .ORDER. Initialized to NULL when .ORDER * seen, then set to each successive source on the line. */ static GNode *predecessor; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // parser state /* true if currently in a dependency line or its commands */ static Boolean inLine; /* number of fatal errors */ static int fatals = 0; /* * Variables for doing includes */ /* current file being read */ static IFile *curFile; /* stack of IFiles generated by .includes */ static Lst includes; /* include paths (lists of directories) */ Lst parseIncPath; /* dirs for "..." includes */ Lst sysIncPath; /* dirs for <...> includes */ Lst defIncPath; /* default for sysIncPath */ //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // parser tables /* * The parseKeywords table is searched using binary search when deciding * if a target or source is special. The 'spec' field is the ParseSpecial * type of the keyword ("Not" if the keyword isn't special as a target) while * the 'op' field is the operator to apply to the list of targets if the * keyword is used as a source ("0" if the keyword isn't special as a source) */ static const struct { const char *name; /* Name of keyword */ ParseSpecial spec; /* Type when used as a target */ int op; /* Operator when used as a source */ } parseKeywords[] = { { ".BEGIN", Begin, 0 }, { ".DEFAULT", Default, 0 }, { ".DELETE_ON_ERROR", DeleteOnError, 0 }, { ".END", End, 0 }, { ".ERROR", dotError, 0 }, { ".EXEC", Attribute, OP_EXEC }, { ".IGNORE", Ignore, OP_IGNORE }, { ".INCLUDES", Includes, 0 }, { ".INTERRUPT", Interrupt, 0 }, { ".INVISIBLE", Attribute, OP_INVISIBLE }, { ".JOIN", Attribute, OP_JOIN }, { ".LIBS", Libs, 0 }, { ".MADE", Attribute, OP_MADE }, { ".MAIN", Main, 0 }, { ".MAKE", Attribute, OP_MAKE }, { ".MAKEFLAGS", MFlags, 0 }, { ".META", Meta, OP_META }, { ".MFLAGS", MFlags, 0 }, { ".NOMETA", NoMeta, OP_NOMETA }, { ".NOMETA_CMP", NoMetaCmp, OP_NOMETA_CMP }, { ".NOPATH", NoPath, OP_NOPATH }, { ".NOTMAIN", Attribute, OP_NOTMAIN }, { ".NOTPARALLEL", NotParallel, 0 }, { ".NO_PARALLEL", NotParallel, 0 }, { ".NULL", Null, 0 }, { ".OBJDIR", ExObjdir, 0 }, { ".OPTIONAL", Attribute, OP_OPTIONAL }, { ".ORDER", Order, 0 }, { ".PARALLEL", Parallel, 0 }, { ".PATH", ExPath, 0 }, { ".PHONY", Phony, OP_PHONY }, #ifdef POSIX { ".POSIX", Posix, 0 }, #endif { ".PRECIOUS", Precious, OP_PRECIOUS }, { ".RECURSIVE", Attribute, OP_MAKE }, { ".SHELL", ExShell, 0 }, { ".SILENT", Silent, OP_SILENT }, { ".SINGLESHELL", SingleShell, 0 }, { ".STALE", Stale, 0 }, { ".SUFFIXES", Suffixes, 0 }, { ".USE", Attribute, OP_USE }, { ".USEBEFORE", Attribute, OP_USEBEFORE }, { ".WAIT", Wait, 0 }, }; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // local functions static int ParseIsEscaped(const char *, const char *); static void ParseErrorInternal(const char *, size_t, int, const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(4,5); static void ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *, const char *, size_t, int, const char *, va_list) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(5, 0); static int ParseFindKeyword(const char *); static int ParseLinkSrc(void *, void *); static int ParseDoOp(void *, void *); static void ParseDoSrc(int, const char *); static int ParseFindMain(void *, void *); static int ParseAddDir(void *, void *); static int ParseClearPath(void *, void *); static void ParseDoDependency(char *); static int ParseAddCmd(void *, void *); static void ParseHasCommands(void *); static void ParseDoInclude(char *); static void ParseSetParseFile(const char *); static void ParseSetIncludedFile(void); #ifdef SYSVINCLUDE static void ParseTraditionalInclude(char *); #endif #ifdef GMAKEEXPORT static void ParseGmakeExport(char *); #endif static int ParseEOF(void); static char *ParseReadLine(void); static void ParseFinishLine(void); static void ParseMark(GNode *); //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // file loader struct loadedfile { const char *path; /* name, for error reports */ char *buf; /* contents buffer */ size_t len; /* length of contents */ size_t maplen; /* length of mmap area, or 0 */ Boolean used; /* XXX: have we used the data yet */ }; /* * Constructor/destructor for loadedfile */ static struct loadedfile * loadedfile_create(const char *path) { struct loadedfile *lf; lf = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*lf)); lf->path = (path == NULL ? "(stdin)" : path); lf->buf = NULL; lf->len = 0; lf->maplen = 0; lf->used = FALSE; return lf; } static void loadedfile_destroy(struct loadedfile *lf) { if (lf->buf != NULL) { if (lf->maplen > 0) { #ifdef HAVE_MMAP munmap(lf->buf, lf->maplen); #endif } else { free(lf->buf); } } free(lf); } /* * nextbuf() operation for loadedfile, as needed by the weird and twisted * logic below. Once that's cleaned up, we can get rid of lf->used... */ static char * loadedfile_nextbuf(void *x, size_t *len) { struct loadedfile *lf = x; if (lf->used) { return NULL; } lf->used = TRUE; *len = lf->len; return lf->buf; } /* * Try to get the size of a file. */ static ReturnStatus load_getsize(int fd, size_t *ret) { struct stat st; if (fstat(fd, &st) < 0) { return FAILURE; } if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) { return FAILURE; } /* * st_size is an off_t, which is 64 bits signed; *ret is * size_t, which might be 32 bits unsigned or 64 bits * unsigned. Rather than being elaborate, just punt on * files that are more than 2^31 bytes. We should never * see a makefile that size in practice... * * While we're at it reject negative sizes too, just in case. */ if (st.st_size < 0 || st.st_size > 0x7fffffff) { return FAILURE; } *ret = (size_t) st.st_size; return SUCCESS; } /* * Read in a file. * * Until the path search logic can be moved under here instead of * being in the caller in another source file, we need to have the fd * passed in already open. Bleh. * * If the path is NULL use stdin and (to insure against fd leaks) * assert that the caller passed in -1. */ static struct loadedfile * loadfile(const char *path, int fd) { struct loadedfile *lf; #ifdef HAVE_MMAP long pagesize; #endif ssize_t result; size_t bufpos; lf = loadedfile_create(path); if (path == NULL) { assert(fd == -1); fd = STDIN_FILENO; } else { #if 0 /* notyet */ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY); if (fd < 0) { ... Error("%s: %s", path, strerror(errno)); exit(1); } #endif } #ifdef HAVE_MMAP if (load_getsize(fd, &lf->len) == SUCCESS) { /* found a size, try mmap */ #ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE pagesize = sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); #else pagesize = 0; #endif if (pagesize <= 0) { pagesize = 0x1000; } /* round size up to a page */ lf->maplen = pagesize * ((lf->len + pagesize - 1)/pagesize); /* * XXX hack for dealing with empty files; remove when * we're no longer limited by interfacing to the old * logic elsewhere in this file. */ if (lf->maplen == 0) { lf->maplen = pagesize; } /* * FUTURE: remove PROT_WRITE when the parser no longer * needs to scribble on the input. */ lf->buf = mmap(NULL, lf->maplen, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_FILE|MAP_COPY, fd, 0); if (lf->buf != MAP_FAILED) { /* succeeded */ if (lf->len == lf->maplen && lf->buf[lf->len - 1] != '\n') { char *b = malloc(lf->len + 1); b[lf->len] = '\n'; memcpy(b, lf->buf, lf->len++); munmap(lf->buf, lf->maplen); lf->maplen = 0; lf->buf = b; } goto done; } } #endif /* cannot mmap; load the traditional way */ lf->maplen = 0; lf->len = 1024; lf->buf = bmake_malloc(lf->len); bufpos = 0; while (1) { assert(bufpos <= lf->len); if (bufpos == lf->len) { lf->len *= 2; lf->buf = bmake_realloc(lf->buf, lf->len); } result = read(fd, lf->buf + bufpos, lf->len - bufpos); if (result < 0) { Error("%s: read error: %s", path, strerror(errno)); exit(1); } if (result == 0) { break; } bufpos += result; } assert(bufpos <= lf->len); lf->len = bufpos; /* truncate malloc region to actual length (maybe not useful) */ if (lf->len > 0) { + /* as for mmap case, ensure trailing \n */ + if (lf->buf[lf->len - 1] != '\n') + lf->len++; lf->buf = bmake_realloc(lf->buf, lf->len); + lf->buf[lf->len - 1] = '\n'; } #ifdef HAVE_MMAP done: #endif if (path != NULL) { close(fd); } return lf; } //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // old code /*- *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseIsEscaped -- * Check if the current character is escaped on the current line * * Results: * 0 if the character is not backslash escaped, 1 otherwise * * Side Effects: * None *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseIsEscaped(const char *line, const char *c) { int active = 0; for (;;) { if (line == c) return active; if (*--c != '\\') return active; active = !active; } } /*- *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseFindKeyword -- * Look in the table of keywords for one matching the given string. * * Input: * str String to find * * Results: * The index of the keyword, or -1 if it isn't there. * * Side Effects: * None *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseFindKeyword(const char *str) { int start, end, cur; int diff; start = 0; end = (sizeof(parseKeywords)/sizeof(parseKeywords[0])) - 1; do { cur = start + ((end - start) / 2); diff = strcmp(str, parseKeywords[cur].name); if (diff == 0) { return (cur); } else if (diff < 0) { end = cur - 1; } else { start = cur + 1; } } while (start <= end); return (-1); } /*- * ParseVErrorInternal -- * Error message abort function for parsing. Prints out the context * of the error (line number and file) as well as the message with * two optional arguments. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * "fatals" is incremented if the level is PARSE_FATAL. */ /* VARARGS */ static void ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *f, const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type, const char *fmt, va_list ap) { static Boolean fatal_warning_error_printed = FALSE; (void)fprintf(f, "%s: ", progname); if (cfname != NULL) { (void)fprintf(f, "\""); if (*cfname != '/' && strcmp(cfname, "(stdin)") != 0) { char *cp; const char *dir; /* * Nothing is more annoying than not knowing * which Makefile is the culprit. */ dir = Var_Value(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp); if (dir == NULL || *dir == '\0' || (*dir == '.' && dir[1] == '\0')) dir = Var_Value(".CURDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp); if (dir == NULL) dir = "."; (void)fprintf(f, "%s/%s", dir, cfname); } else (void)fprintf(f, "%s", cfname); (void)fprintf(f, "\" line %d: ", (int)clineno); } if (type == PARSE_WARNING) (void)fprintf(f, "warning: "); (void)vfprintf(f, fmt, ap); (void)fprintf(f, "\n"); (void)fflush(f); if (type == PARSE_FATAL || parseWarnFatal) fatals += 1; if (parseWarnFatal && !fatal_warning_error_printed) { Error("parsing warnings being treated as errors"); fatal_warning_error_printed = TRUE; } } /*- * ParseErrorInternal -- * Error function * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * None */ /* VARARGS */ static void ParseErrorInternal(const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); (void)fflush(stdout); ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) { va_start(ap, fmt); ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); } } /*- * Parse_Error -- * External interface to ParseErrorInternal; uses the default filename * Line number. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * None */ /* VARARGS */ void Parse_Error(int type, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; const char *fname; size_t lineno; if (curFile == NULL) { fname = NULL; lineno = 0; } else { fname = curFile->fname; lineno = curFile->lineno; } va_start(ap, fmt); (void)fflush(stdout); ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) { va_start(ap, fmt); ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); } } /* * ParseMessage * Parse a .info .warning or .error directive * * The input is the line minus the ".". We substitute * variables, print the message and exit(1) (for .error) or just print * a warning if the directive is malformed. */ static Boolean ParseMessage(char *line) { int mtype; switch(*line) { case 'i': mtype = 0; break; case 'w': mtype = PARSE_WARNING; break; case 'e': mtype = PARSE_FATAL; break; default: Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "invalid syntax: \".%s\"", line); return FALSE; } while (isalpha((unsigned char)*line)) line++; if (!isspace((unsigned char)*line)) return FALSE; /* not for us */ while (isspace((unsigned char)*line)) line++; line = Var_Subst(NULL, line, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES); Parse_Error(mtype, "%s", line); free(line); if (mtype == PARSE_FATAL) { /* Terminate immediately. */ exit(1); } return TRUE; } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseLinkSrc -- * Link the parent node to its new child. Used in a Lst_ForEach by * ParseDoDependency. If the specType isn't 'Not', the parent * isn't linked as a parent of the child. * * Input: * pgnp The parent node * cgpn The child node * * Results: * Always = 0 * * Side Effects: * New elements are added to the parents list of cgn and the * children list of cgn. the unmade field of pgn is updated * to reflect the additional child. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseLinkSrc(void *pgnp, void *cgnp) { GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp; GNode *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp; if ((pgn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (pgn->cohorts)) pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(pgn->cohorts)); (void)Lst_AtEnd(pgn->children, cgn); if (specType == Not) (void)Lst_AtEnd(cgn->parents, pgn); pgn->unmade += 1; if (DEBUG(PARSE)) { fprintf(debug_file, "# %s: added child %s - %s\n", __func__, pgn->name, cgn->name); Targ_PrintNode(pgn, 0); Targ_PrintNode(cgn, 0); } return (0); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseDoOp -- * Apply the parsed operator to the given target node. Used in a * Lst_ForEach call by ParseDoDependency once all targets have * been found and their operator parsed. If the previous and new * operators are incompatible, a major error is taken. * * Input: * gnp The node to which the operator is to be applied * opp The operator to apply * * Results: * Always 0 * * Side Effects: * The type field of the node is altered to reflect any new bits in * the op. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseDoOp(void *gnp, void *opp) { GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; int op = *(int *)opp; /* * If the dependency mask of the operator and the node don't match and * the node has actually had an operator applied to it before, and * the operator actually has some dependency information in it, complain. */ if (((op & OP_OPMASK) != (gn->type & OP_OPMASK)) && !OP_NOP(gn->type) && !OP_NOP(op)) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Inconsistent operator for %s", gn->name); return (1); } if ((op == OP_DOUBLEDEP) && ((gn->type & OP_OPMASK) == OP_DOUBLEDEP)) { /* * If the node was the object of a :: operator, we need to create a * new instance of it for the children and commands on this dependency * line. The new instance is placed on the 'cohorts' list of the * initial one (note the initial one is not on its own cohorts list) * and the new instance is linked to all parents of the initial * instance. */ GNode *cohort; /* * Propagate copied bits to the initial node. They'll be propagated * back to the rest of the cohorts later. */ gn->type |= op & ~OP_OPMASK; cohort = Targ_FindNode(gn->name, TARG_NOHASH); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(cohort); /* * Make the cohort invisible as well to avoid duplicating it into * other variables. True, parents of this target won't tend to do * anything with their local variables, but better safe than * sorry. (I think this is pointless now, since the relevant list * traversals will no longer see this node anyway. -mycroft) */ cohort->type = op | OP_INVISIBLE; (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->cohorts, cohort); cohort->centurion = gn; gn->unmade_cohorts += 1; snprintf(cohort->cohort_num, sizeof cohort->cohort_num, "#%d", gn->unmade_cohorts); } else { /* * We don't want to nuke any previous flags (whatever they were) so we * just OR the new operator into the old */ gn->type |= op; } return (0); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseDoSrc -- * Given the name of a source, figure out if it is an attribute * and apply it to the targets if it is. Else decide if there is * some attribute which should be applied *to* the source because * of some special target and apply it if so. Otherwise, make the * source be a child of the targets in the list 'targets' * * Input: * tOp operator (if any) from special targets * src name of the source to handle * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * Operator bits may be added to the list of targets or to the source. * The targets may have a new source added to their lists of children. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseDoSrc(int tOp, const char *src) { GNode *gn = NULL; static int wait_number = 0; char wait_src[16]; if (*src == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)src[1])) { int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(src); if (keywd != -1) { int op = parseKeywords[keywd].op; if (op != 0) { Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op); return; } if (parseKeywords[keywd].spec == Wait) { /* * We add a .WAIT node in the dependency list. * After any dynamic dependencies (and filename globbing) * have happened, it is given a dependency on the each * previous child back to and previous .WAIT node. * The next child won't be scheduled until the .WAIT node * is built. * We give each .WAIT node a unique name (mainly for diag). */ snprintf(wait_src, sizeof wait_src, ".WAIT_%u", ++wait_number); gn = Targ_FindNode(wait_src, TARG_NOHASH); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); gn->type = OP_WAIT | OP_PHONY | OP_DEPENDS | OP_NOTMAIN; Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn); return; } } } switch (specType) { case Main: /* * If we have noted the existence of a .MAIN, it means we need * to add the sources of said target to the list of things * to create. The string 'src' is likely to be free, so we * must make a new copy of it. Note that this will only be * invoked if the user didn't specify a target on the command * line. This is to allow #ifmake's to succeed, or something... */ (void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(src)); /* * Add the name to the .TARGETS variable as well, so the user can * employ that, if desired. */ Var_Append(".TARGETS", src, VAR_GLOBAL); return; case Order: /* * Create proper predecessor/successor links between the previous * source and the current one. */ gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); if (predecessor != NULL) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(predecessor->order_succ, gn); (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->order_pred, predecessor); if (DEBUG(PARSE)) { fprintf(debug_file, "# %s: added Order dependency %s - %s\n", __func__, predecessor->name, gn->name); Targ_PrintNode(predecessor, 0); Targ_PrintNode(gn, 0); } } /* * The current source now becomes the predecessor for the next one. */ predecessor = gn; break; default: /* * If the source is not an attribute, we need to find/create * a node for it. After that we can apply any operator to it * from a special target or link it to its parents, as * appropriate. * * In the case of a source that was the object of a :: operator, * the attribute is applied to all of its instances (as kept in * the 'cohorts' list of the node) or all the cohorts are linked * to all the targets. */ /* Find/create the 'src' node and attach to all targets */ gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); if (tOp) { gn->type |= tOp; } else { Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn); } break; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseFindMain -- * Find a real target in the list and set it to be the main one. * Called by ParseDoDependency when a main target hasn't been found * yet. * * Input: * gnp Node to examine * * Results: * 0 if main not found yet, 1 if it is. * * Side Effects: * mainNode is changed and Targ_SetMain is called. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseFindMain(void *gnp, void *dummy) { GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; if ((gn->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) { mainNode = gn; Targ_SetMain(gn); return (dummy ? 1 : 1); } else { return (dummy ? 0 : 0); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseAddDir -- * Front-end for Dir_AddDir to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going * * Results: * === 0 * * Side Effects: * See Dir_AddDir. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseAddDir(void *path, void *name) { (void)Dir_AddDir((Lst) path, (char *)name); return(0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseClearPath -- * Front-end for Dir_ClearPath to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going * * Results: * === 0 * * Side Effects: * See Dir_ClearPath * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseClearPath(void *path, void *dummy) { Dir_ClearPath((Lst) path); return(dummy ? 0 : 0); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseDoDependency -- * Parse the dependency line in line. * * Input: * line the line to parse * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The nodes of the sources are linked as children to the nodes of the * targets. Some nodes may be created. * * We parse a dependency line by first extracting words from the line and * finding nodes in the list of all targets with that name. This is done * until a character is encountered which is an operator character. Currently * these are only ! and :. At this point the operator is parsed and the * pointer into the line advanced until the first source is encountered. * The parsed operator is applied to each node in the 'targets' list, * which is where the nodes found for the targets are kept, by means of * the ParseDoOp function. * The sources are read in much the same way as the targets were except * that now they are expanded using the wildcarding scheme of the C-Shell * and all instances of the resulting words in the list of all targets * are found. Each of the resulting nodes is then linked to each of the * targets as one of its children. * Certain targets are handled specially. These are the ones detailed * by the specType variable. * The storing of transformation rules is also taken care of here. * A target is recognized as a transformation rule by calling * Suff_IsTransform. If it is a transformation rule, its node is gotten * from the suffix module via Suff_AddTransform rather than the standard * Targ_FindNode in the target module. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseDoDependency(char *line) { char *cp; /* our current position */ GNode *gn = NULL; /* a general purpose temporary node */ int op; /* the operator on the line */ char savec; /* a place to save a character */ Lst paths; /* List of search paths to alter when parsing * a list of .PATH targets */ int tOp; /* operator from special target */ Lst sources; /* list of archive source names after * expansion */ Lst curTargs; /* list of target names to be found and added * to the targets list */ char *lstart = line; if (DEBUG(PARSE)) fprintf(debug_file, "ParseDoDependency(%s)\n", line); tOp = 0; specType = Not; paths = NULL; curTargs = Lst_Init(FALSE); /* * First, grind through the targets. */ do { /* * Here LINE points to the beginning of the next word, and * LSTART points to the actual beginning of the line. */ /* Find the end of the next word. */ for (cp = line; *cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) || !(isspace((unsigned char)*cp) || *cp == '!' || *cp == ':' || *cp == LPAREN)); cp++) { if (*cp == '$') { /* * Must be a dynamic source (would have been expanded * otherwise), so call the Var module to parse the puppy * so we can safely advance beyond it...There should be * no errors in this, as they would have been discovered * in the initial Var_Subst and we wouldn't be here. */ int length; void *freeIt; (void)Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES, &length, &freeIt); free(freeIt); cp += length-1; } } /* * If the word is followed by a left parenthesis, it's the * name of an object file inside an archive (ar file). */ if (!ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) && *cp == LPAREN) { /* * Archives must be handled specially to make sure the OP_ARCHV * flag is set in their 'type' field, for one thing, and because * things like "archive(file1.o file2.o file3.o)" are permissible. * Arch_ParseArchive will set 'line' to be the first non-blank * after the archive-spec. It creates/finds nodes for the members * and places them on the given list, returning SUCCESS if all * went well and FAILURE if there was an error in the * specification. On error, line should remain untouched. */ if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, targets, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Error in archive specification: \"%s\"", line); goto out; } else { /* Done with this word; on to the next. */ cp = line; continue; } } if (!*cp) { /* * We got to the end of the line while we were still * looking at targets. * * Ending a dependency line without an operator is a Bozo * no-no. As a heuristic, this is also often triggered by * undetected conflicts from cvs/rcs merges. */ if ((strncmp(line, "<<<<<<", 6) == 0) || (strncmp(line, "======", 6) == 0) || (strncmp(line, ">>>>>>", 6) == 0)) Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts"); else Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive" : "Need an operator"); goto out; } /* Insert a null terminator. */ savec = *cp; *cp = '\0'; /* * Got the word. See if it's a special target and if so set * specType to match it. */ if (*line == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)line[1])) { /* * See if the target is a special target that must have it * or its sources handled specially. */ int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(line); if (keywd != -1) { if (specType == ExPath && parseKeywords[keywd].spec != ExPath) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Mismatched special targets"); goto out; } specType = parseKeywords[keywd].spec; tOp = parseKeywords[keywd].op; /* * Certain special targets have special semantics: * .PATH Have to set the dirSearchPath * variable too * .MAIN Its sources are only used if * nothing has been specified to * create. * .DEFAULT Need to create a node to hang * commands on, but we don't want * it in the graph, nor do we want * it to be the Main Target, so we * create it, set OP_NOTMAIN and * add it to the list, setting * DEFAULT to the new node for * later use. We claim the node is * A transformation rule to make * life easier later, when we'll * use Make_HandleUse to actually * apply the .DEFAULT commands. * .PHONY The list of targets * .NOPATH Don't search for file in the path * .STALE * .BEGIN * .END * .ERROR * .DELETE_ON_ERROR * .INTERRUPT Are not to be considered the * main target. * .NOTPARALLEL Make only one target at a time. * .SINGLESHELL Create a shell for each command. * .ORDER Must set initial predecessor to NULL */ switch (specType) { case ExPath: if (paths == NULL) { paths = Lst_Init(FALSE); } (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, dirSearchPath); break; case Main: if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) { specType = Not; } break; case Begin: case End: case Stale: case dotError: case Interrupt: gn = Targ_FindNode(line, TARG_CREATE); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); gn->type |= OP_NOTMAIN|OP_SPECIAL; (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn); break; case Default: gn = Targ_NewGN(".DEFAULT"); gn->type |= (OP_NOTMAIN|OP_TRANSFORM); (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn); DEFAULT = gn; break; case DeleteOnError: deleteOnError = TRUE; break; case NotParallel: maxJobs = 1; break; case SingleShell: compatMake = TRUE; break; case Order: predecessor = NULL; break; default: break; } } else if (strncmp(line, ".PATH", 5) == 0) { /* * .PATH has to be handled specially. * Call on the suffix module to give us a path to * modify. */ Lst path; specType = ExPath; path = Suff_GetPath(&line[5]); if (path == NULL) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Suffix '%s' not defined (yet)", &line[5]); goto out; } else { if (paths == NULL) { paths = Lst_Init(FALSE); } (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, path); } } } /* * Have word in line. Get or create its node and stick it at * the end of the targets list */ if ((specType == Not) && (*line != '\0')) { if (Dir_HasWildcards(line)) { /* * Targets are to be sought only in the current directory, * so create an empty path for the thing. Note we need to * use Dir_Destroy in the destruction of the path as the * Dir module could have added a directory to the path... */ Lst emptyPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); Dir_Expand(line, emptyPath, curTargs); Lst_Destroy(emptyPath, Dir_Destroy); } else { /* * No wildcards, but we want to avoid code duplication, * so create a list with the word on it. */ (void)Lst_AtEnd(curTargs, line); } /* Apply the targets. */ while(!Lst_IsEmpty(curTargs)) { char *targName = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(curTargs); if (!Suff_IsTransform (targName)) { gn = Targ_FindNode(targName, TARG_CREATE); } else { gn = Suff_AddTransform(targName); } if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn); } } else if (specType == ExPath && *line != '.' && *line != '\0') { Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target (%s) ignored", line); } /* Don't need the inserted null terminator any more. */ *cp = savec; /* * If it is a special type and not .PATH, it's the only target we * allow on this line... */ if (specType != Not && specType != ExPath) { Boolean warning = FALSE; while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) || ((*cp != '!') && (*cp != ':')))) { if (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) || (*cp != ' ' && *cp != '\t')) { warning = TRUE; } cp++; } if (warning) { Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target ignored"); } } else { while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } } line = cp; } while (*line && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, line) || ((*line != '!') && (*line != ':')))); /* * Don't need the list of target names anymore... */ Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL); curTargs = NULL; if (!Lst_IsEmpty(targets)) { switch(specType) { default: Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Special and mundane targets don't mix. Mundane ones ignored"); break; case Default: case Stale: case Begin: case End: case dotError: case Interrupt: /* * These four create nodes on which to hang commands, so * targets shouldn't be empty... */ case Not: /* * Nothing special here -- targets can be empty if it wants. */ break; } } /* * Have now parsed all the target names. Must parse the operator next. The * result is left in op . */ if (*cp == '!') { op = OP_FORCE; } else if (*cp == ':') { if (cp[1] == ':') { op = OP_DOUBLEDEP; cp++; } else { op = OP_DEPENDS; } } else { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive" : "Missing dependency operator"); goto out; } /* Advance beyond the operator */ cp++; /* * Apply the operator to the target. This is how we remember which * operator a target was defined with. It fails if the operator * used isn't consistent across all references. */ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op); /* * Onward to the sources. * * LINE will now point to the first source word, if any, or the * end of the string if not. */ while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } line = cp; /* * Several special targets take different actions if present with no * sources: * a .SUFFIXES line with no sources clears out all old suffixes * a .PRECIOUS line makes all targets precious * a .IGNORE line ignores errors for all targets * a .SILENT line creates silence when making all targets * a .PATH removes all directories from the search path(s). */ if (!*line) { switch (specType) { case Suffixes: Suff_ClearSuffixes(); break; case Precious: allPrecious = TRUE; break; case Ignore: ignoreErrors = TRUE; break; case Silent: beSilent = TRUE; break; case ExPath: Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseClearPath, NULL); Dir_SetPATH(); break; #ifdef POSIX case Posix: Var_Set("%POSIX", "1003.2", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); break; #endif default: break; } } else if (specType == MFlags) { /* * Call on functions in main.c to deal with these arguments and * set the initial character to a null-character so the loop to * get sources won't get anything */ Main_ParseArgLine(line); *line = '\0'; } else if (specType == ExShell) { if (Job_ParseShell(line) != SUCCESS) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "improper shell specification"); goto out; } *line = '\0'; } else if ((specType == NotParallel) || (specType == SingleShell) || (specType == DeleteOnError)) { *line = '\0'; } /* * NOW GO FOR THE SOURCES */ if ((specType == Suffixes) || (specType == ExPath) || (specType == Includes) || (specType == Libs) || (specType == Null) || (specType == ExObjdir)) { while (*line) { /* * If the target was one that doesn't take files as its sources * but takes something like suffixes, we take each * space-separated word on the line as a something and deal * with it accordingly. * * If the target was .SUFFIXES, we take each source as a * suffix and add it to the list of suffixes maintained by the * Suff module. * * If the target was a .PATH, we add the source as a directory * to search on the search path. * * If it was .INCLUDES, the source is taken to be the suffix of * files which will be #included and whose search path should * be present in the .INCLUDES variable. * * If it was .LIBS, the source is taken to be the suffix of * files which are considered libraries and whose search path * should be present in the .LIBS variable. * * If it was .NULL, the source is the suffix to use when a file * has no valid suffix. * * If it was .OBJDIR, the source is a new definition for .OBJDIR, * and will cause make to do a new chdir to that path. */ while (*cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } savec = *cp; *cp = '\0'; switch (specType) { case Suffixes: Suff_AddSuffix(line, &mainNode); break; case ExPath: Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseAddDir, line); break; case Includes: Suff_AddInclude(line); break; case Libs: Suff_AddLib(line); break; case Null: Suff_SetNull(line); break; case ExObjdir: Main_SetObjdir("%s", line); break; default: break; } *cp = savec; if (savec != '\0') { cp++; } while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } line = cp; } if (paths) { Lst_Destroy(paths, NULL); } if (specType == ExPath) Dir_SetPATH(); } else { while (*line) { /* * The targets take real sources, so we must beware of archive * specifications (i.e. things with left parentheses in them) * and handle them accordingly. */ for (; *cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) { if ((*cp == LPAREN) && (cp > line) && (cp[-1] != '$')) { /* * Only stop for a left parenthesis if it isn't at the * start of a word (that'll be for variable changes * later) and isn't preceded by a dollar sign (a dynamic * source). */ break; } } if (*cp == LPAREN) { sources = Lst_Init(FALSE); if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, sources, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Error in source archive spec \"%s\"", line); goto out; } while (!Lst_IsEmpty (sources)) { gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(sources); ParseDoSrc(tOp, gn->name); } Lst_Destroy(sources, NULL); cp = line; } else { if (*cp) { *cp = '\0'; cp += 1; } ParseDoSrc(tOp, line); } while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } line = cp; } } if (mainNode == NULL) { /* * If we have yet to decide on a main target to make, in the * absence of any user input, we want the first target on * the first dependency line that is actually a real target * (i.e. isn't a .USE or .EXEC rule) to be made. */ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseFindMain, NULL); } out: if (curTargs) Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_IsVar -- * Return TRUE if the passed line is a variable assignment. A variable * assignment consists of a single word followed by optional whitespace * followed by either a += or an = operator. * This function is used both by the Parse_File function and main when * parsing the command-line arguments. * * Input: * line the line to check * * Results: * TRUE if it is. FALSE if it ain't * * Side Effects: * none *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Boolean Parse_IsVar(char *line) { Boolean wasSpace = FALSE; /* set TRUE if found a space */ char ch; int level = 0; #define ISEQOPERATOR(c) \ (((c) == '+') || ((c) == ':') || ((c) == '?') || ((c) == '!')) /* * Skip to variable name */ for (;(*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t'); line++) continue; /* Scan for one of the assignment operators outside a variable expansion */ while ((ch = *line++) != 0) { if (ch == '(' || ch == '{') { level++; continue; } if (ch == ')' || ch == '}') { level--; continue; } if (level != 0) continue; while (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') { ch = *line++; wasSpace = TRUE; } #ifdef SUNSHCMD if (ch == ':' && strncmp(line, "sh", 2) == 0) { line += 2; continue; } #endif if (ch == '=') return TRUE; if (*line == '=' && ISEQOPERATOR(ch)) return TRUE; if (wasSpace) return FALSE; } return FALSE; } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_DoVar -- * Take the variable assignment in the passed line and do it in the * global context. * * Note: There is a lexical ambiguity with assignment modifier characters * in variable names. This routine interprets the character before the = * as a modifier. Therefore, an assignment like * C++=/usr/bin/CC * is interpreted as "C+ +=" instead of "C++ =". * * Input: * line a line guaranteed to be a variable assignment. * This reduces error checks * ctxt Context in which to do the assignment * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * the variable structure of the given variable name is altered in the * global context. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_DoVar(char *line, GNode *ctxt) { char *cp; /* pointer into line */ enum { VAR_SUBST, VAR_APPEND, VAR_SHELL, VAR_NORMAL } type; /* Type of assignment */ char *opc; /* ptr to operator character to * null-terminate the variable name */ Boolean freeCp = FALSE; /* TRUE if cp needs to be freed, * i.e. if any variable expansion was * performed */ int depth; /* * Skip to variable name */ while ((*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t')) { line++; } /* * Skip to operator character, nulling out whitespace as we go * XXX Rather than counting () and {} we should look for $ and * then expand the variable. */ for (depth = 0, cp = line + 1; depth > 0 || *cp != '='; cp++) { if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{') { depth++; continue; } if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') { depth--; continue; } if (depth == 0 && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { *cp = '\0'; } } opc = cp-1; /* operator is the previous character */ *cp++ = '\0'; /* nuke the = */ /* * Check operator type */ switch (*opc) { case '+': type = VAR_APPEND; *opc = '\0'; break; case '?': /* * If the variable already has a value, we don't do anything. */ *opc = '\0'; if (Var_Exists(line, ctxt)) { return; } else { type = VAR_NORMAL; } break; case ':': type = VAR_SUBST; *opc = '\0'; break; case '!': type = VAR_SHELL; *opc = '\0'; break; default: #ifdef SUNSHCMD while (opc > line && *opc != ':') opc--; if (strncmp(opc, ":sh", 3) == 0) { type = VAR_SHELL; *opc = '\0'; break; } #endif type = VAR_NORMAL; break; } while (isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } if (type == VAR_APPEND) { Var_Append(line, cp, ctxt); } else if (type == VAR_SUBST) { /* * Allow variables in the old value to be undefined, but leave their * invocation alone -- this is done by forcing oldVars to be false. * XXX: This can cause recursive variables, but that's not hard to do, * and this allows someone to do something like * * CFLAGS = $(.INCLUDES) * CFLAGS := -I.. $(CFLAGS) * * And not get an error. */ Boolean oldOldVars = oldVars; oldVars = FALSE; /* * make sure that we set the variable the first time to nothing * so that it gets substituted! */ if (!Var_Exists(line, ctxt)) Var_Set(line, "", ctxt, 0); cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES|VARF_ASSIGN); oldVars = oldOldVars; freeCp = TRUE; Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0); } else if (type == VAR_SHELL) { char *res; const char *error; if (strchr(cp, '$') != NULL) { /* * There's a dollar sign in the command, so perform variable * expansion on the whole thing. The resulting string will need * freeing when we're done, so set freeCmd to TRUE. */ cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, VAR_CMD, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES); freeCp = TRUE; } res = Cmd_Exec(cp, &error); Var_Set(line, res, ctxt, 0); free(res); if (error) Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, error, cp); } else { /* * Normal assignment -- just do it. */ Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0); } if (strcmp(line, MAKEOVERRIDES) == 0) Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(FALSE); /* re-export MAKEFLAGS */ else if (strcmp(line, ".CURDIR") == 0) { /* * Somone is being (too?) clever... * Let's pretend they know what they are doing and * re-initialize the 'cur' Path. */ Dir_InitCur(cp); Dir_SetPATH(); } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_JOB_PREFIX) == 0) { Job_SetPrefix(); } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_EXPORTED) == 0) { Var_Export(cp, 0); } if (freeCp) free(cp); } /* * ParseMaybeSubMake -- * Scan the command string to see if it a possible submake node * Input: * cmd the command to scan * Results: * TRUE if the command is possibly a submake, FALSE if not. */ static Boolean ParseMaybeSubMake(const char *cmd) { size_t i; static struct { const char *name; size_t len; } vals[] = { #define MKV(A) { A, sizeof(A) - 1 } MKV("${MAKE}"), MKV("${.MAKE}"), MKV("$(MAKE)"), MKV("$(.MAKE)"), MKV("make"), }; for (i = 0; i < sizeof(vals)/sizeof(vals[0]); i++) { char *ptr; if ((ptr = strstr(cmd, vals[i].name)) == NULL) continue; if ((ptr == cmd || !isalnum((unsigned char)ptr[-1])) && !isalnum((unsigned char)ptr[vals[i].len])) return TRUE; } return FALSE; } /*- * ParseAddCmd -- * Lst_ForEach function to add a command line to all targets * * Input: * gnp the node to which the command is to be added * cmd the command to add * * Results: * Always 0 * * Side Effects: * A new element is added to the commands list of the node, * and the node can be marked as a submake node if the command is * determined to be that. */ static int ParseAddCmd(void *gnp, void *cmd) { GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; /* Add to last (ie current) cohort for :: targets */ if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts)) gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(gn->cohorts)); /* if target already supplied, ignore commands */ if (!(gn->type & OP_HAS_COMMANDS)) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd); if (ParseMaybeSubMake(cmd)) gn->type |= OP_SUBMAKE; ParseMark(gn); } else { #ifdef notyet /* XXX: We cannot do this until we fix the tree */ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd); Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "overriding commands for target \"%s\"; " "previous commands defined at %s: %d ignored", gn->name, gn->fname, gn->lineno); #else Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "duplicate script for target \"%s\" ignored", gn->name); ParseErrorInternal(gn->fname, gn->lineno, PARSE_WARNING, "using previous script for \"%s\" defined here", gn->name); #endif } return(0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseHasCommands -- * Callback procedure for Parse_File when destroying the list of * targets on the last dependency line. Marks a target as already * having commands if it does, to keep from having shell commands * on multiple dependency lines. * * Input: * gnp Node to examine * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * OP_HAS_COMMANDS may be set for the target. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseHasCommands(void *gnp) { GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) { gn->type |= OP_HAS_COMMANDS; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_AddIncludeDir -- * Add a directory to the path searched for included makefiles * bracketed by double-quotes. Used by functions in main.c * * Input: * dir The name of the directory to add * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The directory is appended to the list. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_AddIncludeDir(char *dir) { (void)Dir_AddDir(parseIncPath, dir); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseDoInclude -- * Push to another file. * * The input is the line minus the `.'. A file spec is a string * enclosed in <> or "". The former is looked for only in sysIncPath. * The latter in . and the directories specified by -I command line * options * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno, * fname and curFILE are altered for the new file *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void Parse_include_file(char *file, Boolean isSystem, Boolean depinc, int silent) { struct loadedfile *lf; char *fullname; /* full pathname of file */ char *newName; char *prefEnd, *incdir; int fd; int i; /* * Now we know the file's name and its search path, we attempt to * find the durn thing. A return of NULL indicates the file don't * exist. */ fullname = file[0] == '/' ? bmake_strdup(file) : NULL; if (fullname == NULL && !isSystem) { /* * Include files contained in double-quotes are first searched for * relative to the including file's location. We don't want to * cd there, of course, so we just tack on the old file's * leading path components and call Dir_FindFile to see if * we can locate the beast. */ incdir = bmake_strdup(curFile->fname); prefEnd = strrchr(incdir, '/'); if (prefEnd != NULL) { *prefEnd = '\0'; /* Now do lexical processing of leading "../" on the filename */ for (i = 0; strncmp(file + i, "../", 3) == 0; i += 3) { prefEnd = strrchr(incdir + 1, '/'); if (prefEnd == NULL || strcmp(prefEnd, "/..") == 0) break; *prefEnd = '\0'; } newName = str_concat(incdir, file + i, STR_ADDSLASH); fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, parseIncPath); if (fullname == NULL) fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, dirSearchPath); free(newName); } free(incdir); if (fullname == NULL) { /* * Makefile wasn't found in same directory as included makefile. * Search for it first on the -I search path, * then on the .PATH search path, if not found in a -I directory. * If we have a suffix specific path we should use that. */ char *suff; Lst suffPath = NULL; if ((suff = strrchr(file, '.'))) { suffPath = Suff_GetPath(suff); if (suffPath != NULL) { fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, suffPath); } } if (fullname == NULL) { fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, parseIncPath); if (fullname == NULL) { fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, dirSearchPath); } } } } /* Looking for a system file or file still not found */ if (fullname == NULL) { /* * Look for it on the system path */ fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath); } if (fullname == NULL) { if (!silent) Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Could not find %s", file); return; } /* Actually open the file... */ fd = open(fullname, O_RDONLY); if (fd == -1) { if (!silent) Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Cannot open %s", fullname); free(fullname); return; } /* load it */ lf = loadfile(fullname, fd); ParseSetIncludedFile(); /* Start reading from this file next */ Parse_SetInput(fullname, 0, -1, loadedfile_nextbuf, lf); curFile->lf = lf; if (depinc) doing_depend = depinc; /* only turn it on */ } static void ParseDoInclude(char *line) { char endc; /* the character which ends the file spec */ char *cp; /* current position in file spec */ int silent = (*line != 'i') ? 1 : 0; char *file = &line[7 + silent]; /* Skip to delimiter character so we know where to look */ while (*file == ' ' || *file == '\t') file++; if (*file != '"' && *file != '<') { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, ".include filename must be delimited by '\"' or '<'"); return; } /* * Set the search path on which to find the include file based on the * characters which bracket its name. Angle-brackets imply it's * a system Makefile while double-quotes imply it's a user makefile */ if (*file == '<') { endc = '>'; } else { endc = '"'; } /* Skip to matching delimiter */ for (cp = ++file; *cp && *cp != endc; cp++) continue; if (*cp != endc) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Unclosed %cinclude filename. '%c' expected", '.', endc); return; } *cp = '\0'; /* * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to * find the thing. */ file = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES); Parse_include_file(file, endc == '>', (*line == 'd'), silent); free(file); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseSetIncludedFile -- * Set the .INCLUDEDFROMFILE variable to the contents of .PARSEFILE * and the .INCLUDEDFROMDIR variable to the contents of .PARSEDIR * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The .INCLUDEDFROMFILE variable is overwritten by the contents * of .PARSEFILE and the .INCLUDEDFROMDIR variable is overwriten * by the contents of .PARSEDIR *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseSetIncludedFile(void) { char *pf, *fp = NULL; char *pd, *dp = NULL; pf = Var_Value(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL, &fp); Var_Set(".INCLUDEDFROMFILE", pf, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); pd = Var_Value(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &dp); Var_Set(".INCLUDEDFROMDIR", pd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (DEBUG(PARSE)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: ${.INCLUDEDFROMDIR} = `%s' " "${.INCLUDEDFROMFILE} = `%s'\n", __func__, pd, pf); free(fp); free(dp); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseSetParseFile -- * Set the .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables to the dirname and * basename of the given filename * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables are overwritten by the * dirname and basename of the given filename. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseSetParseFile(const char *filename) { char *slash, *dirname; const char *pd, *pf; int len; slash = strrchr(filename, '/'); if (slash == NULL) { Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", pd = curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", pf = filename, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); dirname= NULL; } else { len = slash - filename; dirname = bmake_malloc(len + 1); memcpy(dirname, filename, len); dirname[len] = '\0'; Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", pd = dirname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", pf = slash + 1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } if (DEBUG(PARSE)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: ${.PARSEDIR} = `%s' ${.PARSEFILE} = `%s'\n", __func__, pd, pf); free(dirname); } /* * Track the makefiles we read - so makefiles can * set dependencies on them. * Avoid adding anything more than once. */ static void ParseTrackInput(const char *name) { char *old; char *ep; char *fp = NULL; size_t name_len = strlen(name); old = Var_Value(MAKE_MAKEFILES, VAR_GLOBAL, &fp); if (old) { ep = old + strlen(old) - name_len; /* does it contain name? */ for (; old != NULL; old = strchr(old, ' ')) { if (*old == ' ') old++; if (old >= ep) break; /* cannot contain name */ if (memcmp(old, name, name_len) == 0 && (old[name_len] == 0 || old[name_len] == ' ')) goto cleanup; } } Var_Append (MAKE_MAKEFILES, name, VAR_GLOBAL); cleanup: if (fp) { free(fp); } } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_setInput -- * Start Parsing from the given source * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno, * fname and curFile are altered for the new file *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_SetInput(const char *name, int line, int fd, char *(*nextbuf)(void *, size_t *), void *arg) { char *buf; size_t len; if (name == NULL) name = curFile->fname; else ParseTrackInput(name); if (DEBUG(PARSE)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: file %s, line %d, fd %d, nextbuf %p, arg %p\n", __func__, name, line, fd, nextbuf, arg); if (fd == -1 && nextbuf == NULL) /* sanity */ return; if (curFile != NULL) /* Save exiting file info */ Lst_AtFront(includes, curFile); /* Allocate and fill in new structure */ curFile = bmake_malloc(sizeof *curFile); /* * Once the previous state has been saved, we can get down to reading * the new file. We set up the name of the file to be the absolute * name of the include file so error messages refer to the right * place. */ curFile->fname = bmake_strdup(name); curFile->lineno = line; curFile->first_lineno = line; curFile->nextbuf = nextbuf; curFile->nextbuf_arg = arg; curFile->lf = NULL; curFile->depending = doing_depend; /* restore this on EOF */ assert(nextbuf != NULL); /* Get first block of input data */ buf = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg, &len); if (buf == NULL) { /* Was all a waste of time ... */ if (curFile->fname) free(curFile->fname); free(curFile); return; } curFile->P_str = buf; curFile->P_ptr = buf; curFile->P_end = buf+len; curFile->cond_depth = Cond_save_depth(); ParseSetParseFile(name); } #ifdef SYSVINCLUDE /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseTraditionalInclude -- * Push to another file. * * The input is the current line. The file name(s) are * following the "include". * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno, * fname and curFILE are altered for the new file *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseTraditionalInclude(char *line) { char *cp; /* current position in file spec */ int done = 0; int silent = (line[0] != 'i') ? 1 : 0; char *file = &line[silent + 7]; char *all_files; if (DEBUG(PARSE)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %s\n", __func__, file); } /* * Skip over whitespace */ while (isspace((unsigned char)*file)) file++; /* * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to * find the thing. */ all_files = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES); if (*file == '\0') { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Filename missing from \"include\""); return; } for (file = all_files; !done; file = cp + 1) { /* Skip to end of line or next whitespace */ for (cp = file; *cp && !isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++) continue; if (*cp) *cp = '\0'; else done = 1; Parse_include_file(file, FALSE, FALSE, silent); } free(all_files); } #endif #ifdef GMAKEEXPORT /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseGmakeExport -- * Parse export = * * And set the environment with it. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * None *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseGmakeExport(char *line) { char *variable = &line[6]; char *value; if (DEBUG(PARSE)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %s\n", __func__, variable); } /* * Skip over whitespace */ while (isspace((unsigned char)*variable)) variable++; for (value = variable; *value && *value != '='; value++) continue; if (*value != '=') { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Variable/Value missing from \"export\""); return; } *value++ = '\0'; /* terminate variable */ /* * Expand the value before putting it in the environment. */ value = Var_Subst(NULL, value, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES); setenv(variable, value, 1); } #endif /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseEOF -- * Called when EOF is reached in the current file. If we were reading * an include file, the includes stack is popped and things set up * to go back to reading the previous file at the previous location. * * Results: * CONTINUE if there's more to do. DONE if not. * * Side Effects: * The old curFILE, is closed. The includes list is shortened. * lineno, curFILE, and fname are changed if CONTINUE is returned. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseEOF(void) { char *ptr; size_t len; assert(curFile->nextbuf != NULL); doing_depend = curFile->depending; /* restore this */ /* get next input buffer, if any */ ptr = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg, &len); curFile->P_ptr = ptr; curFile->P_str = ptr; curFile->P_end = ptr + len; curFile->lineno = curFile->first_lineno; if (ptr != NULL) { /* Iterate again */ return CONTINUE; } /* Ensure the makefile (or loop) didn't have mismatched conditionals */ Cond_restore_depth(curFile->cond_depth); if (curFile->lf != NULL) { loadedfile_destroy(curFile->lf); curFile->lf = NULL; } /* Dispose of curFile info */ /* Leak curFile->fname because all the gnodes have pointers to it */ free(curFile->P_str); free(curFile); curFile = Lst_DeQueue(includes); if (curFile == NULL) { /* We've run out of input */ Var_Delete(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Delete(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Delete(".INCLUDEDFROMDIR", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Delete(".INCLUDEDFROMFILE", VAR_GLOBAL); return DONE; } if (DEBUG(PARSE)) fprintf(debug_file, "ParseEOF: returning to file %s, line %d\n", curFile->fname, curFile->lineno); /* Restore the PARSEDIR/PARSEFILE variables */ ParseSetParseFile(curFile->fname); return (CONTINUE); } #define PARSE_RAW 1 #define PARSE_SKIP 2 static char * ParseGetLine(int flags, int *length) { IFile *cf = curFile; char *ptr; char ch; char *line; char *line_end; char *escaped; char *comment; char *tp; /* Loop through blank lines and comment lines */ for (;;) { cf->lineno++; line = cf->P_ptr; ptr = line; line_end = line; escaped = NULL; comment = NULL; for (;;) { if (cf->P_end != NULL && ptr == cf->P_end) { /* end of buffer */ ch = 0; break; } ch = *ptr; if (ch == 0 || (ch == '\\' && ptr[1] == 0)) { if (cf->P_end == NULL) /* End of string (aka for loop) data */ break; /* see if there is more we can parse */ while (ptr++ < cf->P_end) { if ((ch = *ptr) == '\n') { if (ptr > line && ptr[-1] == '\\') continue; Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Zero byte read from file, skipping rest of line."); break; } } if (cf->nextbuf != NULL) { /* * End of this buffer; return EOF and outer logic * will get the next one. (eww) */ break; } Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Zero byte read from file"); return NULL; } if (ch == '\\') { /* Don't treat next character as special, remember first one */ if (escaped == NULL) escaped = ptr; if (ptr[1] == '\n') cf->lineno++; ptr += 2; line_end = ptr; continue; } if (ch == '#' && comment == NULL) { /* Remember first '#' for comment stripping */ /* Unless previous char was '[', as in modifier :[#] */ if (!(ptr > line && ptr[-1] == '[')) comment = line_end; } ptr++; if (ch == '\n') break; if (!isspace((unsigned char)ch)) /* We are not interested in trailing whitespace */ line_end = ptr; } /* Save next 'to be processed' location */ cf->P_ptr = ptr; /* Check we have a non-comment, non-blank line */ if (line_end == line || comment == line) { if (ch == 0) /* At end of file */ return NULL; /* Parse another line */ continue; } /* We now have a line of data */ *line_end = 0; if (flags & PARSE_RAW) { /* Leave '\' (etc) in line buffer (eg 'for' lines) */ *length = line_end - line; return line; } if (flags & PARSE_SKIP) { /* Completely ignore non-directives */ if (line[0] != '.') continue; /* We could do more of the .else/.elif/.endif checks here */ } break; } /* Brutally ignore anything after a non-escaped '#' in non-commands */ if (comment != NULL && line[0] != '\t') { line_end = comment; *line_end = 0; } /* If we didn't see a '\\' then the in-situ data is fine */ if (escaped == NULL) { *length = line_end - line; return line; } /* Remove escapes from '\n' and '#' */ tp = ptr = escaped; escaped = line; for (; ; *tp++ = ch) { ch = *ptr++; if (ch != '\\') { if (ch == 0) break; continue; } ch = *ptr++; if (ch == 0) { /* Delete '\\' at end of buffer */ tp--; break; } if (ch == '#' && line[0] != '\t') /* Delete '\\' from before '#' on non-command lines */ continue; if (ch != '\n') { /* Leave '\\' in buffer for later */ *tp++ = '\\'; /* Make sure we don't delete an escaped ' ' from the line end */ escaped = tp + 1; continue; } /* Escaped '\n' replace following whitespace with a single ' ' */ while (ptr[0] == ' ' || ptr[0] == '\t') ptr++; ch = ' '; } /* Delete any trailing spaces - eg from empty continuations */ while (tp > escaped && isspace((unsigned char)tp[-1])) tp--; *tp = 0; *length = tp - line; return line; } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseReadLine -- * Read an entire line from the input file. Called only by Parse_File. * * Results: * A line w/o its newline * * Side Effects: * Only those associated with reading a character *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * ParseReadLine(void) { char *line; /* Result */ int lineLength; /* Length of result */ int lineno; /* Saved line # */ int rval; for (;;) { line = ParseGetLine(0, &lineLength); if (line == NULL) return NULL; if (line[0] != '.') return line; /* * The line might be a conditional. Ask the conditional module * about it and act accordingly */ switch (Cond_Eval(line)) { case COND_SKIP: /* Skip to next conditional that evaluates to COND_PARSE. */ do { line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_SKIP, &lineLength); } while (line && Cond_Eval(line) != COND_PARSE); if (line == NULL) break; continue; case COND_PARSE: continue; case COND_INVALID: /* Not a conditional line */ /* Check for .for loops */ rval = For_Eval(line); if (rval == 0) /* Not a .for line */ break; if (rval < 0) /* Syntax error - error printed, ignore line */ continue; /* Start of a .for loop */ lineno = curFile->lineno; /* Accumulate loop lines until matching .endfor */ do { line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_RAW, &lineLength); if (line == NULL) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Unexpected end of file in for loop."); break; } } while (For_Accum(line)); /* Stash each iteration as a new 'input file' */ For_Run(lineno); /* Read next line from for-loop buffer */ continue; } return (line); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseFinishLine -- * Handle the end of a dependency group. * * Results: * Nothing. * * Side Effects: * inLine set FALSE. 'targets' list destroyed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseFinishLine(void) { if (inLine) { Lst_ForEach(targets, Suff_EndTransform, NULL); Lst_Destroy(targets, ParseHasCommands); targets = NULL; inLine = FALSE; } } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_File -- * Parse a file into its component parts, incorporating it into the * current dependency graph. This is the main function and controls * almost every other function in this module * * Input: * name the name of the file being read * fd Open file to makefile to parse * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * closes fd. * Loads. Nodes are added to the list of all targets, nodes and links * are added to the dependency graph. etc. etc. etc. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_File(const char *name, int fd) { char *cp; /* pointer into the line */ char *line; /* the line we're working on */ struct loadedfile *lf; lf = loadfile(name, fd); inLine = FALSE; fatals = 0; if (name == NULL) { name = "(stdin)"; } Parse_SetInput(name, 0, -1, loadedfile_nextbuf, lf); curFile->lf = lf; do { for (; (line = ParseReadLine()) != NULL; ) { if (DEBUG(PARSE)) fprintf(debug_file, "ParseReadLine (%d): '%s'\n", curFile->lineno, line); if (*line == '.') { /* * Lines that begin with the special character may be * include or undef directives. * On the other hand they can be suffix rules (.c.o: ...) * or just dependencies for filenames that start '.'. */ for (cp = line + 1; isspace((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) { continue; } if (strncmp(cp, "include", 7) == 0 || ((cp[0] == 'd' || cp[0] == 's' || cp[0] == '-') && strncmp(&cp[1], "include", 7) == 0)) { ParseDoInclude(cp); continue; } if (strncmp(cp, "undef", 5) == 0) { char *cp2; for (cp += 5; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++) continue; for (cp2 = cp; !isspace((unsigned char) *cp2) && (*cp2 != '\0'); cp2++) continue; *cp2 = '\0'; Var_Delete(cp, VAR_GLOBAL); continue; } else if (strncmp(cp, "export", 6) == 0) { for (cp += 6; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++) continue; Var_Export(cp, 1); continue; } else if (strncmp(cp, "unexport", 8) == 0) { Var_UnExport(cp); continue; } else if (strncmp(cp, "info", 4) == 0 || strncmp(cp, "error", 5) == 0 || strncmp(cp, "warning", 7) == 0) { if (ParseMessage(cp)) continue; } } if (*line == '\t') { /* * If a line starts with a tab, it can only hope to be * a creation command. */ cp = line + 1; shellCommand: for (; isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) { continue; } if (*cp) { if (!inLine) Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Unassociated shell command \"%s\"", cp); /* * So long as it's not a blank line and we're actually * in a dependency spec, add the command to the list of * commands of all targets in the dependency spec */ if (targets) { cp = bmake_strdup(cp); Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseAddCmd, cp); #ifdef CLEANUP Lst_AtEnd(targCmds, cp); #endif } } continue; } #ifdef SYSVINCLUDE if (((strncmp(line, "include", 7) == 0 && isspace((unsigned char) line[7])) || ((line[0] == 's' || line[0] == '-') && strncmp(&line[1], "include", 7) == 0 && isspace((unsigned char) line[8]))) && strchr(line, ':') == NULL) { /* * It's an S3/S5-style "include". */ ParseTraditionalInclude(line); continue; } #endif #ifdef GMAKEEXPORT if (strncmp(line, "export", 6) == 0 && isspace((unsigned char) line[6]) && strchr(line, ':') == NULL) { /* * It's a Gmake "export". */ ParseGmakeExport(line); continue; } #endif if (Parse_IsVar(line)) { ParseFinishLine(); Parse_DoVar(line, VAR_GLOBAL); continue; } #ifndef POSIX /* * To make life easier on novices, if the line is indented we * first make sure the line has a dependency operator in it. * If it doesn't have an operator and we're in a dependency * line's script, we assume it's actually a shell command * and add it to the current list of targets. */ cp = line; if (isspace((unsigned char) line[0])) { while ((*cp != '\0') && isspace((unsigned char) *cp)) cp++; while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(line, cp) || (*cp != ':') && (*cp != '!'))) { cp++; } if (*cp == '\0') { if (inLine) { Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Shell command needs a leading tab"); goto shellCommand; } } } #endif ParseFinishLine(); /* * For some reason - probably to make the parser impossible - * a ';' can be used to separate commands from dependencies. * Attempt to avoid ';' inside substitution patterns. */ { int level = 0; for (cp = line; *cp != 0; cp++) { if (*cp == '\\' && cp[1] != 0) { cp++; continue; } if (*cp == '$' && (cp[1] == '(' || cp[1] == '{')) { level++; continue; } if (level > 0) { if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') { level--; continue; } } else if (*cp == ';') { break; } } } if (*cp != 0) /* Terminate the dependency list at the ';' */ *cp++ = 0; else cp = NULL; /* * We now know it's a dependency line so it needs to have all * variables expanded before being parsed. Tell the variable * module to complain if some variable is undefined... */ line = Var_Subst(NULL, line, VAR_CMD, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES); /* * Need a non-circular list for the target nodes */ if (targets) Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL); targets = Lst_Init(FALSE); inLine = TRUE; ParseDoDependency(line); free(line); /* If there were commands after a ';', add them now */ if (cp != NULL) { goto shellCommand; } } /* * Reached EOF, but it may be just EOF of an include file... */ } while (ParseEOF() == CONTINUE); if (fatals) { (void)fflush(stdout); (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue", progname); PrintOnError(NULL, NULL); exit(1); } } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_Init -- * initialize the parsing module * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * the parseIncPath list is initialized... *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_Init(void) { mainNode = NULL; parseIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); sysIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); defIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); includes = Lst_Init(FALSE); #ifdef CLEANUP targCmds = Lst_Init(FALSE); #endif } void Parse_End(void) { #ifdef CLEANUP Lst_Destroy(targCmds, (FreeProc *)free); if (targets) Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL); Lst_Destroy(defIncPath, Dir_Destroy); Lst_Destroy(sysIncPath, Dir_Destroy); Lst_Destroy(parseIncPath, Dir_Destroy); Lst_Destroy(includes, NULL); /* Should be empty now */ #endif } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_MainName -- * Return a Lst of the main target to create for main()'s sake. If * no such target exists, we Punt with an obnoxious error message. * * Results: * A Lst of the single node to create. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Lst Parse_MainName(void) { Lst mainList; /* result list */ mainList = Lst_Init(FALSE); if (mainNode == NULL) { Punt("no target to make."); /*NOTREACHED*/ } else if (mainNode->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode); Lst_Concat(mainList, mainNode->cohorts, LST_CONCNEW); } else (void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode); Var_Append(".TARGETS", mainNode->name, VAR_GLOBAL); return (mainList); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseMark -- * Add the filename and lineno to the GNode so that we remember * where it was first defined. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseMark(GNode *gn) { gn->fname = curFile->fname; gn->lineno = curFile->lineno; } Index: head/contrib/bmake/unit-tests/varmisc.exp =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/unit-tests/varmisc.exp (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/unit-tests/varmisc.exp (revision 314808) @@ -1,20 +1,25 @@ :D expanded when var set true TRUE :U expanded when var undef true TRUE :D skipped if var undef :U skipped when var set is set :? only lhs when value true true TRUE :? only rhs when value false false FALSE do not evaluate or expand :? if discarding is set +year=2016 month=04 day=01 +date=20160401 +Version=123.456.789 == 123456789 +Literal=3.4.5 == 3004005 +We have target specific vars exit status 0 Index: head/contrib/bmake/unit-tests/varmisc.mk =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/unit-tests/varmisc.mk (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/unit-tests/varmisc.mk (revision 314808) @@ -1,42 +1,62 @@ -# $Id: varmisc.mk,v 1.5 2015/10/12 17:10:48 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: varmisc.mk,v 1.9 2017/02/01 18:44:54 sjg Exp $ # # Miscellaneous variable tests. -all: unmatched_var_paren D_true U_true D_false U_false Q_lhs Q_rhs NQ_none +all: unmatched_var_paren D_true U_true D_false U_false Q_lhs Q_rhs NQ_none \ + strftime cmpv unmatched_var_paren: @echo ${foo::=foo-text} True = ${echo true >&2:L:sh}TRUE False= ${echo false >&2:L:sh}FALSE VSET= is set .undef UNDEF U_false: @echo :U skipped when var set @echo ${VSET:U${False}} D_false: @echo :D skipped if var undef @echo ${UNDEF:D${False}} U_true: @echo :U expanded when var undef @echo ${UNDEF:U${True}} D_true: @echo :D expanded when var set @echo ${VSET:D${True}} Q_lhs: @echo :? only lhs when value true @echo ${1:L:?${True}:${False}} Q_rhs: @echo :? only rhs when value false @echo ${0:L:?${True}:${False}} NQ_none: @echo do not evaluate or expand :? if discarding @echo ${VSET:U${1:L:?${True}:${False}}} + +April1= 1459494000 + +# slightly contorted syntax to use utc via variable +strftime: + @echo ${year=%Y month=%m day=%d:L:gmtime=1459494000} + @echo date=${%Y%m%d:L:${gmtime=${April1}:L}} + +# big jumps to handle 3 digits per step +M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000 +M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh + +Version = 123.456.789 +cmpv.only = target specific vars + +cmpv: + @echo Version=${Version} == ${Version:${M_cmpv}} + @echo Literal=3.4.5 == ${3.4.5:L:${M_cmpv}} + @echo We have ${${.TARGET:T}.only} Index: head/contrib/bmake/var.c =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake/var.c (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake/var.c (revision 314808) @@ -1,4250 +1,4348 @@ -/* $NetBSD: var.c,v 1.208 2016/06/03 01:21:59 sjg Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: var.c,v 1.213 2017/02/01 18:39:27 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.208 2016/06/03 01:21:59 sjg Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.213 2017/02/01 18:39:27 sjg Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)var.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.208 2016/06/03 01:21:59 sjg Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.213 2017/02/01 18:39:27 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * var.c -- * Variable-handling functions * * Interface: * Var_Set Set the value of a variable in the given * context. The variable is created if it doesn't * yet exist. The value and variable name need not * be preserved. * * Var_Append Append more characters to an existing variable * in the given context. The variable needn't * exist already -- it will be created if it doesn't. * A space is placed between the old value and the * new one. * * Var_Exists See if a variable exists. * * Var_Value Return the value of a variable in a context or * NULL if the variable is undefined. * * Var_Subst Substitute named variable, or all variables if * NULL in a string using * the given context as the top-most one. If the * third argument is non-zero, Parse_Error is * called if any variables are undefined. * * Var_Parse Parse a variable expansion from a string and * return the result and the number of characters * consumed. * * Var_Delete Delete a variable in a context. * * Var_Init Initialize this module. * * Debugging: * Var_Dump Print out all variables defined in the given * context. * * XXX: There's a lot of duplication in these functions. */ #include #ifndef NO_REGEX #include #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "buf.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" #include "metachar.h" extern int makelevel; /* * This lets us tell if we have replaced the original environ * (which we cannot free). */ char **savedEnv = NULL; /* * This is a harmless return value for Var_Parse that can be used by Var_Subst * to determine if there was an error in parsing -- easier than returning * a flag, as things outside this module don't give a hoot. */ char var_Error[] = ""; /* * Similar to var_Error, but returned when the 'VARF_UNDEFERR' flag for * Var_Parse is not set. Why not just use a constant? Well, gcc likes * to condense identical string instances... */ static char varNoError[] = ""; /* * Traditionally we consume $$ during := like any other expansion. * Other make's do not. * This knob allows controlling the behavior. * FALSE for old behavior. * TRUE for new compatible. */ #define SAVE_DOLLARS ".MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS" static Boolean save_dollars = FALSE; /* * Internally, variables are contained in four different contexts. * 1) the environment. They may not be changed. If an environment * variable is appended-to, the result is placed in the global * context. * 2) the global context. Variables set in the Makefile are located in * the global context. It is the penultimate context searched when * substituting. * 3) the command-line context. All variables set on the command line * are placed in this context. They are UNALTERABLE once placed here. * 4) the local context. Each target has associated with it a context * list. On this list are located the structures describing such * local variables as $(@) and $(*) * The four contexts are searched in the reverse order from which they are * listed. */ GNode *VAR_INTERNAL; /* variables from make itself */ GNode *VAR_GLOBAL; /* variables from the makefile */ GNode *VAR_CMD; /* variables defined on the command-line */ #define FIND_CMD 0x1 /* look in VAR_CMD when searching */ #define FIND_GLOBAL 0x2 /* look in VAR_GLOBAL as well */ #define FIND_ENV 0x4 /* look in the environment also */ typedef struct Var { char *name; /* the variable's name */ Buffer val; /* its value */ int flags; /* miscellaneous status flags */ #define VAR_IN_USE 1 /* Variable's value currently being used. * Used to avoid recursion */ #define VAR_FROM_ENV 2 /* Variable comes from the environment */ #define VAR_JUNK 4 /* Variable is a junk variable that * should be destroyed when done with * it. Used by Var_Parse for undefined, * modified variables */ #define VAR_KEEP 8 /* Variable is VAR_JUNK, but we found * a use for it in some modifier and * the value is therefore valid */ #define VAR_EXPORTED 16 /* Variable is exported */ #define VAR_REEXPORT 32 /* Indicate if var needs re-export. * This would be true if it contains $'s */ #define VAR_FROM_CMD 64 /* Variable came from command line */ } Var; /* * Exporting vars is expensive so skip it if we can */ #define VAR_EXPORTED_NONE 0 #define VAR_EXPORTED_YES 1 #define VAR_EXPORTED_ALL 2 static int var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE; /* * We pass this to Var_Export when doing the initial export * or after updating an exported var. */ #define VAR_EXPORT_PARENT 1 /* * We pass this to Var_Export1 to tell it to leave the value alone. */ #define VAR_EXPORT_LITERAL 2 /* Var*Pattern flags */ #define VAR_SUB_GLOBAL 0x01 /* Apply substitution globally */ #define VAR_SUB_ONE 0x02 /* Apply substitution to one word */ #define VAR_SUB_MATCHED 0x04 /* There was a match */ #define VAR_MATCH_START 0x08 /* Match at start of word */ #define VAR_MATCH_END 0x10 /* Match at end of word */ #define VAR_NOSUBST 0x20 /* don't expand vars in VarGetPattern */ /* Var_Set flags */ #define VAR_NO_EXPORT 0x01 /* do not export */ typedef struct { /* * The following fields are set by Var_Parse() when it * encounters modifiers that need to keep state for use by * subsequent modifiers within the same variable expansion. */ Byte varSpace; /* Word separator in expansions */ Boolean oneBigWord; /* TRUE if we will treat the variable as a * single big word, even if it contains * embedded spaces (as opposed to the * usual behaviour of treating it as * several space-separated words). */ } Var_Parse_State; /* struct passed as 'void *' to VarSubstitute() for ":S/lhs/rhs/", * to VarSYSVMatch() for ":lhs=rhs". */ typedef struct { const char *lhs; /* String to match */ int leftLen; /* Length of string */ const char *rhs; /* Replacement string (w/ &'s removed) */ int rightLen; /* Length of replacement */ int flags; } VarPattern; /* struct passed as 'void *' to VarLoopExpand() for ":@tvar@str@" */ typedef struct { GNode *ctxt; /* variable context */ char *tvar; /* name of temp var */ int tvarLen; char *str; /* string to expand */ int strLen; int errnum; /* errnum for not defined */ } VarLoop_t; #ifndef NO_REGEX /* struct passed as 'void *' to VarRESubstitute() for ":C///" */ typedef struct { regex_t re; int nsub; regmatch_t *matches; char *replace; int flags; } VarREPattern; #endif /* struct passed to VarSelectWords() for ":[start..end]" */ typedef struct { int start; /* first word to select */ int end; /* last word to select */ } VarSelectWords_t; static Var *VarFind(const char *, GNode *, int); static void VarAdd(const char *, const char *, GNode *); static Boolean VarHead(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarTail(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #ifdef SYSVVARSUB static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #endif static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #ifndef NO_REGEX static void VarREError(int, regex_t *, const char *); static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #endif static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static char *VarGetPattern(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, int, const char **, int, int *, int *, VarPattern *); static char *VarQuote(char *); static char *VarHash(char *); static char *VarModify(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, const char *, Boolean (*)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *), void *); static char *VarOrder(const char *, const char); static char *VarUniq(const char *); static int VarWordCompare(const void *, const void *); static void VarPrintVar(void *); #define BROPEN '{' #define BRCLOSE '}' #define PROPEN '(' #define PRCLOSE ')' /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarFind -- * Find the given variable in the given context and any other contexts * indicated. * * Input: * name name to find * ctxt context in which to find it * flags FIND_GLOBAL set means to look in the * VAR_GLOBAL context as well. FIND_CMD set means * to look in the VAR_CMD context also. FIND_ENV * set means to look in the environment * * Results: * A pointer to the structure describing the desired variable or * NULL if the variable does not exist. * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Var * VarFind(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, int flags) { Hash_Entry *var; Var *v; /* * If the variable name begins with a '.', it could very well be one of * the local ones. We check the name against all the local variables * and substitute the short version in for 'name' if it matches one of * them. */ if (*name == '.' && isupper((unsigned char) name[1])) switch (name[1]) { case 'A': if (!strcmp(name, ".ALLSRC")) name = ALLSRC; if (!strcmp(name, ".ARCHIVE")) name = ARCHIVE; break; case 'I': if (!strcmp(name, ".IMPSRC")) name = IMPSRC; break; case 'M': if (!strcmp(name, ".MEMBER")) name = MEMBER; break; case 'O': if (!strcmp(name, ".OODATE")) name = OODATE; break; case 'P': if (!strcmp(name, ".PREFIX")) name = PREFIX; break; case 'T': if (!strcmp(name, ".TARGET")) name = TARGET; break; } #ifdef notyet /* for compatibility with gmake */ if (name[0] == '^' && name[1] == '\0') name = ALLSRC; #endif /* * First look for the variable in the given context. If it's not there, * look for it in VAR_CMD, VAR_GLOBAL and the environment, in that order, * depending on the FIND_* flags in 'flags' */ var = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, name); if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_CMD->context, name); } if (!checkEnvFirst && (var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name); if ((var == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_INTERNAL)) { /* VAR_INTERNAL is subordinate to VAR_GLOBAL */ var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_INTERNAL->context, name); } } if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_ENV)) { char *env; if ((env = getenv(name)) != NULL) { int len; v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var)); v->name = bmake_strdup(name); len = strlen(env); Buf_Init(&v->val, len + 1); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, env); v->flags = VAR_FROM_ENV; return (v); } else if (checkEnvFirst && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name); if ((var == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_INTERNAL)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_INTERNAL->context, name); } if (var == NULL) { return NULL; } else { return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var)); } } else { return NULL; } } else if (var == NULL) { return NULL; } else { return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var)); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarFreeEnv -- * If the variable is an environment variable, free it * * Input: * v the variable * destroy true if the value buffer should be destroyed. * * Results: * 1 if it is an environment variable 0 ow. * * Side Effects: * The variable is free'ed if it is an environent variable. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarFreeEnv(Var *v, Boolean destroy) { if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) == 0) return FALSE; free(v->name); Buf_Destroy(&v->val, destroy); free(v); return TRUE; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarAdd -- * Add a new variable of name name and value val to the given context * * Input: * name name of variable to add * val value to set it to * ctxt context in which to set it * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The new variable is placed at the front of the given context * The name and val arguments are duplicated so they may * safely be freed. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void VarAdd(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt) { Var *v; int len; Hash_Entry *h; v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var)); len = val ? strlen(val) : 0; Buf_Init(&v->val, len+1); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, val); v->flags = 0; h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL); Hash_SetValue(h, v); v->name = h->name; if (DEBUG(VAR) && (ctxt->flags & INTERNAL) == 0) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Delete -- * Remove a variable from a context. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The Var structure is removed and freed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Delete(const char *name, GNode *ctxt) { Hash_Entry *ln; char *cp; if (strchr(name, '$')) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); } else { cp = (char *)name; } ln = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, cp); if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:delete %s%s\n", ctxt->name, cp, ln ? "" : " (not found)"); } if (cp != name) { free(cp); } if (ln != NULL) { Var *v; v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(ln); if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) { unsetenv(v->name); } if (strcmp(MAKE_EXPORTED, v->name) == 0) { var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE; } if (v->name != ln->name) free(v->name); Hash_DeleteEntry(&ctxt->context, ln); Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE); free(v); } } /* * Export a var. * We ignore make internal variables (those which start with '.') * Also we jump through some hoops to avoid calling setenv * more than necessary since it can leak. * We only manipulate flags of vars if 'parent' is set. */ static int Var_Export1(const char *name, int flags) { char tmp[BUFSIZ]; Var *v; char *val = NULL; int n; int parent = (flags & VAR_EXPORT_PARENT); if (*name == '.') return 0; /* skip internals */ if (!name[1]) { /* * A single char. * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst * into a loop. */ switch (name[0]) { case '@': case '%': case '*': case '!': return 0; } } v = VarFind(name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (v == NULL) { return 0; } if (!parent && (v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) { return 0; /* nothing to do */ } val = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL); if ((flags & VAR_EXPORT_LITERAL) == 0 && strchr(val, '$')) { if (parent) { /* * Flag this as something we need to re-export. * No point actually exporting it now though, * the child can do it at the last minute. */ v->flags |= (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT); return 1; } if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) { /* * We recursed while exporting in a child. * This isn't going to end well, just skip it. */ return 0; } n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", name); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); setenv(name, val, 1); free(val); } } else { if (parent) { v->flags &= ~VAR_REEXPORT; /* once will do */ } if (parent || !(v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) { setenv(name, val, 1); } } /* * This is so Var_Set knows to call Var_Export again... */ if (parent) { v->flags |= VAR_EXPORTED; } return 1; } /* * This gets called from our children. */ void Var_ExportVars(void) { char tmp[BUFSIZ]; Hash_Entry *var; Hash_Search state; Var *v; char *val; int n; /* * Several make's support this sort of mechanism for tracking * recursion - but each uses a different name. * We allow the makefiles to update MAKELEVEL and ensure * children see a correctly incremented value. */ snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", makelevel + 1); setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, tmp, 1); if (VAR_EXPORTED_NONE == var_exportedVars) return; if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL == var_exportedVars) { /* * Ouch! This is crazy... */ for (var = Hash_EnumFirst(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, &state); var != NULL; var = Hash_EnumNext(&state)) { v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(var); Var_Export1(v->name, 0); } return; } /* * We have a number of exported vars, */ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}"); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { char **av; char *as; int ac; int i; val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (*val) { av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as); for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { Var_Export1(av[i], 0); } free(as); free(av); } free(val); } } /* * This is called when .export is seen or * .MAKE.EXPORTED is modified. * It is also called when any exported var is modified. */ void Var_Export(char *str, int isExport) { char *name; char *val; char **av; char *as; int flags; int ac; int i; if (isExport && (!str || !str[0])) { var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_ALL; /* use with caution! */ return; } flags = 0; if (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0) { str += 4; } else if (strncmp(str, "-literal", 8) == 0) { str += 8; flags |= VAR_EXPORT_LITERAL; } else { flags |= VAR_EXPORT_PARENT; } val = Var_Subst(NULL, str, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); if (*val) { av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as); for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { name = av[i]; if (!name[1]) { /* * A single char. * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst * into a loop. */ switch (name[0]) { case '@': case '%': case '*': case '!': continue; } } if (Var_Export1(name, flags)) { if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL != var_exportedVars) var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_YES; if (isExport && (flags & VAR_EXPORT_PARENT)) { Var_Append(MAKE_EXPORTED, name, VAR_GLOBAL); } } } free(as); free(av); } free(val); } /* * This is called when .unexport[-env] is seen. */ extern char **environ; void Var_UnExport(char *str) { char tmp[BUFSIZ]; char *vlist; char *cp; Boolean unexport_env; int n; if (!str || !str[0]) { return; /* assert? */ } vlist = NULL; str += 8; unexport_env = (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0); if (unexport_env) { char **newenv; cp = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV); /* we should preserve this */ if (environ == savedEnv) { /* we have been here before! */ newenv = bmake_realloc(environ, 2 * sizeof(char *)); } else { if (savedEnv) { free(savedEnv); savedEnv = NULL; } newenv = bmake_malloc(2 * sizeof(char *)); } if (!newenv) return; /* Note: we cannot safely free() the original environ. */ environ = savedEnv = newenv; newenv[0] = NULL; newenv[1] = NULL; setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, cp, 1); } else { for (; *str != '\n' && isspace((unsigned char) *str); str++) continue; if (str[0] && str[0] != '\n') { vlist = str; } } if (!vlist) { /* Using .MAKE.EXPORTED */ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}"); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { vlist = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); } } if (vlist) { Var *v; char **av; char *as; int ac; int i; av = brk_string(vlist, &ac, FALSE, &as); for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { v = VarFind(av[i], VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (!v) continue; if (!unexport_env && (v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) { unsetenv(v->name); } v->flags &= ~(VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT); /* * If we are unexporting a list, * remove each one from .MAKE.EXPORTED. * If we are removing them all, * just delete .MAKE.EXPORTED below. */ if (vlist == str) { n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":N%s}", v->name); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES); Var_Set(MAKE_EXPORTED, cp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); free(cp); } } } free(as); free(av); if (vlist != str) { Var_Delete(MAKE_EXPORTED, VAR_GLOBAL); free(vlist); } } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Set -- * Set the variable name to the value val in the given context. * * Input: * name name of variable to set * val value to give to the variable * ctxt context in which to set it * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * If the variable doesn't yet exist, a new record is created for it. * Else the old value is freed and the new one stuck in its place * * Notes: * The variable is searched for only in its context before being * created in that context. I.e. if the context is VAR_GLOBAL, * only VAR_GLOBAL->context is searched. Likewise if it is VAR_CMD, only * VAR_CMD->context is searched. This is done to avoid the literally * thousands of unnecessary strcmp's that used to be done to * set, say, $(@) or $(<). * If the context is VAR_GLOBAL though, we check if the variable * was set in VAR_CMD from the command line and skip it if so. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags) { Var *v; char *expanded_name = NULL; /* * We only look for a variable in the given context since anything set * here will override anything in a lower context, so there's not much * point in searching them all just to save a bit of memory... */ if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) { expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES); if (expanded_name[0] == 0) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Set(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) " "name expands to empty string - ignored\n", name, val); } free(expanded_name); return; } name = expanded_name; } if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) { v = VarFind(name, VAR_CMD, 0); if (v != NULL) { if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_CMD)) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s ignored!\n", ctxt->name, name, val); } goto out; } VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); } } v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0); if (v == NULL) { if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) { /* * This var would normally prevent the same name being added * to VAR_GLOBAL, so delete it from there if needed. * Otherwise -V name may show the wrong value. */ Var_Delete(name, VAR_GLOBAL); } VarAdd(name, val, ctxt); } else { Buf_Empty(&v->val); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val); if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val); } if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) { Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_PARENT); } } /* * Any variables given on the command line are automatically exported * to the environment (as per POSIX standard) */ if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) { if (v == NULL) { /* we just added it */ v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0); } if (v != NULL) v->flags |= VAR_FROM_CMD; /* * If requested, don't export these in the environment * individually. We still put them in MAKEOVERRIDES so * that the command-line settings continue to override * Makefile settings. */ if (varNoExportEnv != TRUE) setenv(name, val, 1); Var_Append(MAKEOVERRIDES, name, VAR_GLOBAL); } if (*name == '.') { if (strcmp(name, SAVE_DOLLARS) == 0) save_dollars = s2Boolean(val, save_dollars); } out: free(expanded_name); if (v != NULL) VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Append -- * The variable of the given name has the given value appended to it in * the given context. * * Input: * name name of variable to modify * val String to append to it * ctxt Context in which this should occur * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * If the variable doesn't exist, it is created. Else the strings * are concatenated (with a space in between). * * Notes: * Only if the variable is being sought in the global context is the * environment searched. * XXX: Knows its calling circumstances in that if called with ctxt * an actual target, it will only search that context since only * a local variable could be being appended to. This is actually * a big win and must be tolerated. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Append(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt) { Var *v; Hash_Entry *h; char *expanded_name = NULL; if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) { expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES); if (expanded_name[0] == 0) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Append(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) " "name expands to empty string - ignored\n", name, val); } free(expanded_name); return; } name = expanded_name; } v = VarFind(name, ctxt, (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) ? FIND_ENV : 0); if (v == NULL) { VarAdd(name, val, ctxt); } else { Buf_AddByte(&v->val, ' '); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val); if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)); } if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) { /* * If the original variable came from the environment, we * have to install it in the global context (we could place * it in the environment, but then we should provide a way to * export other variables...) */ v->flags &= ~VAR_FROM_ENV; h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL); Hash_SetValue(h, v); } } free(expanded_name); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Exists -- * See if the given variable exists. * * Input: * name Variable to find * ctxt Context in which to start search * * Results: * TRUE if it does, FALSE if it doesn't * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Boolean Var_Exists(const char *name, GNode *ctxt) { Var *v; char *cp; if ((cp = strchr(name, '$')) != NULL) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES); } v = VarFind(cp ? cp : name, ctxt, FIND_CMD|FIND_GLOBAL|FIND_ENV); free(cp); if (v == NULL) { return(FALSE); } else { (void)VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); } return(TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Value -- * Return the value of the named variable in the given context * * Input: * name name to find * ctxt context in which to search for it * * Results: * The value if the variable exists, NULL if it doesn't * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Var_Value(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, char **frp) { Var *v; v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD); *frp = NULL; if (v != NULL) { char *p = (Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)); if (VarFreeEnv(v, FALSE)) *frp = p; return p; } else { return NULL; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarHead -- * Remove the tail of the given word and place the result in the given * buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace True if need to add a space to the buffer * before sticking in the head * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The trimmed word is added to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarHead(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy) { char *slash; slash = strrchr(word, '/'); if (slash != NULL) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } *slash = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); *slash = '/'; return (TRUE); } else { /* * If no directory part, give . (q.v. the POSIX standard) */ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); Buf_AddByte(buf, '.'); } return(dummy ? TRUE : TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarTail -- * Remove the head of the given word and place the result in the given * buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace True if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the tail * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The trimmed word is added to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarTail(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy) { char *slash; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } slash = strrchr(word, '/'); if (slash != NULL) { *slash++ = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(slash), slash); slash[-1] = '/'; } else { Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSuffix -- * Place the suffix of the given word in the given buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space before placing the * suffix in the buffer * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The suffix from the word is placed in the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy) { char *dot; dot = strrchr(word, '.'); if (dot != NULL) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } *dot++ = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(dot), dot); dot[-1] = '.'; addSpace = TRUE; } return (dummy ? addSpace : addSpace); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarRoot -- * Remove the suffix of the given word and place the result in the * buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before placing the root in it * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The trimmed word is added to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy) { char *dot; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } dot = strrchr(word, '.'); if (dot != NULL) { *dot = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); *dot = '.'; } else { Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarMatch -- * Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern. * Callback function for VarModify to implement the :M modifier. * * Input: * word Word to examine * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the word, if it matches * buf Buffer in which to store it * pattern Pattern the word must match * * Results: * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next * word. * * Side Effects: * The word may be copied to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *pattern) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "VarMatch [%s] [%s]\n", word, (char *)pattern); if (Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return(addSpace); } #ifdef SYSVVARSUB /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSYSVMatch -- * Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern. * Callback function for VarModify to implement the System V % * modifiers. * * Input: * word Word to examine * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the word, if it matches * buf Buffer in which to store it * patp Pattern the word must match * * Results: * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next * word. * * Side Effects: * The word may be copied to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patp) { int len; char *ptr; VarPattern *pat = (VarPattern *)patp; char *varexp; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); addSpace = TRUE; if ((ptr = Str_SYSVMatch(word, pat->lhs, &len)) != NULL) { varexp = Var_Subst(NULL, pat->rhs, ctx, VARF_WANTRES); Str_SYSVSubst(buf, varexp, ptr, len); free(varexp); } else { Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return(addSpace); } #endif /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarNoMatch -- * Place the word in the buffer if it doesn't match the given pattern. * Callback function for VarModify to implement the :N modifier. * * Input: * word Word to examine * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the word, if it matches * buf Buffer in which to store it * pattern Pattern the word must match * * Results: * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next * word. * * Side Effects: * The word may be copied to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *pattern) { if (!Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return(addSpace); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSubstitute -- * Perform a string-substitution on the given word, placing the * result in the passed buffer. * * Input: * word Word to modify * addSpace True if space should be added before * other characters * buf Buffer for result * patternp Pattern for substitution * * Results: * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patternp) { int wordLen; /* Length of word */ char *cp; /* General pointer */ VarPattern *pattern = (VarPattern *)patternp; wordLen = strlen(word); if ((pattern->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) != (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) { /* * Still substituting -- break it down into simple anchored cases * and if none of them fits, perform the general substitution case. */ if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) && (strncmp(word, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) { /* * Anchored at start and beginning of word matches pattern */ if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) && (wordLen == pattern->leftLen)) { /* * Also anchored at end and matches to the end (word * is same length as pattern) add space and rhs only * if rhs is non-null. */ if (pattern->rightLen != 0) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); } pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) { /* * Doesn't match to end -- copy word wholesale */ goto nosub; } else { /* * Matches at start but need to copy in trailing characters */ if ((pattern->rightLen + wordLen - pattern->leftLen) != 0){ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; } Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen - pattern->leftLen, (word + pattern->leftLen)); pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) { /* * Had to match at start of word and didn't -- copy whole word. */ goto nosub; } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) { /* * Anchored at end, Find only place match could occur (leftLen * characters from the end of the word) and see if it does. Note * that because the $ will be left at the end of the lhs, we have * to use strncmp. */ cp = word + (wordLen - pattern->leftLen); if ((cp >= word) && (strncmp(cp, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) { /* * Match found. If we will place characters in the buffer, * add a space before hand as indicated by addSpace, then * stuff in the initial, unmatched part of the word followed * by the right-hand-side. */ if (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; } Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp - word, word); Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } else { /* * Had to match at end and didn't. Copy entire word. */ goto nosub; } } else { /* * Pattern is unanchored: search for the pattern in the word using * String_FindSubstring, copying unmatched portions and the * right-hand-side for each match found, handling non-global * substitutions correctly, etc. When the loop is done, any * remaining part of the word (word and wordLen are adjusted * accordingly through the loop) is copied straight into the * buffer. * addSpace is set FALSE as soon as a space is added to the * buffer. */ Boolean done; int origSize; done = FALSE; origSize = Buf_Size(buf); while (!done) { cp = Str_FindSubstring(word, pattern->lhs); if (cp != NULL) { if (addSpace && (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0)){ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); addSpace = FALSE; } Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp-word, word); Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); wordLen -= (cp - word) + pattern->leftLen; word = cp + pattern->leftLen; if (wordLen == 0) { done = TRUE; } if ((pattern->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) == 0) { done = TRUE; } pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } else { done = TRUE; } } if (wordLen != 0) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word); } /* * If added characters to the buffer, need to add a space * before we add any more. If we didn't add any, just return * the previous value of addSpace. */ return ((Buf_Size(buf) != origSize) || addSpace); } return (addSpace); } nosub: if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word); return(TRUE); } #ifndef NO_REGEX /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarREError -- * Print the error caused by a regcomp or regexec call. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * An error gets printed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void VarREError(int reerr, regex_t *pat, const char *str) { char *errbuf; int errlen; errlen = regerror(reerr, pat, 0, 0); errbuf = bmake_malloc(errlen); regerror(reerr, pat, errbuf, errlen); Error("%s: %s", str, errbuf); free(errbuf); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarRESubstitute -- * Perform a regex substitution on the given word, placing the * result in the passed buffer. * * Results: * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patternp) { VarREPattern *pat; int xrv; char *wp; char *rp; int added; int flags = 0; #define MAYBE_ADD_SPACE() \ if (addSpace && !added) \ Buf_AddByte(buf, ' '); \ added = 1 added = 0; wp = word; pat = patternp; if ((pat->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) == (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) xrv = REG_NOMATCH; else { tryagain: xrv = regexec(&pat->re, wp, pat->nsub, pat->matches, flags); } switch (xrv) { case 0: pat->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; if (pat->matches[0].rm_so > 0) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf, pat->matches[0].rm_so, wp); } for (rp = pat->replace; *rp; rp++) { if ((*rp == '\\') && ((rp[1] == '&') || (rp[1] == '\\'))) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddByte(buf,rp[1]); rp++; } else if ((*rp == '&') || ((*rp == '\\') && isdigit((unsigned char)rp[1]))) { int n; const char *subbuf; int sublen; char errstr[3]; if (*rp == '&') { n = 0; errstr[0] = '&'; errstr[1] = '\0'; } else { n = rp[1] - '0'; errstr[0] = '\\'; errstr[1] = rp[1]; errstr[2] = '\0'; rp++; } if (n > pat->nsub) { Error("No subexpression %s", &errstr[0]); subbuf = ""; sublen = 0; } else if ((pat->matches[n].rm_so == -1) && (pat->matches[n].rm_eo == -1)) { Error("No match for subexpression %s", &errstr[0]); subbuf = ""; sublen = 0; } else { subbuf = wp + pat->matches[n].rm_so; sublen = pat->matches[n].rm_eo - pat->matches[n].rm_so; } if (sublen > 0) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf, sublen, subbuf); } } else { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddByte(buf, *rp); } } wp += pat->matches[0].rm_eo; if (pat->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) { flags |= REG_NOTBOL; if (pat->matches[0].rm_so == 0 && pat->matches[0].rm_eo == 0) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddByte(buf, *wp); wp++; } if (*wp) goto tryagain; } if (*wp) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(wp), wp); } break; default: VarREError(xrv, &pat->re, "Unexpected regex error"); /* fall through */ case REG_NOMATCH: if (*wp) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf,strlen(wp),wp); } break; } return(addSpace||added); } #endif /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarLoopExpand -- * Implements the :@@@ modifier of ODE make. * We set the temp variable named in pattern.lhs to word and expand * pattern.rhs storing the result in the passed buffer. * * Input: * word Word to modify * addSpace True if space should be added before * other characters * buf Buffer for result * pattern Datafor substitution * * Results: * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *loopp) { VarLoop_t *loop = (VarLoop_t *)loopp; char *s; int slen; if (word && *word) { Var_Set(loop->tvar, word, loop->ctxt, VAR_NO_EXPORT); s = Var_Subst(NULL, loop->str, loop->ctxt, loop->errnum | VARF_WANTRES); if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') { if (addSpace && *s != '\n') Buf_AddByte(buf, ' '); Buf_AddBytes(buf, (slen = strlen(s)), s); addSpace = (slen > 0 && s[slen - 1] != '\n'); free(s); } } return addSpace; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSelectWords -- * Implements the :[start..end] modifier. * This is a special case of VarModify since we want to be able * to scan the list backwards if start > end. * * Input: * str String whose words should be trimmed * seldata words to select * * Results: * A string of all the words selected. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, const char *str, VarSelectWords_t *seldata) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */ Boolean addSpace; /* TRUE if need to add a space to the * buffer before adding the trimmed * word */ char **av; /* word list */ char *as; /* word list memory */ int ac, i; int start, end, step; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); addSpace = FALSE; if (vpstate->oneBigWord) { /* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */ ac = 1; av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *)); as = bmake_strdup(str); av[0] = as; av[1] = NULL; } else { av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); } /* * Now sanitize seldata. * If seldata->start or seldata->end are negative, convert them to * the positive equivalents (-1 gets converted to argc, -2 gets * converted to (argc-1), etc.). */ if (seldata->start < 0) seldata->start = ac + seldata->start + 1; if (seldata->end < 0) seldata->end = ac + seldata->end + 1; /* * We avoid scanning more of the list than we need to. */ if (seldata->start > seldata->end) { start = MIN(ac, seldata->start) - 1; end = MAX(0, seldata->end - 1); step = -1; } else { start = MAX(0, seldata->start - 1); end = MIN(ac, seldata->end); step = 1; } for (i = start; (step < 0 && i >= end) || (step > 0 && i < end); i += step) { if (av[i] && *av[i]) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, vpstate->varSpace); } Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]); addSpace = TRUE; } } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } /*- * VarRealpath -- * Replace each word with the result of realpath() * if successful. */ static Boolean VarRealpath(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patternp MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { struct stat st; char rbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; char *rp; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; rp = cached_realpath(word, rbuf); if (rp && *rp == '/' && stat(rp, &st) == 0) word = rp; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); return(addSpace); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarModify -- * Modify each of the words of the passed string using the given * function. Used to implement all modifiers. * * Input: * str String whose words should be trimmed * modProc Function to use to modify them * datum Datum to pass it * * Results: * A string of all the words modified appropriately. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarModify(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, const char *str, Boolean (*modProc)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *), void *datum) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */ Boolean addSpace; /* TRUE if need to add a space to the * buffer before adding the trimmed * word */ char **av; /* word list */ char *as; /* word list memory */ int ac, i; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); addSpace = FALSE; if (vpstate->oneBigWord) { /* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */ ac = 1; av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *)); as = bmake_strdup(str); av[0] = as; av[1] = NULL; } else { av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); } for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { addSpace = (*modProc)(ctx, vpstate, av[i], addSpace, &buf, datum); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } static int VarWordCompare(const void *a, const void *b) { int r = strcmp(*(const char * const *)a, *(const char * const *)b); return r; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarOrder -- * Order the words in the string. * * Input: * str String whose words should be sorted. * otype How to order: s - sort, x - random. * * Results: * A string containing the words ordered. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarOrder(const char *str, const char otype) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */ char **av; /* word list [first word does not count] */ char *as; /* word list memory */ int ac, i; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); if (ac > 0) switch (otype) { case 's': /* sort alphabetically */ qsort(av, ac, sizeof(char *), VarWordCompare); break; case 'x': /* randomize */ { int rndidx; char *t; /* * We will use [ac..2] range for mod factors. This will produce * random numbers in [(ac-1)..0] interval, and minimal * reasonable value for mod factor is 2 (the mod 1 will produce * 0 with probability 1). */ for (i = ac-1; i > 0; i--) { rndidx = random() % (i + 1); if (i != rndidx) { t = av[i]; av[i] = av[rndidx]; av[rndidx] = t; } } } } /* end of switch */ for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]); if (i != ac - 1) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarUniq -- * Remove adjacent duplicate words. * * Input: * str String whose words should be sorted * * Results: * A string containing the resulting words. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarUniq(const char *str) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for new string */ char **av; /* List of words to affect */ char *as; /* Word list memory */ int ac, i, j; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); if (ac > 1) { for (j = 0, i = 1; i < ac; i++) if (strcmp(av[i], av[j]) != 0 && (++j != i)) av[j] = av[i]; ac = j + 1; } for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]); if (i != ac - 1) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * VarRange -- + * Return an integer sequence + * + * Input: + * str String whose words provide default range + * ac range length, if 0 use str words + * + * Side Effects: + * None. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static char * +VarRange(const char *str, int ac) +{ + Buffer buf; /* Buffer for new string */ + char tmp[32]; /* each element */ + char **av; /* List of words to affect */ + char *as; /* Word list memory */ + int i, n; + Buf_Init(&buf, 0); + if (ac > 0) { + as = NULL; + av = NULL; + } else { + av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); + } + for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { + n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", 1 + i); + if (n >= (int)sizeof(tmp)) + break; + Buf_AddBytes(&buf, n, tmp); + if (i != ac - 1) + Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); + } + + free(as); + free(av); + + return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); +} + + /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarGetPattern -- * Pass through the tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters, * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution unless flags * has VAR_NOSUBST set). * Return the expanded string or NULL if the delimiter was missing * If pattern is specified, handle escaped ampersands, and replace * unescaped ampersands with the lhs of the pattern. * * Results: * A string of all the words modified appropriately. * If length is specified, return the string length of the buffer * If flags is specified and the last character of the pattern is a * $ set the VAR_MATCH_END bit of flags. * * Side Effects: * None. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, int flags, const char **tstr, int delim, int *vflags, int *length, VarPattern *pattern) { const char *cp; char *rstr; Buffer buf; int junk; int errnum = flags & VARF_UNDEFERR; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); if (length == NULL) length = &junk; #define IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim) \ ((cp[0] == '\\') && ((cp[1] == delim) || \ (cp[1] == '\\') || (cp[1] == '$') || (pattern && (cp[1] == '&')))) /* * Skim through until the matching delimiter is found; * pick up variable substitutions on the way. Also allow * backslashes to quote the delimiter, $, and \, but don't * touch other backslashes. */ for (cp = *tstr; *cp && (*cp != delim); cp++) { if (IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim)) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]); cp++; } else if (*cp == '$') { if (cp[1] == delim) { if (vflags == NULL) Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); else /* * Unescaped $ at end of pattern => anchor * pattern at end. */ *vflags |= VAR_MATCH_END; } else { if (vflags == NULL || (*vflags & VAR_NOSUBST) == 0) { char *cp2; int len; void *freeIt; /* * If unescaped dollar sign not before the * delimiter, assume it's a variable * substitution and recurse. */ cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum | VARF_WANTRES, &len, &freeIt); Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2); free(freeIt); cp += len - 1; } else { const char *cp2 = &cp[1]; if (*cp2 == PROPEN || *cp2 == BROPEN) { /* * Find the end of this variable reference * and suck it in without further ado. * It will be interperated later. */ int have = *cp2; int want = (*cp2 == PROPEN) ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE; int depth = 1; for (++cp2; *cp2 != '\0' && depth > 0; ++cp2) { if (cp2[-1] != '\\') { if (*cp2 == have) ++depth; if (*cp2 == want) --depth; } } Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cp2 - cp, cp); cp = --cp2; } else Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); } } } else if (pattern && *cp == '&') Buf_AddBytes(&buf, pattern->leftLen, pattern->lhs); else Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); } if (*cp != delim) { *tstr = cp; *length = 0; return NULL; } *tstr = ++cp; *length = Buf_Size(&buf); rstr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "Modifier pattern: \"%s\"\n", rstr); return rstr; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarQuote -- * Quote shell meta-characters and space characters in the string * * Results: * The quoted string * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarQuote(char *str) { Buffer buf; const char *newline; size_t nlen; if ((newline = Shell_GetNewline()) == NULL) newline = "\\\n"; nlen = strlen(newline); Buf_Init(&buf, 0); for (; *str != '\0'; str++) { if (*str == '\n') { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, nlen, newline); continue; } if (isspace((unsigned char)*str) || ismeta((unsigned char)*str)) Buf_AddByte(&buf, '\\'); Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); } str = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "QuoteMeta: [%s]\n", str); return str; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarHash -- * Hash the string using the MurmurHash3 algorithm. * Output is computed using 32bit Little Endian arithmetic. * * Input: * str String to modify * * Results: * Hash value of str, encoded as 8 hex digits. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarHash(char *str) { static const char hexdigits[16] = "0123456789abcdef"; Buffer buf; size_t len, len2; unsigned char *ustr = (unsigned char *)str; unsigned int h, k, c1, c2; h = 0x971e137bU; c1 = 0x95543787U; c2 = 0x2ad7eb25U; len2 = strlen(str); for (len = len2; len; ) { k = 0; switch (len) { default: k = (ustr[3] << 24) | (ustr[2] << 16) | (ustr[1] << 8) | ustr[0]; len -= 4; ustr += 4; break; case 3: k |= (ustr[2] << 16); case 2: k |= (ustr[1] << 8); case 1: k |= ustr[0]; len = 0; } c1 = c1 * 5 + 0x7b7d159cU; c2 = c2 * 5 + 0x6bce6396U; k *= c1; k = (k << 11) ^ (k >> 21); k *= c2; h = (h << 13) ^ (h >> 19); h = h * 5 + 0x52dce729U; h ^= k; } h ^= len2; h *= 0x85ebca6b; h ^= h >> 13; h *= 0xc2b2ae35; h ^= h >> 16; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); for (len = 0; len < 8; ++len) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, hexdigits[h & 15]); h >>= 4; } return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } static char * -VarStrftime(const char *fmt, int zulu) +VarStrftime(const char *fmt, int zulu, time_t utc) { char buf[BUFSIZ]; - time_t utc; - time(&utc); + if (!utc) + time(&utc); if (!*fmt) fmt = "%c"; strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, zulu ? gmtime(&utc) : localtime(&utc)); buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = '\0'; return bmake_strdup(buf); } /* * Now we need to apply any modifiers the user wants applied. * These are: * :M words which match the given . * is of the standard file * wildcarding form. * :N words which do not match the given . * :S[1gW] * Substitute for in the value * :C[1gW] * Substitute for regex in the value * :H Substitute the head of each word * :T Substitute the tail of each word * :E Substitute the extension (minus '.') of * each word * :R Substitute the root of each word * (pathname minus the suffix). * :O ("Order") Alphabeticaly sort words in variable. * :Ox ("intermiX") Randomize words in variable. * :u ("uniq") Remove adjacent duplicate words. * :tu Converts the variable contents to uppercase. * :tl Converts the variable contents to lowercase. * :ts[c] Sets varSpace - the char used to * separate words to 'c'. If 'c' is * omitted then no separation is used. * :tW Treat the variable contents as a single * word, even if it contains spaces. * (Mnemonic: one big 'W'ord.) * :tw Treat the variable contents as multiple * space-separated words. * (Mnemonic: many small 'w'ords.) * :[index] Select a single word from the value. * :[start..end] Select multiple words from the value. * :[*] or :[0] Select the entire value, as a single * word. Equivalent to :tW. * :[@] Select the entire value, as multiple * words. Undoes the effect of :[*]. * Equivalent to :tw. * :[#] Returns the number of words in the value. * * :?: * If the variable evaluates to true, return * true value, else return the second value. * :lhs=rhs Like :S, but the rhs goes to the end of * the invocation. * :sh Treat the current value as a command * to be run, new value is its output. * The following added so we can handle ODE makefiles. * :@@@ * Assign a temporary local variable * to the current value of each word in turn * and replace each word with the result of * evaluating * :D Use as value if variable defined * :U Use as value if variable undefined * :L Use the name of the variable as the value. * :P Use the path of the node that has the same * name as the variable as the value. This * basically includes an implied :L so that * the common method of refering to the path * of your dependent 'x' in a rule is to use * the form '${x:P}'. * :!! Run cmd much the same as :sh run's the * current value of the variable. * The ::= modifiers, actually assign a value to the variable. * Their main purpose is in supporting modifiers of .for loop * iterators and other obscure uses. They always expand to * nothing. In a target rule that would otherwise expand to an * empty line they can be preceded with @: to keep make happy. * Eg. * * foo: .USE * .for i in ${.TARGET} ${.TARGET:R}.gz * @: ${t::=$i} * @echo blah ${t:T} * .endfor * * ::= Assigns as the new value of variable. * ::?= Assigns as value of variable if * it was not already set. * ::+= Appends to variable. * ::!= Assigns output of as the new value of * variable. */ /* we now have some modifiers with long names */ #define STRMOD_MATCH(s, want, n) \ (strncmp(s, want, n) == 0 && (s[n] == endc || s[n] == ':')) +#define STRMOD_MATCHX(s, want, n) \ + (strncmp(s, want, n) == 0 && (s[n] == endc || s[n] == ':' || s[n] == '=')) +#define CHARMOD_MATCH(c) (c == endc || c == ':') static char * ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr, int startc, int endc, Var *v, GNode *ctxt, int flags, int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr) { const char *start; const char *cp; /* Secondary pointer into str (place marker * for tstr) */ char *newStr; /* New value to return */ + char *ep; char termc; /* Character which terminated scan */ int cnt; /* Used to count brace pairs when variable in * in parens or braces */ char delim; int modifier; /* that we are processing */ Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */ + time_t utc; /* for VarStrftime */ delim = '\0'; parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE; parsestate.varSpace = ' '; /* word separator */ start = cp = tstr; while (*tstr && *tstr != endc) { if (*tstr == '$') { /* * We may have some complex modifiers in a variable. */ void *freeIt; char *rval; int rlen; int c; rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, flags, &rlen, &freeIt); /* * If we have not parsed up to endc or ':', * we are not interested. */ if (rval != NULL && *rval && (c = tstr[rlen]) != '\0' && c != ':' && c != endc) { free(freeIt); goto apply_mods; } if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Got '%s' from '%.*s'%.*s\n", rval, rlen, tstr, rlen, tstr + rlen); } tstr += rlen; if (rval != NULL && *rval) { int used; nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, rval, 0, 0, v, ctxt, flags, &used, freePtr); if (nstr == var_Error || (nstr == varNoError && (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) == 0) || strlen(rval) != (size_t) used) { free(freeIt); goto out; /* error already reported */ } } free(freeIt); if (*tstr == ':') tstr++; else if (!*tstr && endc) { Error("Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '%c') for %s", endc, v->name); goto out; } continue; } apply_mods: if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Applying[%s] :%c to \"%s\"\n", v->name, *tstr, nstr); } newStr = var_Error; switch ((modifier = *tstr)) { case ':': { if (tstr[1] == '=' || (tstr[2] == '=' && (tstr[1] == '!' || tstr[1] == '+' || tstr[1] == '?'))) { /* * "::=", "::!=", "::+=", or "::?=" */ GNode *v_ctxt; /* context where v belongs */ const char *emsg; char *sv_name; VarPattern pattern; int how; int vflags; if (v->name[0] == 0) goto bad_modifier; v_ctxt = ctxt; sv_name = NULL; ++tstr; if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { /* * We need to bmake_strdup() it incase * VarGetPattern() recurses. */ sv_name = v->name; v->name = bmake_strdup(v->name); } else if (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) { Var *gv = VarFind(v->name, ctxt, 0); if (gv == NULL) v_ctxt = VAR_GLOBAL; else VarFreeEnv(gv, TRUE); } switch ((how = *tstr)) { case '+': case '?': case '!': cp = &tstr[2]; break; default: cp = ++tstr; break; } delim = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE; pattern.flags = 0; vflags = (flags & VARF_WANTRES) ? 0 : VAR_NOSUBST; pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &vflags, &pattern.rightLen, NULL); if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { /* restore original name */ free(v->name); v->name = sv_name; } if (pattern.rhs == NULL) goto cleanup; termc = *--cp; delim = '\0'; if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) { switch (how) { case '+': Var_Append(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt); break; case '!': newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg); if (emsg) Error(emsg, nstr); else Var_Set(v->name, newStr, v_ctxt, 0); free(newStr); break; case '?': if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0) break; /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: Var_Set(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt, 0); break; } } free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); newStr = varNoError; break; } goto default_case; /* "::" */ } case '@': { VarLoop_t loop; int vflags = VAR_NOSUBST; cp = ++tstr; delim = '@'; if ((loop.tvar = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &vflags, &loop.tvarLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if ((loop.str = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &vflags, &loop.strLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; termc = *cp; delim = '\0'; loop.errnum = flags & VARF_UNDEFERR; loop.ctxt = ctxt; newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarLoopExpand, &loop); Var_Delete(loop.tvar, ctxt); free(loop.tvar); free(loop.str); break; } + case '_': /* remember current value */ + cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ + if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "_", 1)) { + if (tstr[1] == '=') { + char *np; + int n; + + cp++; + n = strcspn(cp, ":)}"); + np = bmake_strndup(cp, n+1); + np[n] = '\0'; + cp = tstr + 2 + n; + Var_Set(np, nstr, ctxt, 0); + free(np); + } else { + Var_Set("_", nstr, ctxt, 0); + } + newStr = nstr; + termc = *cp; + break; + } + goto default_case; case 'D': case 'U': { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for patterns */ int nflags; if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) { int wantres; if (*tstr == 'U') wantres = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0); else wantres = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0); nflags = flags & ~VARF_WANTRES; if (wantres) nflags |= VARF_WANTRES; } else nflags = flags; /* * Pass through tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters, * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution). * The result is left in the Buffer buf. */ Buf_Init(&buf, 0); for (cp = tstr + 1; *cp != endc && *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0'; cp++) { if ((*cp == '\\') && ((cp[1] == ':') || (cp[1] == '$') || (cp[1] == endc) || (cp[1] == '\\'))) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]); cp++; } else if (*cp == '$') { /* * If unescaped dollar sign, assume it's a * variable substitution and recurse. */ char *cp2; int len; void *freeIt; cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, nflags, &len, &freeIt); Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2); free(freeIt); cp += len - 1; } else { Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); } } termc = *cp; if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0) v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; if (nflags & VARF_WANTRES) { newStr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } else { newStr = nstr; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); } break; } case 'L': { if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0) v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name); cp = ++tstr; termc = *tstr; break; } case 'P': { GNode *gn; if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0) v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; gn = Targ_FindNode(v->name, TARG_NOCREATE); if (gn == NULL || gn->type & OP_NOPATH) { newStr = NULL; } else if (gn->path) { newStr = bmake_strdup(gn->path); } else { newStr = Dir_FindFile(v->name, Suff_FindPath(gn)); } if (!newStr) { newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name); } cp = ++tstr; termc = *tstr; break; } case '!': { const char *emsg; VarPattern pattern; pattern.flags = 0; delim = '!'; emsg = NULL; cp = ++tstr; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg); else newStr = varNoError; free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); if (emsg) Error(emsg, nstr); termc = *cp; delim = '\0'; if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; } break; } case '[': { /* * Look for the closing ']', recursively * expanding any embedded variables. * * estr is a pointer to the expanded result, * which we must free(). */ char *estr; cp = tstr+1; /* point to char after '[' */ delim = ']'; /* look for closing ']' */ estr = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, NULL, NULL); if (estr == NULL) goto cleanup; /* report missing ']' */ /* now cp points just after the closing ']' */ delim = '\0'; if (cp[0] != ':' && cp[0] != endc) { /* Found junk after ']' */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } if (estr[0] == '\0') { /* Found empty square brackets in ":[]". */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } else if (estr[0] == '#' && estr[1] == '\0') { /* Found ":[#]" */ /* * We will need enough space for the decimal * representation of an int. We calculate the * space needed for the octal representation, * and add enough slop to cope with a '-' sign * (which should never be needed) and a '\0' * string terminator. */ int newStrSize = (sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT + 2) / 3 + 2; newStr = bmake_malloc(newStrSize); if (parsestate.oneBigWord) { strncpy(newStr, "1", newStrSize); } else { /* XXX: brk_string() is a rather expensive * way of counting words. */ char **av; char *as; int ac; av = brk_string(nstr, &ac, FALSE, &as); snprintf(newStr, newStrSize, "%d", ac); free(as); free(av); } termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else if (estr[0] == '*' && estr[1] == '\0') { /* Found ":[*]" */ parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else if (estr[0] == '@' && estr[1] == '\0') { /* Found ":[@]" */ parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE; newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else { /* * We expect estr to contain a single * integer for :[N], or two integers * separated by ".." for :[start..end]. */ - char *ep; - VarSelectWords_t seldata = { 0, 0 }; seldata.start = strtol(estr, &ep, 0); if (ep == estr) { /* Found junk instead of a number */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } else if (ep[0] == '\0') { /* Found only one integer in :[N] */ seldata.end = seldata.start; } else if (ep[0] == '.' && ep[1] == '.' && ep[2] != '\0') { /* Expecting another integer after ".." */ ep += 2; seldata.end = strtol(ep, &ep, 0); if (ep[0] != '\0') { /* Found junk after ".." */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } } else { /* Found junk instead of ".." */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } /* * Now seldata is properly filled in, * but we still have to check for 0 as * a special case. */ if (seldata.start == 0 && seldata.end == 0) { /* ":[0]" or perhaps ":[0..0]" */ parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else if (seldata.start == 0 || seldata.end == 0) { /* ":[0..N]" or ":[N..0]" */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } /* * Normal case: select the words * described by seldata. */ newStr = VarSelectWords(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, &seldata); termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } } case 'g': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ - if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "gmtime", 6)) { - newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 1); - cp = tstr + 6; + if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "gmtime", 6)) { + if (tstr[6] == '=') { + utc = strtoul(&tstr[7], &ep, 10); + cp = ep; + } else { + utc = 0; + cp = tstr + 6; + } + newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 1, utc); termc = *cp; } else { goto default_case; } break; case 'h': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "hash", 4)) { newStr = VarHash(nstr); cp = tstr + 4; termc = *cp; } else { goto default_case; } break; case 'l': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ - if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "localtime", 9)) { - newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 0); - cp = tstr + 9; + if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "localtime", 9)) { + if (tstr[9] == '=') { + utc = strtoul(&tstr[10], &ep, 10); + cp = ep; + } else { + utc = 0; + cp = tstr + 9; + } + newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 0, utc); termc = *cp; } else { goto default_case; } break; case 't': { cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (tstr[1] != endc && tstr[1] != ':') { if (tstr[1] == 's') { /* * Use the char (if any) at tstr[2] * as the word separator. */ VarPattern pattern; if (tstr[2] != endc && (tstr[3] == endc || tstr[3] == ':')) { /* ":ts" or * ":ts:" */ parsestate.varSpace = tstr[2]; cp = tstr + 3; } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') { /* ":ts" or ":ts:" */ parsestate.varSpace = 0; /* no separator */ cp = tstr + 2; } else if (tstr[2] == '\\') { const char *xp = &tstr[3]; int base = 8; /* assume octal */ switch (tstr[3]) { case 'n': parsestate.varSpace = '\n'; cp = tstr + 4; break; case 't': parsestate.varSpace = '\t'; cp = tstr + 4; break; case 'x': base = 16; xp++; goto get_numeric; case '0': base = 0; goto get_numeric; default: if (isdigit((unsigned char)tstr[3])) { - char *ep; get_numeric: parsestate.varSpace = strtoul(xp, &ep, base); if (*ep != ':' && *ep != endc) goto bad_modifier; cp = ep; } else { /* * ":ts". */ goto bad_modifier; } break; } } else { /* * Found ":ts". */ goto bad_modifier; } termc = *cp; /* * We cannot be certain that VarModify * will be used - even if there is a * subsequent modifier, so do a no-op * VarSubstitute now to for str to be * re-expanded without the spaces. */ pattern.flags = VAR_SUB_ONE; pattern.lhs = pattern.rhs = "\032"; pattern.leftLen = pattern.rightLen = 1; newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSubstitute, &pattern); } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') { /* * Check for two-character options: * ":tu", ":tl" */ if (tstr[1] == 'A') { /* absolute path */ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarRealpath, NULL); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else if (tstr[1] == 'u') { char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr); for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++) *dp = toupper((unsigned char)*dp); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else if (tstr[1] == 'l') { char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr); for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++) *dp = tolower((unsigned char)*dp); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else if (tstr[1] == 'W' || tstr[1] == 'w') { parsestate.oneBigWord = (tstr[1] == 'W'); newStr = nstr; cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else { /* Found ":t:" or * ":t". */ goto bad_modifier; } } else { /* * Found ":t". */ goto bad_modifier; } } else { /* * Found ":t" or ":t:". */ goto bad_modifier; } break; } case 'N': case 'M': { char *pattern; const char *endpat; /* points just after end of pattern */ char *cp2; Boolean copy; /* pattern should be, or has been, copied */ Boolean needSubst; int nest; copy = FALSE; needSubst = FALSE; nest = 1; /* * In the loop below, ignore ':' unless we are at * (or back to) the original brace level. * XXX This will likely not work right if $() and ${} * are intermixed. */ for (cp = tstr + 1; *cp != '\0' && !(*cp == ':' && nest == 1); cp++) { if (*cp == '\\' && (cp[1] == ':' || cp[1] == endc || cp[1] == startc)) { if (!needSubst) { copy = TRUE; } cp++; continue; } if (*cp == '$') { needSubst = TRUE; } if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{') ++nest; if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') { --nest; if (nest == 0) break; } } termc = *cp; endpat = cp; if (copy) { /* * Need to compress the \:'s out of the pattern, so * allocate enough room to hold the uncompressed * pattern (note that cp started at tstr+1, so * cp - tstr takes the null byte into account) and * compress the pattern into the space. */ pattern = bmake_malloc(cp - tstr); for (cp2 = pattern, cp = tstr + 1; cp < endpat; cp++, cp2++) { if ((*cp == '\\') && (cp+1 < endpat) && (cp[1] == ':' || cp[1] == endc)) { cp++; } *cp2 = *cp; } *cp2 = '\0'; endpat = cp2; } else { /* * Either Var_Subst or VarModify will need a * nul-terminated string soon, so construct one now. */ pattern = bmake_strndup(tstr+1, endpat - (tstr + 1)); } if (needSubst) { /* * pattern contains embedded '$', so use Var_Subst to * expand it. */ cp2 = pattern; pattern = Var_Subst(NULL, cp2, ctxt, flags | VARF_WANTRES); free(cp2); } if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "Pattern[%s] for [%s] is [%s]\n", v->name, nstr, pattern); if (*tstr == 'M') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarMatch, pattern); } else { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarNoMatch, pattern); } free(pattern); break; } case 'S': { VarPattern pattern; Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate; pattern.flags = 0; tmpparsestate = parsestate; delim = tstr[1]; tstr += 2; /* * If pattern begins with '^', it is anchored to the * start of the word -- skip over it and flag pattern. */ if (*tstr == '^') { pattern.flags |= VAR_MATCH_START; tstr += 1; } cp = tstr; if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags, &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, &pattern)) == NULL) goto cleanup; /* * Check for global substitution. If 'g' after the final * delimiter, substitution is global and is marked that * way. */ for (;; cp++) { switch (*cp) { case 'g': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL; continue; case '1': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE; continue; case 'W': tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; continue; } break; } termc = *cp; newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr, VarSubstitute, &pattern); /* * Free the two strings. */ free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs)); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); delim = '\0'; break; } case '?': { VarPattern pattern; Boolean value; int cond_rc; int lhs_flags, rhs_flags; /* find ':', and then substitute accordingly */ if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) { cond_rc = Cond_EvalExpression(NULL, v->name, &value, 0, FALSE); if (cond_rc == COND_INVALID) { lhs_flags = rhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST; } else if (value) { lhs_flags = 0; rhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST; } else { lhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST; rhs_flags = 0; } } else { /* we are just consuming and discarding */ cond_rc = value = 0; lhs_flags = rhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST; } pattern.flags = 0; cp = ++tstr; delim = ':'; if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &lhs_flags, &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; /* BROPEN or PROPEN */ delim = endc; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &rhs_flags, &pattern.rightLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; termc = *--cp; delim = '\0'; if (cond_rc == COND_INVALID) { Error("Bad conditional expression `%s' in %s?%s:%s", v->name, v->name, pattern.lhs, pattern.rhs); goto cleanup; } if (value) { newStr = UNCONST(pattern.lhs); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); } else { newStr = UNCONST(pattern.rhs); free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs)); } if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; } break; } #ifndef NO_REGEX case 'C': { VarREPattern pattern; char *re; int error; Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate; pattern.flags = 0; tmpparsestate = parsestate; delim = tstr[1]; tstr += 2; cp = tstr; if ((re = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, NULL, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if ((pattern.replace = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, NULL, NULL)) == NULL){ free(re); goto cleanup; } for (;; cp++) { switch (*cp) { case 'g': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL; continue; case '1': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE; continue; case 'W': tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; continue; } break; } termc = *cp; error = regcomp(&pattern.re, re, REG_EXTENDED); free(re); if (error) { *lengthPtr = cp - start + 1; VarREError(error, &pattern.re, "RE substitution error"); free(pattern.replace); goto cleanup; } pattern.nsub = pattern.re.re_nsub + 1; if (pattern.nsub < 1) pattern.nsub = 1; if (pattern.nsub > 10) pattern.nsub = 10; pattern.matches = bmake_malloc(pattern.nsub * sizeof(regmatch_t)); newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr, VarRESubstitute, &pattern); regfree(&pattern.re); free(pattern.replace); free(pattern.matches); delim = '\0'; break; } #endif case 'Q': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarQuote(nstr); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'T': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'H': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'E': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSuffix, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'R': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarRoot, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; + termc = *cp; + break; + } + goto default_case; + case 'r': + cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ + if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "range", 5)) { + int n; + + if (tstr[5] == '=') { + n = strtoul(&tstr[6], &ep, 10); + cp = ep; + } else { + n = 0; + cp = tstr + 5; + } + newStr = VarRange(nstr, n); termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'O': { char otype; cp = tstr + 1; /* skip to the rest in any case */ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { otype = 's'; termc = *cp; } else if ( (tstr[1] == 'x') && (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') ) { otype = tstr[1]; cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else { goto bad_modifier; } newStr = VarOrder(nstr, otype); break; } case 'u': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarUniq(nstr); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; #ifdef SUNSHCMD case 's': if (tstr[1] == 'h' && (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':')) { const char *emsg; if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) { newStr = Cmd_Exec(nstr, &emsg); if (emsg) Error(emsg, nstr); } else newStr = varNoError; cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; #endif default: default_case: { #ifdef SYSVVARSUB /* * This can either be a bogus modifier or a System-V * substitution command. */ VarPattern pattern; Boolean eqFound; pattern.flags = 0; eqFound = FALSE; /* * First we make a pass through the string trying * to verify it is a SYSV-make-style translation: * it must be: =) */ cp = tstr; cnt = 1; while (*cp != '\0' && cnt) { if (*cp == '=') { eqFound = TRUE; /* continue looking for endc */ } else if (*cp == endc) cnt--; else if (*cp == startc) cnt++; if (cnt) cp++; } if (*cp == endc && eqFound) { /* * Now we break this sucker into the lhs and * rhs. We must null terminate them of course. */ delim='='; cp = tstr; if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags, &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; delim = endc; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, &pattern)) == NULL) goto cleanup; /* * SYSV modifications happen through the whole * string. Note the pattern is anchored at the end. */ termc = *--cp; delim = '\0'; if (pattern.leftLen == 0 && *nstr == '\0') { newStr = nstr; /* special case */ } else { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSYSVMatch, &pattern); } free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs)); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); } else #endif { Error("Unknown modifier '%c'", *tstr); for (cp = tstr+1; *cp != ':' && *cp != endc && *cp != '\0'; cp++) continue; termc = *cp; newStr = var_Error; } } } if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Result[%s] of :%c is \"%s\"\n", v->name, modifier, newStr); } if (newStr != nstr) { if (*freePtr) { free(nstr); *freePtr = NULL; } nstr = newStr; if (nstr != var_Error && nstr != varNoError) { *freePtr = nstr; } } if (termc == '\0' && endc != '\0') { Error("Unclosed variable specification (expecting '%c') for \"%s\" (value \"%s\") modifier %c", endc, v->name, nstr, modifier); } else if (termc == ':') { cp++; } tstr = cp; } out: *lengthPtr = tstr - start; return (nstr); bad_modifier: /* "{(" */ Error("Bad modifier `:%.*s' for %s", (int)strcspn(tstr, ":)}"), tstr, v->name); cleanup: *lengthPtr = cp - start; if (delim != '\0') Error("Unclosed substitution for %s (%c missing)", v->name, delim); free(*freePtr); *freePtr = NULL; return (var_Error); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Parse -- * Given the start of a variable invocation, extract the variable * name and find its value, then modify it according to the * specification. * * Input: * str The string to parse * ctxt The context for the variable * flags VARF_UNDEFERR if undefineds are an error * VARF_WANTRES if we actually want the result * VARF_ASSIGN if we are in a := assignment * lengthPtr OUT: The length of the specification * freePtr OUT: Non-NULL if caller should free *freePtr * * Results: * The (possibly-modified) value of the variable or var_Error if the * specification is invalid. The length of the specification is * placed in *lengthPtr (for invalid specifications, this is just * 2...?). * If *freePtr is non-NULL then it's a pointer that the caller * should pass to free() to free memory used by the result. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* coverity[+alloc : arg-*4] */ char * Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, int flags, int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr) { const char *tstr; /* Pointer into str */ Var *v; /* Variable in invocation */ Boolean haveModifier;/* TRUE if have modifiers for the variable */ char endc; /* Ending character when variable in parens * or braces */ char startc; /* Starting character when variable in parens * or braces */ int vlen; /* Length of variable name */ const char *start; /* Points to original start of str */ char *nstr; /* New string, used during expansion */ Boolean dynamic; /* TRUE if the variable is local and we're * expanding it in a non-local context. This * is done to support dynamic sources. The * result is just the invocation, unaltered */ const char *extramodifiers; /* extra modifiers to apply first */ char name[2]; *freePtr = NULL; extramodifiers = NULL; dynamic = FALSE; start = str; startc = str[1]; if (startc != PROPEN && startc != BROPEN) { /* * If it's not bounded by braces of some sort, life is much simpler. * We just need to check for the first character and return the * value if it exists. */ /* Error out some really stupid names */ if (startc == '\0' || strchr(")}:$", startc)) { *lengthPtr = 1; return var_Error; } name[0] = startc; name[1] = '\0'; v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD); if (v == NULL) { *lengthPtr = 2; if ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)) { /* * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context, * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle * this specially and return the longhand for the variable * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated * specially as they are the only four that will be set * when dynamic sources are expanded. */ switch (str[1]) { case '@': return UNCONST("$(.TARGET)"); case '%': return UNCONST("$(.MEMBER)"); case '*': return UNCONST("$(.PREFIX)"); case '!': return UNCONST("$(.ARCHIVE)"); } } /* * Error */ return (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) ? var_Error : varNoError; } else { haveModifier = FALSE; tstr = &str[1]; endc = str[1]; } } else { Buffer buf; /* Holds the variable name */ int depth = 1; endc = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); /* * Skip to the end character or a colon, whichever comes first. */ for (tstr = str + 2; *tstr != '\0'; tstr++) { /* * Track depth so we can spot parse errors. */ if (*tstr == startc) { depth++; } if (*tstr == endc) { if (--depth == 0) break; } if (depth == 1 && *tstr == ':') { break; } /* * A variable inside a variable, expand */ if (*tstr == '$') { int rlen; void *freeIt; char *rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, flags, &rlen, &freeIt); if (rval != NULL) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(rval), rval); } free(freeIt); tstr += rlen - 1; } else Buf_AddByte(&buf, *tstr); } if (*tstr == ':') { haveModifier = TRUE; } else if (*tstr == endc) { haveModifier = FALSE; } else { /* * If we never did find the end character, return NULL * right now, setting the length to be the distance to * the end of the string, since that's what make does. */ *lengthPtr = tstr - str; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); return (var_Error); } str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &vlen); /* * At this point, str points into newly allocated memory from * buf, containing only the name of the variable. * * start and tstr point into the const string that was pointed * to by the original value of the str parameter. start points * to the '$' at the beginning of the string, while tstr points * to the char just after the end of the variable name -- this * will be '\0', ':', PRCLOSE, or BRCLOSE. */ v = VarFind(str, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD); /* * Check also for bogus D and F forms of local variables since we're * in a local context and the name is the right length. */ if ((v == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) && (vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D') && strchr("@%?*!<>", str[0]) != NULL) { /* * Well, it's local -- go look for it. */ name[0] = *str; name[1] = '\0'; v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0); if (v != NULL) { if (str[1] == 'D') { extramodifiers = "H:"; } else { /* F */ extramodifiers = "T:"; } } } if (v == NULL) { if (((vlen == 1) || (((vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D')))) && ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL))) { /* * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context, * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle * this specially and return the longhand for the variable * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated * specially as they are the only four that will be set * when dynamic sources are expanded. */ switch (*str) { case '@': case '%': case '*': case '!': dynamic = TRUE; break; } } else if ((vlen > 2) && (*str == '.') && isupper((unsigned char) str[1]) && ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL))) { int len; len = vlen - 1; if ((strncmp(str, ".TARGET", len) == 0) || (strncmp(str, ".ARCHIVE", len) == 0) || (strncmp(str, ".PREFIX", len) == 0) || (strncmp(str, ".MEMBER", len) == 0)) { dynamic = TRUE; } } if (!haveModifier) { /* * No modifiers -- have specification length so we can return * now. */ *lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1; if (dynamic) { char *pstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr); *freePtr = pstr; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); return(pstr); } else { Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); return (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) ? var_Error : varNoError; } } else { /* * Still need to get to the end of the variable specification, * so kludge up a Var structure for the modifications */ v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var)); v->name = UNCONST(str); Buf_Init(&v->val, 1); v->flags = VAR_JUNK; Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } } else Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); } if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) { Fatal("Variable %s is recursive.", v->name); /*NOTREACHED*/ } else { v->flags |= VAR_IN_USE; } /* * Before doing any modification, we have to make sure the value * has been fully expanded. If it looks like recursion might be * necessary (there's a dollar sign somewhere in the variable's value) * we just call Var_Subst to do any other substitutions that are * necessary. Note that the value returned by Var_Subst will have * been dynamically-allocated, so it will need freeing when we * return. */ nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL); if (strchr(nstr, '$') != NULL) { nstr = Var_Subst(NULL, nstr, ctxt, flags); *freePtr = nstr; } v->flags &= ~VAR_IN_USE; if ((nstr != NULL) && (haveModifier || extramodifiers != NULL)) { void *extraFree; int used; extraFree = NULL; if (extramodifiers != NULL) { nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, extramodifiers, '(', ')', v, ctxt, flags, &used, &extraFree); } if (haveModifier) { /* Skip initial colon. */ tstr++; nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, tstr, startc, endc, v, ctxt, flags, &used, freePtr); tstr += used; free(extraFree); } else { *freePtr = extraFree; } } if (*tstr) { *lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1; } else { *lengthPtr = tstr - start; } if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) { Boolean destroy = FALSE; if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) { destroy = TRUE; } else { /* * Returning the value unmodified, so tell the caller to free * the thing. */ *freePtr = nstr; } VarFreeEnv(v, destroy); } else if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { /* * Perform any free'ing needed and set *freePtr to NULL so the caller * doesn't try to free a static pointer. * If VAR_KEEP is also set then we want to keep str as is. */ if (!(v->flags & VAR_KEEP)) { if (*freePtr) { free(nstr); *freePtr = NULL; } if (dynamic) { nstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr); *freePtr = nstr; } else { nstr = (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) ? var_Error : varNoError; } } if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE); free(v->name); free(v); } return (nstr); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Subst -- * Substitute for all variables in the given string in the given context * If flags & VARF_UNDEFERR, Parse_Error will be called when an undefined * variable is encountered. * * Input: * var Named variable || NULL for all * str the string which to substitute * ctxt the context wherein to find variables * flags VARF_UNDEFERR if undefineds are an error * VARF_WANTRES if we actually want the result * VARF_ASSIGN if we are in a := assignment * * Results: * The resulting string. * * Side Effects: * None. The old string must be freed by the caller *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, int flags) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for forming things */ char *val; /* Value to substitute for a variable */ int length; /* Length of the variable invocation */ Boolean trailingBslash; /* variable ends in \ */ void *freeIt = NULL; /* Set if it should be freed */ static Boolean errorReported; /* Set true if an error has already * been reported to prevent a plethora * of messages when recursing */ Buf_Init(&buf, 0); errorReported = FALSE; trailingBslash = FALSE; while (*str) { if (*str == '\n' && trailingBslash) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); if (var == NULL && (*str == '$') && (str[1] == '$')) { /* * A dollar sign may be escaped either with another dollar sign. * In such a case, we skip over the escape character and store the * dollar sign into the buffer directly. */ if (save_dollars && (flags & VARF_ASSIGN)) Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); str++; Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); str++; } else if (*str != '$') { /* * Skip as many characters as possible -- either to the end of * the string or to the next dollar sign (variable invocation). */ const char *cp; for (cp = str++; *str != '$' && *str != '\0'; str++) continue; Buf_AddBytes(&buf, str - cp, cp); } else { if (var != NULL) { int expand; for (;;) { if (str[1] == '\0') { /* A trailing $ is kind of a special case */ Buf_AddByte(&buf, str[0]); str++; expand = FALSE; } else if (str[1] != PROPEN && str[1] != BROPEN) { if (str[1] != *var || strlen(var) > 1) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, 2, str); str += 2; expand = FALSE; } else expand = TRUE; break; } else { const char *p; /* * Scan up to the end of the variable name. */ for (p = &str[2]; *p && *p != ':' && *p != PRCLOSE && *p != BRCLOSE; p++) if (*p == '$') break; /* * A variable inside the variable. We cannot expand * the external variable yet, so we try again with * the nested one */ if (*p == '$') { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str); str = p; continue; } if (strncmp(var, str + 2, p - str - 2) != 0 || var[p - str - 2] != '\0') { /* * Not the variable we want to expand, scan * until the next variable */ for (;*p != '$' && *p != '\0'; p++) continue; Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str); str = p; expand = FALSE; } else expand = TRUE; break; } } if (!expand) continue; } val = Var_Parse(str, ctxt, flags, &length, &freeIt); /* * When we come down here, val should either point to the * value of this variable, suitably modified, or be NULL. * Length should be the total length of the potential * variable invocation (from $ to end character...) */ if (val == var_Error || val == varNoError) { /* * If performing old-time variable substitution, skip over * the variable and continue with the substitution. Otherwise, * store the dollar sign and advance str so we continue with * the string... */ if (oldVars) { str += length; } else if ((flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) || val == var_Error) { /* * If variable is undefined, complain and skip the * variable. The complaint will stop us from doing anything * when the file is parsed. */ if (!errorReported) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Undefined variable \"%.*s\"",length,str); } str += length; errorReported = TRUE; } else { Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); str += 1; } } else { /* * We've now got a variable structure to store in. But first, * advance the string pointer. */ str += length; /* * Copy all the characters from the variable value straight * into the new string. */ length = strlen(val); Buf_AddBytes(&buf, length, val); trailingBslash = length > 0 && val[length - 1] == '\\'; } free(freeIt); freeIt = NULL; } } return Buf_DestroyCompact(&buf); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_GetTail -- * Return the tail from each of a list of words. Used to set the * System V local variables. * * Input: * file Filename to modify * * Results: * The resulting string. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #if 0 char * Var_GetTail(char *file) { return(VarModify(file, VarTail, NULL)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_GetHead -- * Find the leading components of a (list of) filename(s). * XXX: VarHead does not replace foo by ., as (sun) System V make * does. * * Input: * file Filename to manipulate * * Results: * The leading components. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Var_GetHead(char *file) { return(VarModify(file, VarHead, NULL)); } #endif /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Init -- * Initialize the module * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The VAR_CMD and VAR_GLOBAL contexts are created *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Init(void) { VAR_INTERNAL = Targ_NewGN("Internal"); VAR_GLOBAL = Targ_NewGN("Global"); VAR_CMD = Targ_NewGN("Command"); } void Var_End(void) { } /****************** PRINT DEBUGGING INFO *****************/ static void VarPrintVar(void *vp) { Var *v = (Var *)vp; fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s = %s\n", v->name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Dump -- * print all variables in a context *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Dump(GNode *ctxt) { Hash_Search search; Hash_Entry *h; for (h = Hash_EnumFirst(&ctxt->context, &search); h != NULL; h = Hash_EnumNext(&search)) { VarPrintVar(Hash_GetValue(h)); } } Index: head/contrib/bmake =================================================================== --- head/contrib/bmake (revision 314807) +++ head/contrib/bmake (revision 314808) Property changes on: head/contrib/bmake ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /vendor/NetBSD/bmake/dist:r310301-314788 Index: head/usr.bin/bmake/Makefile =================================================================== --- head/usr.bin/bmake/Makefile (revision 314807) +++ head/usr.bin/bmake/Makefile (revision 314808) @@ -1,180 +1,180 @@ # This is a generated file, do NOT edit! # See contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk # # $FreeBSD$ .sinclude "Makefile.inc" SRCTOP?= ${.CURDIR:H:H} # look here first for config.h CFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR} # for after-import CLEANDIRS+= FreeBSD CLEANFILES+= bootstrap -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.77 2016/12/12 07:34:19 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: Makefile,v 1.81 2017/03/01 17:01:23 sjg Exp $ # Base version on src date -_MAKE_VERSION= 20161212 +_MAKE_VERSION= 20170301 PROG?= ${.CURDIR:T} SRCS= \ arch.c \ buf.c \ compat.c \ cond.c \ dir.c \ for.c \ hash.c \ job.c \ main.c \ make.c \ make_malloc.c \ meta.c \ metachar.c \ parse.c \ str.c \ strlist.c \ suff.c \ targ.c \ trace.c \ util.c \ var.c # from lst.lib/ SRCS+= \ lstAppend.c \ lstAtEnd.c \ lstAtFront.c \ lstClose.c \ lstConcat.c \ lstDatum.c \ lstDeQueue.c \ lstDestroy.c \ lstDupl.c \ lstEnQueue.c \ lstFind.c \ lstFindFrom.c \ lstFirst.c \ lstForEach.c \ lstForEachFrom.c \ lstInit.c \ lstInsert.c \ lstIsAtEnd.c \ lstIsEmpty.c \ lstLast.c \ lstMember.c \ lstNext.c \ lstOpen.c \ lstPrev.c \ lstRemove.c \ lstReplace.c \ lstSucc.c # this file gets generated by configure .sinclude "Makefile.config" .if !empty(LIBOBJS) SRCS+= ${LIBOBJS:T:.o=.c} .endif # just in case prefix?= /usr srcdir?= ${.CURDIR} DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?= ${prefix}/share/mk CPPFLAGS+= -DUSE_META CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS} CFLAGS+= -D_PATH_DEFSYSPATH=\"${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}\" CFLAGS+= -I. -I${srcdir} ${XDEFS} -DMAKE_NATIVE CFLAGS+= ${COPTS.${.ALLSRC:M*.c:T:u}} COPTS.main.c+= "-DMAKE_VERSION=\"${_MAKE_VERSION}\"" # meta mode can be useful even without filemon FILEMON_H ?= /usr/include/dev/filemon/filemon.h .if exists(${FILEMON_H}) && ${FILEMON_H:T} == "filemon.h" COPTS.meta.c += -DHAVE_FILEMON_H -I${FILEMON_H:H} .endif .PATH: ${srcdir} .PATH: ${srcdir}/lst.lib .if make(obj) || make(clean) SUBDIR+= unit-tests .endif MAN= ${PROG}.1 MAN1= ${MAN} .if (${PROG} != "make") CLEANFILES+= my.history .if make(${MAN}) || !exists(${srcdir}/${MAN}) my.history: ${MAKEFILE} @(echo ".Nm"; \ echo "is derived from NetBSD"; \ echo ".Xr make 1 ."; \ echo "It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms."; \ echo ".Pp") > $@ .NOPATH: ${MAN} ${MAN}: make.1 my.history @echo making $@ @sed \ -e '/^.Dt/s/MAKE/${PROG:tu}/' \ -e 's/^.Nx/NetBSD/' \ -e '/^.Nm/s/make/${PROG}/' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/rmy.history' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/,$$s,^.Nm,make,' ${srcdir}/make.1 > $@ all beforeinstall: ${MAN} _mfromdir=. .endif .endif MANTARGET?= cat MANDEST?= ${MANDIR}/${MANTARGET}1 .if ${MANTARGET} == "cat" _mfromdir=${srcdir} .endif .include CPPFLAGS+= -DMAKE_NATIVE -DHAVE_CONFIG_H COPTS.var.c += -Wno-cast-qual COPTS.job.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.parse.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.var.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral # Force these SHAREDIR= ${SHAREDIR.bmake:U${prefix}/share} BINDIR= ${BINDIR.bmake:U${prefix}/bin} MANDIR= ${MANDIR.bmake:U${SHAREDIR}/man} .if !exists(.depend) ${OBJS}: config.h .endif # make sure that MAKE_VERSION gets updated. main.o: ${SRCS} ${MAKEFILE} # A simple unit-test driver to help catch regressions accept test: cd ${.CURDIR}/unit-tests && MAKEFLAGS= ${.MAKE} -r -m / TEST_MAKE=${TEST_MAKE:U${.OBJDIR}/${PROG:T}} ${.TARGET} # override some simple things BINDIR= /usr/bin MANDIR= /usr/share/man/man # make sure we get this CFLAGS+= ${COPTS.${.IMPSRC:T}} after-import: ${SRCTOP}/contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} -f ${SRCTOP}/contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk